The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D12-137 - TOTAL WINE - TENANT IMPROVEMENTTOTAL WINE 300 ANDOVER PK W surr 500 D12-137 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 _— Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This certificate is issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 110.2 of the 2009 edition of the International Building Code. At the time of issuance, this structure or portion thereof has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. Building Permit No.: D12 -137 Occupant/Tenant: TOTAL WINE Building Address: 300 ANDOVER PK W, Suite No. 500 Parcel No.: 2623049001 Property Owner: SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC PO BOX 88028 , TUKWILA WA 98138 Use: RETAIL SALES Occupancy Group/Division: M Type of Construction: II -B Automatic Sprinkler System: Provided: Required: Design Occupant Load: 837 et- lQ - 2olz DATE THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES City oi)i'ukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 -431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No.: 2623049001 Address: 300 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Suite No: Project Name: TOTAL WINE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D12 -137 Issue Date: 06/15/2012 Permit Expires On: 12/12/2012 Owner: Name: SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC Address: PO BOX 88028 , TUKWILA WA 98138 Contact Person: Name: STEVE NELSON Address: PO BOX 88028 , TUKWILA WA 98138 Contractor: Name: SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC Address: PO BOX 88028 , TUKWILA WA 98138 Contractor License No: SEGALPL902CQ Lender: Name: SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC Address: PO BOX 88028 , TUKWILA WA `98138 Phone: 206 -575 -2000 Phone: 206 - 575 -2000 Expiration Date: 04/01/2014 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW TENANT - TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF AN EXISTING SPACE FOR RETAIL USE. SHELL.WAS• DESIGNED AND BUILT:' ?• BY OTHERS AND IS NOT PART OF THESE TENANT FINISH DOCUMENTS. Value of Construction: $801,340.00 Fees Collected: $11,325.32 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: II -B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/10 012 -137 Printed: 06 -15 -2012 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: N N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Start Time: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Fill 0 c.y. End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: ✓` �- Date: 06454,2, I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this per Signatur Print Name: 16112A Date: / 2- 4CA,C.7■1 g 042/SC1J This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC; 7/10 D12 -137 Printed: 06 -15 -2012 7: All construction shall be done in conform, a with the approved plans and the require of the International Building Code or International Residential , International Mechanical Code, Washingt ate Energy Code. 8: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 9: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 10: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 11: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 12: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 13: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 14: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 15: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 16: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 17: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 18: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 19: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 20: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 21: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 22: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 23: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 24: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -137 Printed: 06 -15 -2012 less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger t he minimum established in section 1011.5.1 he International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and s g in proportion to their height. The word " ' shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination cans is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 25: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 26: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot - candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot - candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot - candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot - candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to- minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.4) 27: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 28: Every room or space that is an assembly occupancy shall have the occupancy load of the room or space posted in a conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or authorized agent. (IFC 1004.3) 29: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 30: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 31: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 32: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2328. 33: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 34: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 35: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2328) 36: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 37: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 38: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 39: In order to provide you with the fastest police and fire protection under emergency conditions, please post your suite, room or apartment number in a conspicuous place near the main entry door. (IFC 505.1) 40: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 41: Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 42: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. 43: ** *PLANNING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 44: Signs are not approved as part of this permit. A separate sign permit is required. doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -137 Printed: 06 -15 -2012 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http: / /www.TukwilaWA. gov Building Permit No 1 \ 3 Project No. Date Application Accepted: y -a_ 1p iZ Date Application Expires: l U -)- (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 262304 -9001 Site Address: 300 Andover Park West Tenant Name: Total Wine Suite Number: 500 Floor: 1 PROPERTY OWNER Name: Steve Nelson Name: Segale Properties LLC City: Tukwila State: WA Zip: 98138 Address: PO Box 88028 Email: snelson @segaleproperties.com City: Tukwila State: WA Zip: 98138 CONTACT PERSON - person receiving all project communication Name: Steve Nelson Address: PO Box 88028 City: Tukwila State: WA Zip: 98138 Phone: (206) 575 -2000 Fax: (206) 575 -1662 Email: snelson @segaleproperties.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Segale Properties LLC Address: PO Box 88028 City: Tukwila State: WA Zip: 98138 Phone: (206) 575 -2000 Fax: (206) 575 -1662 Contr Reg No.: SEGALPL902CQ Exp Date: 04/01/2014 Tukwila Business License No.: BUS- 101320 H:Vtpplications'Forms- Applications On Line 12011 Applicationslpermit Application Revised - 8 -9 -11 .docx Revised: August 2011 bh New Tenant: m Yes ❑ .. No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Name: N.A. Company Name: BRR Architecture Architect Name: James Hailey Address: 6700 Antioch Plaza, Suite 300 City: City: Merriam State: KS Zip: 66204 Phone: (913) 236 -9095 Fax: 477 -4009 Email: ENGINEER OF RECORD Name: N.A. Company Name: Wright Engineers Engineer Name: Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City: City: Irvine State: CA Zip: 92618 Phone: (949) 477 -4001 Fax: (949) 477 -4009 Email: LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: N.A. 'rt„,I vet G o/ Address: City: State: Zip: Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATIOW206- 431 - 3670,. Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 801,340 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Tenant improvement of an existing space for retail use. Shell was designed and built by others and is not part of these tenant finish documents. Existing Building Valuation: $ 10,623,500 Will there be new rack storage? m Yes ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas; in Square Footage Below 1 ' Floor " °AFI Interior Remodel . Addition to .. Existing Structure Type of Construction per IBC Type'of . << Occupancy per IBC 111,851 28,272 0 H -B M 3`d: Floor Floors thm Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered` Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If `yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ® Sprinklers ® Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes VI No If `yes' attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2 "x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. HA Applications On Line \2011 Applcations'Permit Application Revised - 8- 9- 11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFOOTION — 206 - 433 -0179. Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): RPPA being installed under Public Works permit: PW 12 -022. Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District m ...Tukwila ❑...Water District #125 ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ® ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate 0... Valley View 0... Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Highline ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance 12 ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right -of -way ❑ Non Right-of-way ❑ ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water cubic yards cubic yards ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis 0... Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours 12.. Right -of -way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Pavement Cut El.. Looped Fire Line 11 ...Permanent Water Meter Size... ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public ❑ ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public ❑ ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ .. Channelization ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding WO # WO # WO # ❑...Deduct Water Meter Size Private ❑ Private ❑ FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H:\Applications Worms- Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8 -9 -I I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — • • Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT 1 HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OrTE OR AUTHO Signature: .,�)- EG D,A,,G: Date: 04/26/2012 Print Name: Steven R. Nelson Day Telephone: (206) 396 -2011 Mailing Address: PO Box 88028 Tukwila WA 98138 H: Applications\Fomu- Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8 -9 -I I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh City State Zip Page 4 of 4 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 2623049001 Permit Number: D12 -137 Address: 300 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 04/26/2012 Applicant: TOTAL WINE Issue Date: Receipt No.: R12 -01421 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payment Amount: $11,325.32 Payment Date: 04/26/2012 09:12 AM Balance: $0.00 Payee: SEGALE PROPERTIES TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 2110 11,325.32 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000.322.100 000.345.830 640.237.114 Total: $11,325.32 6,861.10 4,459.72 4.50 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 04 -26 -2012 1 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit U12-- i INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA•BUILDING`DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -245.1 ,b124,7-7 e- Project: -10.T "L 1t,.1E nA .2, Cp1.AZ.hl C, c `.a/l.i d Type of Inspection: 1 fcss • ..+91n -1, Addres : 00 A - cd S')% * -i-',c0 Date Called: Special Instructions: i . 3 P Date Wanted:. a.m.., Requester: Sde e' k.k l so,J Phone No: . q (, -Z.01 nkpproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: C.11"4"141C°.)(7c1 141-4-t-fi (. L- I 40 t-c:t NJ C.:\ nA .2, Cp1.AZ.hl C, c `.a/l.i d .,......" Date_Z�_ I2- EIISPECTION FEE REQUI ED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be ail at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 3 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit;Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 £v2 /37 Project: 1-O i 4 L. GJ /.t/ Type of Ins ection: S?../...s/,:-.-4.., c.(" Address: .3OU t9 - Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. e--/e/—/z r% p.p. Requester: Jc' Te1J Phone No: 3 9 /—S7Y -7 NIApproved per applicable codes. aCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /� ?.� /l //G ✓r j /.111. — Atalfd lr> pec3'o. ) i rto REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. P,rio at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. I / Dae: . 16-' next inspection, fee must be Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. /' CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION C/ 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -36701 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project:.. i I /) t � i A_LP Type of Inspection: 5U5. Le: - A6., Address: Date ailed- Special Instructions: / Date Wanted: g....._. - a.m. _ l o r r � p.m: Requester: - Phone : r 3 9 ( .'' 5-1-14 7 Approved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: s f) �i \ g. �. ......„ i Inspe�L - 1-k ` L REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. P /ior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: -4k INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit; INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO._. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING -DIVISION:` 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 ' Project= - --^ (o cO \M A1k- Type' of nspection: -.r A':�t ('- A h , - :- Address: .3c o lic-AiL vvkr tAI Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted . a.m. Requester: Ph�� ' C,� - 757 0 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval: I/ t�l fib [o I'N 14 ,AS --f( s LAOO r n( Inspector: ./J I n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection; fee; mu'st'be�� paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedulereinspection. r kceofi Date INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 ?37 Project: 'cC (,)idle Type Rf Inspection: V� X01 Address: .30o 0PW Date Called 110112 Special Instructions: Date Wanted: q f m� i�Z Requester: Phone No: ev) 1f"irU` Ei :Apprroved per applicable codes. E Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: q (4, fi REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 4712— /3% /2- iL- 2'1 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: 7374 J A..). •A t Type of Inspection: v=.; -, P J 4 0,1r.. sy &off- Address: Soo .1,4-s. Suite #: Contact Person: Hood & Duct: Special Instructions: Phone No.: cO c� _ 2-e- . 3 2--1- Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: .. Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: / Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: (,) sr ?dam ,-� !L !' / P4s , . t l Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: ,Date: 10b4,,/i7 Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: / Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: F5 ,Date: 10b4,,/i7 Hrs.: / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from he �, City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER 'INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ,O/ Z - X37 "2- 0? 7 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: Toft i Nw,` „e Date: 212...1Az Hrs.: Type of Inspection: \ I Address: 3 a., 09 Pa). Suite #: 51=12_____ • 1 _, Contact Person: .Sfc ✓c. Special Instructions:,t_ ' \ Phone No.: 2eG5-75” -zex7v Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 00,,,,/1 /..c.Ag,.1 -.t..e as J Needs Shift Inspection: Date: 212...1Az Hrs.: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: �. Pre -Fire: Permits: ' ! . — Occupancy Type: Inspector: ,in s3 Date: 212...1Az Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 k,. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit i)/z- /37 /2. 2_4 - /2 — PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: Tfg) w,,,, L Type of Inspection: I %t ,449 a i • ',a. I Address: 3c, 4K. cJ Suite #: ,mo26 Contact Person: _ (• 5-7-ka t Special Instructions: Phone NO.: / , Zh,' - 5 2- Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hrs.: / "44 s G--, 5i f5'/ 1/4.; c'''<' Pre- Fire: -� Permits: \ - _ Occupancy Type: r~'Tr- i Needs Shift Inspection: t Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hrs.: / Hood & Duct: Monitory . Pre- Fire: -� Permits: \ - _ Occupancy Type: Inspector: ,,�p..7„s3 Date: S/2 Vi z Hrs.: / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 ��.F D. Foj r(F. P. 113 3 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER /On -/37 /Z - S - /2-Z- /1-7/ - 7/ PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF IfUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: ) .s- 1 w,*At Type of Inspection: Address: \ 3 vc7 +4'w Suite #: • v0 Contact Person: "11.'.-- 54t 5 -)s. Special Instructions: Phone No.: i I(Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: V A/O h 7.,3/v i ✓T` 2 Ca, ♦ e -4,`u4 s C 0.4.: ISeJg ..t,--,, .,. s ., f., , s�f.. %1 I t t L A...14 .t / ��,pa ,�} /6 4; f LL,,3. V Al i i-li!✓ N 0. e it I Ctor os:, irAr.0 • - Monitor: i Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Needs Shift, Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: `— Hood & Duct: - Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: , fr15 3 Date: N2g //z___ Hrs.: / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from ity of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1 12.7S- 72 D'2- (31 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: Type of Inspection: &-°`L SZ C—o.)-( Address: ; Contact Pezra. �� Suite #: 300 A,�,W, �)Op j�, }-� Special Instructions: Phone No.:. ZO(o — Z..4 -7 (0 (0 Approved per applicable codes. MCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: j\'-k o t t -VOL o r Ok C C..4v. f Approved per applicable codes. MCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: j\'-k o t t -VOL o r Ok C C..4v. f Needs Shift Inspection: f,,,o Sprinklers: -ci S Fire Alarm: Hood .& Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: \ ...vv\SZ Date: 1 (Zi \L Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Inspector: \ ...vv\SZ Date: 1 (Zi \L Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Q/Z - /37 /Z - .S - v 9� PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: Tats , 1,),.,,,c_ Type of Inspection: C;' ' Address: 300 4 jDw Suite #: Contact Person: V4••z• • Fire Alarm: Special Instructions: Phone No.: m7.f . BUG F4. d..3 x Approved per applicable codes. Corret:tions •required prior to approval. COMMENTS: o dC f C�� ti vii . ,1 r.-r . Needs Shift Inspection: /?% ' Sprinklers: / Fire Alarm: Hood &Duct: / Monitor: "'' Pre -Fire: Permits: N--''''' Occupancy Type: Inspector: /?% Date: 4/2 $-//L Hrs.: / gi$100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 TF. D. Form F.P. 113 (.7,57r TQTAE WINE & MORE PROVIDING CONS' INTERS wrni WIIA"I''ll1EY DESERVE: SELECTION, SERVICE AND PRICE April 10, 2012 To: Tukwila Building Department 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Re: Total Wine & More 1402 Tukwila 300 Andover Park West Tukwila, WA 98188 To Whom It May Concern: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION As the owner /operator of the above referenced store location, we would like to clarify the following items as they relate to fire protection and life safety: 1. Requirements of 2009 International Fire Code 3401.2 item 2 will be met for all alcoholic beverages, stocked or stored on the premises. Any questions or comments concerning the above should be directed to Ken Chance. Ken Chance Director of Store Design & Construction Total Wine & More 11325 Seven Locks Rd. Potomac, MD 20854 301.795.1000 x 429 DID -137 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER 11325 Seven Locks Rd • Suite 214 • Potomac • MD • 20854 Phone: 301 .795.1000 Fax: 301 .795 .1081 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS PROJECT: TOTAL WINE 300 ANDOVER PARK WEST TUKWILA, WA PROJECT No: SC120321 CLIENT: CARUSO AFFILIATED DATE: April 3, 2012 SHEET INDEX MRIGHT engineers BASIS FOR DESIGN DESIGN LOADS GRAVITY ANALYSIS LATERAL ANALYSIS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 'D 1 1 These calculations are the sole property of WRIGHT ENGINEERS and may not be reproduced in whole or part without written permission. Calculations are valid only for the above named project and location and are not valid unless engineer's original wet signed seal is affixed. 1 2 G1 L1 Irvine 2 Venture, Suite 200 Irvine, CA 92618 (p) 949.477.4001 (f) 949.477.4009 wrightengineers.com Las Vegas 7425 Peak Drive Las Vegas, NV 89128 (p) 702.933.7000 (f) 702.933.7001 Phoenix 3115 S. Price Road Chandler, AZ 85248 (p) 480.483.6111 (f) 480.483.6112 Salt Lake 9176 S. 300 W. Suite 12 Sandy, UT 84070 (p) 801.352.2001 (f) 801.352.2006 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER 1.1 BUILDING CODE: 1.2 ROOF LIVE LOAD: 1.3 FLOOR LIVE LOAD: 1.4 WIND LOAD: 1.5 SEISMIC LOAD: 1.6 SNOW LOAD: 2.1 FOUNDATION: 3.1 CONCRETE: 4.1 MASONRY: BASIS FOR DESIGN INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2009 20 PSF (REDUCIBLE) 75 PSF TYP. FLOOR REFER TO "DESIGN WIND LOADS" SHEET REFER TO "DESIGN SEISMIC LOADS" SHEET 20 PSF DESIGNED PER RECOMMENDATIONS BY IBC CHAPTER 18.; ALL FOOTINGS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 24 INCHES BELOW PAD GRADE. ALLOWABLE DEAD PLUS LIVE LOAD SOIL PRESSURE = 1500 PSF. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT OF 145 PCF USING HARDROCK AGGREGATES. MINIMUM 28 -DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, fc, USED FOR DESIGN = 2500 PSI. HOLLOW, MEDIUM WEIGHT (115 PCF), LOAD - BEARING CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CONFORMING TO ASTM C90. ALL BLOCKS SHALL BE PLACED IN RUNNING BOND CONSTRUCTION U.N.O. WITH ALL VERTICAL CELLS IN ALIGNMENT. COMPRESSIVE MASONRY STRENGTH, fm, SHALL BE 1500 PSI. 5.1 REINFORCING STEEL: REBAR SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 OR ASTM A706 (A706 REQ'D. FOR ALL REINFORCING TO BE WELDED) AND SHALL BE GRADE 60 (fy = 60 KSI) DEFORMED BARS U.N.O. REINFORCING IN SLABS ON GRADE MAY BE GRADE 40 (fy = 40 KSI) DEFORMED BARS FOR ALL BARS #4 AND SMALLER U.N.O. ON PLANS OR DETAILS. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A185. PRESTRESSING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A416, GRADE 270, SEVEN -WIRE LOW RELAXATION STRAND WITH A GUARANTEED ULTIMATE TENSILE STRENGTH OF 41.3 KIPS. NOMINAL DIAMETER SHALL BE 1/2 INCH AND NOMINAL AREA SHALL BE 0.153 SQ. INCHES. 6.1 STRUCTURAL STEEL: STANDARD AND YIELD STRENGTH SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS U.N.O.: Fy: SHAPE: STANDARD: ROLLED WIDE FLANGE SECTIONS ASTM A992 50 KSI OTHER STANDARD STEEL SHAPES 36 KSI AND ROLLED SECTIONS ASTM A36 36 KSI BARS AND PLATES ASTM A36 PIPES ASTM A501 36 KSI OR ASTM A53 TYPE E OR S, GRADE B 35 KSI HOLLOW STRUCT. SECTIONS (RECT.) ASTM A500, GRADE B 46 KSI HOLLOW STRUCT. SECTIONS (ROUND) ASTM A500, GRADE B 42 KSI BOLTS (EXCEPT IN WOOD CONNECTIONS) ASTM A325X — NUTS ASTM A563 — WASHERS ASTM F436 -- ANCHOR RODS ASTM F1554, GRADE 36 36 KSI OR GRADE 55 WHERE NOTED 55 KSI (WELLD COMPLY ) Y WITH DABI ITY SUPPLEMENT S1 WELDS E -70 SERIES THREADED ROD, EPDXY BOLTS, STUDS AND BOLTS IN WOOD CONNECTIONS ASTM A307 — 6.2 STEEL JOISTS: PREFAB. STEEL JOISTS AND GIRDERS DESIGNED BY MFR. PER SJI STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 6.3 STEEL DECK: ROOF AND COMPOSITE FLOOR DECK SHALL BE BY VERCO, ASC, OR APPROVED EQUAL. DECK WELDING SHALL USE E60 OR E70 SERIES ELECTRODES. 7.1 COLD FORMED STEEL:JOISTS, STUDS, PROPERTIES AS LISTED IN THE METAL STUD MFR.'S ASSOCIATION MANUAL (ICC ER- 4943). 12, 14 AND 16 GAGE STUDS AND JOISTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 50 KSI. THINNER GAGE STUDS AND JOISTS, ALL GAGES OF TRACK, ALL DIAGONAL TENSION STRAPS OR BRACES, AND BRIDGING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 33 KSI U.N.O. T Rat Wine Basis.doc Copyright WRIGHT ENGINEERS PROJECT: TOTAL WINE v20071112 SHEET: 1 TA METAL DECK ROOF: CONCRETE OFFICE FLOOR: DESIGN DEAD LOADS 3 PLY ROOFING 2.2 5/8" GYPBOARD 2.8 2" RIGID INSULATION 3.0 1 1/2" B DECK 2.2 STEEL JOIST AT 6' +- 0.C. 1.5 SPRAY -ON FIREPROOFING 1.0 SPRINKLERS 1.5 SUSPENDED CEILING 2.0 MECH 8 MISC 1.8 DL (PSF) : 18.0 FLOOR COVERING 1.5 2" CONC. o/ 1 1/2" STEEL DECK 23.2 SPRINKLERS 1.5 SUSPENDED CEILING 1.5 MECH 8 MISC 2.8 STEEL JOISTS AT 6' -0" O.C. 4.0 STEEL BEAMS AT 32' O.C. DL (PSF) : 35 (TO JOISTS) 3.0 DL (PSF) : 38 (TO BEAMS) PARITION LOAD FOR SEISMIC BASE SHEAR ADD (PSF DL): 10.0 MASONRY WALLS : Total Wine Loads.xls COMMERCIAL 8" CMU SOLID GROUTED AT 48" O.C. 8" CMU SOLID GROUTED AT 40" O.C. 8" CMU SOLID GROUTED AT 32" O.C. 8" CMU SOLID GROUTED AT 24" 0.C. 8" CMU SOLID GROUTED AT 16" O.C. 8" CMU SOLID GROUTED 51.0 53.0 55.0 58.0 '63.0 78.0 Copyright WRIGHT ENGINEERS PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - No: SC120115 UPDATE 02 -12 -03 SHEET: 2 Company: Wright Engineers Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City / State: Irvine / CA Zip Code: 92618 Wall 1 Simple Stud Project Ref #: Date: Tue, Feb 07 W 18.00 Wind Load Gross Section Properties: Ix (major) (in4) 1.2656 Sx (major) (in3) 0.6983 rx (major) (in) 1.4585 ly (minor) (in4) 0.3372 Sy (minor) (in3) 0.2646 ry (minor) (in) 0.7528 Area (in2) 0.5950 Xo (in) - 1.6962 J x 1000 (in4) 1.0082 Cw (in6) 1.0886 Ro (in) 2.3603 Weight (lb/ft) 2.0247 2E+--- °0°°"l X0.1069 1 3.62 0 !"' 0.0713 s. 1 0.6250 362:55200- 68mi1, 33 ksi Design Code 1 2009 IBC w /AISI -NAS 2007 Design Method Dead Load Strength Factor ASD Wall Height (ft) N/A 18 Stud Spacing (in) 0.0000 16 Allowable H. Deflection L i 240 Absolute Deflection (in) 1 Dead Loads ( /bs) N/A Live Loads (Ibs) N/A Max. Bridging Spacing(ft) 5 Torsional Bracing ® Bridging Spacing K cp Distortional Buckling Rotational Stiffness (lbf- in.ln.) • 100 Wind Load Strength Factor 1 Wind Load Deflection Factor 1 Dead Load Strength Factor N/A Live Load Strength Factor N/A Design Options: Material Properties: Fy (ksi) 33 Fu (ksi) 45 E (kw) 29500 G (Ksi) 11300 Span Loads: Wind Load (psf) Span 1 10.0000 Reactions: Joint Rx kips) Ry (kips) Rm (kips.in) 1 - 0.1200 0.0000 0.0000 2 - 0.1200 0.0000 0.0000 ° Section Layout Single AS! Stee /SmartTM System Version 50 Page 1/5 No: SC120115 one source SHEET: (7 I Ci Company: Wright Engineers Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City / State: Irvine / CA Zia Code: 92618 Wall 1 Simple Stud Project Ref #: Date: Tue, Feb 07 ° Fastener Spacing (in) Moment (kips.in) N/A ° Standard Punchout Compression (kips) Considered ° Strength Increase from Cold Work of Forming (AI$I, Sec. A7.2) Considered Effective Section Properties: Member Moment (kips.in) Shear (kips) Tension (kips) Compression (kips) HL Deflection (in) Crippling (kips) Member Value 1 Ae(Comp.) (in2) 0.4880 Sxe (in3) 0.6871 1 Actual 6.4794 0.1089 N/A N/A 0.8434 N/A Ixe(in4) 1.2656 Allowable 13.2318 0.6624 9.3334 2.4763 0.9000 N/A 0.4000 Act./All. 0.4897 0.1644 N/A N/A 0.9371 N/A X/L 0.5000 0.0463 N/A N/A N/A N/A Design for Web Crippling is Disabled Member Combined (M,V) Combined (M,Pcr) Combined (M,T) Combined (M,P) N/A 1 Moment(Mx) - 6.2202 Moment(Mx) N/A Moment(Mx) N/A Moment(Mx) Shear(Vy) 0.0240 Pcr (Crippling) N/A Tension (T) N/A Comp. (P) N/A Act./All. 0.4084 ActJAII. N/A Act./All. N/A Act./All. N/A X/L 0.4000 X/L N/A X/L N/A X/L N/A ASI SteelSmart"A System Version 6.0 Page 2/5 PROJECT: TOTAL WINE No: SC120115 RIGHT one source Company: Wright Engineers Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City / State: Irvine / CA Zip Code: 92618 Wall 1 Simple Stud Project Ref #: Date: Tue, Feb 07 WRIGHT • / • Clip Data Clip Position Base Connection © Wall rl L,_ .4?- .. Clip Type None Screws N/A Allowable Loads F1 (kips) N/A I F2 (kips) N/A F3 (kips) N/A M1 (kips.in) N/A Screw Shear (kips) N/A Actual Loads F1 (kips) 0.0000 F2 (kips) - 0.1200 F3 (kips) 0.0000 M1 ( kips.in) 0.0000 Screw Shear (kips) N/A Interaction Linear Interaction ratio N/A Base Material Material N/A Concrete Compressive Strength (psi) N/A Attachment to Structure Fastener Designation N/A Quantity N/A Min. Penetration (in) N/A Min. Edge Distance for Shear (in) N/A Min. Edge Distance for Tension (in) N/A Min. Fastener Spacing for Shear (in) N/A Min. Fastener Spacing for Tension (in) N/A Allowable Shear (kips) N/A Allowable Tension (kips) N/A Fastener Design Load Actual Shear (kips) N/A Actual Tension (kips) N/A Combined Forces (Act. / All.) N/A Tensile Strength Reduction Factor N/A Shear Strength Reduction Factor N/A T PROJECT: ASI SteelSmartTM System Version 6.0 Page 3/5 one source SHEET: ( 3 (' • 3 Company: Wright Engineers Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City / State: Irvine / CA Zip Code: 92618 Wall 1 Simple Stud Project Ref #: Date: Tue, Feb 07 2 • Clip Data Clip Position Head connection @ Wall % F, Clip Type VertiClip SL362.5 Screws 2 ( #12) Allowable Loads F1 (kips) 0.2480 F2 (kips) 0.7900 F3 (kips) N/A M1 ( kips.in) N/A Screw Shear (kips) N/A Actual Loads F1 (kips) 0.0000 F2 (kips) - 0.1200 F3 (kips) N/A M1 (kips.in) N/A Screw Shear (kips) N/A Interaction Linear Interaction ratio 0.1519 NW Concrete, fc = 2000 psi 0 8 Base Material Material N/A Concrete Compressive Strength (psi) Attachment to Structure Fastener Designation X -U Quantity 2 Min. Penetration (in) 1 Min. Edge Distance for Shear (in) 2.75 Min. Edge Distance for Tension (in) 2.75 Min. Fastener Spacing for Shear (in) 2.75 Min. Fastener Spacing for Tension (in) 2.75 Allowable Shear (kips) 0.3800 Allowable Tension (kips) 0.3300 Fastener Design Load Actual Shear (kips) 0.1200 Actual Tension (kips) 0.0000 Combined Forces (Act. / Ali.) 0.1464 Tensile Strength Reduction Factor 1.0000 Shear Strength Reduction Factor 1.0000 o When more than one Toad affect a connection, simple linear relationship is used to check the interaction of multiple Toads acting on the connection. o Fastener attachment of connectors to the primary structure should be reviewed by a design professional. Bridging Data: TA AS! SteelSmartTM System Version 6.0 Page 4/5 PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - No: SC1201 15 RIGHT one source Company: Wright Engineers Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City / State: Irvine / CA Wall 1 Simple Stud 1 Bridging Member Bridge Type Cold - Rolled Channel Bridge Spacing (ft) 5 Bridging Row Anchored @ (ft) 16 Allowable Moment(M1)(kips.in) 1.23 Actual Moment(M1)(kips.in) 0.1005796 Allowable Mal Strength(F1)(kips) 1.332119 Actual Mal Load(F1)(kips) 0.1485757 Interaction Ratio 0.1933054 Clip Data Clip Type BridgeClip (1 Screw) Allowable Moment(M1) of Screws(kips.in) 0.18 Actual Moment(M1) on Screws(kips.in) 0.1005796 Allowable Tension(F1) of Screws(kips) 0.075 Actual Tension(F1) on Screws(kips) 0.02476262 Allowable Shear of Screws(kips) 0.213655 Actual Shear on Screws(kips) 0.02476262 Screw Diameter (in) 0.19 Note:The stiffness of the clip shall be >= 497 Ib /in. for satisfying (Eq D3.3 -2) in the NAS -AISI S100 -2007 specification. Project Ref #: Date: Tue, Feb 07 WRIGHT ASI TA SteelSmart" System Version 6.0 Page 55 PROJECT: TOTAL WINE No: SC.120115 one source SHEET: m � Company: Wright Engineers Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City / State: Irvine / CA Zip Code: 92618 Door 1 Simple Stud Door Project Ref #: Date: Tue, Feb 07 Design Data: Design Code 2009 IBC w/ AISI -NAS 2007 Design Method • ASD Wall Height (ft) 18 Max. Bridging Spacing (ft) 5 Stud Spacing (in) 16 Horizontal Deflection L / 240 Header Vertical Deflection L / 240 Absolute Deflection (in) 0.5 Wind Load Distribution Four Ways Wind Load Strength Factor 1 Wind Load Deflection Factor 1 Dead Load Strength Factor 1 Dead Load Deflection Factor 1 Header Torsional Bracing- Lateral Ld. Full Header Torsional Bracing- Gravity Ld. None Jamb Torsional Bracing @ Bridging Spacing K tp Distortional Buckling Rotational Stiffness (Ibf- in. /in.) 100 • ° Section Layout N/A ° Fastener Spacing (in) N/A ° Standard Punchout Considered ° Strength Increase from Cold Work of Forming (AISI, Sec. A7.2) Considered Jamb Member Extends to Parapet N/A • VIIIICI 101001 Span Br I,..,. Jamb Height Door Height Door Width 1 18 10 7 8.008 10.00« VcuuVI10 1 vow. Jamb Stud Section 3 x 362.55200- 68mi1, 33 ksi Tension (kips) ++``, 1111' .DeflectionV.Defelectior (in) Track Section 2 x 362T125 -68, 33 ksi Allowable. M (kips.in) 51.2672 Actual 3.6149 0.2620 Allowable. V (kips) Header Horizontal Stud 1 x 362.55138- 33mil, 33 ksi Allowable 51.2672 Horizontal Track N/A 10.8746 0.5000 Horizontal Closure N/A N/A 0.3590 Vertical Stud Vertical Track N/A Allowable. M (kips.in) 5.0647 Allowable. V (kips) 1.0236 ck: 7.00 ft 8.00 n 10.00 n Wind Load / Span (psf): 1 110 Dead Load / Span (lb/ft): 1 10 Span # Moment ( kips.in) Shear (kips) Tension (kips) CompressiorH (kips) .DeflectionV.Defelectior (in) (in) Crippling (kips) N/A Jamb Actual 18.4026 0.2620 N/A N/A 0.4869 N/A Allowable 51.2672 3.6149 40.5722 10.8746 0.5000 N/A N/A Act./All. 0.3590 0.0725 N/A N/A 0.9738 N/A N/A Header Actual 4.2265 0.2013 N/A N/A 0.2198 N/A N/A TA ASI SteelSmartTM System Version 6.0 Page 1/4 PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - L____ 1 RIGHT No: SC120115 one source Company: Wright Engineers Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City / State: Irvine / CA Zip Code: 92618 Door 1 Simple Stud Door Project Ref #: Date: Tue, Feb 07 Span # Member Moment ( kips.in) Shear (kips) Tension (kips) Compression (kips) H. DeflectionV (in) .DefelectionCrippling (in) (kips) N/A 1 Strong Direction Allowable 5.0647 1.0236 4.5166 2.7568 0.3500 N/A Act./All. 0.8345 0.1966 N/A N/A 0.6279 N/A N/A Header Weak Direction Actual N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.0000 N/A Allowable 0.9446 0.9874 4.5166 1.0719 N/A 0.3500 N/A Act./All. WA N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.0000 N/A eslgn for Web cnpp • Span# Member Moment, Shear Moment, Crippling Moment, Tension Moment, Compression 1 Jamb Mx - 18.4026 Mx N/A Mx N/A Mx N/A Vy 0.1783 Pcr N/A T N/A P N/A Act./All. 0.2947 Act./All. N/A Act. /AII. N/A Act./All. N/A Header Mx - 4.0575 Mx N/A Mx N/A Mx N/A Vy 0.0403 Pcrl N/A T N/A P N/A Act. /AII. 0.8021 Act./All. N/A Act./All. N/A Act./All. N/A My N/A My N/A My N/A My N/A Vx N/A Pcr2 N/A T N/A P N/A Act./All. N/A Act. /AII. N/A Act./All. N/A Act./All. N/A • Span Mx (kips.in) My (kips.in) ActJAII. 1 N/A N/A N/A TA AS/ SteelSmaiV' System Version 6.0 Page 2/4 PROJECT: TOTAL WINE No: SC 120115 RIGHT one source SHEET: 6,G7 Company: Wright Engineers Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City / State: Irvine / CA Zip Code: 92618 Door 1 Simple Stud Door Project Ref #: Date: Tue, Feb 07 Span Clip Data Attachment of Header to Jamb 1 Clip Type StiffClip AL362 iv I 1 l� I1 Allowable Fl (kips) 0.7340 Allowable F2 (kips) 1.2170 Allowable F3 (kips) 2.8040 All.Screw Shear (kips) 0.1884 Actual Fl (kips) 0.0000 Actual F2 (kips) 0.0000 Actual F3 (kips) 0.2013 Act. Screw Shear (kips) 0.1483 F2 (kips) Linear Interaction Ratio 0.7868 F2 Screws Qty. 2 ( #12) F3 Screws Qty. 2 ( #12) *ion Data• vv.• r- / Clip Data Clip Position Head Connection @ Jamb F2r; `y y4T Clip Type VertiClip SL362.5 Screws 2 ( #12) Allowable Loads Fl (kips) 0.2480 F2 (kips) 0.7900 F3 (kips) N/A M1 (kips.in) N/A Screw Shear (kips) N/A Actual Loads Fl (kips) 0.0000 F2 (kips) 0.2050 F3 (kips) N/A M1 (kips.in) N/A Screw Shear (kips) N/A Interaction Linear Interaction ratio 0.2595 0 9 Base Material Material NW Concrete, fc = 2000 psi Concrete Compressive Strength (psi) N/A Attachment to Structure Fastener Designation X -U Quantity 2 Min. Penetration (in) 1 Min. Edge Distance for Shear (in) 2.75 Min. Edge Distance for Tension (in) 2.75 Min. Fastener Spacing for Shear (in) 2.75 Min. Fastener Spacing for Tension (in) 2.75 Allowable Shear (kips) 0.3800 Allowable Tension (kips) 0.3300 Fastener Design Load Actual Shear (kips) 0.2050 Actual Tension (kips) 0.0000 Combined Forces (Act. / All.) 0.3576 Tensile Strength Reduction Factor 1.0000 Shear Strength Reduction Factor 1.0000 TA ASI SteelSmartTM System Version 6.0 Page 3/4 PROJECT: TOTAL WINE • No: SC 12011 _° RIGHT one source Company: Wright Engineers Address: 2 Venture, Suite 200 City / State: Irvine / CA Zip Code: 92618 Door 1 Simple Stud Door Project Ref #: Date: Tue, Feb 07 2 Clip Data Clip Position Base Connection (a) Jamb Clip Type None Screws N/A Allowable Loads Fl (kips) N/A F2 (kips) N/A F3 (kips) N/A M1 (kips.in) N/A Screw Shear (kips) N/A Actual Loads Fl (kips) 0.0000 F2 (kips) - 0.2838 F3 (kips) 0.0000 M1 (kips.in) 0.0000 Screw Shear (kips) N/A Interaction Linear Interaction ratio N/A Base Material Material N/A Concrete Compressive Strength (psi) N/A Attachment to Structure Fastener Designation N/A Quantity N/A Min. Penetration (in) N/A Min. Edge Distance for Shear (in) N/A Min. Edge Distance for Tension (in) N/A Min. Fastener Spacing for Shear (in) N/A Min. Fastener Spacing for Tension (in) N/A Allowable Shear (kips) N/A Allowable Tension (kips) N/A Fastener Design Load Actual Shear (kips) N/A Actual Tension (kips) N/A Combined Forces (Act. / All.) N/A Tensile Strength Reduction Factor N/A Shear Strength Reduction Factor N/A o When more than one load affect a connection, simple linear relationship is used to check the Interaction of multiple loads acting on the connection. o Fastener attachment of connectors to the primary structure should be reviewed by a design professional. AS/ TA SteelSmartTM System Version 6.0 Page 4/4 [PROJECT: TOTAL WINE No: SC.1 201 15 RIGHT one source SHEET: ` GC BEAM: Mech Support SPAN (FT) : 6.00 RACE PTS. (X,X,...) : C D TYPE : CH Lr STEEL : A36 S SNOW (YIN) : N L Sos : 0.625 QE Lr or S (PSF) : 20 W ROOF PITCH : 0.5:12 ATR (FT') _r REDUCTION ( %) : .0% ATF (FT') ADL < U 240 AT X ALL < L/ 360 ATL < L/ 240 ATR (FT2) : 0 • ATF (FT2) : 0 0 92 0 .0% 0 SELF WT. (PLF) : 11.5 .0% AXIAL LOAD, P (K) : .0% .0% .0% POINT LOADS (K) 3 4 OUTPUT BY CAS LEFT (k) RIGHT (k) MOM. (k -ft) A (in DISTRIBUTED LOADS MAX. TOTALS: ROOF FLOOR DLR (PSF) DLF (PSF) L (PSF) LREDUC % TRIB (FT) TRIB (FT) START END GOVERNING LOAD COMBINATIONS 0 1 0 6.00 SHEAR : 1 1.4D R o Mr* -F r$: o u o:7C e 0.31 0.31 0.47 0.003 4) Mn(K -FT) : 26.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000 V (K -FT) : 0.4 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000 4) V(K-Fr) : 34.2 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000 U ADL: 22485 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000 L/ ALL : #DIV /0! 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000 L/ ATL : 20676 0 0 4) Pn(K) : 107 3 3 H1- 1(a,b) : 0.025 B1 : 1.000 0.43 0.43 0.65 0 % CAP. 2.5 (M) MOMENT : 1 1.4D DEFL.: 10 1.0875D + 0.91 OE Mech Support : C8X11.5 TA PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - No: SC120115 SHEET: Vital AtTg trim t r- 5,13 4x t z 32 Gel' W = O. it 16 /cc 2=(3tk`(0175"/a') vilb AT u1Oo4 FAm S � �W tea'. LAf. ate' •,41 -1-15 e914S:.;t114 -n= 225'/14 }hcac( SeISM.t_ i0 t. (12x IZ.x n.1 s Esc.)i4, 3S4) ' 3e # > laq e!c Seit- i osee .4-wn Coll. Sic 04r- ct - b 14$fee'ti6n TA PROJECT: TOTAL WINE TOTAL WINE - WjKILjM engineers 1' /z" MSN SAP = 33 -7.5'h . ek SC 100616 SC12 G16 V11101.lu1. 1 1 WVV I Vau.�.. ». v..... Unistrut P1000 April 23rd, 2010 P1000 - 1-5/8" x 1-5/8", 12 Gage Channel, Solid One of the most commonly used Unistrut framing channels is the Unistrut P1000. Unistrut Service Company of Ohio supplies the P1000 along with all other framing channels manufactured by Unistrut. Refer to the following chart for more detailed information and specifications for the P1000 (click on it for an enlarged version): r } f 6 CaIurnn a[1 i [t � la Loading P10.00 ^: 40 ' Fic,lam LQad n P1000 .�'X` .. r lu us er - 1 w. t,441 r .- q ' r i.1 C r it . ` VRam ' . .'' �FLs ti n8 -- � - tfi oi Vie ._ � t A © .. ' d. 'yllii F: oe = . '( • S i t •-s- r ` p ' F..3 ..,..660,.. -, 13 11 360 11 20 10 180 ' 330 18. 2 50 0.03 5D 24 3.550 10,740 9,890 0,770 7,740 24 1,010 003 1.690 1.090 1,8611 tOO 38 3300 8,910 T,740 5,390 5,310 36 1,130 0.13 1.130 1.130 909 094 48 90 2.770 2389' 7 260 5;918: 6.018 44092 890 3.800 3630 Z98! 48 850 0.22 689 0.35 850 634 760 484 500 324 0.88 0.02 72 2.030 _ 41840. .00' 950 400. 560 010 456 340 220. 180 0.78,'. 0755 84 _.. 1.200. 4,040 3.20 22 0 1,890 84 460 0,68 330 250 96 3,451) 2,7511 2,110 1,650 96 428 0.59 .__ .2500 ... 190. 130 0.71 1,510 1030. 40D 1.010 108 360 1.14 200 150 100 0.00' 120 1,300 2,71111. 3.11 D " 120 340 1'.40 160 120 90 0.81 144 1150 2180 1,080 + 144 100 209 2.00 244) 222 110 810 80. 68 00 48 _ 0131 0,55 Klh 200 192 218' 210 3.555 100 4,58 60 50. 50 4D - - 0.51 0,47 240 170 5.52 40 - - 0.44 otes: 1. Above loads include the weight of the member. This weight needs to be subtracted to arrive at the net allowable load the beam will support. 2. Long span beams should be supported so as to prevent rotation and twist. 3. Allowable uniformly distributed loads are listed for various simple spans, i.e., a beam on two supports. If load is concentrated at the center of the span, multiply load from the table by 0.5 and corresponding deflection by 0.8. 4. The lateral bracing factor should be multiplied by the load to determine the load retained based on the distance between lateral braces. Available P1000 Finishes: • Perma -Green ® III (GR) • Pre - Galvanized Zinc (PG) • Hot - Dipped Galvanized (HG) • Perma -Gold TM (ZD) TA /www.unistrrfaMiedialtiatii h1 1pl000.html No: SC120115 SHEET: 01 1/7/2012 UNISTRUT' (611111•INIMIIMIIIIMINIIIEZE:= P2785 %" Hex Nuts and "U" Bolt Included 1/2u (22) (76) WV100 pcs: 83 Lbs (37.6 kg) • For use with Beams up to W (19) Flanges and with Channels P1000, P1100, P2000, P3000, P3300, P3301, P4000, P4001, P4100, and P4101. Design Load Each 1000 Lbs (4.45 kN) Use in Pairs Only Note: When used for mechanical supports, bad capacities of brackets and fittings should be in compliance with the American Standard Code for Pressure Piping. Clamps am designed to be used with W, M, S & HP Shape beams, Standard C & Misc. MC Channels, Angles & Structural Tees. Clamps must be used in pairs where indicated. For beam clamps with HG fmish, standard hardware is EG finish. For optional stainless steel hardware, please contact the factory for availability. MATERIAL Fittings, unless noted, are made from hot - rolled, pickled and oiled steel plates, strip or coil, and conform to ASTM specifica- tions A575, A576, A635, or A36. The fitting steel also meets the physical requirements of ASTM A101 1 SS GR 33. The pick- ling of the steel produces a smooth surface free from scale. Many fittings are also available in stainless steel, aluminum and fiberglass. Consult factory for ordering information. FINISHES Fittings are available in: Perma -Green Ill (GR), Electro- galvanized (EG), conforming to ASTM 8633 Type Ill SC1; Hot - dipped galvanized (HG), conforming to ASTM A123 or A153 and Plain (PL). Project: Approval Stamp: Architect ! Engineer: Date: Phone: Contractor: Address: Notes 1: Notes 2: 9/12/08 TA PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE No: SC120115 RIGHT one source SHEET: 8 DESIGN SEISMIC LOADS ASCE 7 -05 SECTION 12.8 - EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE SITE CLASS : D R : 5.0 Ct : 0.02 x : 0.75 T (sEC): 0,2 TL (SEC) : 8.0 LEVEL WEIGHT (K) ELEV. (FT) ROOF 150.0 20.0 OCCUPANCY CAT : II IE : 1.00 Ss : 1.420 S1 : 0.486 Fa : 1.000 Fv : 1.514 SITE SPECIFIC SDS : 0.947 SD1 : 0.491 SEISMIC DESIGN CAT : D C, : 0.189 C, MIN: 0.010 COAX : 0.519 DESIGN BASE SHEAR, V : 0.189 W RIGHT one source PRIMARY SYSTEM V (K) : 28.40 k : 1 VERT. DISTRIBUTION, Fx LRFD ASD DIAPHRAGMS MIN (12.10.1.1) : 0.189 W MAX : 0.379 W DIAPHRAGM, Fp 12.10.1.1 GOVERING Fp Fp I Fx 0.189 Wx 0.135 Wx 0.189 W 0.189 W 1.00 ANCHORAGE OF CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS IBC 1604.8.2 & ASCE 7 12.11 LRFD ASD Fp MIN (PLF OF WALL) : 379 270 Fp MIN : 0.379 Ww 0.270 Ww Fp AT FLEXIBLE DIAPHRAGMS : 0.757 Ww 0.541 Ww MULTIPLY Fp BY 1.4 FOR STEEL ELEMENTS, EXCEPT ANCHOR BOLTS AND REINF. STEEL CONNECTIONS ASCE 7 SECTION 12.1.3 LRFD ASD Fp : 0.126 Wp 0.090 Wp ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL COMPONENT ANCHORAGE ASCE 7 SECTION 13 Fp (EQ. 13.3 -1) Ip (13.1.3) : 1.0 ap Rp z (FT) LRFD ASD MAX (EQ. 13.3 -2) : 1.515 Wp 1.0 2.5 20.00 0.454 Wp 0.325 Wp MIN (EQ. 13.3 -3) : 0.284 Wp 1.0 2.5 17.50 0.417 Wp 0.298 Wp 1.0 2.5 15.00 0.379 Wp 0.270 Wp 1.0 2.5 12.50 0.341 Wp 0.243 Wp 1.0 2.5 10.00 0.303 Wp 0.216 Wp 1.0 2.5 7.50 0.284 Wp 0.203 Wp 1.0 2.5 5.00 0.284 Wp 0.203 Wp 1.0 2.5 2.50 0.284 Wp 0.203 Wp 7W Tukwila Seismic.ds Seismic /SC Copyright WRIGHT ENGINEERS PROJECT: No: v2007.07.03 SHEET: Conterminous 48 States 2009 International Building Code Latitude = 47.4556 Longitude = - 122.25660000000002 Spectral Response Accelerations Ss and S1 Ss and S1 = Mapped Spectral Acceleration Values Site Class B - Fa = 1.O ,Fv = 1.0 Data are based on a 0.05 deg grid spacing Period Sa (sec) (g) 0.2 1.420 (Ss, Site Class B) 1.0 0.486 (S1, Site Class B) PROJECT: - 0 RIGHT No: one source SHEET: Anchor Calculations *TAM M Io3) Anchor Selector (Version 4.7.0.0) Name : 100616 Date/Time : 2/7/2012 9:33:26 AM nput culation Method : ACI 318 Appendix D For Cracked Concrete 1e : ACI 318 -08 culation Type : Analysis . ayout :hor : 1/2" Titen HD bedment Depth : 3.25 in It -up Grout Pads : No ext SX7 Number of Anchors : 4 4ANCHQRS. Nuu IS POSITIVE FOR TENSION AND NEGATIVE FOR COMPRESSION. +INDICATES' CENTER': OF POUR_OORNERANCI*ORS hor Layout Dimensions : 48 in 48 in 48 in 48 in 3 in 3 in ase Material crete : Normal weight :ked Concrete : Yes ::blank TA (0,20-7)(5-000*)(510 ")= 51,516 iy C ° c'a 1725fb fc : 4500.0 psi : 1.00 PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE 2/7/2012 No: SC120115 SHEET: Li L3 edition : B tension and shear ;kness, ha : 5 in ,plementary edge reinforcement : No actored Loads d factor source : ACI 318 Section 9.2 : 1725 lb :0lb : 0 lb*ft 0 in 0 in lerate/high seismic risk or intermediate /high design category : Yes ly entire shear load at front row for breakout : No nchor Parameters n [ESR -2713] : for Model = THD50 da = 0.5 in :gory = 1 hef = 2.35 in = 5 in cac = 3.5625 in = 1.75 in smin = 3 in :ile = No ?nsion Force on Each Individual Anchor for #1 N ua1 = 431.25 lb for #2 N ua2 = 431.25 lb for #3 N ua3 = 431.25 lb ior #4N ua4 = 431.25 lb of Anchor Tension ENua = 1725.00 lb = 0.00 in = 0.00 in hear Force on Each Individual Anchor Jltant shear forces in each anchor: ior #1 V ua1 = 0.00 lb (V ualx =.0.00 lb , V ugly = 0.00 lb ) ior #2 V ua2 = 0.00 lb (V ua2x = 0.00 lb , V ua2y = 0.00 lb ) for #3 V ua3 = 0.00 lb (V ua3x = 0.00 lb , V ua3y = 0.00 lb ) ior #4 V ua4 = 0.00 lb (V ua4x = 0.00 lb , V ua4y = 0.00 lb ) of Anchor Shear EVuax = 0.00 lb, EVuay = 0.00 lb :blank TA (1)Fp : 2486.3 psi Vuax : 0 lb Mux : 0 Ib *ft PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE 2/7/2012 No: SC 120115 LSL4 SHEET: = (lob in = 0.00in steel Strength of Anchor in Tension [Sec. 0.5.1] = nA se fete [Eq. 0 -3] fiber of anchors acting in tension, n = 4 = 20130 lb (for each individual anchor) [ESR -2713] D.65 [D.4.4] 3 = 13084.50 lb (for each individual anchor) oncrete Breakout Strength of Anchor Group in Tension [Sec. D.5.2] = ANcIANcogjec,N 'Fed,NPC,NPcp,NNb fiber of influencing edges = 0 = 2.35 in [Eq. D -5] = 49.70 in2 [Eq. D -6] = 101.00 in2 Nx = 1.0000 [Eq. D -9] Ny = 1.0000 [Eq. D -9] N = 1.0000 (Combination of x -axis & y -axis eccentricity factors.) illest edge distance, ca,min = 48.00 in N = 1.0000 [Eq. D -10 or D -11] Cracking shall be controlled per D.5.2.6 = 1.0000 [Sec. D.5.2.6] = 1.0000 [Eq. D -12 or D -13] kca., j f ' c hef1.5 = 4108.25 lb [Eq. D -7] 17 [Sec. D.5.2.6] = 8348.55 lb [Eq. D -5] 1.65 [D.4.4] = 0.75 9 = 4069.92 lb (for the anchor group) .11out Strength of Anchor in Tension [Sec. 0.5.3] lut does not occur, and is therefore not applicable. de Face Blowout of Anchor in Tension [Sec. D.5.4] ;rete side face blowout strength is only calculated for headed anchors in tension close to an cal < 0.4hef. Not applicable in this case. :blank TA PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE 2/7/2012 No: SC 120115 RIGHT one source SHEET: ^9 L� .teel Strength of Anchor in Shear [Sec D.6.1] = 4790.00 lb (for each individual anchor) [ESR -2713] 160 [D.4.4] = 2874.00 lb (for each individual anchor) oncrete Breakout. Strength of Anchor Group in Shear [Sec D.6.2] e 1: Anchor(s) closest to edge checked against sum of anchor shear loads at the edge .direction... �x = Ava/AvcoxPec,Vkl'ed,Vg'c,O'h,V Vbx [Eq. D -22] = 32.00 in (adjusted for edges per D.6.2.4) = 495.00 in2 x = 4608.00 in2 [Eq. D -23] V = 1.0000 [Eq. D -26] V = 1.0000 [Eq. D -27 or D -28] . = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.7] = ,j (1.5ca1 / ha) = 3.0984 [Sec. D.6.2.8] = 70e/ da )O.24 daX. I fc(ca1)1•5 [Eq. D -24] 2.35 in = 81909.42 lb x = 27262.28 lb [Eq. D -22] ).70 = 0.75 gx = 14312.70 lb (for the anchor group) direction... y = Avcy /Avcoy`Yec,V`'ed,V`t'c,V`I'h,V Vby [Eq. D -22] = 32.00 in (adjusted for edges per D.6.2.4) = 495.00 in2 = 4608.00 in2 [Eq. D -23] v = 1.0000 [Eq. D -26] v = 1.0000 [Eq. D -27 or D -28] . = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.7] _ (1.5ca1 I ha) = 3.0984 [Sec. D.6.2.8] = 7(1e/ da )0.2 J dak4 fc(0a1)1•5 [Eq. D -24] 2.35 in :blank TA PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE 2/7/2012 No: SC 120115 SHEET: L1L6 , = 81909.42 lb igY = 27262.28 lb [Eq. D -22] 0.70 is =0.75 :bgy = 14312.70 lb (for the anchor group) ;e 2: Anchor(s) furthest from edge checked against total shear load :- direction... gx = Avcx /Avcox`Yec,V`t'ed,V`11c,V`'h,V Vbx [Eq. D -22] = 32.00 in (adjusted for edges per D.6.2.4) = 495.00 in2 = 4608.00 in2 [Eq. D -23] = 1.0000 [Eq. D -26] = 1.0000 [Eq. D -27 or D -28] = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.7] = -/ (1.5cal I ha) = 3.0984 [Sec. D.6.2.8] = 70e/ da )0.2..J day f c(ca1)1.5 [Eq. D -24] 2.35 in = 81909.42 lb tx = 27262.28 lb [Eq. D -22] 170 =0.75 )gx = 14312.70 lb (for the entire anchor group) •direction... iy = Avcy/AvcoyPec,VPed,vPc,VTh,v Vby [Eq. D -22] = 32.00 in (adjusted for edges per D.6.2.4) = 495.00 in2 = 4608.00 in2 [Eq. D -23] v = 1.0000 [Eq. D -26] v = 1.0000 [Eq. D -27 or D -28] , = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.7] = -4 (1.5cal / ha) = 3.0984 [Sec. D.6.2.8] = 70e/ da )O.2.4 dak fc(ca1)1.5 [Eq. D -24] 2.35 in ::blank TA PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE 2/7/2012 No: SC120115 SHEET: LD L7 = 81909.42 lb gy = 27262.28 lb [Eq. D -22] 0.70 s = 0.75 bgy = 14312.70 lb (for the entire anchor group) to 3: Anchor(s) closest to edge checked for parallel to edge condition :ck anchors at cxl edge 3x = Avcx/AvcoxPec,V`Yed,V`Yc,V`Yh,V Vbx [Eq. D -22] = 32.00 in (adjusted for edges per D.6.2.4) = 495.00 in2 = 4608.00 in2 [Eq. D -23] = 1.0000 [Eq. D -26] = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.1(c)] = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.7] = (1.5cal / ha) = 3.0984 [Sec. D.6.2.8] = 70e/ da )0.24 da24 fc(Ca1)1.5 [Eq. D -24] 2.35 in = 81909.42 lb = 27262.28 lb [Eq. D -22] ;y = 2 * Vcbgx [Sec. D.6.2.1(c)] Iy = 54524.56 lb ).70 ,•= 0.75 )gy = 28625.39 lb (for the anchor group) ck anchors at cy1 edge �y = Avcy/AvcoyTec,fied,VTc,VTh,V Vby [Eq. D -22] = 32.00 in (adjusted for edges per D.6.2.4) • = 495.00 in2 = 4608.00 in2 [Eq. D -23] V = 1.0000 [Eq. D -26] V = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.1(c)] , = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.7] t:blank TA PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE 2/7/2012 No: SC120115 SHEET: Lel L8 V = (1.5cal I ha) = 3.0984 [Sec. D.6.2.8] = 7(1e/ da )0.2..1 da\,.4 fc(ca1)1.5 [Eq. D -24] 2.35 in , = 81909.42 lb gy = 27262.28 lb [Eq. D -22] gx = 2 * Vcbgy [Sec. D.6.2.1(c)] gx = 54524.56 lb 0.70 s = 0.75 bgx = 28625.39 lb (for the anchor group) :ck anchors at cx2 edge gx = Avcx/AvcoxPec,V`Yed,V ' c,V`yh,V Vbx [Eq. D -22] = 32.00 in (adjusted for edges per D.6.2.4) = 495.00 in2 = 4608.00 in2 [Eq. D -23] V = 1.0000 [Eq. D -26] V = 1.0000 [Eq. D -27 or D -28] [Sec. D.6.2.1(c)] = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.7] = j (1.5cal / ha) = 3.0984 [Sec. D.6.2.8] = 7(1e/ da )0.24 dad' 141 fc(ca1)1.5 [Eq. D -24] 2.35 in = 81909.42 lb 1x = 27262.28 lb [Eq. D -22] ly = 2 * Vcbgx [Sec. D.6.2.1(c)] = 54524.56 lb 0.70 = 0.75 )gy = 28625.39 lb (for the anchor group) ck anchors at cy2 edge lY ° Avcy /AvcoyPec,V`1'ed,V4'c,V`1'h,V Vby [Eq. D -22] = 32.00 in (adjusted for edges per D.6.2.4) , = 495.00 in2 t:blank TA PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE 2/7/2012 No: SC120115 SHEET: i'CL9 oY = 4608.00 in2 [Eq. D -23] 0./ = 1.0000 [Eq. D -26] = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.1(c)] = 1.0000 [Sec. D.6.2.7] = / (1.5cal / ha) = 3.0984 [Sec. D.6.2.8] = 7(1e/ da )0.2. J dad,./ fc(ca1)1.5 [Eq. D -24] 2.35 in = 81909.42 lb 3Y = 27262.28 lb [Eq. D -22] ix = 2 * Vcbgy [Sec. D.6.2.1(c)] 1x = 54524.56 lb D.70 = 0.75 )gx = 28625.39 lb (for the anchor group) • Concrete Pryout Strength of Anchor Group in Shear [Sec. D.6.3] = kcpNcbg [Eq. D -30] = 1 [Sec. D.6.3.1] = 0.00 in (Applied shear load eccentricity relative to anchor group c.g.) = 0.00 in (Applied shear load eccentricity relative to anchor group c.g.) Nx = 1.0000 [Eq. D -9] (Calulated using applied shear load eccentricity) Ny = 1.0000 [Eq. D -9] (Calulated using applied shear load eccentricity) N. = 1.0000 (Combination of x -axis & y -axis eccentricity factors) _ (ANca /ANc)(Pec,N 'ec,N)Ncbg = 8348.55 lb (from Section (5) of calculations) = 101.00 in2 (from Section (5) of calculations) = 101.00 in2 (considering all anchors) N = 1.0000 (from Section(5) of calculations) = 8348.55 lb (considering all anchors) = 8348.55 lb 1.70 [D.4.4] = 0.75 g = 4382.99 lb (for the anchor group) :heck Demand /Capacity Ratios [Sec. D.7] :blank TA PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE 2/7/2012 No: SC120115 SHEET: LIB L1 : Ratios have been divided by 0.5 factor for brittle failure. idn el : 0.0659 akout : 0.8477 lout : 0.0000 ?.face Blowout : N/A 1r el : 0.0000 akout (case 1) : 0.0000 akout (case 2) : 0.0000 akout (case 3) : 0.0000 3ut : 0.0000 ix(0) <= 0.2 and T.Max(0.85) <= 1.0 [Sec D.7.1] action check: PASS 1/2" diameter Titen HD anchor(s) with 3.25 in. embedment :blank T PROJECT: TOTAL WINE - BELLEVUE 2/7/2012 SHEET: 01. L11 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director 190E May 16, 2012 Steve Nelson PO Box 88028 Tukwila, WA 98138 RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D12 -137 Total Wine — 300 Andover Pk W, Suite 500 Dear Mr. Nelson, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning, and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. N Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206) 431 -3670. Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File No. D12 -137 W:\Pennit Center \Correction Letters \2012\D12 -137 Correction Letter #1 .doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: May 7, 2012 Project Name: Total Wine Permit #: D12 -137 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Please provide an egress plan that specifically shows; • The main egress path that is required to have emergency lighting. Note that an emergency light fixture is required on the exterior side of each exterior exit to light the exterior landings. • Lighted exit signs. 2. The current version of the Washington State Energy Code Interior lighting Budget is 2009 instead of 2006. Lighting allowances have changed. In the maximum allowed lighting wattage section you must fill in the location and occupancy description such as receiving, storage or warehouse. These areas are only allowed .5 watts per sq. foot. Retail spaces are allowed 1.33 watts per sq. foot. Toilet facilities are allowed .8 watts per sq. foot. Assembly spaces are .95 watts per sq. foot. The square footage for each area should be included. If taking an increase per one of the footnotes, enter this in a separate line. You did not give the location in the proposed section as well. Also, note any fixtures that are proposed as a result of one of the footnote increases in the proposed section. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. HERMIT COORD COM PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12 -137 PROJECT NAME: TOTAL WINE SITE ADDRESS: 300 ANDOVER PK W, STE 500 DATE: 05/25/12 Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 7L � Building Division 11(21. Iti Fire Prevention Public Works ❑ Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator I I DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete DUE DATE: 05/29/12 Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable I I Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions =1 DUE DATE: 06/26/12 Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 02/29/12 P :'; CO i ` q COW PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12 -137 DATE: 04 -26 -12 PROJECT NAME: TOTAL WINE SITE ADDRESS: 300 ANDOVER PK W, SUITE 500 X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPA TMEN S: W,0 .,,,.IrL ui ding islo Pc?A a& 5 IN ic r Fire Prevention Structural 40C 545 ). Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Incomplete DUE DATE: 05 -01 -12 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg El Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route 12 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE: 05-29-12 Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 5tOL- Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 City of Tukwila REVISION SUBMITTAL Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIVED CITY O TUKWILA NAY 25.2012i PERMIT CENTER Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 05/24/2012 Plan Check/Permit Number: D12 -137 Response to Incomplete Letter # ,/ Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit is Issued Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Total Wine Project Address: 300 Andover Park West Suite 500 Contact Person: Steve Nelson Phone Number: (206) 575 -2000 Summary of Revision: Sheet EP1, added emergency egress pathway locations. Sheet EP1, added emergency "LES" exit sign symbol over exit door locations. Sheet E2.1 , revised light fixture quantities to meet energy code. Sheet E2.1, added X1 lighted emergency exit sign over door 115A. Sheet E2.1, added exterior emergency light fixtures. Sheet E2.2, revised light fixture quantities to meet energy code. Sheet E2.2, merchandise area identified for energy code. Sheet E2.3, added to plan set to show calculated lighting foot candles at emergency egress pathways. Sheet E6.1, revised energy calculations and added exterior emergency fixtures to legend. Sheet Number(s): EP1, E2.1, E2.2, E2.3, E6.1 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 4 yf Entered in Permits Plus on O..50-Sn?' H:\Applications\Fomss- Applications On Line \2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Revision Submittal.doc Revised: May 2011 Contractors or Tradespeople Peter Friendly Page General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L8I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name SEGALE PROPERITIES LLC UBI No. 602023533 Phone 2065752000 Status Active Address Po Box 88028 License No. SEGALPL902CQ Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Tukwila Effective Date 2/18/2010 State WA Expiration Date 4/1/2014 Zip 981382028 Suspend Date County King Specialty 1 General Business Type Limited Liability Company Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Other Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status LAPIALP055MZ LA PIANTA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP Construction Contractor General Unused 7/9/1995 4/1/2001 Archived SEGALBP151M5SEGALE BUSINESS PARK Construction Contractor General Unused 7/25/1985 7/9/1995 Archived LAPIAL'008J8 LA PIANTA LLC Construction Contractor General Unused 4/28/2000 4/1/2010 Inactive Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date SEGALE, MARIO A Agent 02/18/2010 Amount SEGALE, MARIO A Partner /Member 02/18/2010 12DLS31006 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 SAFECO INS CO OF AM 6115146 02/18/2010 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 03/28/2002 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 4 Alaska National Insurance Co 12DLS31006 04/01/2012 04/01/2013 $1,000,000.00 03/30/2012 3 Alaska National Ins Co 11DLS31006 04/01/2011 04/01/2012 $1,000,000.00 03/29/2011 2 ALASKA NATIONAL INSURANCE COMP 10DLS31006 04/01/2010 04/01/2011 $1,000,000.00 03/31/2010 1 ALASKA NATIONAL INSURANCE COMP 09DLS31006 02/18/2010 04/01/2010 $1,000,000.00 03/31/2009 Summons /Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print.aspx 06/15/2012 0 a • one SPIRITS'BEER & MORE 300 ANDOVER PARK WEST SUITE 500 TUKWILA, WA 98188 VENDORS: DESCRIPTION: TENANT IMPROVEMENTS OF AN EXISTI RETAIL USE. SHELL IS DESIGNED AND OTHERS AND IS NOT PART OF THESE DOCUMENTS. SOME DEMOLITION WILL NG SPACE FOR BUILT BY. TENANT FINISH BE REQUIRED. BUILDINd CLASSIFICATIONS AND DATA APPLICABLE CODES: BUILDING CODE: 2009 IBC CODE ELECTRICAL CODE 2009 NEC MECHANICAL CODE: 2009 IMC PLUMBING CODE: 2009 UPC FIR FIRe CODE: 2009 !FC. ALUM. A.C. ACOUS. ADJ. A.P, A.F.F. A.H.J. OCCUPANCY GROUP CLASSIFICATION: USE GROUPS M - MERCANTILE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION: TYPE 11 -B, SPRINKLERED SITE ADDRESS: 300 ANDOVER PARK WEST TUKWILA, WA 98188 G.L.A.: 27,375 SF - ;TENANT /CLIENT: TOTAL WINE AND MORE 11325 SEVEN LOCKS RD STE. POTOMAC, MD 20854 TEL. (301) , 795 -1080 FAX. (301) 795 -1081 KEN CHANCE ARCHITECT: BRR ARCHITECTURE 214 6700 ANTIOCH PLAZA, STE 300 MERRIAM, KS 66204 TEL. (913) 262 -9095 www.brrarch.com ACS -300 GALLERIA PARKWAY, STE 690 ATLANTA, GA 30339. ''EL. (678) 279-2070 www.4acsi.com M.E.P ENGINEER /STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: WRIGHT ENGINEERS 3115 S. PRICE ROAD CHANDLER, AZ 85248 TEL (480) 483 -6111 www.wrightengineers.com PROJECT OWNER / CLIENT /CONTRACTOR SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC 5811 SEGALE PARK DRIVE C TUKWILA, WA 98188 AVE. A.B. ABV. BLDG. BLKG. BD. BETW. BEV. B.F. BSMT. B.S. BLK. B.M. B.B. BTM. 8.0.S. BM. CAB. CALC. CAP. CAT. 0.80. C.B. C.toC, CEM. CER. CHAM. CHAN. C.L. CHG. C.I. CIR. C.J. C.L. CLG: CIKG. CLR. CLO. CO. CO. COL. C.O. COMPO. CONC. CONC.BLK. COND. CONN. CONST. CONT. REVISIONS No changes shalt be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE Revisions will require a new plan subrnbtt-I and may include additional plan review fees. CONTR. CORR. CSK. CTR. C.J. C.R. DIM. DO. DIA. D.F. Aluminum Asphaltic Concrete Acoustic Adjustable Access Panel Above Fin. Flr. Authority Having Jurisdiction Approved Approximate Architecture or Architectural Avenue Anchor Bolt Above Building Blocking Board Between Bevel Both Faces Basement Both Sides Block Bench Mark Bottom of Beam Bottom Bottom of Steel Beam Cabinet Calculation Capacity Catalogue Chalk Board Catch Basin Center to Center Cement Ceramic Chamfer Channel Chain Link Change Cast Iron Circle Construction Joint Center Line Ceiling Caulking Clear Closet Cleanout Company Column Concrete Opening Composition Concrete Concrete Block Condition Connect Construction Continuation or Continuous Contractor Corrugated Countersink Center Ceiling Joint Crushed Rock Dimension Ditto Diameter Drinking Fountain DR. DWG. D.S. OW. DWR. E.W.C. E.G. EA. E.D.F. ELEC. ELEV. ENGR. ENGRG. ENTR. EQ. EQUIP. EQUIV. EST. E.P. EX. PL. EXC. EXP. EXT. EXTR. F.O.S. F.D. FDN. F.DR. F.E. F.B. F.G. FIN. FLR. FLRG. FLUOR. FRPF. F.L. FLSHG. FT. - FT. FTG. FURN. F.J. F.O.M. F.O.W. F.F. F.S. F.G. GA. GALV. GENL. G.I. GLS. GYP.BD. GOVT. GRD. GR. GRND. GYP: G.L.B. H.B. HDW. HGT. H.M. HORIZ. H.P. HTG. HDWD. Door Drawing Downspout Dumbwaiter Drawer Electric Water Cooler Existing Grade Each Electrical Drinking Fountain Electric Elevation Engineer Engineering Entrance Equal Equipment Equivalent Estimate Electrical Panel Exterior Plaster Excavate Expansion Exterior Exterior Face of Stud Floor Drain Foundation Fire Door Fire Extinguisher Fiber Board Finish Grade Finish Floor Flooring Fluorescent Fireproof Flow Line Flashing Feet Foot Footing Furnish Floor Joist Face of Masonry Face of Wall Finish Floor Finish Surface Finish Grade Gage or Gauge Galvanize General Galvanized Iron Glass Gypsum Board Government Grade Grille Ground Gypsum Glu Lam Beam Hose Bibb Hardware Height Hollow Metal Horizontal High ,`Point Heating Hard Wood HR. HOOP. I.D. IN. INCL. INFO. INS. INSTL. INT. INV. INL. JST. JNT. LAM. LAV. LBR. LNDG. L.P. - LNG. L.H. LINO. LINTL. LGT. LGTG. L.W.C. LGT. Fl XT. MAS. MACH. ,MAI NT. MATL. MAX. M.C. MECH. MTL. MEZZ. MFR. MIN. MISC. MIR. MTD. M.O. M.B. MED. N.G. N. No. NOM. N.T.S. NTD N.I.C. OBS_ 0.0. OFF. OPNG. OPP. ORIG. 0.H. 0/ P.A. P. ART. PERM. PL PLAS. PLMBG. PORT. PR. PREFAB. PRELIM. PROJ. PLYWD: Hour Handicapped Inside Diameter Inch include or Inclusive Information Insulate Install Interior Invert Inlet Joist Joint Laminate Lavatory Lumber Landing Low Point Long Left Hand Linolium Lintel Light Lighting Light Weight Concrete Light Fixture Masonry Machine Maintenance Material Maximum Medicine Cabinet Mechanical Metal Mezzanine Manufacture Minimum Miscellaneous Mirror Mounted Masonry Opening Machine Bolt Medium Natural Grade North Number Nominal Not to Scale Note to Designer Not in Contract Obscure On center Office Opening Opposite Original Over Head Over Public Address Partition Permanent Plate Plaster Plumbing Potable Pair=::. Prefabricated Preliminary Rrojdct Piywt' ,od PLAS.LAM. PT. P.P. P.Q.C. P.T.D.F. QUAL. R.W. RAD. R. RD. R.D. RND. REF. REM. REQD. REV. RF. REG. RGH. RM. REF. R.J. RTD. SIM. SCAQMD SCHED. SPL.BLK. SCHEM. SECT. SERV. SHT. SHTG. SNK. SPEC. SQ. S.S. SCRN. ST. STD. STL. STRUC. SUSP. SYM. SW. S.C. T.O.F. T. T.O.C. TELE. TEMP. T.O.G. T &G THRU. T.O.M. T.O.S. TYP, T.O.B. T.Q.L. T.O.STL T.O.W. T &B U.N.O. VERT. VEST. W/ WC, WD, W.H. W/O Plastic Laminate Point Power Pole Point of Connection Pressure Treated Douglass Fir Quality Redwood Radius Riser Road Roof Drain Round Refrigerator Remove Required Revise Roof Roofing Rough Room Reference Roof Joist Rated Similar South Coast Air Quality Schedule Splash Block Schematic Section Service Sheet Sheathing. Sink Specification Square Stainless Steel Screen Street Standard Steel Structural Suspend Symetrical Switch Saw Cut Top of Footing Tread Top of Concrete Telephone Tempered Top of Grate Tongue and Groove Through Top of Masonry Top of Sheathing Typical Top of Beam Top of Ledger Top of Steel Top of Wall Top and Bottom Unless Noted Otherwise Vertical Vestibule With Watercloset Wood Water Heater Without NO ALTERNATES EXCEPT AS NOTED) * REQUIRED SERVICE VENDORS ** NOTE- ALTERNATE FOR HEALTH CODE REQUIREMENTS OR SHORTER LEAD TIME IF NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IF HEALTH DEPARTMENT WILL REQUIRE USAGE. VENDOR SHEET INDEX: AR,C HITECTU RAL COVER SHEET FCS1 FIXTURE CUT SHEETS ARCHITECTURAL CEILING GRID TRELLIS, PITCHED ROOF TRELLIS STYLMARK INC 6536 MAIN ST. NE MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55432 PHONE: (763) 586. -4880; FAX: (763) 574-1415 SITE PLAN EP1 EGRESS PLAN FCS2 FIXTURE CUT SHEETS FCS3 FIXTURE CUT SHEETS FIXTURE PLAN DOOR SUPPLIER (EXTERIOR AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE DOORS ONLY) CONTACT: MARK SRAUER PHONE: 612- 220 -5828 EMAIL: mbrauer ©stylmark.com STANLEY DOORS PHONE: (410) 552 -4770 FAX: (410) 552 -4778 MOBILE: (703) 869 -1533 CONTACT: STEVEN DALE sdale ©staleyworks.com SPEC2 SPECIFICATION SHEET FLOOR PLAN FLOOR FINISH PLAN A1.3 ROOM FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE SPECS SPECIFICATION SHEET FLOORING INSTALLER RICHARDSON FLOOR COVERING CO. (OPTION 1) 2573 MASTIC DRIVE CARROLLTON, GA 30116 PHONE: (770) 832 -2986 FAX (770) 832 -2945 CONTACT: JACK RICHARDSON Jack©rfc 1204.com A3 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS A4 ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS FLOORING INSTALLER INTERFACE SERVICES (OPTION 2) 322 NORTHPOINT PARKWAY, SUITE G ACWORTH, GA 30102 PHONE: (770) 975 -4805 FAX: (770) 974 -0689 MOBILE: (678) 602 -3473 CONTACT: TERRY MCCREARY terry .rnccreary(°7interfaceglobaLcom A5.2 WINE EDUCATION DETAILS A5.3 BREAK ROOM PLAN A5.4 ENTRY VESTIBULE PLAN A6 BEER /FINE WINE COOLER PLANS FLOORING INSTALLER HUMIDOR PLAN CTS FLOORING (OPTION 3) 319 W. RIDGE PIKE LIMERICK, PA 19468 . PHONE - (610)- 831 -5129; (610) 213 -5125 FAX- (610) 489 -3221 CONTACT: FRAN GUINAN frangOctsfiooring.com A6.2 WINE DEMONSTRATION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 ll,- City of T ila BUILDING SION A7 DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS STRUCTURAL w CO D Z 0 r U) CENTIVA 1701 MARS HILL ROAD FLORENCE, AL 35630 PHONE: (256) 767 -4990 X201 FAX: (256) 760 -1763 CONTACT: ANOINETTE FLOYD afioyd©centiva,com MODERN EQUIPMENT COMPANY SPRING AND ANN STREETS BORDENTOWN, NJ 08505-1801 PHONE: (609) 298-2100 X302 FAX: (609) 472 -4311 CONTACT: DAVID DUN IGAN daviddunigan ©verizon.net SO.1 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES 52.1 TRELLIS FRAMING PLAN SO.2 TYPICAL DETAILS S2.2 ROOF FRAMING PLAN FOUNDATION PLAN S3.1 TRELLIS FRAMING PLAN E0.1 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND LEGEND ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E4.1 ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE AND SCHEDULES ALL PARTIES INVOLVED WITH THIS PROJECT SHALL BECOME FAMILIAR WITH AND ARE REQUIRED TO UTILIZE TOTAL WINE'S WEBSITE (www.totalwine.corn) FOR ALL INFORMATION, CORRESPONDENCE AND COORDINATION THRUP OUT THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. ALL WEBSITE ACCESS /CONTROL WILL 'BE COORDINATED WITH TOTAL WINE. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE THE BEST OF THE RESPECTIVE KINDS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. SHOULD ANY WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS BE REQUIRED WHICH ARE NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY - CALLED FOR IN THE PROJECT MANUAL AND /OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT WHICH ARE NECESSARY FOR PROPER FULFILLMENT OF THE INTENT THEREFORE, SAID WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS SHALL BE THE SAME AS SIMILAR PARTS THAT ARE DETAILED, INDICATED OR SPECIFIED, AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND HIS SUB- CONTRACTORS SHALL UNDERSTAND THE SAME TO BE IMPLIED AND PROVIDE FOR IT IN HIS PROPOSAL AS FULLY AS IF IT WERE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED OR DELINEATED. THIS DESIGN CRITERIA IS PROVIDED FOR BUILDING OFFICIAL REVIEW CONVENIENCE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE BY COMPONENT DESIGNERS OR MANUFACTURERS AS THEIR SOLE DESIGN CRITERIA WITHOUT VERIFICATION. EACH DESIGNER AND /OR MANUFACTURER MUST INDEPENDENTLY CONFIRM ALL CODE CRITERIA WITH WHICH RESPECTIVE ELEMENTS OR COMPONENTS MUST COMPLY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOADING, APPLICATION, FUNCTIONALITY, ETC. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA PROVIDED SHOULD • BE REGARDED AS THE MINIMUM STANDARDS ACCEPTABLE TO THE CLIENT. EACH SUPPLIER MUST EVALUATE THESE MINIMUMS AGAINST SPECIFIC INDUSTRY STANDARDS AS WELL AS ALL APPLICABLE CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES, AND UNDERWRITER REQUIREMENTS GOVERNING THE PRODUCT AS WELL AS OWNER INSURER REQUIREMENTS, AS APPLICABLE. THE MOST STRINGENT OF THESE CRITERIA SHALL GOVERN. ITEM TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO REMAIN EQUIPMENT EXISTING TO REMAIN GRID COLUMN LINE DETAIL SECTION ELEVATION KEYNOTE DOOR TAG ROOM TAG i NOTES TO CONTRACTORS REGARDING MOLD AND MILDEW 1 THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS SHALL. APPLY TO ALL NEW "`AND REMODEL CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS. 2. IN THE EVENT THE CONTRACTOR - DISCOVERS, AT ANY TIME DURING DEMOLITION, CONSTRUCTION, AND /OR REMODELING OPERATIONS, EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT COULD INCLUDE THE PRESENCE OF MOLD AND /OR MILDEW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD, IN WRITING, OF THE CONCERNS AND /OR SUSPICIONS. VILLA LIGHTING SUPPLY, INC. 2929 CHOUTEAU ST. LOUIS, MO 63103 PHONE- 1 -800- 325 -0963, FAX (314) 663 -0423 CONTACT: DAN ZIPF don.zipf©villolighting.com EXT 422 E5.2 , ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS' E6.1 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING CALCULATIONS BLACK BOX NETWORK SERVICES 2707 MAIN ST. DULUTH, GA 30096 PHONE: (404) 456 -6480; (678) 549 -2984 CONTACT: ROSS HALLO ross.hallo ®bbgns.com www.blackbox.com IMAGEWORKS 11046 LEADBLI I ER RD. ASHLAND, VA 23005 PHONE: (804) 798 - 5533 X224 FAX: (804) 798 -5582 CONTACT: DEBBIE JONES Debbie) ©imogeworks4signs.com MO.1 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS MPE 0.3 MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN P0.1 PLUMBING SCHEDULES, DETAILS, LEGEND, AND RISERS M3.1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS P1.1 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P2.1 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS SCARSDALE SECURITY SYSTEMS 132 MONTGOMERY AVE. SCARDALE, NY 10585 PHONE: (914) 722 -2379 CONTACT: MIKE HAMBRICK mikeh©ScarsdaleSecurity.com HUBERT CO. PHONE: (800) 543 -7374 CONTACT: TAMI KENNEDY tkennedy @hubert.com MPE 0.1 MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN MPE 0.2 MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN * ** THREE SETS OF DRAWINGS WILL BE SUBMITTED TO KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT MAR LITE 202 HARGER ST. DOVER, OH 44622 PHONE: (330) 343 -6621 MOBILE: (330) 260 -7628 CONTACT: TODD HILLPOT thilfpot©marlite.com 3. CONCURRENTLY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO RE TAIN A MOLD AND MILDEW CERTIFIED TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM AN INVESTIGATION AND TESTING AS REQUIRED TO EVALUATE THE NATURE AND EXTENT OF THE PROBLEM. IF THE TESTING AGENCY CONFIRMS HAZARDS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) BIDS FROM COMPANIES QUALIFIED AND LICENSED TO PERFORM ALL NECESSARY REMEDIATION WORK, COMPLYING WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS, CODES, AND STATUTES. 4. ONCE DISCOVERY OR SUSPICION OF MOLD AND /OR MILDEW IS MADE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL REASONABLE AND PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS TO PROTECT ALL CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL AND THE PUBLIC FROM EXPOSURE TO MOLD AND /OR MILDEW, AND SUCH PRECAUTIONS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE OWNER OR HEALTH AUTHORITY DIRECTS OTHERWISE. CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS SHALL NOT BE STOPPED OR CURTAILED, EXCEPT IN THE AREA OF MOLD /MILDEW--CONCERN, DUE TO THESE REQUIRED PRECAUTIONS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL REASONABLE EFFORTS TO AVOID "CONDITIONS FAVORABLE TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF MOLD AND MILDEW, ESPECIA Y IN VOIDS WHICH WILL BE CONCEALED AND NOV. VENTILATED. IN ALL CASES, INTERIOR SPACES AND INTERIOR FINISHED CONSTRUCTION SHALL, BE MAINTAINED IN DRY AND WELL - VENTILATED CONDITIONS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH FEDERAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND OSHA REGULATIONS AND ALL LOCAL AND STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS AND 'aECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING -MOLD AND MILDEW. 7. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED WATER -TIGHT TO PREVENT MOISTURE MIGRATION FROM ENTERING THE BUILDING OR WALL CAVITIES. 8. ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PANS SHALL BE CLEANED AND KEPT FREE FROM DEBRIS UNTIL AND WHEN THE FACILITY IS TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER OR TENANT. INSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AT ALL DRAIN PANS. INSURE THAT ALL "COLD" SURFACES ARE INSULATED AND COVERED WITH A FULLY SEALED AND CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER. ( "COLD" SURFACES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING, CHILLED WATER PIPING, INTERIOR RAIN LEADERS, OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES, AND DUCTWORK CARRYING AIR CONDITIONED SUPPLY AIR.) 9. INSURE THAT THERE ARE NO WATER LEAKS IN CONCEALED PLUMBING CHASES. `, RETURN AIR PATHS AND PLENUMS SHALL BE KEPT DRY. ALL EXISTING SUPPLY AIR PATHS AND ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE RE -USED SHALL BE CLEANED AND TREATED AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE THE POTENTIAL FOR MOLD AND MILDEW. ALL DAMP AREAS SHALL BE DRIED THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO ENCLOSURE. 1 AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 2 _ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 3 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE FILE OPY permit No P'&-11 7 t Plan review approval is subject to enure and omits. Approval off construction documents does not actor e the vidation of any adopted code or ordnance. Receipt of approved Add Copy and condigonsisac;mowle d: BY Zo SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: Me hanicai Electrical Plumbing 'Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DiV tS °oN City Ofll BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 P PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: 4 5 DRAWN BY: ,_ FILE: C CS 1 9921 REGISTERED ARCHITEC t H H SHEET NAME: , ,. OMER 'SHEET a SHEET NUMBER: a cs1 x D • b • 3 E SHEET INCLUDED FOR INFORMATION ONLY NOTE: THIS SHEET IS A COPY OF THE AVAILABLE AS-BUILT SITE PLAN FOR THIS PROJECT. THIS SHEET IS PROVIDED FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE ASSUMED EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE. THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD HAS MADE RCURACY ILCATIONS TO THIS SHEET- OR THE INFORMATION -,\InITIONS ILLUSTRATED. uTrHEM AND CANNOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR FillA2C MN ME MI NM EXTERIOR PATH OF TRAVEL 1-8`TAPPING TEE EXISTING 8' WATERMAIN SIDEWALK WATER LINE EASEMENT AF# 5357464 00 —64.76WEAST 64.7sZVETAET" stoNAL OLYMPIC PIPELINE CO. -5" WI EASEVeNT- -- A E # 6683975 • TRAFFIC XR :FTF1 NI: LANE 00• BOXS Isr) CABNET 5' WIDE TELEPHONE 1,1111.1"- BASEMENT AE# 6397207Eass area LEFT TURN LANE r?",' EASEM EN T OLYMPIC PIPELINE COMPANY AE# 6683975 DAEFICE9LE4R0A82Ti60:54 — 00E ST-..,WEN :LI-tATIDTHOLE-S EMEN T AF # 5357464 S 8815'38" E (MEAS) 1EA§irmljtM16ttelARK NO. 3) EASEMENT FOR INGRESS AND EGRESS '^--ReeerRDE6-449E-R-49 0406240102 I . WATER 4INE EASEMENT " AF # 5357464 1 16 compact spaces ct.,644\S, I,DEWALK AND • 0 PI 9 EASEMENT 8 DtCvELERAl °C64,*.400e, LRIM 23. POWER EASEMENT AF) 9409160475 W/BOX 'Rs 00 cbels • o 15' UTILITY EASEMENT — AE# 7402080363. SIDEWALK AND CELER A TION LANE EASEMENT AF. 9408261548 /THR 4 4 61TEE, MJ ST BLOCKING WA TER METE SOUTHCENTER PROFESSIONAL PLAZA A MEDICAL / DENTAL BUILDING 0 CC C >- < C cc 0 ci Ce Ce ■- o 0 0 0 0 Ce k- VI CC ci 0 5 rd.) E HYD MBLY STORE NUMBER: WATER METERS CURBING ALONG PROPERTY UNE 0S METER MEASURED: A = 68'55'37 R = 410.28' 1' = 281.59' L = 493.57' loading ••4 dock •• • • 4 n ERII\ 24,623 ROCKERY--/ 11/2' W/BOX 10' WIDE PUGET POWER EASEMA T AF .# 9409160475 \ E HYD ANDOVER INDUSTRIAL PARK NO. 5 VOL. 83 PG. 22 LOT 4 N 84"25.50i inifirc2iiii.jor,,,,,,zrzuramgrirsonsieee,esucerriamegueememm " 111.111111111.11111.111111111;;;;;11114674114111111-11-11-iii17111111111 198.11.(LEGAL) FOUND OLD 2" X 2" FOUND 0.11'S X 0.45W SET 5/8" REBAR & CAP LS# 17659 - 10' WIDE PUGET POWER EASEMENT AF# 7601270451 23.5' WIDE RAILROAD EASEMENT AE# 7504210345 MEASURED: A = 811554" R = 410.28' T = 354.13' L = 584.30' planter (TYP) REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION — 10' WIDE PUGET POWER EASEMENT AF 7601270451 DI PIPE (CLASS 52) • .<4 , , • 23.5' VDE RAILROAD EASEMENT AF# 7504210345 SIDE WALK AND - DECELERATION 11/2" METER LANE EASEMENT , wyr jyytyreLA z. G: # 9408461548 C-2 BUILDING SET ACKS 50.05 A t SIDE YARD 10' 9.93' I REAR YARD 10• p1on ter 64.15' pla W /BOX — 410"-Lwassztl*T02:1116/41111ilk..... vL± 411111111. ISIIVArMallpv - WATER 1A1.1?' -KLTERS- " 1-8"GATE VALVE, FLXMJ 1-12"GATE VALVE, FLXMJ W/THRUST BLOCKING _ 17LF OF 6' PIPE 10' WIDE PUGET POWER EASEMENT Ar# 9409160475 12'DI PPE. II 1-12"X12"X8 fri , FL 1-8'GATE VVAA! -FL Xt4j- W/THRUST BLO 1-12'PLUG MJ W/THRUST BLOCKING TRECK DRIVE AF# 7202140587 PUBLICLY OWNED VE, SELEWPK-NAIL ttinAG LS# 17659 IF-RR TIE FOUND LARGE PK-NAIL 44 TAG LS# 22338 0.11'N X 0.20'W CORP. HOTEL C 0 rr) LU z 0 LU 0 0. CC tt■ Ce Ce 0 a. 0 Ce a 0 (/) w 0 Ce 0 Ce EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY j{:2 DRAWN BY: __ FILE: SP 1 9921 STATE REGISTERED ARCHITECT e" JAMES ALL ! . ',--.11 OF W .S , NG ION SHEET NAME: SITE PLAN SHEET NUMBER: S P 1 Ce C-1 5 Ce Lt.ci '37 0 0 UI 0 La- U.) t.1:1 cu4 ■-• U-I (/) 0 0 Ce 9 4.1 F73 42 cr) Ce C UI Ce- 0 C Ce 0 Ce Ce UI ci Ce VI O 4 O D 0 EGRESS ANALYSIS PER CBC TABLE 1004.1.1 SECTION 1005.1 ROOM NUMBER INDOOR /ENCLOSED OCCUPANCIES AREA (SF) AREA/OCC. (SF) OCCUPANT LOAD REQ'D. EGRESS WIDTH NOTES 100 VESTIBULE 188 30 7 0.2 2" 101 SALES FLOOR 20,934 30 698 0.2 140" 102 WALK IN BEER COOLER 369 300 2 0.2 1" 103 HUMIDOR 173 30 6 0.2 1" DRAWN BY: __ 104 COUNT 76 100 1 0.2 1" 108 BREAK ROOM 206 15 14 0.2 9" 109 RECEIVING 3199 300 11 0.2 3" 113 FINE WINE COOLER 248 300 1 0.2 1" 115 WINE EDUCATION ROOM 1416 15 95 0.2 19" 120 WINE CLEAN –UP ROOM 140 100 2 0.2 1" TOTAL 26,949 837 178" c, DOOR 122A CEW = 33" 0.2" PER OCCUPANT 165 OCCUPANTS EGRESS DOOR CAPACTIY DOORS 100A 101A 109C 109E 122A INCHES PROVIDED 129" 67" 33" 67" 33" 329" TOTAL MAXIMUM EGRESS LENGTH =250FT PER IBC TABLE 1016.1 FOR FULLY SPRINKLERED BUILDING. 160' -4" ADD EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE, REF MEP • 101A DOOR 101A CEW = 67" 0.2" PER OCCUPANT. 335 OCCUPANTS 1 , 0 0 WINE CLEAN –UP RM 120 nnnnnnnn WINE v �r ■I c,� 111M1=11 arra"! EDUCATION RM 11111 111111 111111111 1111 1111rallil 11111 SERVER RM 121 115 I I I I■ A C r�. ti FINE- WINE COOLER 113 A 144 , WINE 1 DEMONSTRALION ME A/A ZAWA OA 40 /0 4 r4 pr rzry rjr 1 L 0 ADD EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE, REF MEP I09D DOOR 109E CEW = 67" 0.2" PER OCCUPANT 335 OCCUPANTS _ SALES FLOOR 101 7 CUSTOMER SERVICE 112 t r -rte I I I I \ ENTRY VESTIBULE 100 ' DOOR 100A CEW = 129" 0.2' PER OCCUPANT 645 OCCUPANTS 1 i L r. ZA 7 7 ri ZA r2 I I J MOP 107 CI Emu HALLWAY 110 0 0 MEN 106 FiL 7 WOMEN 105 I °l BREAK ROOM 108 i' I 1 I I- of l% ADD EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE, REF MEP 0 1 H LEGEND AND NOTES: EXISTING TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION — — — — 250' MAX TRAVEL DISTANCE SHOWN AS A DASHED LINE. CEW= CALCULATED EXIT WIDTH 3A4OBC FIRE EXTINGUISHER LIGHTED EXIT SIGN. ) ALL EMERGENCY /NI HT LIGHTS & EXITS SIGNS ARE ON EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUITS FIRE PROTECTION WILL BE COVERED UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITAL 0 GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL FOR EGRESS LIGHTING AND EXIT SIGN INFORMATION. 2. ALL EXITS TO BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE. MAN - UALLY OPERATED EDGE OR SURFACE MOUNTED FLUSH BOLTS ARE PROHIBITED ON EXIT DOORS. 3. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF - 50 OR MORE. O `RECEIVING 109 I WALK –IN BEER COOLER 102 1 1 1 HUMIDOR 103 COUNT RM 104 CI 09 DOOR 109C CEW = 33" 0.2" PER OCCUPANT 165 OCCUPANTS __ ...._..r..._.._...._,......._._ t = D 1 178'-8" ADD EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE, REF MEP A T EGRESS PLAN L ) SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION NORTH 0 R tIV o CITE OFTUKWILA MAY 2 5 2012 PERMIT CENTER CORRECTION LrR #. 1ZH37 CONSULTANT S F- Cc ° x x x STORE NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET A 05/18/12 ADDENDUM #1 CHECKED BY: \t.tS DRAWN BY: __ FILE: EP1 9921 ( �t g RE-G 9 EKED ARCH1TErr i p AP. ALI._i "A' STATE OFt AS iii ' TON _. SHEET NAME: EGRESS PLAN SHEET NUMBER: EP1 III I I. / 0 7 II 0 / I r— 35'— 9" WINE CLEAN—UP RM 120 Sk S • a lb lb IS WINE WOOD Bb,OGKI G M------WW11111111111115.1111111=11 1111111111111111111111011111111111111111111111.1111111111111•11111 111 11111=1 .217.- • "...a. S., ...Q.^ S EDUCATION RM 116 SOSSISSISS — ■1411.0. ' v 111 115 MIMI Mr A A 4' J� 1 N ISLE I 0 ISLE 22 ISLE 21 13./ArZffr ISLE 20 3'— 2' 10'—l" 11'-1" 26'-3" WOOD BLOCKING r • 2 LAYERS OF 3/4" T. FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD STRIPS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY FIXTURE INSTALLER FURRING STRIPS OR MIL STUDS TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK 5/8" GYP BD TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK REF ARCH 0 84" AFT TO BLOC,<INGNIP- 6" SHEET METAL 12 GAUGE BLOCKING PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC 6" SHEET METAL 12 GAUGE BLOCKING PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC 1) WALL BLOCKING DETAIL 4. SCALE- NTS 111111111111111M1111111 11 1" cj WINE DEMONSTRATION \ IIMIIIIM1111111111111111111111111111E 1•11■101111011111.11111111■11111 ISLE 19 ISLE 18 ISLE 17 ISLE 16 wisirrwcsi ISLE 15 !SERVER RM 121 Fr/7#7.,ZAA/ ISLE 14 co r 10 N 1111 1111 II II II I III I III 111 SALES FLOOR 1i'7" 11'-8" 6I-6" 2'-11" 11'-1" 11'— 5" I 101 I 11'-5" / / / ISLE 2 „A VA ISLE 3 11 —11" cs4 ISLE 4 ISLE 5 0 7 I N _Ada .411111 -4111 .-411 .011 AI FINE WINE COOLER 113 CART STORAGE siiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii r IMINHEIMBEIRMINUMNIE 41-1" 4, NEM RHIN CART STORAGE 1 11.1-7077_ /../ Lj ISLE 6 7 "P• ISLE 7 • .1".A /A VA rds WA I. ISrL (0 (...) 0 03 C) ! MOP 107 6'-1" WOOD BLOCRING 101— 0" 8'— 77 HLLWAY lin° U MEN 106 WOMEN 105 0$ a BREAK ROOM \// • 5'— 6" I I _ WOOD BLOCKING 111 10' 2" ISLE 8 111111=111 CUSTOMER SE R VI CE 112 , I I t VESTIBULE loo SLE 9 T-2" 7' —11" 10'-8" 10'-5" 6'— 8" 6'— 8" 0 E 10 6" ISLE 11 ISLE 12 6'— 8" 6 ' -8" II II Ii II III 111 LEGEND: ACC. EXISTING TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION EXTENT OF WOOD BLOCKING, REF 2/FX1 FILL OPENINGS AND FINISH TO MATO ADJACENT SURFACES REF STRUCTURAL PLACE CHECKSTAND ACCESSIBILITY SIGN AT CHECKSTAND IN ACCCORDANCE W/ ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS 1-----. _„..-----i T---",...„, ,,,,,„-----, ---,, -,..----1 -\, / 11 \ • 1 'N\ ' \ / I 1 \ . i \/ i \ . 11 \\,/ . \ r \ / i t 1 ii 1 1 . Y - ..‘ 1 0 0 GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL SHELVING UNITS AND FURNISHINGS BY TENANT 2. GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL TOP AT 84" AFF CONTINUOUS BENEATH GYP BOARD TYPICAL AT PERIMETER WALLS IN SALES AREA. SEE DETAIL 2/FX1. 3. CONTRACTOR TO CHALK OUT LOCATIONS OF SHELVING FIXTURES TO ENSURE PROPER ALIGNMENT WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES. REF. ELECTRICAL. 4. SEE SHEET EP1 FOR OCCUPANT LOAD AND EGRESS INFORMATION. RECEIVING II WALK—IN EER COOLER 102 109 ISLE 13 FR' z 0 Op cp 0 0 HUMIDOR 103 COUNT RM 104 I II 0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 05 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION • 1 FIXTURE PLAN I SCALE 1/811-0" NORTH LU RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT STORE NUMBER: XXXX PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY; ALP,5 DRAWN BY: _ FILE: FX1 9921 ,..,, TATE REGISTERED ARCHITECT or MES ALLEN H, LE OF WASHING ON / SHEET NAME: FIXTURE PLAN SHEET NUMBER: 1 . F X 1 11 KEY NOTES: NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: ALL CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION SHALL VISIT PROPOSED WORK SITE AND •• FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. ANY CONDITION THAT DIFFERS FROM THAT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT AND ARCHITECT OF RECORD SO THAT NEW AND REVISED BID DOCUMENTS MAY BE ISSUED MODIFICATIONS TO THE SCOPE OF WORK, WHICH RESULTS FROM THE CONTRACTORS NEGLECT TO VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO- SUBMITTING BID SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY. 1-3" REMOVE DOOR SHOWN DASHED; FRAME TO REMAIN. 4 REMOVE ALL FIXTURES SHOWN DASHED. l l REMOVE ALL PARTITIONS SHOWN DASHED. E REMOVE DOOR, FRAME AND MULLIONS SHOWN DASHED. 7 EXISTING CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED. 8. DEMO CONCRETE WALL UNDER STOREFRONT SYSTEM. REMOVE EXISTING DOOR HARDWARE. i 0 REMOVE EXISTING RESTROOM WALL AND FLOOR FINISHES; GYP. BOARD TO REMAIN, LEGEND: EXISTING TO REMAIN ITEM TO BE DEMOLISHED • ROOM NAME GENERAL NOTES: 1, INSPECT ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE. CLEAN, PAINT, AND REPAIR / REPLACE SUCH THAT THEY ARE IN EXCELLENT WORKING ORDER. 2. ALL ITEMS REMOVED AND TO BE REINSTALLED SHOULD BE STORED BY CONTRACTOR AT SECURE LOCATION 3. REPAIR CONC. SLAB LEVEL AND SMOOTH AFTER REMOVAL OF BOLTS, ANCHORS, FLOORING, WALLS, FENCING, ETC. REMOVE ALL MASTIC. 4. REMOVE ALL FRAMING FOR SPANDREL WALLS AT DROP CEILINGS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY INSPECT THE BUILDING TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE WORK PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE BUILDING AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 7. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS TO REMAIN AT THE COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD IN THE EVENT THAT BUILDING COMPONENTS ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION. 9. PATCH /REPAIR DRYWALL WHERE COVED BASE IS MISSING ON ALL EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD WALLS TO REMAIN. 10. PROVIDE NEW SEALS AND SWEEPS AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS. 11, REMOVE AND REPLACE ALL DAMAGED ROOF .INSULATION 12. USE ONLY LOW VOC PAINTS, SOLVENTS, AND STRIPING COMPOUNDS AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 13. ALL ITEMS REMOVED SHALL BE DISPOSED OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR WASTE STREAMS. 14, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY AND ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT INTENDED FOR REUSE IF DAMAGED OR DESTROYED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 15. REFERENCE A1.0 FOR ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND UPGRADES, 16. ONLY ITEMS ON DEMO PLAN TO BE REMOVED. ALL OTHER ITEMS REQUIRE WRITTEN APPROVAL BY LL AND TENANT. as 0 L U 0 U CD AD 0 u0D z� X Co (or, G°.rn =mO at z et iu, tj,.,o u� U v� a u. Eo o = o g0 < a ¢� 0 p4 CONSULTANT CONTRARY TO THE tn 88 .(;) g NORTH DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 118 " -1'-4" ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: UF5 DRAWN BY: __ FILE: 01 9921 ' REGISTERED ARCHITEC JAMES ALLE Al Y STATE OF WASHIN TON SHEET NAME: DEMOLITION PLAN SHEET NUMBER: Dl. lil 0 a -C C ti C Z 0 U C: C Q 0 C 2 W til N F. C 2 Q z 0 41 N C, l� U a. 0 0 w C- C C- as GENERAL N RTES: 1. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND AHJ, FIRE MARSHAL AS PART OF TENANT IMPROVEMENT. 2. FLOOR AND LANDING AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT BE MADE MORE THAN 1/4" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD 3. ALL GLASS AND GLAZING SHALL COMPLY WITH AHJ BUILDING CODES AND APPLICABLE SAFETY REGULATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO IINSTALLATION OF ANY NEW CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ALL FINISHES AND MATERIALS DAMAGED OR EXPOSED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY AND ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT INTENDED FOR REUSE IF DAMAGED OR DESTROYED DURING CONSTRUCTION: SEE MEP DRAWINGS FOR AREAS OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AND FINISH ALL SUCH AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING AFTER COMPLETION OF REQUIRED CITY INSPECTION OF SUCH INSTALLATIONS NOT USED REF DETAIL 6 —A3 FOR DIAGONAL PARTITION BRACING INFORMATION. NOT USED NOT USED. REF DETAIL 4/5 -A3 FOR CONTROL JOINT AT WALL AND DOOR JAMB 13. VERIFY ALL SEALANT AT ALL EXISTING DOORS, WINDOWS, AND FIXTURES IS PROPERLY INSTALLED PER THE AHJ REQUIREMENTS. ALL DAMAGES AREAS TO BE IDENTIFIED AND SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER OF THE SHELL BUILDING. 14. PROVIDE LOW VOC SEALANT AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION FOR THE NEW FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, WINDOWS DOORS AND WALL PANELS 15. THE CONTRACTOR - SHALL INSPECT THE ROOF AND RECOMMEND ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS TO TOTAL WINE TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR FROM WATER DAMAGE AND TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE ROOF WARRANTY. 16 INSTALL WALL BLOCKING. SEE DETAIL 2 /FX1, GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING: 6" SHEET METAL. 12 GAUGE TOP AT 84" AFF CONTINUOUS BENEATH GYP BOARD TYPICAL AT PERIMETER WALLS IN SALES AREA. 17. THE AHJ REQUIRES SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF ALL LIFE SAFTEY INSPECTIONS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF RACKS, SHELVING AND STOCKING OF THE STORE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE AJH AND TOTAL WINE TO COMPLETE ALL LIFE SAFETY INSPECTIONS IN A TIMELY MANNER PRIOR TO RACKING AND SHELVING INSTALLATION. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL EXTERIOR HAND AND GUARD RAILS ARE BETWEEN 34 " -38" IN HEIGHT AND EXTEND BEYOND THE ENDS OF STAIRS OR RAMPS AT LEAST 1 2." VERIFY RAIL GRIPS ARE NOT LESS THAN 1 1/4" AND NOT MORE THAN 1 1/2" THICK. 19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE BUILDING AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. A5.1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO WELD DOOR CLOSED. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLAT STEEL PLATE OVER HOLE IN DOOR CAUSED BY REMOVAL OF HARDWARE. PAINT EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT. , u 0 M J WINE CLEAN —UP RM CONTINUE WALLS TO DECK TO COVER INSULATION INSULATION AT DOOR MIN. R-19 BREAK ROOM REPAIR INSULATION ABOVE EXISTING WALL RECEIVING H LLWAY WOMEN WALK -IN BEER COOLER WINE EDUCATION RM N�IN� DEMONSTRATION GROWLER STATION SALES FLOOR 101 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: ALL CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION SHALL VISIT PROPOSED WORK SITE AND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. ANY CONDITION THAT DIFFERS FROM THAT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT AND ARCHITECT OF RECORD SO THAT NEW AND REVISED BID DOCUMENTS MAY BE ISSUED. MODIFICATIONS TO THE SCOPE OF WORK, WHICH RESULTS FROM THE CONTRACTORS NEGLECT TO VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY. LEGEND: EXISTING RETAIL SPACE OCCUPANCY GROUP: M FULLY SPRINKLERED EXTEND PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL TO DECK TO FIRE CORRIDOR EXISTING RETAIL SPACE OCCUPANCY GROUP: M FULLY SPRINKLERED 14' -34" 2' -6" 2' -6" 15' -92, CART GUARD RAIL, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, REF CUT SHEETS HUMIDOR 3, -5 :21 FINE WINE COOLER A CART BUMPERS. SEE 1,2,3,4/FCS3 104 14' -6" 4' -6 1b INSULATION AT DOOR U(IN_ R -19 '10.5 u) GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO WELD DOUR CLOSED. PAINT EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT. BLACK OUT FILM APPLIED TO WINDOW ON INSIDE. EXISTING TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION FILL OPENINGS AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES AND WIDTHS REF STRUCTURAL FOR CUT SHEETS FCS1, FCS2, FCS3 PARTITION TYPES: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 5/8" GYP. BD.. -1 LAYER ON EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS (4 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS © 16 "0.0 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. EA. SIDE MTL_ STUDS © 16 "O.0 5/8" PLYWOOD 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS © 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 3/4" PLYWOOD MTL. STUDS © 16 "O.0 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS © 16 "O.0 NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPICAL METAL STUD FRAMING. PARTITION SYMBOL: NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT. NO NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT TO BOTTOM. OF ROOF DECK TYP PARTITION TYPE LETTER PARTITION MARK NUMBER STUD,FURRING SIZE 1 HRS.• --- FIRE RATING, IF REQUIRED a = 6" MTL STUD BATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING FLOOR PLAN I SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -O RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT w U U 00 Z¢ X g ° at aW • r) `° Qj X cz H !i p Lo eU U `UI w o c0 ° < 'a 0- a • d a N z NUMBER: XXXX w 0 I- PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 E OR EXAMP W ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: , 475 DRAWN BY: FILE: Al AMES ALLEN , ;nIL STATE OF WASHINGTON SHEET NAME: FLOOR PLAN.. SHEET NUMBER: Al ce ©, I a < Q crt r U 0 2._ LS C s_n = vi a 2 0 v 0 cu 0 W ce a N 1 ■■■■■■■ 1 ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ RN ION= 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. WALL FINISH, REF ELEVATION METAL STUDS CONT SEALANT VINYL TILE 6 QUARY TILE BASE DETAIL SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" ALUMINUM TRANSITION. SEE NOTE 11. WALK OFF MATT FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" VINYL TILE LEGEND: '' VINYL TILE STRIP VINYL TILE 4 STRIP DETAIL SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" EXISTING TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION FILL OPENINGS AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES REF STRUCTURAL FLOOR LEVELING NOTES: 1. FLOAT TRANSITIONS BETWEEN ALL FLOOR MATERIALS TO ALIGN FLUSH. 2. FEATHER THE CEMEN T ITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT EVENLY W/ r" VERTICAL CHANGE PER 12 ". HORIZONTAL RUN MAX. 3. REFER ALSO TO SPECIFICATIONS. ALL FINISHES SHALL ALIGN FLUSH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. THERE SHALL BE NO FLOOR SURFACE CHANGE IN HEIGHT (INCLUDING THRESHOLDS) GREATER • THAN 1/4 ". VINYL TILE / WALK OFF MAT TERAZZO STRIP: SEE NOTE 10. TILE / QUARRY TILE SEALED /PAINTED CONCRETE SLAB ALUMINUM TRANSITION. SEE NOTE 11. -VINYL TILE / QUARRY TILE i FINISH SCHEDULE LEGEND: _LLLLLL _LLLLLL _LLLLLL IIIIII VF--1 CENTIVA VINYL FLOORING HY -RR64 RIVER ROCK /SACRED ROCK /36 "X36 " / ROCK FINISH /SQUARE EDGE. STRAIGHT INSTALLATION, BASKET WEAVE (Y4 TURN EVERY TILE). VF- 2/VF -3 COMBINATION OF VF -2 & VF -3 FINISHES. RANDOM STAGGER OF BOTH FINISHES. LAY PLANKS WITH LONG EDGE PARALLEL TO L EFT /RIGHT AXIS, UNO. VF -2: CENTIVA VINYL FLOORING CP 0302 -C VINTAGE CABIN / 7.2 "X48 " / SW SURFACE FINISH/ SE EDGE. LAY PLANKS WITH LONG EDGE PARALLEL TO LEFT /RIGHT AXIS, UNO. IFLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE: 3/4 " =1, -0" Au, SCALE: 3/4 " -1' -Q" 3 CENTIVA CP- 0301 -C VINTAGE LODGE / 7.2 "X48 " / SW SURFACE, SE EDGE. LAY PLANKS WITH LONG EDGE PARALLEL TO LEFT /RIGHT AXIS, UNO. VF -4 CENTIVA FE- 0722 -C ARIZONA ASPHALT / 18"X18"/ PH SURFACE, SE EDGE. ROTATE TILE 45' AT ROOMS 115 & 120. PROVIDE 2 YEAR WARRANTY ON • ALL FLOORING soma' SI ■UUUR■■U ■ ■ ■ ■ ■11■■■11 ■11r■■■■■UIR ■•■■ ■■ ■■■ Cl VA/ / VF-5 CENTIVA -- X-2005/1" BLACK FEATURE STRIP /SMOOTH FINISH. PROVIDE AS. A BORDER BETWEEN CHANGES IN VINYL FLOORING QT -1 5"X5" QUARY TILE, RED BLAZE BY DAL -TILE, WITH SPEC T RALOCK GROUT, QUARY RED #46 BY LATICRETE ASHFORD FORMULA CONCRETE SEALING SYSTEM. SEE SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL NOTES: 4. 1 ALL TILE TO CARPET TRANSITIONS SEPARATED BY TRANSITION . ALL TILE TO TILE TRANSITIONS ARE SEPERATED BY VF-5 (1" FEATURE STRIP) 2. VINYL BASE TO BE APPLIED TO ALL AREAS OF DRYWALL AND EXPOSED COLUMNS IN NON-WAREHOUSE SPACE NOT ALREADY COVERED BY FIXTURES. USE ROPPE P193 BLACK -BROWN 4 ". 3. ALL TILE. TO CONCRETE TRANSITIONS SEPERATED BY 1.5" REDUCER ADHERED TO CONCRETE. . STRIP. 5. PROVIDE 2" X 12" PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER ALONG THE BASE OF ALL NON- MASONRY WALLS IN THE RECEIVING / STORAGE AREAS. 6. PROVIDE LOW VOC ADHESIVES / SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCAQMD RULE #1168. 7. CONTRACTOR TO THOROUGHLY CLEAN /REPAIR EXISTING FLOORING MATERIAL TO REMAIN. PROVIDE THOROUGH MOISTURE TESTING RESULTS FOR FLOOR SLAB FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS SEE SPECIFICATION 03300. PROPER MOISTURE TESTING IS REQUIRED AND ESSENTIAL ON ALL .CONCRETE FLOORS_ THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST USING TWO METHODS; ASTM F 1869 (CALCIUM CLORIDE TEST) AND ASTM F 2170 (RELATIVE HUMIDITY). THE CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW BOTH TESTING PROCEDURES CAREFULLY TO ENSURE ACCURACY. TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN SEVERAL AREAS INCLUDING THE PERIMETER OF THE ROOM, AT COLUMNS, AND WHEREVER ELSE MOISTURE MIGHT OCCUR. THE MOISTURE LEVEL FROM THE CONCRETE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 6.0 LBS./1000 S.F. (CC) OR 75% RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN A 24 HOUR TIME PERIOD. IF THE CONCRETE EXCEEDS THE MOISTURE LIMITATIONS, THE INSTALLATION SHOULD NOT PROCEED UNTIL THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED. A MOISTURE PROBLEM CAN BE CORRECTED BY USING VARIOUS METHODS. AFTER REMEDIATION, ALWAYS RETEST TO ENSURE THAT THE PROBLEM HAS BEEN CORRECTED. A MOISTURE TEST INDICATES THE CONDITIONS AT THE TIME OF TESTING ONLY. THE FLOORING CONTRACTOR CANNOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE IF THE MOISTURE APPEARS IN THE FUTURE CAUSING ADHESIVE FAILURE. A NEW CONCRETE FLOOR CONTAINS A HIGH PERCENTAGE OF MOISTURE; THEREFORE, IT MUST BE ALLOWED ADEQUATE DRYING TIME. THIS . DRYING TIME NORMALLY REQUIRES 28 TO 30 DAYS, BUT IT CAN VARY DEPENDING ON SEVERAL CONDITIONS SUCH AS THE TYPE OF CONCRETE USED, AVERAGE AIR TEMPERATURE, AND THE THICKNESS OR LOCATION OF THE SLAB. PH LEVELS ARE IMPORTANT. A CONCRETE SLAB SHOULD HAVE A PH LEVEL NOT TO EXCEED 9.0 BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION. 9. REFERENCE ROOM FINISH LEGEND SHEET A1.3 FOR FINISH MATERIALS. 10. Y4 "W. ALUMNTERRAZO TYPE DIVIDER STRIP. "SCHLUTER DECO "(HT. AS REQUIRED. FOR ADJ. MATERIAL) BY SCHLUTER SYSTEMS. 800.472.4588. . 11. ALUM. TRANSITION STRIP "SCHLUTER RENO -AEU (HT. AS REQD. FOR ADJ. MATERIAL) BY SCHLUTER SYSTEMS. 800.472.4588. PF -1 DALTILE FIDENZA FDO2 /12 "x12 " / 1/8 GROUT -PROMA /A TOUCH OF COLOR CHOCOLATE #13 M -1 MATWORKS: PRO SCRAPER -- BLACK - 96 IN-1/2" I M -2 MATWORKS: ULTRA AMBASSADOR CHAR- 19.5" BB I v r- i t L ..BREAK...: ROOM 4/A1 :2 TYP ..:.: II; „RECEIVING ■ L4/A4,,21....,.,: TYP VF FR ON TYP ` "CUSTOMER SERVICE FINE WINE COOLER NORTH REVIE0 FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 et a 40)Ana, l 37 FLOOR FINISH PLAN I SCALE: 1/8 " =1'-0" RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: JP5 DRAWN BY: FILE: A1.2;: N IJ • W SHEET NAME: FLOOR FINISH PLAN SHEET NUMBER: SYM. EXISTING FIRE LINE REF MECHANICAL 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING nii11nnnn niuuuuugmum urnj ir�.ws,r��awaw��rar. I `t 7/ • // `f J f • EXTEND BULKHEAD TO 12" BELOW BOTTOM OF FIRE LINE 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 0 EXISTING WALL O BULKHEAD DETAIL I SCALE: 1/2"=1'-.0" CRIPPLE STUD CLEARANCE 1/4" - 3/8" \ CAPTURE TRACK STUD CAPTURE TRACK INSTALL CONTROL JOINT AT LATCH SIDE ONLY ON SINGLE DOORS - -GYPSUM BOARD ZINC CONTROL JOINT STRIP USE THIS DETAIL AT ALL DOOR AND CASED OPENINGS CONTROL JOINT AT DOOR JAMB la SCALE: NTS J -MOLD EDGE ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD AT BOTTOM ONLY 5/8" GYP. BOARD 5/8" TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD 2" x 20 GAUGE CONT METAL STRAP ATTACH 16 GAUGE 6" DEFLECTION TRACK WITH #10 TEK SCREWS FOR (2) ROWS AT 24" OC REF HEADER DETAIL 3/A3 EXISTING CEILING TRACK DETAIL SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" VERTICAL GYPSUM- BOARD CONTROL JOINT REF SPECIFICATIONS 5/8" GAP GYPSUM BOARD - 1 5/8" DRYWALL SCREWS AT 24" OC 5/8" TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD --VERTICAL GYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT REF SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: REF SPECIFICA IN ORDER TO DECIDE DETAIL TO USE A GYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT, SCALE: 11/2 " =1' -O" J -MOLD EDGE ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD AT BOTTOM ONLY 1' Q TRACK DETAIL SCALE: 1I2 " =1'-0" INTERIOR NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITION HEADER SCHEDULE HEADER LENGTH 04/05/12 HEADER MEMBERS MINIMUM EFFECTIVE PROPERTIES PER STUD 2' TO 6' (2) 6" x 18 GA fx - 2.042 Sx = 0.670 6' TO 8' (2) 6" x 16 GA Ix = 2.518 Sx = 0.839 8'' TO 10' (2) 6" x 14 GA Ix = 3.094 Sx = 1.031 10'' . TO ' 12' (2) 8" x 18 GA Ix = 4.134 Sx = 1.333 12' TO . -14' (2) 8" x 16 GA Ix = 5.110 Sx = 1.277 14' TO 16' (2) 8" x 14 GA Ix = 6.303 Sx = 1.576 16' TO 18' (2) 10" x 14 GA Ix = 12.325 Sx = 2.456 18' TO 26' (2) 12" x 16 GA Ix = 15.730 Sx = 2.334 z 0 C w V) SECTION B + METAL STUD HEADER ' PC 18 GA TRACK WITH (3) #10 TEK SCREWS EACH SIDE TO HEADER AND (6) #10 TEK SCREWS TO JAMB METAL STUD JAMB DOUBLE MTL STUD AT JAMBS BOX BEAM PC 18 GA TRACK SECTION B METAL STUD BOTTOM TRACK TOP TRACK 2 STUD HEADERS FINISH AS INDICATED BOTTOM TRACK---1 u VARIES SECTION A HEADER SCHEDULE I) SCALE NTS 2" x 20 GAUGE CONT METAL STRAP ATTACH 16 GAUGE 6" DEFLECTION TRACK WITH #10 TEK SCREWS FOR (2) ROWS AT 24" 00 EXISTING WALL EXISTING ROOF ATTACH 20 GAUGE TOP TRACK WITH. #1OXi" SCREWS FOR 2 ROWS AT 24" 00 TO METAL ROOF DECK L1 -1/2 X 1 -1/2 X 16 GA CONT. ATTACH WITH (1) #10 TEK SCREW AT EACH LEG OF EACH STUD, TYP CONT SEALANT CUT GYPSUM BOARD TO FIT WITHIN 3/8" OF BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK ATTACH STUD TO ANGLE WITH (4) #10 TEK SCREWS TYP 35/8 "x20 GAUGE METAL STUD CONTINUOUS AT MIDPOINT 6" x 20 GAUGE METAL STUD BRACING AT 32" OC 5/8 GYP. BD. 7 INTERIOR WALL SECTION I SCALE: 1/2 " =1'-0" ATTACH 16 GAUGE 6" DEFLECTION TRACK WITH #10 TEK SCREWS FOR (2) ROWS AT 24" 00 TO METAL ROOF DECK 2" x 20 GAUGE CONT METAL STRAP WALL FINISH REF PARTITION EXISTING ROOF CUT GYPSUM BOARD TO FIT WITHIN 3/8" OF BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK CONT SEALANT ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD AT TOP ONLY J -MOLD EDGE 6" X 20 GAUGE METAL STUD AT 16" OC 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD FLOORING REF PLAN /SCHEDULE *FINISH FLOOR - INTERIOR WALL SECTION SCALE: 1I2 " =1-0" 6" x 20 GAUGE METAL STUD BRACING AT 32" 00 ATTACH TO MIN 2 JOISTS ATTACH L2x2x 16 GAUGE TO TOP AND BOTTOM • CHORDS WITH (3) #12 TEK SCREWS EXISTING WALL BELOW 4'-O" MAXIMUM ,r DIAGONAL 3 5/8" MTL STUD BRACING AT 48" OC AS REQD TO STABILIZE PARTITION, TYP RACE TO ADJACENT WALL AT CORNER 20 GAUGE CLIP ANGLE 20 GAUGE TOP TRACK METAL STUDS AS SCHEDULED WALL FINISH REF PARTITION TYPES A PARTITION BRACING SCALE: 1 1/2 " =1' -0" EXISTING ROOF • CONT SEALANT AT RATED CONDITIONS USE MATERIAL RECOMMENDED BY FIRESTOP MFR AT EA SIDE CUT GYPSUM BOARD TO FIT WITHIN 3/8" OF BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TOP TRACK METAL STUDS JOIST BEYOND SEAL' ALL WALL OPENINGS WITH FIRE RATED MATERIAL AT PENETRATIONS REF PLANS FOR RATED CONDITIONS BOTTOM TRACK 6" DEFLECTION TRACK 16 GAUGE SECURED TO BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST WITH (2) 0.145 DIA PAF GYPSUM BOARD SPACER 6" X 20 GAUGE METAL STUD AT 16" OC GYPSUM BOARD COVER L___SLIP JOINT GYPSUM BOARD REF PARTITION TYPES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 05 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FLOORING REF PLAN /SCHEDULE *FINISH FLOOR RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER INTERIOR WALL SECTION I SCALE 1/2 " =1'-0 as 0 (JoO Z X � �drn . Ui 41- gg Vmo a; x CG m in Duo 0Vtn U E' VI o Lt O o, (.0 G w =o i a 0 °c CONSULTANT x x x STORE NUMBER: to 0 C C PROJECT NUMBER: ISSUE. BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY ' P$ DRAWN BY: _ FILE: A3 9921 REGISTERED ARCHITEC JAMES ALL , AILEY STATE OF WASHINGTON SHEET NAME: WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: A3 7: 0 0 0 Ll HIS DRAWING FOR RE 0 0 0 0 0 U z W 0 U U w ERLY LICENSED VICES OF PR ti w re 0 0 z z 0 Lel 0 FG STAINLESS STEEL DRAW BAND PLACE CONTINUOUS SEALANT UNDER PIPE FLASHING MOLDED PIPE FLASHING NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: ALL CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION SHALL VISIT PROPOSED WORK SITE AND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. ANY CONDITION THAT - DIFFERS FROM THAT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT AND ARCHITECT OF RECORD SO THAT NEV AND REVISED BID DOCUMENTS MAY BE ISSUED. MODIFICATIONS TO THE SCOPE OF WORK, WHICH RESULTS FROM THE CONTRACTORS NEGLECT TO VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY. GENERAL NOTES: 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ALL FINISHES AND MATERIALS DAMAGED. OR EXPOSED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY AND ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT INTENDED FOR REUSE IF DAMAGED OR DESTROYED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE ROOF AND RECOMMEND ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS TO TOTAL WINE TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR FROM WATER DAMAGE AND TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE ROOF WARRANTY. HEAT WELD OR ADHESIVE ATTACH TO ROOF v L. reau 4, V L. CO - GLASS FIBER INSULATION EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM EXISTING TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION / h ILL OPENINGS AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES AND WIDTHS REF STRUCTURAL 0 0 z• < X a to cL wm wa.i • M 0 co OX « In L0 �Utn w t'm u E• A o ='D 7,1LU Qa a 0 0 CONSULTANT a-- CONDENSER, REF MEP, REF STRUC w 0 0 X x STORE NUMBER: V) r- w 0 0 cn w w L: 0 w ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CONDENSER, REF MEP, REF STRUC CONDENSER, REF MEP, REF STRUC -- CHECKED BY: 4JPS DRAWN BY: FILE: A4 REGISTERED ARCHITECT MES ALL.' STATE OF WASHINGTON SHEET NAME: NORTH ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS SHEET . NUMBER: A4 0 cL0 cs C.) w a V. w 0 0 U- w r 0. L7 0 CC PARTITION TYPES: GENERAL NOTES: 5/8" GYP. B0. -1 LAYER ON EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD: MTL. STUDS @ 16 "0.0 1. SEE ROOM FINISH LEGEND SHEET A1.3 2. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE CONNECTION AND POWER INFORMATION 3. PER AHJ GAS WATER HEATERS ARE NOT ALLOWED IN TOILET ROOMS 4. ADA GRAPHICS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP, BD. EA. SIDE MTL_ STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" PLYWOOD 5/8" TYPE "X MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD, MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8 ". GYP BD. 3/4" PLYWOOD MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 KEY NOTES: A AMERICAN STANDARD ADA COMPLIANT WALL MOUNTED SINK-,WHITE Pi AMERICAN STANDARD AF WALL HUNG ELONGATED TOILET —WHITE AMERICAN STANDARD ALLBROOK 1.0 —WHITE ADA COMPLIANT MIRROR BY BOBRICK 8-165 16" X 36" E MARLITE PARTITION HDP SANDSTONE 260 E /A. PROVIDE LATCH THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE GRASPING OR TWISTING PER CBC 1115B.3.1.4 INSTALL COAT HOOK ON INSIDE EACH PARTITION DOOR GOJO DERMAPAD #9034 -12 BLACK SOAP DISPENSER 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPICAL METAL STUD FRAMING. NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT. NO NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TYP FixT. R GEORGIA PACIFIC HYGIENE PUSH PEDDLE ROLL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER #54338 BLACK TOILET PAPER DISPENSER VISTA JUMBOR JR. TWIN BATHROOM DISPENSER #58250 —WHITE RUBBERMADE 7818 STURDY STATION 2 CHANGING TABLE —WHITE BOBRICK MATRIX SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL WHITE im GEORGIA PACIFIC TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER MDL TORK —WHITE COMPLY WITH THIS CHART, ANSI A117.1, LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN BABY CHANGER COAT HOOK SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL 10 PARTITION MARK NUMBER X�f STUD,FURRING SIZE 1 HRS -,---- -FIRE RATING, IF REQUIRED a = 6 MTL STUD b = 3 5/8" MTL STUD BATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING GRAB BARS BY TUBULAR. SPECIALTIES 14 GA. ROUND W/ 1-1/4" DIA. HAWS MODEL HWVA CP8LSS DRINKING FOUNTAIN z z � ¢ v ES 0 c� a c ZOO 0 (a ..cn !!. Qmxizd�cn !! Z ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED URINAL SCREENS AT ACCESSIBLE INSULATE WATER LINES AND DRAIN AT SINGLE FIXTURES (4.19) NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING —TO— REMAIN FIXTURE DIMENSIONS AND REVISE LOCATIONS FOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE AS NECESSARY 2'X2' FLOOR SINK IN FAUCET AND 8' GARDEN HOSE EXTENSION REF. PLUMBING FRP -1 W/4 HOOK MOP HANGED ABOVE SINK TYPICAL CUSTOMER TOILET GRAB BAR CLEAR DIMENSIONS TYP ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS HC STD WATER CLOSET CLOSET CLEAR CLEAR AND LEVEL FLOOR SPACE ,c—ir 17 " -25" NOTE: REF PLUMBING FOR RELOCATION OF HOT WATER TANK PROVIDE MATCHING SKIRT ON UPPER UNIT NOTE: EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN REMOVE EXISTING GWB FROM ROOF DOWN TO FIRST JOINT. FOR VENTILATION ALONG THIS WALL. ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET. - --I --- s =- --ca --. mom I I .... i.. ■ Himo- • MIMI s lit° / HEM= 1141111111111 A MIRROR :::r A A MIRRO —®.— UM MI om�ei�iNE —`m mmeamm wIllarm PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL CAVITY AS REQUIRED FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED PLUMBING ` FIXTURES, GRAB BARS AND WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT /PARTITIONS, TYP I_ w a 0 '1 0 0 2'— 2" ACCESS TO CEILING; PROVIDE 3X3 ACCESS DOOR; BOTTOM OF DOOR ABOVE RESTROOM CEILING, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY :GC. CHECKED BY: J_'S DRAWN BY: FILE: A5 �2b 3'-5" CL REGISTERED ARCHITE T ; JAMES ALL H . LEY STATE OF WASHINGTON TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION IN RESTROOMS SCALE: 1/2° = 1` -0" SINK WALL ELEVATION IN RESTROOMS SCALE: 1/2" =1' -0" RESTROOM AND MOP PLAN SCALE 1/2 " =1' -0" SHEET NAME: RESTROOM PLAN,SECTIONS, ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER: WINE CLEAN -UP RM GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE ROOM FINISH LEGEND SHEET A1.3 FOR FINISHES 2. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE CONNECTION AND POWER INFORMATION 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL GLASS IS FIRMLY SUPPORTED AT ALL FOUR CORNERS 4. SEE SHEET A1.5 FOR ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS PARTITION TYPES: 5/8" GYP. BD. -1 LAYER ON EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD, 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 16"0.0 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" PLYWOOD 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 16 "0.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8 TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS P 16 "0.0 . NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPICAL METAL STUD FRAMING. PARTITION SYMBOL: NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT. NO NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TYP 10 PARTITION MARK NUMBER X � STUD,FURRING SIZE 1 HRS�- FkRE RATING, IF REQUIRED o = 6" MTL STUD b = 3 5/8" MTL STUD BATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING 0 in U � N u E� m• o o, w CL Q a) • X cZ m a) 172 O V Cr) o t0 u o lt xQa. rza <LLI 0 0 KEY NOTES: GOJO DERMAPAD x#9034 -1 (1) BLACK SOAP DISPENSER GEORGIA PACIFIC HYGIENE PUSH PEDDLE ROLL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER #54338 BLACK x x STORE NUMBER: 0 NJw z 0 0 0 U Lai CL U x 0 O w CC w 0 CC CC 0_ vi Lai 5/A5.2 3 COMP SINK HAND SINK, REF _ PLUMBING REF PLUMBING C LJ • U U w 0 CC CC II Ill !1 III 1, 111 J� - -- -ill j-) 0 0 o' N w m z I- v w 0 5' _0" DIA TURNAROUND CLEAR SPACE 30X48 CLEAR AND LEVEL FLOOR SPACE, TYP. WNE CLEAN -UP RM ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET u 0 0 2 C 0 U) u.; DG 0 0 0 U O 0. 0 O cn �\ / ! / \ / \ \ / \ / \ -'r■ / \/ / 1/ 1 / ll .r �� \/ IL _ —V- -- Hr..-- .�,__..— '. IIZ- t 'III 1 r - - -- mil - -___i it I 11 II II I 11 I it 11 II I 11 1 II 11 11 1 It CHECKED BY: Nt.,,,P DRAWN BY: FILE: A5.1 SHEET NAME: I WINE EDUCATION ROOM PLAN SCALE: 1 /2 " =V -0" WINE EDUCATION ROOM PLAN SHEET NUMBER: A5.1 i�i��rrrrr ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: 2JP DRAWN BY: FILE: A5.1 9921 STATE REGISTERED ARCHITE AMES ALL J AIL Y OF W HINGTON SHEET NAME: WINE EDUCATIQN DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: A5.2 CABIN ET— MERILATT /MAPLE /PAPRIKA "SUNDALE" FLAT PANEL (SHAKER STYLE TYP) STAINLESS STEEL DOME CABINET KNOB "EPITOME" BY EMTEK TYP 4" BACKSPLASH WILSONART 4883 -38 SABLE SOAPSTONE COUNTER TOP WILSONART4883 -38 SABLE SOAPSTONE --> TRUEBRO BASIN GUARD PHONE: 1 -800- 340 -5969 INTERNET: HTTP: / /WWW.IPSCORP.COM /TRUEBRO EMAIL: INFO©TRUEBRO.COM FIXTURE AND CABINET DIMENSIONS ARE CRITICAL TO ADAAG AND LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODE REQUIREMENTS. ENSURE INSTALLATION COMPLIES. SINK AS SCHEDULED (REF PLUMBING) z N) N 0) 1" MIN SECTION THROUGH SINK 3 SCALE: 1 " =1' 2"x4" BLOCKING INSTALL FLUSH WITH SHEATHING AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF CABINETS 2'- 8" VB -1 1" END PANEL. COORDINATE GARBAGE DISPOSAL LOCATION SO AS TO NOT INTERFERE WITH BASIN GUARD PROVIDE UNDERSINK PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE — MICROWAVE BY OTHERS` SURFACE PANEL REF A1.3 LEVER OPERATED - -� _ FAUCET, 'REF PLUMBING SS DROP -IN SINK W/ GOOSENECK FAUCET Y2 HP CONTINUOUS FEED FOOD WASTE DISPOSAL TRUEBRO BASIN GUARD CABINET ELEVATION BREAK ROOM Lat SCALE: 1 /2 " =1'-0" PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED, TYP SURFACE PANEL REFRIGERATOR (15CU /FT) :TBD BY TENANT 2" SINK REF PLUMBING UNDER CABINET MICROWAVE TBD BY TENANT 108A M �n Q N BREAK ROOM L108 14 S' 1a LOCKERS BY TENANT. TABLE: ICEBERG MAHOGANY 72 "X24 "X29" BY TENANT CHAIRS: HON 1082BP19T ROUNDED BACK 4PK BY TENANT BULLETIN BD BY TENANT- 14 S la 10' -8" GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE ROOM FINISH LEGEND SHEET A1.3 FOR FINISHES 2. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE CONNECTION AND POWER INFORMATION 3. ADA GRAPHICS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. KEY NOTES: I r l GOJO DERMAPAD #9034 -1 (2) BLACK SOAP DISPENSER GEORGIA PACIFIC HYGIENE PUSH PEDDLE ROLL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER #54338 BLACK PARTITION TYPES: S 4 S 5 5/8" GYP. BD. -1 LAYER ON EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS © 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS © 16 "0.0 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS ©'16 "O.0 5/8" PLYWOOD 5 /8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. MTL. STUDS © 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 3/4" PLYWOOD MTL. STUDS © 16"0.0 BD. BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS © 1 "O.0 NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPICAL METAL STUD FRAMING. X PARTITION SYMBOL: 10 NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT. NO NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TYP PARTITION TYPE LETTER PARTITION MARK NUMBER STUD,FURRING SIZE 1 HRS— 'FIRE RATING, IF REQUIRED a = 6" MTL STUD b = 3 5/8" MTL STUD BATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING BREAK ROOM PLAN SCALE: 1f2 " =1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER U to va r4 Li to < Lc, a� Q X te -5 C4 N ld m d � Q la. O U O • Q) Ln Lu E4 °mt° U z • = o z Q 4 d 0 O CONSULTANT E zd STORE NUMBER: XXXX PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: elf's DRAWN BY: _ FILE: A5.2 9921 TATE REGISTERED ARCHITECT MES ALLE H IL. OF WASHINGTON SHEET NAME: BREAK ROOM PLAN SHEET NUMBER: A5.3 AND MAY uE CONTRARY PROJECT iS NOT AUTHORIZE 0 z 0 0 z 0 U 0 0 0 2 Vi U. 0 Z 2 4 - N CC0 U I 0 U- W U 7 O 0. U U- U- CC CC U a L. 0 O w U, 0 cc O C v: sy, z U- U) VN . ) 0 0 2 0 J1 0 U- Q. CIA PT -1 J N < a. N 8/A7 TYP vB--1 ENTRY VESTIBULE ELEVATION A SCALE: 1/2 " =1'-O' REF. 3 -A1.4 FOR CEILING DETAIL BATT INSULATION R -49 CEILING HEIGHT REF. RCP 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD 1 N a PT -1 PT- 7 .4■ 9/A7 EQ EQ EQ EQ NOTE: UNE UP FINISH CEILING WITH BOTTOM OF WINDOW MULLION. • CEILING HEIGHT REF. RCP BLACK -OUT FILM REF SPECIFICATIONS REF. 3 -A1.4 FOR CEILING DETAIL \.„—VB -1 0 lENTRY VESTIBULE SECTION SCALE: 112° =1' -f}" 111rWr Mr-A Fir7v-Ar • " GYPSUM BOARD WT ON ALL EXISTING AND NEW GLAZING WINDOWS MI 11MIIMM 2' -8" r . , 2 ENTRY VESTIBULE DEMOLITION ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" REMOVE CONCRETE WALLS SHOWN DASHED 2' -9" r � r ETR (F.V.) ETR (F.V.) - EXISTING GLAZING AND MULLIONS TO REMAIN EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN REMOVE DOORS, ALUMINUM FRAME, AND GLAZING SHOWN DASHED 11/A7 TYP 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD BATT INSULATION R-19 REF. 3 -A3 FOR HEADER SCHEDULE, TYP. FINISH OF ALUMINUM FRAME TO MATCH EXISTING EXTERIOR 1/2" THICK TEMPERED GLASS, REF SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE ROOM FINISH LEGEND SHEET A1.3 FOR FINISHES 2. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE CONNECTION AND POWER INFORMATION 4. ADA GRAPHICS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PARTITION TYPES: 5/8" GYP. BD. - 1 LAYER ON EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS © 16 "O,C 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS 0 16 "0.0 EXISTING WALL 1 /2" THICK TEMPERED GLASS, REF SPECIFICATIONS - ALUMINUM FRAME TO MATCH ADJACENT 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. GYPSUM BOARD —REF. 3 -A3 FOR HEADER SCHEDULE, TYP. S 4 S 6 5/8" PLYWOOD 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 3/4" PLYWOOD MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPICAL METAL STUD FRAMING. PARTITION SYMBOL: 10 NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT. NO NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TYP PARTITION TYPE LETTER PARTITION MARK NUMBER X �,t STUD,FURRING SIZE 1 HRS. -- -FIRE RATING, IF REQUIRED a = 6 MTL STUD b = 3 5/8" MTL STUD BATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING ENTRY VESTIBULE SECTION 1' -0" 16' -11" 3' -2" F.V. / 2a, 13' - 2 ".. EN TRY VESTIBULE 100 12, -0 F.V. 100A 13' -2" 2a 5 /A5.4 N 3/A5.4 N ENTRY VESTIBULE PLAN SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" I 7 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT E P STORE NUMBER: XXXX cn a 0 O N) N PROJECT NUMBER: ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY- DRAWN ` BY: -- FILE: A5.4 ce z Q 0 z 0 n s W 0 C. L U% CG 0 z z 0 LU 2 z 0 la1 W a LATER TIME. USE OF THIS a 0 SHEET NAME: ENTRY VESTIBULE PLAN SHEET NUMBER: A5.4 PmEI BY OTMERs GYP. BOARD DOOR FRAME BY OTHERS GLASS DOORS BY OTHERS WALK -IN BEER COOLER HEADER SECTION 11 "_," SCALE. ! -"112 -1-0 #14X1 -1/2" HEX HO. TEK SCREWS *12" 0.0 BUTYL LOC VOC SEALANT J -MOLD EDGE ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD AT BOTTOM ONLY 2" x 20 GAUGE CON T METAL STRAP ATTACH 16 GAUGE 6" DEFLECTION TRACK WITH #10 TEK SCREWS FOR (2) ROWS AT 24" 00 1 "f -1 TRACK DETAIL O SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" CONTINUOUS SEALANT .1" NSF COVED BASE W / #8X1" HEX HEAD TEK SCREWS ©12" 0.0. CONT fi 4" X2 4" ANNGLE CONTINUOUS LOW VOC SEALANT " x 3" WEDGE BLT ©12" 0.C. c COVEBASE DETAIL SCALE: 3"=1 '47 VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY 9' -0" 2' -4" TOP WALK -IN PANEL 3' -2 - SIDE CONDENSING UNIT: RLH32M44 -E BONE LOCATES ON BUILDING ROOF AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO EVAPORATOR & COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODE AND STRUCTUTRAL REQUIREMENTS Q FINE WINE COOLER CONDENSER SCALE: 1 /2 " =1 -0" 6" 3- VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY 113A 23'-2 4/A6 9' -9" 1' rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrirritrritr.* rrrrrrrrrrrrA .r,,rrrriorririrzeei`r'' j L= EVAP 8" POWER CONECTIONS FOR GLASS DOOR LIGHTS NOTE: DO NOT CONNECT FRAME HEATERS FINE WINE COOLER 113, CL 13 -2 4 1- N 13LOWLK EVAP HEAT 0 RATOR COIL RAF AA6B -320 0) REFERENCE MPE0.1 FOR EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL INFORMATION. ia FINE -WINE COOLER PLAN SCALE: 1/4 " =1'-0" VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY 0 z -.1 0 a 0 CONTROLS FINE WINE COOLER SECTION SCALE: 1 /2 " =1 VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY cED 1") 2' -64" TOP 3' -6 1/2" SIDE CONDENSING UNIT: • BZT055M6C BOHN LOCATES ON BUILDING ROOF AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO EVAPORATOR & COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODE AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING ROOF ATTACH 20 GAUGE TOP TRACK WITH #10X1" SCREWS FOR 2 ROWS AT 24" 00 TO METAL ROOF DECK L1: 1/2 X 1-1/2 X 16 GA CONT. ATTACH WITH (1) #10 TEK SCREW AT EACH LEG OF EACH STUD, TYP 41O'N1UU UIIIIIUM UUIIII CONT SEALANT CUT GYPSUM BOARD TO FIT WITHIN 3/8" OF 1 BOTTOM OF ROOF- DECK ATTACH STUD TO .ANGLE WITH (4) #10 TEK. SCREWS TYP 3 5/8' x 20 GAUGE METAL STUD CONTINUOUS AT MIDPOINT 6" x 20 GAUGE METAL STUD BRACING AT 32" OC ATTACH TO MIN 2 JOISTS ATTACH L2x2x 16 GAUGE TO TOP AND BOTTOM CHORDS WITH (3) #12 2 TEK SCREWS 6" x , 20 GAUGE METAL STUD BRACING AT 32" OC 5/8" GYP. BD. CONTROLS CO WALK-IN BEER COOLER CONDENSER SCALE: 1/2 =1 -0 , VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY 1. EVAP. f/ 0 0 WALK-IN BEER COOLER SECTION la SCALE: 1/2"=1 '-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 WALL BEYOND PREFABRICATED MODULAR PANEL WITH RIGID URETHANE INSULATION 0 WALK IN BEER COOLER. OAK EXTERIOR APPLIED AND FINISHED BY MODERN STORE EQUIPMENT A FINE WINE COOLER ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" VENDOR INFORMATION FOR < REFERENCE ONLY TAKE WALL TO DECK REF ROOM FINISH PLAN FOR FINISHES VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY 14, -04„ - ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 5/A6 REFRIGERATION CONNECTIONS `_ CONTROLS EXTERIOR DRYWALL AND FINISHING BY APPROPRIATE CONTRACTOR 2 WALK -IN BEER COOLER ELEVATION SCALE 1/4 " =1'-0" VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY REFERENCE MP£0.4 FOR EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL INFORMATION, 14.1217 ,� WALK-IN BEER COOLER PLAN SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY z z 0 as 0 u-� Li 0' Zq c°` d C = O T Ce 4C . CZ a 43- kern) 2.O G w" o: U. 'J N S 5 ,a 1 <w Qr_ N E X X X w z w 0 u) PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: DRAWN -BY: FILE: A6 9921. REGISTERED ARCHIT -C MES ALLE + H 1. Y STATE OF WASHINGTON SHEET NAME: BEER /FINE WINE COOLER PLANS SHEET NUMBER: z. 0 7 0 0 0.. 0 0 n W 0 0 0 VI 0 a. 0 0 0 O. z 0 z 0 0 0 0 0 L O 41 d 0 0 0 0 CC Z w 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 G: 0 Cri 0 a 1- z 0 r 0 0 1)) z 0- 9 a. WOOD TRIM PIECE 1/2" PLYWOOD 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS 0 2 � P JTRIM DETAIL AT HUMIDOR SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS, FASTENED TO 1/2" PLYWOOD WITH WOOD ' FINISHING NAILS, TYP REF HEADER SCHEDULE, A1.0 3/4" PLYWOOD 5/8" TYP "X" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. 3-1/2" X 1/2" T. WOOD TRIM 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS PIVOT, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS 1 /2" T. TEMPERED GLASS DOOR HUMIDOR SALES sz HEADER DETAIL AT DOOR SCALE:. 3 " =1'-0" 1 1/2" T. TEMPERED GLASS DOOR 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS 3 -1/2" X 1/2" T. WOOD TRIM 5/8„ TYP "X" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. 3/4" PLYWOOD 6" MTL. STUDS 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS, FASTENED TO 1 /2" PLYWOOD WITH WOOD FINISHING NAILS, TYP I� I 11 HUMIDOR I, I SALES 1 7 JAMB DETAIL AT DOOR I SCALE: 3 " =1'-0" TAKE WALL TO DECK 3/4" PLYWOOD AT CONDENSER ONLY 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS, FASTENED TO 1/2" PLYWOOD WITH WOOD FINISHING NAILS, TYP N 7/A6.1 N. 2 3'_1 OG -3, BACK TO BACK "C" PULLS CLEAR OPENING 1/2 "TEMPERED GLASS, BUTT GLAZING WITH CLEAR CONTINUOUS SILICON, TYP "TOTAL VISION CONCEPT" ENTRANCE SYSTEM, TYPE F SWING DOOR 5 HUMIDOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2 " =1'-0" AC BLOWER CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSADOR REQUIRES: _--ELECTRIC, REFRIGERATION HUMIAC BLOWER REQUIRES: DRAIN, ELECTRIC, REFRIGERATION 5/8" TYP - "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD., TYP AC BLOWER REMOTE AC CONTROL HUMIDOR SECTION SCALE: 1 /2 " =1=0" WOOD TRIM PIECE 1/2" PLYWOOD 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS HUMIDITY CONTROLS REF HEADER SCHEDULE, 3 -A1.11 VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY WALL BEYOND 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS CONTINUOUS SEALANT EACH SIDE OF GLASS COMPRESSION GASKET EPDM RUBBER GASKET 2" WOOD MOLD 5/8" TYP "X" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. 3/4" PLYWOOD 6" MTL. STUDS 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS, FASTENED TO 1/2" PLYWOOD WITH WOOD FINISHING NAILS, TYP fir.. HUMIDOR SALES AIR IN SILL AND JAMB DETAIL SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" CONDENSING UNIT u AIR OUT 2'_721" 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC WOOD TRIM PIECE 1/2" PLYWOOD 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS REF HEADER SCHEDULE, 3 -A1.11 2' -7 -" CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT MU -A09WA MITSUBISHI LOCATES ON TOP OF HUMIDOR BOX AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO EVAPORATOR & COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODE. SUPPLIED BY VENDOR #1 AND INSTALLED BY GC. A HUMIDOR CONDENSER agir SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0". VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY ¢" PLYWOOD AT CONDENSER ONLY CO TAKE WALL TO DECK 1 /2" TEMPERED -GLASS WINDOW A6 HUMIDIFIER O 0 HUMIDOR REQUIRES: - WATER, DRAIN, ELECTRIC HUMIDOR SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY 104„ 4 8' MCP CORNER BOX 85" TALL 3' -1 20 10.5 IS 12a HUMIDIFIER rOln- 2/A6.1 3/A6 :1 w z 2/A6.1 3/A6.1 103A 10.5 S 2a HUMIDOR 103 2a n co r O m iJ :CON I. . DENSING UNIT 10.5 dr 6" HUMIDOR PLAN SCALE: 1/2 " =1-0" 2/A3 T VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY I PARTITION TYPES: S 12 3 4 S 6 11 !I 5/8" GYP. BD.-1 LAYER ON EA.. SIDE MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O_C 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. EA_ SIDE MTL. STUDS © 16 "O.0 5/8" PLYWOOD 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. MTL. STUDS 5/8" GYP. 3/4" PLYWOOD MTL. STUDS @' 16 "O.0 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPICAL METAL STUD FRAMING. PARTITION SYMBOL: NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT. NO NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TYP PARTITION TYPE , LETTER 0 PARTITION MARK NUMBER X I STUD,FURRING SIZE. 1 HRS ---� "FIRE RATING, IF REQUIRED a = 6" MTL STUD b = 3 5/8" MTL STUD GATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING AC BLOWER REQUIRES: DRAIN, ELECTRIC, REFRIGERATION. RECEIVED APR 2 6;:2012 PERMIT CENTER 0 L U 0 CONSULTANT aD STORE NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET 6/A6.1 \ CHECKED BY: 4..... \ FILE: A6.1 9921 REGISTERED ARCHIT. T JAMES AL E - - (LEY STATE OF ASHINGTON SHEET NAME: HUMIDOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: A6.1 Q to 3'_1 OG -3, BACK TO BACK "C" PULLS CLEAR OPENING 1/2 "TEMPERED GLASS, BUTT GLAZING WITH CLEAR CONTINUOUS SILICON, TYP "TOTAL VISION CONCEPT" ENTRANCE SYSTEM, TYPE F SWING DOOR 5 HUMIDOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2 " =1'-0" AC BLOWER CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSADOR REQUIRES: _--ELECTRIC, REFRIGERATION HUMIAC BLOWER REQUIRES: DRAIN, ELECTRIC, REFRIGERATION 5/8" TYP - "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD., TYP AC BLOWER REMOTE AC CONTROL HUMIDOR SECTION SCALE: 1 /2 " =1=0" WOOD TRIM PIECE 1/2" PLYWOOD 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS HUMIDITY CONTROLS REF HEADER SCHEDULE, 3 -A1.11 VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY WALL BEYOND 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS CONTINUOUS SEALANT EACH SIDE OF GLASS COMPRESSION GASKET EPDM RUBBER GASKET 2" WOOD MOLD 5/8" TYP "X" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. 3/4" PLYWOOD 6" MTL. STUDS 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS, FASTENED TO 1/2" PLYWOOD WITH WOOD FINISHING NAILS, TYP fir.. HUMIDOR SALES AIR IN SILL AND JAMB DETAIL SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" CONDENSING UNIT u AIR OUT 2'_721" 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC WOOD TRIM PIECE 1/2" PLYWOOD 1/2" T. WOOD SLATS REF HEADER SCHEDULE, 3 -A1.11 2' -7 -" CONDENSING UNIT CONDENSING UNIT MU -A09WA MITSUBISHI LOCATES ON TOP OF HUMIDOR BOX AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO EVAPORATOR & COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODE. SUPPLIED BY VENDOR #1 AND INSTALLED BY GC. A HUMIDOR CONDENSER agir SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0". VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY ¢" PLYWOOD AT CONDENSER ONLY CO TAKE WALL TO DECK 1 /2" TEMPERED -GLASS WINDOW A6 HUMIDIFIER O 0 HUMIDOR REQUIRES: - WATER, DRAIN, ELECTRIC HUMIDOR SECTION SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY 104„ 4 8' MCP CORNER BOX 85" TALL 3' -1 20 10.5 IS 12a HUMIDIFIER rOln- 2/A6.1 3/A6 :1 w z 2/A6.1 3/A6.1 103A 10.5 S 2a HUMIDOR 103 2a n co r O m iJ :CON I. . DENSING UNIT 10.5 dr 6" HUMIDOR PLAN SCALE: 1/2 " =1-0" 2/A3 T VENDOR INFORMATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY I PARTITION TYPES: S 12 3 4 S 6 11 !I 5/8" GYP. BD.-1 LAYER ON EA.. SIDE MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O_C 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. EA_ SIDE MTL. STUDS © 16 "O.0 5/8" PLYWOOD 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. MTL. STUDS 5/8" GYP. 3/4" PLYWOOD MTL. STUDS @' 16 "O.0 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPICAL METAL STUD FRAMING. PARTITION SYMBOL: NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT. NO NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TYP PARTITION TYPE , LETTER 0 PARTITION MARK NUMBER X I STUD,FURRING SIZE. 1 HRS ---� "FIRE RATING, IF REQUIRED a = 6" MTL STUD b = 3 5/8" MTL STUD GATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING AC BLOWER REQUIRES: DRAIN, ELECTRIC, REFRIGERATION. RECEIVED APR 2 6;:2012 PERMIT CENTER 0 L U 0 CONSULTANT aD STORE NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: 4..... DRAWN BY: __ FILE: A6.1 9921 REGISTERED ARCHIT. T JAMES AL E - - (LEY STATE OF ASHINGTON SHEET NAME: HUMIDOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: A6.1 CONTRARY TO REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER P w z z a 0 0 Z w 0 U V1 G w S a K U 0 a w 0 2 4 O a x Is/ 0 0 0 0 I$ U U ca a 0 0 0 N MEGANITE COUNTER –TOP ESPRESSO GRANITE SURFACE PANEL ON SIDE WALLS TO 3' -0" FROM FRONT OF COUNTER TOP. INSTALL BETWEEN TOP OF COUNTER TO BOTTOM OF OVERHEAD CABINETS. INSTALL UNDER COUNTER TOP AT WINE COOLERS AND DISHWASHER USE SPLASH GUARD ONLY IF REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION CARRY FLOORING UP 4" AT WALLS AND CABINETS W/ MIN. 3/8" RADIUS TURN TYP. HEAT WELD ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS 2' -0, 4' -0" 2'--0" —WINE COOLER SEE 5 –FCS1 GROWLER STATION >c< O O 0 GROWLER STATION I O SCALE: 112 " =1` -0" ,J1110k yY- U .- - -., ....... \ i ..� > 7 WINE DEMONSTRATION ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" =1` -O' 7' -8 7/8" LAMINATE WILSONART BURNISHED CHESTNUT 3 3/4" 2 3/8' 2' -5 1/2" 1' -8 1/8" / fi N) i WINE DEMONSTRATION ELEVATION SCALE: 112" = 1' -0' 0 HC ACCESSABLE COUNTER MEGANITE COUNTER TOP ESPRESSO GRANITE / MEGANITE COUNTER –TOP ESPRESSO GRANITE - 6 LAMINATE WILSONART BURNISHED CHESTNUT DOORS (TYP) WINE DEMONSTRATION ELEVATION SCALE: 112" = 8' -0" 2' -10 1 /4" HC ACCESSABLE COUNTER FRONT DISPLAY SHELVES TAFISA SEA BREEZE 2 3/8" WINE DEMONSTRATION ELEVATION la SCALE: 1/2" =1' -0' N) 0 7' -8 7/8" COUNTER BEYOND OPEN SHELVES -8 1/8" 2 3/8" 2' -3 3/4" 2'-5 1/2" 3' -3 3/4" WINE DEMONSTRATION SECTION la SCALE: 314" = 1' -O' 7' -9" LAMINATE WILSONART BURNISHED CHESTNUT WINE DEMONSTRATION ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -O' 1 LAMINATE WILSONART BURNISHED CHESTNUT 2' , / 2 3/8" • /1' -8 1/8" 2' -5 1 /2> 3' -3 3/4" WINE DEMONSTRATION ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0' HANDSINK SEE 1,2/A3.1 7' -8 7/8" t It /it f(x� ! 1U� 04/05/12 PERMIT SET fr{ 1 t 1 rl} s 1 <E:.I WINE COOLER SPACE OPEN SHELVES U GENERAL NOTES: 1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY NEW CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ALL FINISHES AND MATERIALS DAMAGED OR EXPOSED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY AND ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT INTENDED FOR REUSE IF DAMAGED OR DESTROYED DURING CONSTRUCT ON SEE MEP DRAWINGS FOR AREAS OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AND FINISH ALL SUCH AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING AFTER COMPLETION OF REQUIRED CITY INSPECTION OF SUCH INSTALLATIONS REF SPECIFICATIONS FOR RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX WINE DEMONSTRATION AND GROWLER STATION MILLWORK PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. USE SPLASH GUARD ONLY IF REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION HAND SINK /1/ "(V`--. 2 "-'' _1' -8 1/8" 2 3/8" -/ / 2'-5 1/2" 2 3/8'x'1 2' -2 3/4" 3' -3 3/4" WINE DEMONSTRATION SECTION SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -O' 6'- 5/A6.2 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 13' -4 5/16" COOLER BELOW II II III } II II LI} II II III II II III _= % .44111.... 7/A6.2 WINE BAR 114 r 6/2 II II II I 3/A6.2 ll- N N CV 27" HIGH X 30" WIDE X 19' < DEEP KNEE SPACE FOR crs ACCESSIBLE COUNTER WINE DEMONSTRATION PLAN I SCALE: 112 " =1' -0" Ial-P 137 RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER as w Ui C 0 a 0 0 'it N r z F- F- -J Cr) z 0 z z w � 0 D I F-- -J Z f- 11" �Wa z0 �0 V) MLU UJ O LU O �n n z Q O 20zL,� OL ZZ �' E D z STORE NUMBER: XXXX NUMBER: 62300055 1- w O r ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: 1417 DRAWN BY: ___ FILE: A1.14 9921 REGISTERED l: AR CHI TEC ESALLE1 f II< ATE OF WASHING I ON SHEET NAME: WINE DEMONSTRATION SHEET NUMBER: A6.2 a u 0 a I CI. z z z B a L C.) F; C O z 4 z O LJ a- a 0 W B z 0 L4 z 8 McCue Corporation Box Rail 11 Installation Instructions Toots required: Hammer Drift with 5/8" (16mm) Carbide bit • Tape Measure * Pencil * Drill with 5/32" (4mm) Bit • Allen Wrench Set • 12" Mitre Saw with Steel cutting Blades Brush and Dust Pan'* Chalk Line • M10 x 7omm Expansion bolt or 5/16'-18 x. 2" Hex head Cap Screw • 11mm Socket Wrench IT IS CRITICAL THAT HOLES ARE DRILLED ON CENTER! T, Object 'to be protected k fiar$?calgilt iilgt ,f ? s ak,rise«+rf rgl at e:er ,s • 1.1p ..g t- Set Eioc Railin front of areas to be protected... The outside edge_ of the BoxRail should be approximately 5" (t27mm) from area or object for . optimal installation. . Usin? stS" 46inim). masonry bit. drill through holes Oil tioxRail legs. Make them 3" (76intn) deep. . . . . Place /z" x z" tong, expansion bolts through leg holes xrd into. drilled motes in the floor: Add tension pins at each-seam in leg. Using an appropriate wrench, tighten bolts Until secure. McCue: Corporation lf.adjustrnents.:re.necessafy, the set screws.on the legsmust be loosened and tension pins. have to be removed.. Adjt:st legs as needed, tighten Si? t screws and install ne.w tension pins. Finished: Product Head of bolt shnbte9 . �.' sit flush Kith tee. Ei inspect all expansion bolts . to ensute they are sitting flush with teg surface: Co ;tgress Street Sal:n4;,.,i'tA ad97o USA F -one: ISnt1) aco -S5n3 or (78) "!'i•$ co Feix: kr673) 74172542 Enatit: cf,enric et; ip131CC ecca `)).it3nt :wy.r.^tcct:ecorp_com Rev. 3128/07 1 CART RAIL SCALE: NTS 2 Click Image to Zoom WHIN 100 Multi -Zone Wine Cellar (Gla with Stainless Steel Trim Read 26 Reviews Door item: 273 6750. List Price: 1,92a:Efe Out Price_ .$1,79g..00 You Smile 10% Shipping C3 0 'dal to :t SHIPS FREE! �ai.I lii'r: Orders placed for this item tcday are expected to ship F€ida', January 6th »e your E,,ti,rn: tredArrival Date QL to :it • 1 Have Questions? Email Us or Call 800 377.3330 .1 Start a Live Chat A I11-1 Gong;; r te4 vrovido4 with yO r p,#r( tO Y;: `. McCue Corporation CORNER Assembly art5topBR Installation Instructions DETAIL Box Rail Hardware: Mio x 7omm expansion bolts * IT IS CRITICAL THAT HOLES ARE DRILLED ON CENTER! Insert corner into Box rail and make sure the Box Rai! has been fully seated against the: corner ; : Q Drill a 5/32" (4mm) hole through the Box rail and section of'corner inside of the Box Rail. Drive tension pins in until' they are flush with surface. McCue Corporation ens Insert corner into Box rail and make sure the Box Rail has been fully seated against the corner. FINISHED PRODUCT -11 35 Con ressStreet Saien+, t':tA otajo USA PitoHi„• rio,ik t00-8;03 or i:97S) 4i-85oo °ax: (978) 741.2542 r. r t. 7' l t^;.r ,.ec: iii torp.rtsrn. :Re4. 3/23/07 • 2 CART RAIL SCALE: NTS ' if ihtS4l tt7Ar Cttt it : 0:PUItIlt9t GACH'ctnlsµ escr(pticn- • Specificattort:. idee 26 Ctis1 tier A slippier • N'FiNI T Y •'GC: 2 r =i ir ilTY 50 8-u al Zane t,, ;tie GefIl3f 513CR )igli Opposite Hinged et_t Stsin ess Stec Tr' 'rimed G ' Doors. • 101 t * `^i.F :»•5r; } - x 47 Vr: V x 2570 f7 cw.Lsg lC, y4,E without the ? an l l O Weil -t: 113 lbs. east e ' :2tr. nty. 1 'Year Limited Wa :rarity a Temperature R:art e Upper . :orinpariment 4i 60'F: Lower Compartment 45-6.41F * 7• r3l :tent Tetiirper lure R;dnge: x t' nr4t'i • Ap :pii ',ations: Free Sx3ndinrb, s-i`ccessed or guilt-In. • l=lec icsi Requirernents - Plugs directly into a US 110 Vail c uP..it on a dedicated i . "M lit-e. • Cellar i8 a set oft'; two it'is ?' itduai units. pushed side 3 side, e .c11 with it's own pr : ;w€r cord Please click here for built-in -in spe ificaticns: NOTE: VENDOR PROVIDED INFORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY CLASSROOM / WINE DEMONSTRATION WINE COOLER SCALE: NTS Stylish Stemware Rack is a Great Chrome Glass Rack that Will Last KEGWORKS SECURE. Page I of 2 • 877-636-3673 Shopping Cart: Cart is empty Sign In va's't List ( Need f -e'p? I Irterraticnat Orders Draft Bear Equipment Bar Accessories Cocktails & Mixers Bar Foot Rails Refrigeration Ccmrnurdal Bar Furnishings Kitchen r ... ; l.rierKeywory rSY.U' SEA8CH> Bar Accessories Absinthe Supptios • BarSigns Bar Toots .. BeerPong • .. Blenders Bottle Shrives BrewTerider Corona Lime Slicer Fun Stuff Glass Racks Single Channel Gass Racks • . • 2 Charm& Glass Racks 4 Channei Glass Racks . 5 Channel Gus Rackks 6 Channel Gass Racks 8 Channel Glass Racks 11 Channel Glass Racks Commercial Gass Racks Wine Bottle & G13sS Racks' Glassware; Guinn=ess Ice Makers, Buckets & More, f ITYIL IM .WBMAO? Jolto.Shots • . Liquor Dispensers Mr; Beer Portable Bars SehAce Bar Rails Serving Trays Soda Siphons •Tike E3ar Supplies Travel Bars Wine B. Champagne Wooden Display Barrels On Sall; Our Favorites Foe :bail Season Esser tials Cktoberfest Gear .147rks.Contmtanity <D1tYletr Pxsource tc, :1a 1i11rs Home Ear Beer Tasting UI T YWIMeWYBMA?3? . Sale! Ho:v.To Center KegWorks >. Bar Accessories > Glass Racks > 8 Channel Gass Racks t ftxt It +.n;.+ ADD Sri y icFtLS°' {8 =gig "i Face ocok °Ttilter. print this ?ac ' Ef,t4L 3pA 8 Channel Overhead Glass Rack - Chrome lc: 1836 . Quantity: .'. ..,r• .. Zoom & More Photos °tauSi: over, 2trtrarev hel ;:w fair a new view Check out this stylish stemware rack! it's trio perfect storage sotutioril Easy to.install, easy. to use and incredibly affordable, it's made of attractive polished chrome with .8 channels! That's more than enough room to keep plenty of wine glasses organized and within; reach. In stock and ready to ship. Features • Made of chrome for durability and a long '.ire • 8 Channels for tons of storage • Easy to install . • Keeps glassware. organized and easily accessible • Mounting screws. not included ;.Specs ' • (lick Detailed r�ertir. ±r?rrtf'nt http:tlwww.kcgwoI' ICS .eom /produet.php?proditctid= 17 3836&source =nextopia 9125/9010 cOVERHEAD WINE RACK . SCALE: NTS McCue .Corporation Cart5topf3R Installation Instructions Box Rail Hardware: Miox 7omm expansion bolts or 5/16 " -18 x 2" Hex head Cap Screw IT IS CRITICAL THAT HOLES ARE DRILLED ON CENTER! • • Sf t6" t x "P" WiCap Screwsv McCue Corporation ti , Mu) 7omm a expansion bolts DETAIL • • 35 Coltg -ess Streetc .,t 1 -t f to c, t,ro US t Phalle: (Roe) 800-8503 or: (97P,..) 741-850P Fax (g78) 70- 2.542 cservices, ;lracruccafp.cerr: s•,,,,,wsncrtler,rup.cr;i•rt Rey. 3/28/07 CART RAIL 3 SCALE: NTS Page.I of 1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION http: / /www. keg works.com /imagesidetailed/9I $33- Chronic8rack- 13I3ba222.jpg 912512010 OVERHEAD WINE RACK SCALE: NTS GENERAL NOTES : 1. REF. MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE CONNECTIONS AND POWER INFORtvMATION. McCue Corporation.. N CAP Ass+ artStopBR Installation Instructions DETAIL • Box Rai . Hardware: M10 x 7omm expansion bolts or 5/16"- 18 x 2" Hex head Cap Screw 4i:* IT IS CRITICAL THAT HOLES ARE DRILLED ON CENTER! 2 3 4 • • Drill c: 51:3 2' 14rilt *1; hole tltrcx :; ^r she BoxRnil ( :rY :I s t .tion ;)i come/ inside. ni lino i3c• %-- „..1il. Tien t:•li`:r: tension pins in unfit :hey eve flush it svrioce, Drill c 5/32.” ldmrrif hole thrn: :nit ==j the f3od oil Cod EndCca. Insert tension pins in until They we flush. �iit }t suricafe.. McCue Corporation . Insert Box'pii nt i , L. : 1 'J l�:t� I. C' secure by t :chtcr i.- tthe.t'vc (2) set screvs- rt�� 4 Dr :fl LJ Li y`�2� li': rr'.'-1i% hole. rI)rq'.1 g1ti • !--% one: BoxRail. Insert tension pins until. Iltey.ni' tI'Ja. ^. 'vii{ source. See r't:i ;rt page for ;ibis on how t(i .,:''cV•*i: BC)x•'C:iI to the floor., -^ a 35 Congre_s Street Salem, MA 01970 USA P.hone:.tSa:i) 8ao•85b3 or .(97 ) 741•S5Po . c ax: (978).741-'73v tall': CsC?vicCSCem.(.ie(0rp•6o:n w•...w.mccue.corp.com Rev. 3128107 4 CART RAIL SCALE: NTS Beckett Pumps - Main 1'<ige I of I EM Large Condensate CB50 Series This ptimoseries from Beckett is capable of handling aft your heavy duty industrial applications. its robust design promotes a more efficient, quieter operation w.'hite rr:aintaine'g its overall prcr ct durabir ty. The pump comes with a built in safety switch a one gallon lank, replaceabrl�e 0D. check valve and a pre -Wired tea' inat Mock. Ava!tabte in I s5V tiOHz, 230V 6O 4. and 460V 8Q11z me :fees.. All pumps are UtiCUE. Ct3501 t)L HT Cf35n2UL.HT OOH .rA tarziitated Vr'loge S3k:iy Check Hign S.hti YC grt iS Amos `kSv tci Tern) Cf zas ®11 ®® E 5w ?c 1Js. 1111 01 ® ®11111111111111® 460 'ISM 380 ®3:0®2 41211111a1131 .Sp ®um : : :'a 1111111® © ©11111®® fil tpt0150 °F Tank Capac,ty! 1.0 US galkvt 13.7315 Liters) Average Periorrr.a»ce- C (J� ifs U.S and Cara= OL L- ted 1g http://www.beekettpumps.0m1main.php?eat=eondensate&page=oem kg condensate 9/2/2010 CONDENSATE PUMP ia SCALE: NTS RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER 0 0 an Uo zQ Q 4 o wc_ IA L rs• i co Q 2Q; X ce N 11. fL1 Q1 lr1 O i O u�u rn a o a Lt. E CO t bra Q • � 0 0 I— z D Cr) z O 0 NUMBER: XXXX w O V) 62300055 PROJECT NUMBER: ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: PS DRAWN BY: __ FILE: A2.0 9921 • TATE REGISTERED ARCHITEC A MES ALLE, H I y . OF WASHIN TON SHEET NAME: FIXTURE CUT SHEETS SHEET NUMBER: ECS1 ADVANCE TABCO. For Hand Sink Use! includes Gooseneck Faucet & Drain FEATURES: One piece :seamless Deep Drown sink bawl design. All sink bowls have a are liberal radii with a minimum•danension of 2' and are rectangular in design for increased capacity Self -Rim Design. Mounting hardware is provided. For counters over 718" and _upto'1- 1,7thick; please order Thick- Counter Mounting Clips br Drop -In Sinks, Model .# K-28 Per Sink. Quantity supplied varies based on drop in sink ordered). includes 4' O.C. K-52 faucet & basket drain. CQNSTRUCTION:. Unit fabricaed.from one-sheet of•stairtless steel. M bowls are Sound Deadened. Units featur d ance'iabco's Smart Finish?". MECHANICAL: Faucet suppiy.fs112" IPS male thread. Deck moue ed faucet is furnished with ae'ator and 4' O.C. MATERIAL: 20 gauge q.pe 304 series stainless: steel. Faucets are brass - nickel plated. Stainless Stet 1 -1i2' IPS basket drain. STAINLESS STEEL DROP -IN SINKS One Compartment Item #: Model #: Project #: Herr 6" Rear & Side Bplash., DI- 1 -10SP #: Available Faucets & Accessories , model # Qty Deck Mounted 3112' Gwseitedc.• 410.C. K-52 12/212009 Desk ivfounted 8112' i,3x+seneCk 4' O.C.. K-55 t W Deck Mounted Svving wEpray. 8' O.G.' K.58 LR02522 Deck Mtd. X.H.D. 3112' Gooseneck 4" C.C. K•62 .. . 243/s 2P (619mm) (543mm) Dick - Counter Moun'jn g Clips for Courltetops over 7/8- and up to 2". (Oty. supplied varies be on sink ordered) K-28 30 (762mm) ' REOttIRES.K472 FAUfEF HOLE REYES1ON . FOR:REPLACEMFNT FAUCET, DRAINS AND ACC SOPJES, SEE SECTION C Standard. Mounting Clips For Crprttertops 718' Thxk or Less (Includot#) K-28 (Per Sink) Mo.;rttng Cl?ps For Countertops Over7t5'`Ritk. (11 uir=oft 1/21 ADVANCE .TABCO.. NEW YORK (800) 645 -3166 Fax (631) 242 -6900' .GEORGIA (800) 832 -1218 Fax (770) 775 -5625 TEXAS (Silo) 527 -0353 Fax (972)932 -4795 .NEVADA. (800) 446 -8684 Fax: (775) 9721578 NOTE: VENDOR PROVIDED INFORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY A -if I STAINLESS STEEL HAND SINK SCALE: NTS 5 NOT USED SCALE: NO SCALE DIMENSIONS and SPECIFICATIONS TOL ± .125" • . Supplied with K-52 Faucet ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL 5. Farxxt--s\ J 1,11? -. B1 -1 -25 U 3 14' Approx. Wt. -.2 lbs. DI- 1 -SSSP Fau:et 1144x13 I4 radius same 2t 'a• Approx. Wt. 8 Ibs. Approx. Wt. 16 lbs. D1 -1 -35 Cut -Out Size 1/-4" =x14 114; '4" radius earners.Y 10' Approx. Wt. 14 lbs. Di- 1 -10SP s' T NSF ----.2 I Approx.. Wt. 10 lbs. Approx. Wt. 18 lbs. TOP VIEW FOR D I- Tlt'PI CAL ° :INSTAL. LAL TION TOP VIEW FOR Dt -1.5SP & 014 -10SP 0 :o. Cut Out: Size 12114"x 16 1/4" 11!4'' radius corners ( 19# F --1S"-1 A -la ADVANCE TABOO. 200 Heartland Boulevard, Edgewood, NY 11717-8360 OVERALL DIMENSION (0.D) CUTOUT DIMENSION (fl.D-3/4') Cut -Out Size = L to R x F to .B • ADVANCE TABCO is constantly. engaged in a program of improving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right to . change specifications without prior notice- © ADVANCE TABCO, MAFICH 2006 NOTE: VENDOR PROVIDED INFORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY STAINLESS STEEL HAND SINK SCALE: NTS 2.001 60.00 1.50-- r/ 3.50. 14. 1 1950 60.00 1.19-- -8.006 26.50 15.00 -2.00 0.001- -4 in CD CD N- QLO 0) LOCN 4603 Poplar .Leven Rd.,LauiSville, K`t' 40213 (888) 310 -5043 - fax (883) 655 -7773 www.primasupply.com - salesr�primasupply.cam a 0 ci ici Model: 3C S -101 4 10 - 2 • Specs: I8•G i 304 SS, Gals 16GA legs and sockets. drautbasket included. plastic bullet feet. Date: 12/212009 ELk ..AY� SPEC/FICATIoNS Gourmet Single Bowl Sink M Q d e i s_L R2.522.0 -ROZ5 2 2 , LRA 2 22, LRADQ2522 A.D.A. Compliant GENERAL Highest quality sink formed of #18 (1.2mm) gauge. type 304 (18.8) nickel bearing stainless steel. Top mount. EiiIGN FEATURES LR(Q)2522 Bowl Depth: 84/8" (203rnrn). -L- 45iQ12522 Bowl Depth 4" (102miii--1 f/ T - c 5" 6-3/2' (127mm), 5-1/2" (140mm), 6" (152mm) br (166mm).. �\ �"v�d Corners: 1 -314" (44r- 11111 verii �Ca,rt�ttt)?12�iii�'1 talus: Raised Rim: 3/$" (lO1nm) drop ledge with a rand faucet deck '\ Finish: Exposed surfaces are hand cashed to a Lustrous N Highlighted Satin finish. ~`''-.,� ." t /I Underside: LR(0)2522 is fully protected by heavy duty Sound Guard undercoating to dampen sound and reduce condense - tidon. LRAD(Q)2522 is fully undercoated to dampen sound and reduce condensation, O'T'HER LR(Q)2522 Drain Opening: 3.1/2" (69mm) and centered in bowl as illustrated. LRAD(Q;2522 Drain Opening: 3 -112" (89mm) and located cert- tered left -lo -right and off - center front -to -back as illustrated. NOTE: Unless otherwise specified sink is furnished with 4 faucet holes as shown. Sink ccrr.plies with ASME A112..19.3 -20081 CSA B45.4 -05 u These sinks are lifted by the Internatipnal .ASsr? iation r of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials as meeting the e requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Cade. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES. Bottom Grids: LKWBG2115SS (LR(Q)2522), LKWOBG2I1 SS (LRAi}(Q)2522) Cutting Boards: CB1516 Drain:. LK99 Rinsing Baskets: LKWRB2115SS, LKWERBSS Utensil Caddy for Rinsing Basket. LKWUCSS U- Channel Typo Mounting System t2ulck -Clips Mounting System SINKS ARE MADE IN THE USA Model LR(0)25224 Halo Drilling Configurations 1•ld2 (38run) Diameter Fauxt )toles 41102mm) Center F.-rt Fr a' Y t.� i �.7- -^•1 i fr=="."-,===-1- SEE NEXT PAGE FOR PRODUCT DIMENSIONS. THIS PRODUCT. AS CONSTRUCTED IS SUBJECT TO INTERPRETATION OFA.D.A. REQUIREMENTS. THE UNOBSTRUCTED KNEE SPACE REQUIRED TO SATISFY A.D.A. STANDARDS MAY NOT BE DESIRABLE. In ieax,I w±2." aurirOicr iCorerk* Spr9:rv..rd71pe7.r.rr10.'FC£t4er Jssene.f pe riq$t to change pro.= s,mk:altamt with oaenter. Rom xsaer risd.etrr 1st mesrtur ti^arsraaeata pmdcti speciesncw ahe ma. i lLi 39°x+ilor:I t, cleacrbea dtl Eihai product N`ri! ol3bIZrt: 44144, $rkd DereSSII rG .yil too! ;Ow: ropto2 p ottooTa =`sr" of Ab proo^mCers' c,sorn&s, Do cerra!rt male , aasumz am ma omttoonect Elkay eikayusa.com 2222 Camden Court Oak Brook. IL 60523 NOTE: VENDOR PROVIDED INFORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY Printed in U.S.A. X2016 Elkay (Rev. 05110) 1 -61J A BREAKROOM SINK SCALE: NO SCALE NOTE: VENDOR PROVIDED INFORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY NOTE: USE FOR ALL NON - CALIFORNIA STORES ez WINE EDUCATIONROOM SINK SCALE: NO SCALE Gourmet Single Bowl Sink Models LR2522, LRQ2522 LRAD2522, LRADQ2522 - A.D.A. Compliant ELKAY SPEClF1CAT1ONS SINK DIMENSIONS* If- Channel • Model Number Q i k.Clip* Model Humber Overall Inside Bawi Cutout in Coact (1.112(38mm) Radius Comers) ' No, of t trt" G=rate) Dia. Faucet Notes 4" (W2mm) Center 3':a' (84mm) Drain' D erling Isee Mier for details) Ultimo, • Cabit)Ot Size t W L W D .LR2522 LR02522 25 22 (635mm) (559.7m) 21 i53/t 6t1s (533neri) (440rem) (Stamm) 243/s 2P (619mm) (543mm) 1,2, M i2.3.4Of 5 Centered. 30 (762mm) LRAi)2522 LPAD.02522 25 22 (635mm) (559mm) • 21 15.14 y" (533tom) (400rnm) ,. 2431a 2131 (6 rem) (543msm) 1.23,4�5 K12, Off Cantered 30 (762mm) "Lery"i is IOtt f0 ("V1. Width t t.1ASt to ba:k 'AvaiWGe in 4 "(1 02mm), 4. 112 "(114n1m). 5 "(127mm). 5.112 t140 mm), fi' (152r.?m) and fi•1fr •t165tntn) Berth$ Elkay 1 -61J 4- (102mm (559mm) 15.3/4" • 400mm 2r (533mm) 25' (6351: m) 1-3/4' R (44mm) 61/8' (205.mm) Model LR(0)25224 Illustrated 4" 22' (559mm) 15 -3(4' (4c0rrm;, 1 -3M" R (44mm) Model'LRAD(Q)25224 illustrated 4 102mm , 4 -1/2 5(127mm , 5-1/2 6(152mm , 6 -1/2 114mm 140mm 165mm 2222 Camden Court Oak Brook, IL 60523 (Rev. 05/10) elkayusa_corn Printed in U.S.A. 4`320 f OEtkay NOTE: VENDOR PROVIDED INFORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 7► BREAKROOM SINK SCALE: NO SCALE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE . APPROVED JUN 0.5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 4 NOT USED SCALE: NO SCALE GENERAL NOTES 1. REF. MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE CONNECTIONS AND POWER INFORMATION. Compact Sanitizing Hand Sink Page 1. 'of 2 Compact SANITIZING HAND SINK i/114 '11 R �tC .c•�+�. x r r 'rirwS .tom `, NSF: Certified Under Standard 2 • :s :•t: : :i :i • List Price 7 * F( uort: Ica included Stack- Mark) NO: ENS -1012 Walnut -- Brown Model WO: KI..S -7012 • Compact, economical and easy to install - Available in Black or Walnut Brown - Molded in one piece from quality ABS plastic Adheres to metal, Wood & plastic laminations - Cut hole in shelf or counter top and apply glue to underside of integral rim - set in place "9114 "x12114 "x5112 "o.a. • Complete with faucet deck, 1 1/2" drain and plug Curved sink allows for deeper room for hand washing & helps eliminate splashing • Ideal for hand washing/ sanitizing. This unit is especially good where space is an issue http llw%vw.rol lntcrn itlonal.caniQinI c c nipsan tATdec .MStmC�WN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 9/14/2010 SANITIZING HAND SINK I) SCALE: NTS RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER z as 0 L.i o zd • X to O CO w trir) ▪ Q: U M to CC CC CC N CO i to Ci 2 G O• V i Q(1 o tL 0 pmw m to w co ce iy N Z I ua 0 0 N CONSULTANT w CO z w 0 r to NUMBER: 62300055 0 w 0 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: J P5 DRAWN BY: __ FILE: A2.1 9921 4AMES STATE REGISTERED ARCHITECT T ALLEN AIL' Y OF WASHINGTON SHEET NAME: FIXTURE . CUT SHEETS SHEET NUMBER: FCS2 z z 0 0 z OR z VI DUCTION OF T w D ENGINEERS. U) 0 ti 0 Li 0 0 V r J H C- ta 0 ENCE OR EXAMPLE ON c c C, 0 0 0 Li ti C- 0 0 in 5- W 0 C- a z C- L, t_) u n Q: O McCue Corporation Cart Stop Mt Es3 g3 ES) crd cro a Da Me Cue Corporation McCue Corporation 35 Congress Street, Suite 150, Salem, MA 01970 USA Phone: (800) 800-8503 or (978) 741-8500 Fax: (978) 741-2542 Email: cservicesgmccue.com www.mccue.com 4"i2010 McCue Corporation. Printed in USA 42.5" (1079mm) 40" (t0i6rnm) 20" (o8minj 2.4" - (61m m) 2" (5imm) 2" (5imrn) 1200,c r. 5., (1.27me., 0 .0 A 4 < 4 a 3" ,,, (76mm) 5.25" (133mm) J t4 Placing an order: There are five easy ways to order: 1) E-mail your order: cservicesamccue.com 2) Phone our toll-free number: (800) 800-8503 or call (978) 741-2542 3) FAX in your order: (978) 741-2542 4) Mail in your purchase order 5) Online at www.mccue.com (Rev. 12110) NOTE: VENDOR PROVIDED ft1FORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY A CART. GUARD RAIL mis SCALE: NTS McCue Corporation CartStop GR CartStop Guidance Rail provides a superb modular chrome barrier system to suit all retail store configurations. Guidance Rail is ideal for customer queuing systems and in-store cart storage solutions. BEAUTIFUL: High quality chrome finish with polished top and base caps blends into any store decor. VERSATILE: Modular component system allows you design any configuration quickly and easily. SECURE: Each post is fixed into the floor with three concrete anchor bolts. Twireg4mlioN p ttftv Ire kAltel'ko.$) \t^5 4141 • NOTE: VENDOR PROVIDED INFORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY '4 CART GUARD RAIL 16-1 SCALE: NTS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 202 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Prodasc Guide Specification SECTION 10 26 00 CORNER GUARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 2' x 2" (50.8mm x 50.8mm) Corner Guards. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01 33 00-Submittals. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing components, dimensions, and anchorage details. D. Samples: Submit '12" (304.8mm) long sample of each model and color specified, including end caps, for Architect's approval. E. Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification indicating compliance with ADA requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with NFPA 101g for interior finish materials. Smoke developed less than 450 and flame spread of 25 or less in accordance with ASTM E 84. 1.04 DELIVER} STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging with labels clearly indicating manufacturer and material. B. Storage: Store materials indoors in a clean, dry area protected from damage and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Handling: Protect materials during handling and installation to prevent damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER Koroseal Wall Protection Systems, A Division of RIF International Corporation. 2588G100531 11-06 2.02 CORNER GUARD SYSTEMS Koroseal "Korogard" GlGO-Series Corner Guard: Corner Guard mounted over continuous retainer. Exposed surfaces shall be free of wrinkling, chipping, discoloration, or other imperfections. 1. Dimensions a. Leg Length: 2' (50.8mm). b. Angle: 90°. 2. Profile: High-impact vinyl acrylic extrusion locked in place, nominal 0.078" (1.98mm) thick. Class VA fire rating, tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 3. Extrusion: Pebble grain finish. Contains EPA-registered Micro-Chek antimicrobial agent. 4. Retainer Continuous retainer along entire length of Comer Guard, minimum 0.060" (1.52mm) thick. a. 6063-T6 aluminum (G100, G110). b. Extruded PVC (G160). 5. End Caps: Injection-molded unit of color and texture similar to that of Corner Guard. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.07 EXAMINATION Inspect wall surfaces to receive Corner Guards. Notify the Architect in writing if wall surfaces are not acceptable. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.02. INSTALLATION A. Install Corner Guards to walls securely in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. B. Install Corner Guards accurately in location, alignment, and elevation. KOROGARD® WALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS 800-628-0449 • www.korogard.com • Division 10 26 00 e is a registered trademark of Rif International Corporation. NFPA 101® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association. NOTE: VENDOR PROVIDED IFFORIATION- SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY r) CORNER GUARD SCALE: NTS GENERAL NOTES: 1. REF. MECHMCAL, ELECTRICAL. AND PLUMBING DRW,INGS FOR FiXTURE CONNECTIONS AND POWER INFORM4JK•N. McCue Corporation GreenGuard .; GGB-2oU NV 05' ... 71- ksc,, McCue Corporation GGC-2o McCue Corporation 35 Congress Street, Suite 150, Salem, MA 01970 USA Phone: (800) 800-8503 or (978) 741-8500 Fax: (978) 741-2542 Email: cservices@mccue.com www.mccue.com 2O10 McCue Corporation. Printed in USA \ GGT-2o 1.125" (29mm) (51mm) 2" GreenGuard Rigid Top 2.0" (51MM) Fasteners 4" D.C. Max (152mm) 2" GreenGuard Mounting Base (5imm) Mounting Fixture or Wall Placing an order: There are five easy ways to order: 1) E-mail your order: cservices@mccue.com 2) Phone our toll-free number: (800) 800-8503 or call (978) 741-2542 3) FAX in your order: (978) 741-2542 4) Mail in your purchase order 5) Online at www.mccue.com (Rev. 12:10) NOTE: VENDOR PROW)FD INFORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY WALL GUARD %.01 SCALE: NTS Ko seal Wall Protection Syste Ko gore') G100-Series Surface-Mounted Corner Guards KOROGARD G100-Series Corner Guards consist of a formidable 24 (50.8mm) vinyl 1/4" (6.35mm) radius cover mounted over a continuous retainer. KOROGARD Corner Guards are an attractive and durable solution to unsightly, damaged corners. G100-Series Surface-Mounted Corner Guards provide support in medium- to high-impact areas. The G100 is available as G10E, a KOROGARD ETS product manufactured with a unique blend of high-performance materials and recycled aluminum. The G110 Model is available for partition end protection. KOROGARD G100-Series Corner Guards are backed by a limited five-year warranty. All Corner Guards are Class I/A fire rated and meet national building code standards. All KOROGARD linear profiles color-coordinate with a multitude of KOROSEAL® Wailcoverings for a systems approach to wall protection. For more information on KOROGARD Corner Guards or the KOROSEAL Wall Protection System, please call your local KOROGARD distributor or 800-628-0449. G100 & G110 Model=aluminum retainer GlOE=recycled aluminum retainer G160 Model=extruded PVC retainer 478 (1.98inn0 Knmgarcl High4mpae( Corner Guard Cover (50.8mrni .07B"It1.r1rnt Korogard High-Impact Corner Guard Cover 5116" (7.94rnrn) t60r(1.52,mni) Continuous Aluminum Retainers NOTE VENDOR PROVIDED INFORMATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY CORNER GUARD I SCALE: NTS RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER a. a. a. w a. a. C. a. Z3 if• Tail,:ingshist#1.4ailat V. a: C':. 0. a. C'. a. 0 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: .05 FILE: A.'.') 9921 STATE REGISTERED ARCHITECT • . A MES ALLEN OF WASHII GTON cV SHEET NAME: FIXTURE CUT SHEETS SHEET NUMBER: FCS3 a. .4 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE LIST OF SPECIFICATION SECTIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary 01230 Alternates 01255 Request For Information 01310 Construction Management And Coordination 01320 Construction Progress Documentation 01330 Submittal Procedures 01455 Mechanical Equipment Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing 01458 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities And Controls 01731 Cutting And Patching 01740 Cleaning 01770 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02023 Selective Site Demolition 02251 Shoring 02361 Termite Control 02780 Interlocking Concrete Pavers 02845 Cart Corral DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03360 Mhford Formula Sealer/Hardener Concrete Floor Finish DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 Unit Masonry Assemblies DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06400 Architectural Woodwork 06610 Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 Building Insulation 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors And Frames 08211 Flush Wood Doors 08336 Overhead Coiling Doors - Exterior 08383 Flexible Traffic Doors 08450 All Glass Entrance Systems 08462 Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors 08710 Door Hardware 08800 Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09220 Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco) 09250 Gypsum Board 09310 Ceramic Tile 09511 Acoustical Panel Ceilings [09650 Resilient Flooring 09655 Resilient Base And Accessories 09900 Paints And Coatings DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Not Used. DIVISION II - EQUIPMENT 11160 Loading Dock Equipment DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS Not Used. DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used. DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL As noted on the Drawings DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL As noted on the Drawings END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 01100 -•SUMNIARY REFERENCES AND STANDARDS Applicability: The publications listed in the references paragraph of an individual section shall apply only to the extent referenced within the text of that section. Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards form a part of these specifications and have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. Copies of Standards: Owner or the Architect will not provide copies of references cited within the specifications. Copies may be obtained directly from publication source. DEFINITIONS Furnish: Purchase and deliver to project site, ready for installation, Install: Unpack, assemble, set in final position, fasten in place, make final connections, clean, adjust, and leave ready for use, Provide: Furnish and install. Final Connections: Complete plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections as required and recommended by manufacturer for optimum operation of equipment. WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Work of this Contract comprises the general construction required for remodel and in erior build-out of an existing retail shop, identified as "Total Wine". CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES Limit use of site to allow for work by separate contractors and by Total Wine/Landlord. Do not unreasonably encumber site with products or equipment. END OF SECTION SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES DEFINITIONS Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined herein that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if Total Wine/Landlord decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. PROCEDURES Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. • SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Total Wine/Landlord's option, Accepted alternates will be identified in the Total Wine/Landlord-Contractor Agreement SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK INCLUDED IN ALTERNATES. Provide survey and repair of existing cracks in building exterior wall. Provide a NOVAR Advanced Building Automation System to control lighting, TIVAC, and refrigeration. A "turnkey" monitored system that includes all Novar equipment, installation materials supervision, labor, and programming to control and monitor building systems. System is to be engineered, supervised, and installed by Novar trained application and service technicians, Contact: Chuck Blythe, Comfort Systems USA, (317) 638 5363. END OF SECTION SECTION 01255 - REQUEST FOR INFORMATION DEFINITION Requests for Information (RFD: A formal process used during the construction phase to facilitate commtmication between the Contractor and the Architect with regard to requests for additional information and clarification of the intent of the Contract Documents (Drawings and Specifications). , PROCEDURE Submit RFT for conditions requiring clarification of the Contract Documents. Submit in accordance with procedure as follows: Subcontractors manufacturers and suppliers to submit requests for additional information and clarification to Contractor. Contractor to review requests and if answer is unknown by the Contractor, then the Contactor will submit an RFT to the Architect. Contractor will generate an RFT by one source per project and number accordingly. Submit one request for information per RN. Architect will review the RFI received from Contractor with reasonable promptness and will be notified the Contractor in writing of decisions made. Architect's response shall not be considered as a Change Order or Change Directive, nor does it authorize changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Maintain tog of RP's sent to and responses from Architect REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM Submit requests for information on a project specific Request for Information form, obtained from Total Wine/Landlord. Architect will not respond to requests for information unless this format is utilized and all appropriate information is provided. Where submittal form does not provide space needed for complete information, additional sheets may be attached. Do not use Request for Information form during bidding. For questions during bidding phase, refer to Invitation to Bid for proper procedure. END OF SECTION SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PROJECT COORDINATION Coordinate scheduling submittals and work of the various Sections of specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed at a later date and under separate contracts. Obtain necessary drawings manufacturer's product data, and other necessary data to provide a complete and proper installation. Check field dimensions prior to installing equipment and furnishings. Verify necessary clearances and means of access from equipment storage to final position. Make shop drawings and manufacturer's rough-in requirements available to trades involved. Verify that utility requirements of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various specification Sections for installation and final connection of equipment. Verify that mechanical, plumbing and electrical rough ins have been properly located. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical Work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits as closely as practicable. Make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations for maintenance and for repairs In finished areas conceal pipes, ducts and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. Coordinate completion and clean up of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. After Total Wine/Landlord occupancy of premises coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents to minimize disruption of Total Wine/Landlord's activities. END OF SECTION SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS CHART Progress of the Project will be monitored using bar charts. Requirements herein provide for planning and execution of the Work and are to assist Total Wine/Landlord in evaluating progress of the Work economically and chronologically. The Contractor shall be familiar, in detail, with the milestones listed in the Invitation to Bid. By submitting a bid, the Contractor acknowledges that the Construction milestones are feasible, reasonable, and are a workable schedule for the Work. Prior to construction, the Contractor may request reasonable changes to the Construction Progress Bar Chart. Total Wine/Landlord will review requested changes. Upon approval by Total Wine/Landlord, the revised Bar Chart will become the "Approved Construction Progress Chart" by which the Contractor shall plan, organize, direct, coordinate, and execute the Work, and the basis of evaluating progress of the Work. The Contractor shall perform work directed by Total Wine/Landlord to meet Total Wine/Landlord's contract completion date and shall maintain the original management and supervision team to continue their office and job site duties on a full-time basis through Substantial Completion and/or any other time the Contractor has any work being performed on the project regardless of the date or condition of project completion. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Using the milestones listed in the Invitation for Bids; the Contractor shall develop a detailed Construction Schedule with activity time duration in calendar days further describing his method for performing the Work. The Contractor shall review the schedule with Total Wine/Landlord within 3 weeks from award of Contract, or at the Pre-Construction Meeting, whichever is first, Failure of the Contractor to have a construction schedule approved by Total Wine/Landlord will be considered cause to withhold progress payments. The milestones listed in the Invitation for Bids shall not to be construed as an indication by Total Wine/Landlord as to means, methods, or techniques of construction to be employed by the Contractor. Critical path activities shall be indicated on the Contractor's detailed construction schedule. SCHEDULE UPDATES The Contractor shall provide to Total Wine/Landlord regular updated reports on the Construction Schedule as determined by Total Wine/Landlord. The Contractor shall maintain a current weekly updated detailed construction schedule in the site construction field office, Construction Schedule Updating: Progress information to be included in schedule updates includes actual start and finish dates, percentage complete, remaining duration or projected finish dates for all activities in progress during reporting period. Schedule updates may also include approved added activity descriptions. Updates to the schedule shall not change any milestone dates or the contract completion date. Periodically, at times to be determined by Total Wine/Landlord, Total Wine/Landlord will visit the job site for a meeting with the Contractor's Project Manager and Superintendent. This meeting is to review progress to date, and to project upcoming work. END OF SECTION SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PRODUCT DATA SHEET 0 - PRODUCT DATA SHEET 1 - PROCESS AND RESPONSIBILI HES PRODUCT DATA SHEET 2 - Contractor Responsibilities: Comply with submittal requirements defined within individual Sections. Submittals procedures described herein shall apply unless otherwise stated in individual Sections. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. klentify Project, Contractor, subcontractor or supplier, product or items being submitted, pertinent Drawing sheet and detail numbers, and Specification Section number, as applicable, Assemble, coordinate, and review submittals of subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Review submittal for verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction, and coordination of information. Apply Contractor's Submittal Review stamp, signed or initialed and dated, certifying compliance with Contract Documents. Transmit reviewed submittal, within 5 days after receipt, to Architect for review. Schedule and submit submittals to expedite the Work. Coordinate submission of related items into single submittal. Submit submittals items required within an individual Specification Section into a single submittal. Identify deviations from Contract Documents and limitations of product and system which may be detrimental to successful performatace of the completed Work. Provide space on submittal for Contractor, Architect, and Architect's Consultant review stamps. Allow 10 working days for Architect and Architect's Consultant review. Revise and resubmit submittals when required Identify changes made since previous submittal. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties and to Record Documents file. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with provisions. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 3 - Architect Responsibilities: PRODUCT DATA SHEET 4 s Shop Drawings and Product Data: Architect will review and mark submittals to indicate appropriate action. Return reviewed submittals to Contractor promptly upon completion of review. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 5 - Submittals for Information: Architect will not return submittals sent for information only PRODUCT DATA SHEET 6 - Unrequested Submittals: Submittals transmitted to Architect or Architect's Consultants that are not indicated or requested will not be reviewed Architect will dispose of unrequested submittal items. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 7 - • TRANSMITTAL PRODUCT DATA SHEET 8 - Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form, Submit to the Architect of Record (AOR) unless indicated otherwise. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 9 - SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT DATA SHEET 10 - Shop Drawings PRODUCT DATA SHEET 11 - Submit Shop Drawings with graphic information at accurate scale. Show dimensions and note which dimensions are based on field measurement Identify materials and products in Work shown. Indicate compliance with specified standards and special coordination requirements Do not use reproductions of Contract Drawings as Shop Drawings Include on each Shop Drawing the drawing title, number, original issue date, and revision numbers and dates in addition to other required identifying information. Identify details by reference to sheet, detail, schedule, or room names shown on the Contract Drawings Identify numerical values in English units. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 12 - Size: Not less than 8-1/2 by 11 inches or more than 30 by 42 inches. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 13 - Number of Copies Required Two. For Shop Drawings submitted on sheets 8-1/2 x 11 inches, conform to requirements for Product Data. Upon completion of review, submittal will be copied with the original marked copy reterned to the Contractor. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 14 - Product Data PRODUCT DATA SHEET 15 - Submit Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams Clearly mark to identify pertinent products. Show performance characteristics and capacities. Show dimensions and clearances required. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information not applicable to this work. Include supplement standard drawings and diagrams to provide complete information applicable to this work. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 16 - Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement Product Data with material prepared for the Work to satisfy submittal requirements for which Product Data does not exist Note that the material is developed specifically for this Contract PRODUCT DATA SHEET 17 - Submit Product Data for each Section as a complete, bound volume. Include table of contents listing page and catalog item numbers for Product Data. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 18 - Indicate, by prominent contrasting color notation on each product being submitted, the Specifications Section and paragraph numbers to which it pertains. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 19 - Where printed Product Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate information applicable to Work and clearly cross out other information not applicable to Work Include the following information: Manufacturer's printed recommendations or instructions, Compliance with referenced standards, Application of testing agency labels and seals Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement Notation of coordination requirements. Number of Copies Required: Two Upon completion of review, submittal will be copied with the original marked copy returned to the Contractor PRODUCT DATA SHEET 20 - Engineering Calculations PRODUCT DATA SHEET 21 - Submit calculations signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State where project is located. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 22 - Certifications PRODUCT DATA SHEET 23 - Certify manufacturer's or installer's qualifications, compliance with tests or specified criteria, or other factors as required in individual Specification Sections. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 24 - Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as requited. END OF SECTION SECTION 01455 - MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING SELECTION AND PAYMENT Employment and payment for services of an Independent Test and Balance Agency (I ILIA) to perform specified testing and balancing of environmental systems will be by Total Wine/Landlord. RESPONSIBILITIES Total Wine/Landlord Responsibilities: Obtain the services of an Independent Test and Balance Agency (ITBA) certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). Transmit a copy of M3A report to the Contractor upon completion of system Test and Balance, . If TIVAC system deficiencies exist, a letter listing those deficiencies will also be forwarded to the Contractor for correction. If the Contractor fails to respond and correct these deficiencies within seven days upon receipt of letter, Total Wine/Landlord will authorize repairs as judged necessary and take necessary contractual action to recover adequate compensation for repair expenses. If, as a result of HVAC system performance or operational deficiencies a return trip by ITBA is required to complete Test and Balance, then will be authorized by Total Wine/Landlord, when deemed necessary. The Contractor will reimburse Total Wine/Landlord for ITBA return trip expenses. Contractor Responsibilities Provide balancing dampers as specified and shown on the Drawings for proper balancing of systems. Prepare system for test and balance as follows: Install, start up, check out, and adjust HVAC systems per Drawings and Specifications and have fully operational with deficiencies corrected on or before Substantial Completion Date. One day prior to start of test and balance procedures, provide new filters equal in quality to factory installed filters. Verify that duct work is clean and sealed tight against leaks. Verify that controls, dampers, and actuators are installed, adjusted, and calibrated. To maintain schedules and prevent return trips, have experienced personnel available to correct HVAC system deficiencies while ITBA is scheduled on site. Secure control dampers after test and balance as directed by ITBA. Notify Total Wine/Landlord when HVAC systems are ready for test and balance. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING BY 1113A. Testing and balancing shall be supervised by a Registered Professional Engineer. Personnel involved in execution of the work for ITBA shall be technicians experienced and trained specifically in testing and balancing of mechanical systems. Instruments used by ITBA shall be recently and accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. Verification of calibration shall be submitted in final test report if so requested by Total Wine/Landlord. Test, adjust, and balance specified equipment in accordance with governing NEBB or AABC Procedural Standards. Procedures: Make preliminary system check on HVAC, control and energy management systems and equipment to be tested to determine that equipment, duct work, etc. is installed and will operate. Deficiencies shall be immediately reported to Contractor's job site superintendent and Total Wine/Landlord. Record readings and testing data for inclusion into final report. Perform the following testing and balancing. Record readings for inclusion into final report: Test and adjust fan speeds to deliver design OEM and record rpm and full load amperes at design CFM. Record voltage at each unit. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. Test and record suction and discharge external static pressures at respective plenums. Seal access holes with rubber or metal snap in plugs. The use of duct tape to seal access holes will not be permitted. Test and record entering air temperatures. (Dry Bulb heating and cooling; Wet Bulb cooling.) Test and record leaving air temperature. (Dry Bulb heating and cooling; Wet Bulb cooling.) Test and record outside air Dry Bulb and Wet Bulb temperatures. Test and adjust the volume dampers in the main duct runs to each diffiiser, grille, and register to provide ±10% of design CFM requirements. Identify each diffuser, grille, and register to location and area. • Record Unit Data and Motor Data for each air system tested per appropriate NEBB or AABC test report. Test and record voltage and amperage measurements and calculate KW rating per appropriate NEBB or AABC procedure for each electric heater or electric coil heating section. Verify and record proper operation of all stages of gas heating sections or gas radiant heaters, Verify and record proper operation of ceiling fans. Reports: If any air system or outlet is not within +/- 10 percent of design capacity at design rpm, determine the reason. Check duct work and plenums for leaks; coils, filter, for excessive pressure drop, etc,; and list on TIVAC Deficiency Report. Using data obtained during test, determine if cooling side of roof top unit is performing in accordance with published data One representative unit's record data for each size RTU shall be plotted on a psychometric chart for comparison to manufacturer's published literature. These psychometric charts shall be part of the final test report. Any deficiencies shall be listed on the HVAC Deficiency Report. Before leaving job site provide Contractor's representative a neat, legible deficiency list of all remaining HVAC system deficiencies for correction. Transmit a copy to Total Wine/Landlord. Submit three bound copies of final testing and balancing report. Record data on applicable NEBB or AAl3C certified reporting forms. Report shall include start_up data provided by Contractor; summary sheet of deficiencies with status (corrected or not corrected at fime of report) and =commendations. Submit report within 14 days after final test and balance. END OF SECTION SECTION 01458 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only ASTM Internationel (ASTM)j ASTM C 1077 - Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. ASTM C 1093 - Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry. ASTM D 3740 - Mini—mum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. ASTM D 4561 - Quality Control Systems for Organizations Producing and Applying Bituminous Paving Materials. ASTM E 329 - Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection Of Materials Used in Construction. ASTM E 543 - Agencies Perfomaing Nondestructive Testing. ASTM E 699 - Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee E-6. DEFINITIONS Testing: Evaluation of systems, primarily requiring physical manipulation and analysis of materials, in accordance with approved standards. Inspection: Evaluation of systems primarily requiring observation and engineering judgment. Architect of Record (AOR): The prime consultant in charge of overall design and coordination of the project. Engineer of Record (EOR): The Registered Engineer and the firm employing such engineer issuing Contract Documents for an engineering discipline on the Project. Structural Engineer of Record (SER): The Registered Engineer in responsible charge of the structural design for the project. Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL): The independent testing and inspection agency employed by Total Wine/Landlord: Special Inspector (SI): The Special Inspector under the direct supervision of a registered civil/structural engineer (unless otherwise specified) regularly engaged in inspection, and experienced with the type of work requiring related testing and inspection. Building Official: The Officer or his duly authorized representative charged with the administration and enforcement of the local building code. Continuous Inspection: The Ml-time observation of work requiring special inspection by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the work is being performed. Periodic Inspection: The part-time or intermittent observation of work requiring special inspection by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the work has been or is being performed and at the completion of the work.. SELECTION AND PAYMENT Total Wine/Landlord Responsibilities: Employment and payment for services of an Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL) and/or Special Inspector (SI) to perform specified testing and inspecting will be by Total Wine/Landlord under separate contract except for specified testing required to be selected and paid for by the Contractor as may be required by individual specification sections. Contractor Responsibilities: Neither Total Wine/Landlord's employment of In or SI services nor observations of construction by the Architect of Record and Engineer of Record shall relieve the Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with contract requirements. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality control services as specified or required by Total Wine/Landlord or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. The Contractor shall not employ any entity engaged by Total Wine/Landlord, unless otherwise agreed in writing with Total Wine/Landlord. The Contractor shall provide inspecting and testing including testing laboratory services as may be required by individual specification sections and which are not otherwise provided by the ITL/SI services. Independent TestingLab and/or Special Inspector Responsibilities: Responsibilities include inspections, tests, and related actions including reports performed by testing or inspection service. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by Total Wine/Landlord or authorities having jurisdiction. Provide the Architect of Record a copy of the contractual provisions defining the ITL's and STs scope of services INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY (ITL) QUALITY ASSURANCE Testing agency will comply with requirements of AST/v1 C 1077, ASTM C 1093, ASTM D 3740, ASTM D 4561, ASTM E 329 AsTm E 543, ancl ASTM E 699. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in state in which Project is located. Testing Equipment Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) standards or accepted values of natural physical constants SUBMITTALS Laboratory Quality Assurance: Submit the following. Testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names of full time Registered Engineer and responsible officer. Copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remetlies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. List of each individual test and inspection to be performed. Submit to Total Wine/Landlord, Contractor Building Official (when required by the local authority having jurisdiction), Architect of Record, and Structural Engineer of Record, Test and Inspection Reports Building Testing and Inspection: After each inspection or test distribute report within three working days of time services v,,ere performed to the following Total Wine/Landlord, Structural Engineer of Record, Contractor Building Official and Architect of Record, Report of non-confomfing work. INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY AND SPECIAL INSPECTOR REPORTS Submit reports as required herein and conduct and interpret tests and inspections. Laboratory and Inspection Report: Submit laboratory and inspection reports including the following information: Date issued. Project title and number. Firm name and address. Name and signature of tester or inspector. Name and seal of registered engineer in responsible charge (as applicable). Date and time of sampling Date of test or inspection. JUN 0 5 2012 Identification of product and specification section. Location in project, including elevations, grid location and detail. Type of test or inspections Results of tests or inspections and interpretation of same. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents or deviations therefrom. , Reports for testing and inspection, shall be submitted in timely manner to the parties specified in Paragraph: Submittals above. Submit a separate final signed report stating whether the work requiring inspection is, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved plans specifications, and the applicable workmanship provisions of the building code. Reports shall be made on 8-1/2 by 11 white paper, suitable for photocopying and binding M booklet form. Sheets shall have the ITL letterhead (including phone number and address). Larger sheets shall be folded and bound into the booklet Report non conformance in materials or construction to the Contract Documents to Total Wine/Landlord, Architect and Contractor within 24 hours of discovery by written, photographic, and verbal means. Include statement of probable cause and provide recommendation for corrective action as an attachment to the report Stamp report in red letters indicating "Non-Conformance". Total Wine/Landlord in conjunction with the ITL and/or SI will determine when to involve the AOR for remedial action. INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY AND SPECIAL INSPECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES The ITL/S1 representative shall attend a pre-construction meeting prior to actual start of the Project. Maintain a copy of Contract Drawings and Specifications with all Addenda and Change Orders. Use the Contract Documents supplemented by the approved shop drawings and applicable material and workmanship provisions of the Code for testing and inspection of the work. Provide qualified personnel at site to comply with schedule and submit reports for each test and inspection as defined in Part 3 of this Section. Testing and inspection, except roofing inspection, shall be under supervision of the Registered Professional Engineer (PE.) in the state where Project is located. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. Perform testing and inspection in a timely manner to avoid delay of work. Notify Total Wine/Landlord, Architect, and Contractor of observed non-conformance of Work or Products. If observed deviations from the Contract Drawings Specifications, or building code will be probable cause of subsequent rejection of work or material, notify Contractor Total Wine/Landlord and Architect of Record, sufficiently in advance for determination to continue operations or take corrective measures before continuing. If uncorrected after a reasonable period of time, bring the situation to the attention of Total Wine/Landlord and Architect Track resolutions and remedial repairs to deviations and notify the Architect of subsequent conformance to the Contract Documents. Report any observed life safety issue immediately to Contractor and Total Wine/Landlord. Perform retesting due to non-conformance with the Contract Documents Costs will be deducted from the Sum due the Contractor. Provide a final conformance letter to Total Wine/Landlord and Architect Submit test and inspection reports to the Contractor Total Wine/Landlord, and Architect. Submit test and inspection reports to the Building Official as required. Testing and inspection by the Building Official do not preclude the normal field involvement and site observations by Architect or Structural Engineer of Record, nor shall it relieve the Contractor of any responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY AND SPECIAL INSPECTOR LIMITS ON AUTHORITY The ITL or SI may not Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. Approve or accept any portion oldie Work. Assume any duties of Contractor. Stop the Work CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES Contractor shall pay for Tests and inspections at the source or prior to incorporation into the Work of materials products, or equipment to certify compliance with Contract DoCUMellts. Additional tests, samples, inspection, or engineering services the Contractor determines appropriate for performance of Work or for Contractor's convenience. Additional tests and inspections when initial tests or inspections indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents Tests and inspections required or conducted by public authorities as part of permits or inspection fees. Other tests and inspections indicated to be "by Contractor." Cooperate with ITL/SI personnel and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections and to provide storage and curing of test samples Provide lift equipment as required for inspection personnel of Total Wine/Landlord or Total Wine/Landlord's representatives. Provide ITL 24 hour notice prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services. Notify in writing Total Wine/Landlord three working days prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services. Repair and protect the work regardless of assignment of responsibility for inspection, tegting, or similar services. Protect work exposed by or for quality assurance and quality control service activities. Upon completion of inspection , testing sample taking and similar services restore constructed areas to conform to Contract Documents. Costs of retesting and re inspections will be deducted from the stun due the Contractor Costs including without limitation additional professional fees and expenses of any required redesign or re engineering required by. non-conforming tests and inspections will be deducted from the sum due the Contractor. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Provide a Letter of Conformance at the completion of the Project to Total Wine/Landlord, with copy to the Architect, stipulating that the Project has been built per the Contract Documents. Altialtli Eel' OF RECORD AND ENGINEER OF RECORD RESPONSIBILITIES Perform periodic site observations as agreed to with Total Wine/Landlord or as otherwise requested by the Authority Having Jurisdiction or Total Wine/Landlord to check a sample of the constructed Work for general conformance with the Contract Documents. Architect of Record and Engineer of Record shall not have control over or responsibility for construction means, techniques, sequences of operations or for safety programs and procedures in connection with the construction work. END OF SECTION SECTION 01500 -TEMPORARY FACIL11 1ES AND CONTROLS TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY If no existing electrical service, then arrange with local electric utility for installation of temporary electric sen,ice. Provide required items of work associated with the installation of temporary electric sersice. Provide and pay for power service required for construction. Provide adequate distribution equipment, wiring and outlets to provide single phase branch circuits for power and lighting Provide temporary feeders to limit voltage loss to 5% overall from local utility power lines to provide electric requirements for project during construction. Provide main service disconnect and overcurrent protection at convenient location. Provide necessary transformers, meters cables protective devices, switches etc., as required. TEMPORARY LItatliENG Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction, TEMPORARY HEAT Provide and pay for beat devices and heat as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress unless indicated otherwise in specifications. TEMPORARY VENTILATION Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of -materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes vapors, or gases. TELEPHONE SERVICE Provide, maintain and pay for telephone service to field office at time of project mobilization. TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE Provide, maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required for construction operations Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections Provide temporary pipe insulation to prevent freezing TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES Provide and maintain required chemical toilet facilities. BARRIERS Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials site and structures from damage Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Total Wine/Landlord's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. WATER CONTROL Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. The Contractor shall at all times protect all activities of his construction, excavations, fill areas, embankments, trenches structures or building from damage from rainwater, spring water, ground water, backing up of drains, sewers and all other water encountered during his operations He shall provide all pumps, equipment and enclosures necessary to provide adequate protection. EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES Provide temporary weather-tight closure of exterior openings to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for Products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification Sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS Contractor's Office: Size as required for Contractor's use and to provide space for project meetings. Provide adequate electrical power, lighting, heating and cooling to maintain human comfort. Provide office space with desk and chair, layout table, plan rack, and facilities for storage of Project Record Documents. In addition to Contractor office space, provide office space with one additional desk and chair for use by Total WineLandlord's Construction Testing I.aboratory personnel. Furnishings in meeting area: Conference table and chairs for at least eight persons. • Racks and files for Project Record Documents in, or adjacent to, the meeting area. Other furnishings: Contractor's option. Contractor's office and sheds shall not be used as living accommodations. Storage Sheds: Structurally sound, weathertight, on proper foundations, with floors raised above ground. Locate office and sheds minimum 30 feet from structures. CONSTRUCTION AIDS Provide construction aids required to facilitate execution of Work, including stairs, ladders, ramps, staging, platforms, tailings, cranes, scaffolds, hoists, chutes, runways, and other required facilities and equipment. Coordinate crane service required for erection of structural steel, installation of HVAC Rooftop Units, Electrical Distribution Center (when used) and other crane services as required to accommodate Total Wine/Landlords needs Maintain benchniarks, monuments and other reference point If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed. Protect existing adjacent streets, sidewalks curbs buildings and property, including frees lawns and plants j PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK Protect installed Work; provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections Provide temporary and removable protection thr installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections jambs sills and soffits of openings Protect finished floors stairs and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials Minimize traffic and storage on roofed surfaces If traffic or storage is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from roofing material manufacturer Do not operate cranes or other heavy equipment on concrete floor stabs if damage could result from such operations Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas SECURITY Maintain the integrity of the existing building security and security systems at all times. Provide security and facilities to protect Work and Total Wine/Landlord's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, and theft. ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING Construct and maintain temporary all weather roads accessing public thoroughfares to serve building pad and construction staging area Extend and relocate as Work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants free of obstructions. Provide temporary parking areas-to accommodate construction personnel When site space is not adequate, provide additional off- site parking Provide 100 x 100' all weather material staging area exclusive of building pad. REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILl'ilES, AND CONTROLS Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Final Application for Payment inspection. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. END OF SECTION SECTION 01731 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Cutting and patching includes cutting into existing construction to provide for installation or performance of other work and subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. Cut into or partially remove portions of the existing building as required for new construction. Include such work as: Cutting, moving or removal of items shown to be cut, moved or removed. Cutting, moving or removal of items not shown to be cut, moved, or removed, but which must be cut, moved, or removed to allow for new construction. Work or items which are to remain in the finished work shall be patched or reinstalled after cutting, moving, or removal, and joints and finishes shall match adjacent or similar work. Removal of existing surface finishes as needed to install new work and fudshes. Removal of abandoned items and removal of items serving no useful purpose; such as abandoned piping and electrical conduits to nearest J-boxes. Repair or removal of dangerous or unsanitary conditions resulting from alterations work. Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in manner resulting in reduction of load-carrying capacity or toad and deflection ratio. Submit proposal for cutting and patching of structural work and obtain Total Wine/Landlord's approval prior to the structural alterations. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch in manner resulting in decreased performance, shortened useful life, or increased maintenance. Submit proposals for cutting and patching operational elements and safety components and obtain Total Wine/Landlord's acceptance prior to the work. Quality Limitations: Do not cut and patch work exposed to view (exterior and interior) in manner resulting in noticeable reduction of aesthetic qualities and similar qualities, as determined by the Total Wine/Landlord. Limitation on Acceptance: Total Wine/Landlord's acceptance to proceed with cutting and patching shall not waive right to later require removal or replacement of work found to be cut and patched in unsatisfactory manner as determined by Total Wine/Landlord. MATERIALS Use materials for cutting and patching that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials for cutting and patching that will result in equal or better performance characteristics. EXAMINATION Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which work is to be performed before cutting. Take corrective action before proceeding with work if unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. PREPARATION Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut to prevent failure. Protection: Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for that part of project that may be exposed during cutting and patching operations. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Take precautions not to cut existing pipe, conduit, or duct serving building but scheduled to be relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. CUTTING AND PATCHING Remove, cut, and patch Work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide means of restoring products, materials and finishes to original condition. Cut work using methods that are least likely to damage work to be retained or adjoining work. Where cutting is required, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding rather than hammering or chopping. Cut through concrete and masonry using cutting machines such as a carbomndum saw or core drill. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent work. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut and drill from exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. Patch with seams that are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for work. If the surrounding surface cannot be matched, repaint or recoat the entire surface to the nearest corner or transition point, TRANSITIONS Where expansion new Work abuts or aligns with existing Work, provide a smooth and even transition. Patched Work shall match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance Patched Work shall match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance so as to make the patch or transition invisible to the eye at a distance of no closer than three feet. RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER C\J L.1.1 p al 0 < (X Lul CC z CL z 0 01-j 0 LLI Z 0- (f)D F— 8 § 8 5 E 62300055 PROJECT NUMBER: ^ -- ^- ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED DRAWN BY: FILE: SPEC1 0 0 0 2 0 0. 0 0 0 PROJECT REOU 0 0 0. 0. 0 2 0 Ca SHEET NAME: SPECIFICATION SHEET SHEET NUMBER: SPEC1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR TOTAL WINE SPECIFIC/TI{ REFERENCE ITEM SUPPLY INSTALL SUPPLY INSTALL PERMITS 01455 MECHANICAL EQUIP. CLEANING/REPA1R 0 • TOTAL WINE TO PROVIDE INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AGENCY FOR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN 01458 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS • • TOTAL WINE TO PROVIDE INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR 02361 TERMITE CONTROL • • TREAT UNDER ALL NEW SLAB POURS 02780 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVERS • • • • • • COORDINATE W/AHJ AT ENTRY IF REVISING ENTRY WALK COORDINATE WITH VENDOR #1 IF REQUIRED—OBTAIN TOTAL WINE APPROVAL 02845 CART CORRAL ' 03300 FLOOR LEVELING CONCRETE • COORDINATE EXISTING AND NEW MOISTURE TESTING W/ TOTAL WINE AND VENDOR #12 PRIOR TO PLACING FLOOR FINISHES 05500 INTERIOR TRELLIS • • 40 COORDINATE WITH TOTAL WINE AND VENDOR #6— LONG LEAD 'TEM COORDINATE WITH TOTAL WINE 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK • • • • COORDINATE WITH TOTAL WINE. GC TO PROVIDE ALL CABINETRY EXCEPT WINE BAR AND CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTER SEE NOTE: 7. COUNTERS AND SHELVING • • • • COORDINATE WITH TOTAL WINE. GC TO PROVIDE ALL CABINETRY EXCEPT WINE BAR AND CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTER SEE NOTE # 7. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR #14 AND VENDOR #15—WHITE OR LIGHT BEIGE ONLY AS APPROVED BY HEALTH DEPARTMENT —LONG LEAD ITEM. COORDINATE WITH SUPPLIERS LISTED IN SPECIFICATIONS 06610 DECATONE WALL PANELS • 07721 MANUFACTURED CURBS • • 07900 SEALANTS • • LOW V.O.C. CONTENT AS REQUIRED BY AHJ 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES • • 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS • • 08336 OVERHEAD DOORS • • • ■ COORDINATE DOCK SEALS W/VENDOR #18 08383 ELIASON IMPACT DOORS 08450 GLASS DOORS AT EDUCATIONAL ROOM • • 08710 DOOR FINISH HARDWARE • • 09220 STUCCO • • 09250 GYPSUM WALL BOARD fib • COVER ABOVE AND AROUND WALL MOUNTED RACKING ONLY FOR NEW WALLS 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM • • • • • • COORDINATE SEISMIC BRACING REQUIREMENTS W/SUPPL1ER COORDINATE WITH VENDOR #2 #3, #4 AND #12 LOW V.0.‘,. CONTENT AS REQUIRED BY AHJ COORDINATE WITH VENDOR #2, #3, #4, AND #12 LOW V.O.C. CONTENT AS REQUIRED BY AHJ 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING COVE BASE 9655 09652 SHEET VINYL FLOORING • • PURCHASE FROM VENDOR #12 AND #13 LOW V.O.C. CONTENT AS REQUIRED BY AHIJ TRANSITION STRIPS • • • • COORDINATE WITH VENDOR #2, #3 #4, #13, AND #14. LOW V.O.C. SEALANTS AND ADHESIVES CONTENT AS REQUIRED BY AHJ 09900 PAINTS AND COATINGS 10440 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE • • COORDINATE WITH VENDOR #5 BUILDING OWNER RESPONSIBLE FOR J—BOX AND POWER G.C. TO PROVIDE WIRING MOUNTING & ROOF PENETRATION FOR ROOF TOP UNITS. PROVIDE DRAIN FOR CONDENSATE LINES (INCLUDING ALL CONDENSATE LINES AND EQUIPMENT LINE SETS AS REQUIRED). 10550 REFRIGERATION CASES • • 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES SEE SHEET A1.6 OFFICE EQUIPMENT • • COORDINATE WITH TOTAL WINE CONST. MANAGER MEP HVAC SYSTEM/ROOF TOP UNITS • • GC TO PROVIDE CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE FOR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN MEP DUCTWORK/ AIR DEVICES & ACCESSORIES • • SEE MECHANICAL MEP PLUMBING SYSTEM • • ROUTE AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN EXISTING DRAINS INCLUDING ROOF MAIN, OVERFLOW AND HVAC TO REMAIN CONDENSATE DRAINS. MEP ELECTRICAL SYSTEM • • MEP LIGHTING FIXTURES • 0 PURCHASE FROM VENDOR #8 BUILDING SECURITY SYSTEM • • INSTALLED BY VENDOR #7 MONITORING BY VENDOR #9 TELEPHONE 8c DATA CABLING & EQUIPMENT • • INSTALLED BY VENDOR # 6 ; COORDINATE WITH SERVICE PROVIDER SOUND SYSTEM • • TOTAL WINE DESIGNATED VENDOR INSTALLED BY VENDOR 7 MEP FIRE ALARM/SUPRESSION • • DEFERRED SUBMITTAL BY CONTRACTOR TO AHJ MEP DOCK LEVELER • • COORDINATE W/VENDOR #17 FOR REPAIRS AS NOTED. MEP AIR CURTAINS • • CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED—SEE MEP LIST OF SPECIFICATION SECTIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary 01230 Alternates 01255 Request For Information 01310 Construction Management And Coordination 01320 Construction Progress Documentation 01330 Submittal Procedures 01455 Mechanical Equipment Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing 01458 Testing Laboratory Services 01500 Temporary Facilities And Controls 01731 Cutting And Patching 01740 Cleaning 01770 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02023 Selective Site Demolition 02251 Shoring 02361 Termite Control 02780 Interlocking Concrete Pavers 02845 Cart Corral DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03360 Mhford Formula Sealer/Hardener Concrete Floor Finish DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 Unit Masonry Assemblies DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06400 Architectural Woodwork 06610 Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 Building Insulation 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors And Frames 08211 Flush Wood Doors 08336 Overhead Coiling Doors - Exterior 08383 Flexible Traffic Doors 08450 All Glass Entrance Systems 08462 Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors 08710 Door Hardware 08800 Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09220 Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco) 09250 Gypsum Board 09310 Ceramic Tile 09511 Acoustical Panel Ceilings [09650 Resilient Flooring 09655 Resilient Base And Accessories 09900 Paints And Coatings DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Not Used. DIVISION II - EQUIPMENT 11160 Loading Dock Equipment DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS Not Used. DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used. DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL As noted on the Drawings DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL As noted on the Drawings END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 01100 -•SUMNIARY REFERENCES AND STANDARDS Applicability: The publications listed in the references paragraph of an individual section shall apply only to the extent referenced within the text of that section. Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards form a part of these specifications and have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. Copies of Standards: Owner or the Architect will not provide copies of references cited within the specifications. Copies may be obtained directly from publication source. DEFINITIONS Furnish: Purchase and deliver to project site, ready for installation, Install: Unpack, assemble, set in final position, fasten in place, make final connections, clean, adjust, and leave ready for use, Provide: Furnish and install. Final Connections: Complete plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections as required and recommended by manufacturer for optimum operation of equipment. WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Work of this Contract comprises the general construction required for remodel and in erior build-out of an existing retail shop, identified as "Total Wine". CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES Limit use of site to allow for work by separate contractors and by Total Wine/Landlord. Do not unreasonably encumber site with products or equipment. END OF SECTION SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES DEFINITIONS Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined herein that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if Total Wine/Landlord decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. PROCEDURES Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. • SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Total Wine/Landlord's option, Accepted alternates will be identified in the Total Wine/Landlord-Contractor Agreement SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK INCLUDED IN ALTERNATES. Provide survey and repair of existing cracks in building exterior wall. Provide a NOVAR Advanced Building Automation System to control lighting, TIVAC, and refrigeration. A "turnkey" monitored system that includes all Novar equipment, installation materials supervision, labor, and programming to control and monitor building systems. System is to be engineered, supervised, and installed by Novar trained application and service technicians, Contact: Chuck Blythe, Comfort Systems USA, (317) 638 5363. END OF SECTION SECTION 01255 - REQUEST FOR INFORMATION DEFINITION Requests for Information (RFD: A formal process used during the construction phase to facilitate commtmication between the Contractor and the Architect with regard to requests for additional information and clarification of the intent of the Contract Documents (Drawings and Specifications). , PROCEDURE Submit RFT for conditions requiring clarification of the Contract Documents. Submit in accordance with procedure as follows: Subcontractors manufacturers and suppliers to submit requests for additional information and clarification to Contractor. Contractor to review requests and if answer is unknown by the Contractor, then the Contactor will submit an RFT to the Architect. Contractor will generate an RFT by one source per project and number accordingly. Submit one request for information per RN. Architect will review the RFI received from Contractor with reasonable promptness and will be notified the Contractor in writing of decisions made. Architect's response shall not be considered as a Change Order or Change Directive, nor does it authorize changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Maintain tog of RP's sent to and responses from Architect REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM Submit requests for information on a project specific Request for Information form, obtained from Total Wine/Landlord. Architect will not respond to requests for information unless this format is utilized and all appropriate information is provided. Where submittal form does not provide space needed for complete information, additional sheets may be attached. Do not use Request for Information form during bidding. For questions during bidding phase, refer to Invitation to Bid for proper procedure. END OF SECTION SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PROJECT COORDINATION Coordinate scheduling submittals and work of the various Sections of specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed at a later date and under separate contracts. Obtain necessary drawings manufacturer's product data, and other necessary data to provide a complete and proper installation. Check field dimensions prior to installing equipment and furnishings. Verify necessary clearances and means of access from equipment storage to final position. Make shop drawings and manufacturer's rough-in requirements available to trades involved. Verify that utility requirements of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various specification Sections for installation and final connection of equipment. Verify that mechanical, plumbing and electrical rough ins have been properly located. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical Work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits as closely as practicable. Make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations for maintenance and for repairs In finished areas conceal pipes, ducts and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. Coordinate completion and clean up of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. After Total Wine/Landlord occupancy of premises coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents to minimize disruption of Total Wine/Landlord's activities. END OF SECTION SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS CHART Progress of the Project will be monitored using bar charts. Requirements herein provide for planning and execution of the Work and are to assist Total Wine/Landlord in evaluating progress of the Work economically and chronologically. The Contractor shall be familiar, in detail, with the milestones listed in the Invitation to Bid. By submitting a bid, the Contractor acknowledges that the Construction milestones are feasible, reasonable, and are a workable schedule for the Work. Prior to construction, the Contractor may request reasonable changes to the Construction Progress Bar Chart. Total Wine/Landlord will review requested changes. Upon approval by Total Wine/Landlord, the revised Bar Chart will become the "Approved Construction Progress Chart" by which the Contractor shall plan, organize, direct, coordinate, and execute the Work, and the basis of evaluating progress of the Work. The Contractor shall perform work directed by Total Wine/Landlord to meet Total Wine/Landlord's contract completion date and shall maintain the original management and supervision team to continue their office and job site duties on a full-time basis through Substantial Completion and/or any other time the Contractor has any work being performed on the project regardless of the date or condition of project completion. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Using the milestones listed in the Invitation for Bids; the Contractor shall develop a detailed Construction Schedule with activity time duration in calendar days further describing his method for performing the Work. The Contractor shall review the schedule with Total Wine/Landlord within 3 weeks from award of Contract, or at the Pre-Construction Meeting, whichever is first, Failure of the Contractor to have a construction schedule approved by Total Wine/Landlord will be considered cause to withhold progress payments. The milestones listed in the Invitation for Bids shall not to be construed as an indication by Total Wine/Landlord as to means, methods, or techniques of construction to be employed by the Contractor. Critical path activities shall be indicated on the Contractor's detailed construction schedule. SCHEDULE UPDATES The Contractor shall provide to Total Wine/Landlord regular updated reports on the Construction Schedule as determined by Total Wine/Landlord. The Contractor shall maintain a current weekly updated detailed construction schedule in the site construction field office, Construction Schedule Updating: Progress information to be included in schedule updates includes actual start and finish dates, percentage complete, remaining duration or projected finish dates for all activities in progress during reporting period. Schedule updates may also include approved added activity descriptions. Updates to the schedule shall not change any milestone dates or the contract completion date. Periodically, at times to be determined by Total Wine/Landlord, Total Wine/Landlord will visit the job site for a meeting with the Contractor's Project Manager and Superintendent. This meeting is to review progress to date, and to project upcoming work. END OF SECTION SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PRODUCT DATA SHEET 0 - PRODUCT DATA SHEET 1 - PROCESS AND RESPONSIBILI HES PRODUCT DATA SHEET 2 - Contractor Responsibilities: Comply with submittal requirements defined within individual Sections. Submittals procedures described herein shall apply unless otherwise stated in individual Sections. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. klentify Project, Contractor, subcontractor or supplier, product or items being submitted, pertinent Drawing sheet and detail numbers, and Specification Section number, as applicable, Assemble, coordinate, and review submittals of subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Review submittal for verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction, and coordination of information. Apply Contractor's Submittal Review stamp, signed or initialed and dated, certifying compliance with Contract Documents. Transmit reviewed submittal, within 5 days after receipt, to Architect for review. Schedule and submit submittals to expedite the Work. Coordinate submission of related items into single submittal. Submit submittals items required within an individual Specification Section into a single submittal. Identify deviations from Contract Documents and limitations of product and system which may be detrimental to successful performatace of the completed Work. Provide space on submittal for Contractor, Architect, and Architect's Consultant review stamps. Allow 10 working days for Architect and Architect's Consultant review. Revise and resubmit submittals when required Identify changes made since previous submittal. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties and to Record Documents file. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with provisions. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 3 - Architect Responsibilities: PRODUCT DATA SHEET 4 s Shop Drawings and Product Data: Architect will review and mark submittals to indicate appropriate action. Return reviewed submittals to Contractor promptly upon completion of review. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 5 - Submittals for Information: Architect will not return submittals sent for information only PRODUCT DATA SHEET 6 - Unrequested Submittals: Submittals transmitted to Architect or Architect's Consultants that are not indicated or requested will not be reviewed Architect will dispose of unrequested submittal items. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 7 - • TRANSMITTAL PRODUCT DATA SHEET 8 - Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form, Submit to the Architect of Record (AOR) unless indicated otherwise. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 9 - SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT DATA SHEET 10 - Shop Drawings PRODUCT DATA SHEET 11 - Submit Shop Drawings with graphic information at accurate scale. Show dimensions and note which dimensions are based on field measurement Identify materials and products in Work shown. Indicate compliance with specified standards and special coordination requirements Do not use reproductions of Contract Drawings as Shop Drawings Include on each Shop Drawing the drawing title, number, original issue date, and revision numbers and dates in addition to other required identifying information. Identify details by reference to sheet, detail, schedule, or room names shown on the Contract Drawings Identify numerical values in English units. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 12 - Size: Not less than 8-1/2 by 11 inches or more than 30 by 42 inches. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 13 - Number of Copies Required Two. For Shop Drawings submitted on sheets 8-1/2 x 11 inches, conform to requirements for Product Data. Upon completion of review, submittal will be copied with the original marked copy reterned to the Contractor. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 14 - Product Data PRODUCT DATA SHEET 15 - Submit Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams Clearly mark to identify pertinent products. Show performance characteristics and capacities. Show dimensions and clearances required. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information not applicable to this work. Include supplement standard drawings and diagrams to provide complete information applicable to this work. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 16 - Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement Product Data with material prepared for the Work to satisfy submittal requirements for which Product Data does not exist Note that the material is developed specifically for this Contract PRODUCT DATA SHEET 17 - Submit Product Data for each Section as a complete, bound volume. Include table of contents listing page and catalog item numbers for Product Data. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 18 - Indicate, by prominent contrasting color notation on each product being submitted, the Specifications Section and paragraph numbers to which it pertains. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 19 - Where printed Product Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate information applicable to Work and clearly cross out other information not applicable to Work Include the following information: Manufacturer's printed recommendations or instructions, Compliance with referenced standards, Application of testing agency labels and seals Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement Notation of coordination requirements. Number of Copies Required: Two Upon completion of review, submittal will be copied with the original marked copy returned to the Contractor PRODUCT DATA SHEET 20 - Engineering Calculations PRODUCT DATA SHEET 21 - Submit calculations signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State where project is located. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 22 - Certifications PRODUCT DATA SHEET 23 - Certify manufacturer's or installer's qualifications, compliance with tests or specified criteria, or other factors as required in individual Specification Sections. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 24 - Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as requited. END OF SECTION SECTION 01455 - MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING SELECTION AND PAYMENT Employment and payment for services of an Independent Test and Balance Agency (I ILIA) to perform specified testing and balancing of environmental systems will be by Total Wine/Landlord. RESPONSIBILITIES Total Wine/Landlord Responsibilities: Obtain the services of an Independent Test and Balance Agency (ITBA) certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). Transmit a copy of M3A report to the Contractor upon completion of system Test and Balance, . If TIVAC system deficiencies exist, a letter listing those deficiencies will also be forwarded to the Contractor for correction. If the Contractor fails to respond and correct these deficiencies within seven days upon receipt of letter, Total Wine/Landlord will authorize repairs as judged necessary and take necessary contractual action to recover adequate compensation for repair expenses. If, as a result of HVAC system performance or operational deficiencies a return trip by ITBA is required to complete Test and Balance, then will be authorized by Total Wine/Landlord, when deemed necessary. The Contractor will reimburse Total Wine/Landlord for ITBA return trip expenses. Contractor Responsibilities Provide balancing dampers as specified and shown on the Drawings for proper balancing of systems. Prepare system for test and balance as follows: Install, start up, check out, and adjust HVAC systems per Drawings and Specifications and have fully operational with deficiencies corrected on or before Substantial Completion Date. One day prior to start of test and balance procedures, provide new filters equal in quality to factory installed filters. Verify that duct work is clean and sealed tight against leaks. Verify that controls, dampers, and actuators are installed, adjusted, and calibrated. To maintain schedules and prevent return trips, have experienced personnel available to correct HVAC system deficiencies while ITBA is scheduled on site. Secure control dampers after test and balance as directed by ITBA. Notify Total Wine/Landlord when HVAC systems are ready for test and balance. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING BY 1113A. Testing and balancing shall be supervised by a Registered Professional Engineer. Personnel involved in execution of the work for ITBA shall be technicians experienced and trained specifically in testing and balancing of mechanical systems. Instruments used by ITBA shall be recently and accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. Verification of calibration shall be submitted in final test report if so requested by Total Wine/Landlord. Test, adjust, and balance specified equipment in accordance with governing NEBB or AABC Procedural Standards. Procedures: Make preliminary system check on HVAC, control and energy management systems and equipment to be tested to determine that equipment, duct work, etc. is installed and will operate. Deficiencies shall be immediately reported to Contractor's job site superintendent and Total Wine/Landlord. Record readings and testing data for inclusion into final report. Perform the following testing and balancing. Record readings for inclusion into final report: Test and adjust fan speeds to deliver design OEM and record rpm and full load amperes at design CFM. Record voltage at each unit. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. Test and record suction and discharge external static pressures at respective plenums. Seal access holes with rubber or metal snap in plugs. The use of duct tape to seal access holes will not be permitted. Test and record entering air temperatures. (Dry Bulb heating and cooling; Wet Bulb cooling.) Test and record leaving air temperature. (Dry Bulb heating and cooling; Wet Bulb cooling.) Test and record outside air Dry Bulb and Wet Bulb temperatures. Test and adjust the volume dampers in the main duct runs to each diffiiser, grille, and register to provide ±10% of design CFM requirements. Identify each diffuser, grille, and register to location and area. • Record Unit Data and Motor Data for each air system tested per appropriate NEBB or AABC test report. Test and record voltage and amperage measurements and calculate KW rating per appropriate NEBB or AABC procedure for each electric heater or electric coil heating section. Verify and record proper operation of all stages of gas heating sections or gas radiant heaters, Verify and record proper operation of ceiling fans. Reports: If any air system or outlet is not within +/- 10 percent of design capacity at design rpm, determine the reason. Check duct work and plenums for leaks; coils, filter, for excessive pressure drop, etc,; and list on TIVAC Deficiency Report. Using data obtained during test, determine if cooling side of roof top unit is performing in accordance with published data One representative unit's record data for each size RTU shall be plotted on a psychometric chart for comparison to manufacturer's published literature. These psychometric charts shall be part of the final test report. Any deficiencies shall be listed on the HVAC Deficiency Report. Before leaving job site provide Contractor's representative a neat, legible deficiency list of all remaining HVAC system deficiencies for correction. Transmit a copy to Total Wine/Landlord. Submit three bound copies of final testing and balancing report. Record data on applicable NEBB or AAl3C certified reporting forms. Report shall include start_up data provided by Contractor; summary sheet of deficiencies with status (corrected or not corrected at fime of report) and =commendations. Submit report within 14 days after final test and balance. END OF SECTION SECTION 01458 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only ASTM Internationel (ASTM)j ASTM C 1077 - Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. ASTM C 1093 - Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry. ASTM D 3740 - Mini—mum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. ASTM D 4561 - Quality Control Systems for Organizations Producing and Applying Bituminous Paving Materials. ASTM E 329 - Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection Of Materials Used in Construction. ASTM E 543 - Agencies Perfomaing Nondestructive Testing. ASTM E 699 - Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee E-6. DEFINITIONS Testing: Evaluation of systems, primarily requiring physical manipulation and analysis of materials, in accordance with approved standards. Inspection: Evaluation of systems primarily requiring observation and engineering judgment. Architect of Record (AOR): The prime consultant in charge of overall design and coordination of the project. Engineer of Record (EOR): The Registered Engineer and the firm employing such engineer issuing Contract Documents for an engineering discipline on the Project. Structural Engineer of Record (SER): The Registered Engineer in responsible charge of the structural design for the project. Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL): The independent testing and inspection agency employed by Total Wine/Landlord: Special Inspector (SI): The Special Inspector under the direct supervision of a registered civil/structural engineer (unless otherwise specified) regularly engaged in inspection, and experienced with the type of work requiring related testing and inspection. Building Official: The Officer or his duly authorized representative charged with the administration and enforcement of the local building code. Continuous Inspection: The Ml-time observation of work requiring special inspection by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the work is being performed. Periodic Inspection: The part-time or intermittent observation of work requiring special inspection by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the work has been or is being performed and at the completion of the work.. SELECTION AND PAYMENT Total Wine/Landlord Responsibilities: Employment and payment for services of an Independent Testing Laboratory (ITL) and/or Special Inspector (SI) to perform specified testing and inspecting will be by Total Wine/Landlord under separate contract except for specified testing required to be selected and paid for by the Contractor as may be required by individual specification sections. Contractor Responsibilities: Neither Total Wine/Landlord's employment of In or SI services nor observations of construction by the Architect of Record and Engineer of Record shall relieve the Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with contract requirements. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality control services as specified or required by Total Wine/Landlord or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. The Contractor shall not employ any entity engaged by Total Wine/Landlord, unless otherwise agreed in writing with Total Wine/Landlord. The Contractor shall provide inspecting and testing including testing laboratory services as may be required by individual specification sections and which are not otherwise provided by the ITL/SI services. Independent TestingLab and/or Special Inspector Responsibilities: Responsibilities include inspections, tests, and related actions including reports performed by testing or inspection service. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by Total Wine/Landlord or authorities having jurisdiction. Provide the Architect of Record a copy of the contractual provisions defining the ITL's and STs scope of services INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY (ITL) QUALITY ASSURANCE Testing agency will comply with requirements of AST/v1 C 1077, ASTM C 1093, ASTM D 3740, ASTM D 4561, ASTM E 329 AsTm E 543, ancl ASTM E 699. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in state in which Project is located. Testing Equipment Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) standards or accepted values of natural physical constants SUBMITTALS Laboratory Quality Assurance: Submit the following. Testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names of full time Registered Engineer and responsible officer. Copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remetlies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. List of each individual test and inspection to be performed. Submit to Total Wine/Landlord, Contractor Building Official (when required by the local authority having jurisdiction), Architect of Record, and Structural Engineer of Record, Test and Inspection Reports Building Testing and Inspection: After each inspection or test distribute report within three working days of time services v,,ere performed to the following Total Wine/Landlord, Structural Engineer of Record, Contractor Building Official and Architect of Record, Report of non-confomfing work. INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY AND SPECIAL INSPECTOR REPORTS Submit reports as required herein and conduct and interpret tests and inspections. Laboratory and Inspection Report: Submit laboratory and inspection reports including the following information: Date issued. Project title and number. Firm name and address. Name and signature of tester or inspector. Name and seal of registered engineer in responsible charge (as applicable). Date and time of sampling Date of test or inspection. JUN 0 5 2012 Identification of product and specification section. Location in project, including elevations, grid location and detail. Type of test or inspections Results of tests or inspections and interpretation of same. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents or deviations therefrom. , Reports for testing and inspection, shall be submitted in timely manner to the parties specified in Paragraph: Submittals above. Submit a separate final signed report stating whether the work requiring inspection is, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved plans specifications, and the applicable workmanship provisions of the building code. Reports shall be made on 8-1/2 by 11 white paper, suitable for photocopying and binding M booklet form. Sheets shall have the ITL letterhead (including phone number and address). Larger sheets shall be folded and bound into the booklet Report non conformance in materials or construction to the Contract Documents to Total Wine/Landlord, Architect and Contractor within 24 hours of discovery by written, photographic, and verbal means. Include statement of probable cause and provide recommendation for corrective action as an attachment to the report Stamp report in red letters indicating "Non-Conformance". Total Wine/Landlord in conjunction with the ITL and/or SI will determine when to involve the AOR for remedial action. INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY AND SPECIAL INSPECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES The ITL/S1 representative shall attend a pre-construction meeting prior to actual start of the Project. Maintain a copy of Contract Drawings and Specifications with all Addenda and Change Orders. Use the Contract Documents supplemented by the approved shop drawings and applicable material and workmanship provisions of the Code for testing and inspection of the work. Provide qualified personnel at site to comply with schedule and submit reports for each test and inspection as defined in Part 3 of this Section. Testing and inspection, except roofing inspection, shall be under supervision of the Registered Professional Engineer (PE.) in the state where Project is located. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. Perform testing and inspection in a timely manner to avoid delay of work. Notify Total Wine/Landlord, Architect, and Contractor of observed non-conformance of Work or Products. If observed deviations from the Contract Drawings Specifications, or building code will be probable cause of subsequent rejection of work or material, notify Contractor Total Wine/Landlord and Architect of Record, sufficiently in advance for determination to continue operations or take corrective measures before continuing. If uncorrected after a reasonable period of time, bring the situation to the attention of Total Wine/Landlord and Architect Track resolutions and remedial repairs to deviations and notify the Architect of subsequent conformance to the Contract Documents. Report any observed life safety issue immediately to Contractor and Total Wine/Landlord. Perform retesting due to non-conformance with the Contract Documents Costs will be deducted from the Sum due the Contractor. Provide a final conformance letter to Total Wine/Landlord and Architect Submit test and inspection reports to the Contractor Total Wine/Landlord, and Architect. Submit test and inspection reports to the Building Official as required. Testing and inspection by the Building Official do not preclude the normal field involvement and site observations by Architect or Structural Engineer of Record, nor shall it relieve the Contractor of any responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY AND SPECIAL INSPECTOR LIMITS ON AUTHORITY The ITL or SI may not Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. Approve or accept any portion oldie Work. Assume any duties of Contractor. Stop the Work CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES Contractor shall pay for Tests and inspections at the source or prior to incorporation into the Work of materials products, or equipment to certify compliance with Contract DoCUMellts. Additional tests, samples, inspection, or engineering services the Contractor determines appropriate for performance of Work or for Contractor's convenience. Additional tests and inspections when initial tests or inspections indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents Tests and inspections required or conducted by public authorities as part of permits or inspection fees. Other tests and inspections indicated to be "by Contractor." Cooperate with ITL/SI personnel and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections and to provide storage and curing of test samples Provide lift equipment as required for inspection personnel of Total Wine/Landlord or Total Wine/Landlord's representatives. Provide ITL 24 hour notice prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services. Notify in writing Total Wine/Landlord three working days prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services. Repair and protect the work regardless of assignment of responsibility for inspection, tegting, or similar services. Protect work exposed by or for quality assurance and quality control service activities. Upon completion of inspection , testing sample taking and similar services restore constructed areas to conform to Contract Documents. Costs of retesting and re inspections will be deducted from the stun due the Contractor Costs including without limitation additional professional fees and expenses of any required redesign or re engineering required by. non-conforming tests and inspections will be deducted from the sum due the Contractor. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Provide a Letter of Conformance at the completion of the Project to Total Wine/Landlord, with copy to the Architect, stipulating that the Project has been built per the Contract Documents. Altialtli Eel' OF RECORD AND ENGINEER OF RECORD RESPONSIBILITIES Perform periodic site observations as agreed to with Total Wine/Landlord or as otherwise requested by the Authority Having Jurisdiction or Total Wine/Landlord to check a sample of the constructed Work for general conformance with the Contract Documents. Architect of Record and Engineer of Record shall not have control over or responsibility for construction means, techniques, sequences of operations or for safety programs and procedures in connection with the construction work. END OF SECTION SECTION 01500 -TEMPORARY FACIL11 1ES AND CONTROLS TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY If no existing electrical service, then arrange with local electric utility for installation of temporary electric sen,ice. Provide required items of work associated with the installation of temporary electric sersice. Provide and pay for power service required for construction. Provide adequate distribution equipment, wiring and outlets to provide single phase branch circuits for power and lighting Provide temporary feeders to limit voltage loss to 5% overall from local utility power lines to provide electric requirements for project during construction. Provide main service disconnect and overcurrent protection at convenient location. Provide necessary transformers, meters cables protective devices, switches etc., as required. TEMPORARY LItatliENG Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction, TEMPORARY HEAT Provide and pay for beat devices and heat as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress unless indicated otherwise in specifications. TEMPORARY VENTILATION Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of -materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes vapors, or gases. TELEPHONE SERVICE Provide, maintain and pay for telephone service to field office at time of project mobilization. TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE Provide, maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required for construction operations Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections Provide temporary pipe insulation to prevent freezing TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES Provide and maintain required chemical toilet facilities. BARRIERS Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials site and structures from damage Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Total Wine/Landlord's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. WATER CONTROL Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. The Contractor shall at all times protect all activities of his construction, excavations, fill areas, embankments, trenches structures or building from damage from rainwater, spring water, ground water, backing up of drains, sewers and all other water encountered during his operations He shall provide all pumps, equipment and enclosures necessary to provide adequate protection. EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES Provide temporary weather-tight closure of exterior openings to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for Products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification Sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS Contractor's Office: Size as required for Contractor's use and to provide space for project meetings. Provide adequate electrical power, lighting, heating and cooling to maintain human comfort. Provide office space with desk and chair, layout table, plan rack, and facilities for storage of Project Record Documents. In addition to Contractor office space, provide office space with one additional desk and chair for use by Total WineLandlord's Construction Testing I.aboratory personnel. Furnishings in meeting area: Conference table and chairs for at least eight persons. • Racks and files for Project Record Documents in, or adjacent to, the meeting area. Other furnishings: Contractor's option. Contractor's office and sheds shall not be used as living accommodations. Storage Sheds: Structurally sound, weathertight, on proper foundations, with floors raised above ground. Locate office and sheds minimum 30 feet from structures. CONSTRUCTION AIDS Provide construction aids required to facilitate execution of Work, including stairs, ladders, ramps, staging, platforms, tailings, cranes, scaffolds, hoists, chutes, runways, and other required facilities and equipment. Coordinate crane service required for erection of structural steel, installation of HVAC Rooftop Units, Electrical Distribution Center (when used) and other crane services as required to accommodate Total Wine/Landlords needs Maintain benchniarks, monuments and other reference point If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed. Protect existing adjacent streets, sidewalks curbs buildings and property, including frees lawns and plants j PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK Protect installed Work; provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections Provide temporary and removable protection thr installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections jambs sills and soffits of openings Protect finished floors stairs and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials Minimize traffic and storage on roofed surfaces If traffic or storage is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from roofing material manufacturer Do not operate cranes or other heavy equipment on concrete floor stabs if damage could result from such operations Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas SECURITY Maintain the integrity of the existing building security and security systems at all times. Provide security and facilities to protect Work and Total Wine/Landlord's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, and theft. ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING Construct and maintain temporary all weather roads accessing public thoroughfares to serve building pad and construction staging area Extend and relocate as Work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants free of obstructions. Provide temporary parking areas-to accommodate construction personnel When site space is not adequate, provide additional off- site parking Provide 100 x 100' all weather material staging area exclusive of building pad. REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILl'ilES, AND CONTROLS Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Final Application for Payment inspection. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. END OF SECTION SECTION 01731 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Cutting and patching includes cutting into existing construction to provide for installation or performance of other work and subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. Cut into or partially remove portions of the existing building as required for new construction. Include such work as: Cutting, moving or removal of items shown to be cut, moved or removed. Cutting, moving or removal of items not shown to be cut, moved, or removed, but which must be cut, moved, or removed to allow for new construction. Work or items which are to remain in the finished work shall be patched or reinstalled after cutting, moving, or removal, and joints and finishes shall match adjacent or similar work. Removal of existing surface finishes as needed to install new work and fudshes. Removal of abandoned items and removal of items serving no useful purpose; such as abandoned piping and electrical conduits to nearest J-boxes. Repair or removal of dangerous or unsanitary conditions resulting from alterations work. Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in manner resulting in reduction of load-carrying capacity or toad and deflection ratio. Submit proposal for cutting and patching of structural work and obtain Total Wine/Landlord's approval prior to the structural alterations. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch in manner resulting in decreased performance, shortened useful life, or increased maintenance. Submit proposals for cutting and patching operational elements and safety components and obtain Total Wine/Landlord's acceptance prior to the work. Quality Limitations: Do not cut and patch work exposed to view (exterior and interior) in manner resulting in noticeable reduction of aesthetic qualities and similar qualities, as determined by the Total Wine/Landlord. Limitation on Acceptance: Total Wine/Landlord's acceptance to proceed with cutting and patching shall not waive right to later require removal or replacement of work found to be cut and patched in unsatisfactory manner as determined by Total Wine/Landlord. MATERIALS Use materials for cutting and patching that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials for cutting and patching that will result in equal or better performance characteristics. EXAMINATION Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which work is to be performed before cutting. Take corrective action before proceeding with work if unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. PREPARATION Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut to prevent failure. Protection: Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for that part of project that may be exposed during cutting and patching operations. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Take precautions not to cut existing pipe, conduit, or duct serving building but scheduled to be relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. CUTTING AND PATCHING Remove, cut, and patch Work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide means of restoring products, materials and finishes to original condition. Cut work using methods that are least likely to damage work to be retained or adjoining work. Where cutting is required, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding rather than hammering or chopping. Cut through concrete and masonry using cutting machines such as a carbomndum saw or core drill. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent work. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut and drill from exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. Patch with seams that are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for work. If the surrounding surface cannot be matched, repaint or recoat the entire surface to the nearest corner or transition point, TRANSITIONS Where expansion new Work abuts or aligns with existing Work, provide a smooth and even transition. Patched Work shall match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance Patched Work shall match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance so as to make the patch or transition invisible to the eye at a distance of no closer than three feet. RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER C\J L.1.1 p al 0 < (X Lul CC z CL z 0 01-j 0 LLI Z 0- (f)D F— 8 § 8 5 E 62300055 PROJECT NUMBER: ^ -- ^- ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED DRAWN BY: FILE: SPEC1 0 0 0 2 0 0. 0 0 0 PROJECT REOU 0 0 0. 0. 0 2 0 Ca SHEET NAME: SPECIFICATION SHEET SHEET NUMBER: SPEC1 select 3 units for every 50,000 units. Strength of concrete masonry units will be considered satisfactory if calculated test compressive strength confotms to requirements of ASTM C 90. In addition to required information noted previously in this Section, record the following information on concrete unit masonry compression reports: Test sample number. Specific wall areas covered by test. Description of units used to form sample. Tested compressive strength to the nearest 10 psi separately for each specimen and as the average of three specimens. Inspections: General: Inspect mesonry work for compliance with Construction Documents. Inspection of masonry shall be performed during placing of masonry units, placement of structural reinforcement, cleanout of grout space immediately prior to closing of elements, and during all grouting operations. Frequency of Inspection: "Continuous" Inspection of Masonry: Placing of units: Not less than once/day nor less than once for every 1000 SF of surface. Reinforcement: 100% of structural reinforcement prior to grouting. Grouting: 100% of suuctural grouting operations. "Periodic" Inspection of masonry: Placing of Units: Not less than once/week nor less than once for every 2000 SF of surface Reinforcement: Review at least 100% of each representative type of reinforced component prior to grouting. Grouting: Review at least 100% of each representative type of grouted component. Preparation and Placement Base Conditions Verify that masonry bearing surfaces are clean. Condition of Units: Verify that masomy units are clean and sound and dry. Mortar Verify mortar is prepared in accordance with specification requirements. Placement: Inspect laying of masonry units for nominal unit widths, stack or running bond, proper thickness and tooling of mortar joints and depth of furrowing of bed joints. Note temperature at tune of inspection. Joints Inspect construction, expansion, and contraction joints for location and continuity of steel. Verify hot and cold weather procedures are followed Verify wall cavities are protected against entry of precipitation. Bond Beams: Inspect and report on the following Location. Size, placement, and lap of reinforcing bars. Placement and vibration of grout. Openings: Inspect and report on the following: Types of concrete masonry units used to form lintels. Reinforcing bar size and placement at lintel. Stirrup size and spacing at lintel. Vertical reinforcing size and placement at door jambs. Placement and vibration of grout in lintels and jambs. Inspect pilasters for compliance with Drawings and Specifications Report on the following: Vertical reinforcing size and placement. Tie size and placement. Placement and vibration of grout. Work shall be performed by a Special Inspector - Technical II or Special Inspector - Structural I. Report of results shall be made daily Masonry Reinforcement: Vertical Reinforcement: Inspect placement and alignment of vertical bars and dowels for size, grade and spacing. Inspect length of lap splices, clearances between bars clearances to masonry units and outside face of walls, arid positioning of steel. Horizontal Reinforcement: Inspect horizontal joint reinforcement steel and masonry reinforcement bars for size, length of lap splices, dowels, clearances between bars, clearance to masonry units and outside face of walls, and alignment. Ties: Inspect ties in masonry for type, straightness, embedment, spacing and size. Dowels and Anchors: Inspect the installation of masonry anchor bolts, joist anchors, inserts, straps, and dowels. Inspect spacing and grouting of embedded plates for joist bearing Inspect spacing and grouting (or installation of Hilti anchors) of embedded plates for continuous angle attachment at roof perimeter. Work shall be performed by a Special Inspector - Technical II or Special Inspector - Structural I. Report of results shall be made daily. Prior to Masonry Grouting and Capping: Grout Spaces: Verify that grout spaces are correctly sized and clean, cleanouts are closed after inspection and grout barriers are in place before grouting. Dry Packing: Verify proper application of dry packing, Grouting Verify proper grouting technique including consolidation to approved height of grout space, reconsolidation and vibration. Work shall be performed by a Special Inspector - Technical II or Special Inspector - Structural I. Report of results shall be made daily. Mortar Testing: Execute one mortar test specimen for each 5,000 square feet of masonry wall constructed and a minimum of one mortar test specimen for each day that masonry construction is performed. Prepare and test mortar in accordance with the mortar aggregate ratio test method per ASTM C 780 including test reporting therein. Grout Testing; Verify that the delivered !gout mix complies with the submitted mix design. Sample, cure, and test grout samples in accordance with ASTM C 1019 including test reporting therein.. Cast 4 grout specimen for each 5000 square feet of wall placed each day or fraction thereof. Test 2 of the specimen at 7 days in accordance with ASTM C 39. Test 2 of the specimens at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C 39. Conduct slump test at time compressive test samples are taken in accordance with ASTM C 143. Mortar and Grout Mix Verification: Verify mixes confome to the design mix, Report: In addition to required information in Section 01458, record the following information on masonry mortar and grout compression reports; Mix design or mix designation. Test sample number. Specific wall areas covered by test. Description of sample - dimensions amount out of plumb in percent. Description of units used to form sample. Curing history with max/min temperature, age when transported to lab, and age when tested. Tested compressive strength. Description of failure. Testing and inspection shall be preformed by a Special Inspecto END OF SECTION SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS REVERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI A 14,3 - Ladders, Fixed, Safety Requirements. AsTm International (ASTM): ASTM A 36 - Carbon Structural Steel. ASTM A 53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc_Coated Welded and Seamless. ASTM A 307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. ASTM A 325 - Structural Bolts, Heat Treated, 120/105 lesi Minimum Tensile Strength. ASTM A 500 - Cold_formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. ASTM A 591 - Steel Sheet, Electrolytic Zinc_Coated, for Light Coating Mass Applications. ASTM A 653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanieed) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. ASTM A 1008 - Steel, Sheet, Cold Rolled Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, Baked Hardenable. ASTM A 1011 - Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Stength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Fonriability. American Welding Society (AWS): AWS DI.1 - Structural Welding Code. AWS 11.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Coating Type I - Inorganic and Type Ii - Organic. SSPC-Paint 25 - Zinc Oxide, Alkyd, Linseed Oil Primer for Use Over Hand Cleaned Steel Type I And T SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning. SSPC-PA 1 - Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel. SUBMTITALS Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. Prepare shop drawings under the supervision of a licensed structural Professional Engineer. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. QUALITY ASSURANCE Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding operators in accordance with Standard Qualification Procedures as required by AWS D1.1. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products. Product Packaging: Products will be packaged in manufacturer's standard packaging on shipping pallets. Installation Drawings will be included with products. MATERIALS Steel Plates and Shapes; ASTM A 36. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: AS1114 A 325 and ASTM A 307. Cold Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008. Hot Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Structural: ASTM A 653 Structural Quality, 090. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A 591, Class C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. Steel Piping: ASTM A 53. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3 type required for materials being welded. Primers: Shop application and field touch-up: S,SPC Paint 25. Touch_up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC Paint 20. Color: To match Omer used on steel roof deck and joists. Concrete Inserts: Cast steel or malleable bolts, washers, and shims; galvanized. FABRICATION Vetify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. Fonn exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. - Technical I as defined in Section 01458. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1 or D1.3, as applicable. After installation, grind sight-exposed field welds smooth, touela_up welds, scratched, or damaged surfaces with primer. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing and Inspection: See Section 01458. SCHEDULE Provide items as scheduled herein and as indicated on Drawings. Include related items and systems necessary to complete the Work including anchorages and attachments necessary for installation Loose Bearing Plates and Lintels: Fabricate to sizes and configuration indicated on Drawings; prime paint finish except for items requiring field welding. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Furnish steel framing and supports not specified under Section 05120. Fabricate welded construction in as large units as possible. Drill and tap for hardware and other items. Include anchors required for building into work of other Sections. Interior: Prime paint finish, gray. Extetior: Galvanized. • Rough Hardware: Custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hanger, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes required for framing, supporting, and anchoring other construction. Galvanized unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Steel coliimne not included in Section 05120. Interior Prime paint finish. Exterior: Galvanized. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Profiles and sizes as indicated on Drawings continuous welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages; coordinate assembly and installation into work of other Sections. Interior Prime paint finish. Extetior. Galvanized. Exterior Steel Pipe Bollards (Footing Mounted): ASTM A 53, Type E (electric-resistance welded) or Type S (seamless), Grade B, Schedule 40 Size: Height and diameter as shown on the Drawings. Fill bollard as indicated on Drawings. Finish: Painted Bollards: Field prime and finish coated in accordance with Section 09900. Installation: Install in concrete footing as shown on the drawings. Steel Pipe Railings: AsTm A53, Type E (electric-resistance welded) or Type S (seamless), Grade B, Schedule 40. Fabricate to dimensions indicated on Drawings. Cope horizontal railings intersecting vertical members. Provide radius bends at changes in direction. Finish as follows: Interior: Prime paint finish. Exterior: Galvanized. Set in sleeves and secure railings to other construction, as indicated on Drawings. Handrails and Top Rails: Design point load 200 lbs, downward or horizontal, and uniform load of 50 lb/lin ft applied simultaneously in both vertical and horizontal directions. Concentrated and uniform loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. Intermediate Rails: Uniform load of 25 lbs/sq ft of gross area of railing system, including open area. Handrail Brackets Cast iron with not less than 3 inch projection from wall surface to centerline of handrail. Finish as indicated Interior Prune paint finish. Exterior Galvanized. Steel Supports for Overhead Doors, Closures, and Grilles: Channels and tubes as indicated on Drawings for overhead coiling doors, rolling closures and overhead coiling grilles Coordinate fabrication with respective section of work. Steel Ladder (Interior): Comply with ANSI A14.3 unless otherwise indicated. Side Rails: Steel bars size as shown. Rungs: Solid steel rods size and spacing as shown. Fit rungs in centerline of siderails. Plug-weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung by one of the following methods: Coating tung with aluminum-oxide granules set in epoxy-resin adhesive. Coating rung with abrasive material metallically bonded to rung. Use of manufactured rung filled with aluminum-oxide grout. Finish: Prime paint finish. Attach ladder to structure with steel mounting brackets. Ladder Safety Extension (For Roof Hatch): Hatch-Grip by PS Doors, Grand Forks, ND (800) 284-0623. Ladder rung continuation grip safety extension above ladder roof hatch opening. Provide fasteners with neoprene washers for attachment to roof hatch curb. Finish: Powder coat grey stipple finish. Assemble and install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Substitutions: Not permitted. Ladder Cage at Roof Hatch: Provide at location and height as indicated on the Drawings. Fabricate cage in conformance with ANSI A14.3 or OSHA requirements. Interior Metal Trellis: Attached painted steel frame. Locations, dimensions, materials and construction as indicated on Drawings. Continuous welded joints and smooth exposed edges. All welds shall be ground smooth. Use concealed field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages; coordinete assembly and installation into work of other Sections. Field paint, as specified in Specification Section 09900, color as indicated on the Drawing. Fasteners for Structural Wood Members to Solid Grouted Masonry: Adhesive anchors, size and length as indicated on Drawings. Anehor adhesive: Cartridge type two-component adhesive for embedding anchors. HIT HY-150 by Hilti Corp. Epcon System, Ceramic 6 by ITW Ramset/Red Head Epoxy-Tie SET by Simson Strong Tie Co. Inc. Substitutions: Not permitted, Fasteners for Non-Structural Wood Members to Masonry: Masonry screw anchor with Phillips or Tons flat head, size and length as shown on the drawings. Hilti: Kwik-Con II fastener. ITW: Tapcon masonry anchor. Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements, fasteners by alternate manufacturers of equal types to those specified may be provided. WOOD TREATMENT Preservative Pressure Treated Lumber Products and Manufacturers: Provide any of the following: Wolman CCA, by Arch Wood Protectiorn Smyrna, GA, (770) 801-6600. CCA Pressure Treatment by Hoover Treated Wood Products Inc., Thomson, GA, (800) .832-9663. SupaTimber, by Chemical Specialties, Charlotte, NC, (800) 421-8661. Treat lumber in accordance with AWPA USC Ul Commodity Specifications C2 except for lumber not in contact with ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to USC Ul Commodity Specifications C31 with inorganic boron (SBX) Preservative chemicals shall be acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and contain no arsenic or chromium where prohibited, Kiln dry lumber after treatment to 15-19 percent moisture content Do not use warped material or materials that do not comply with requirements for untreated material. Material to be painted or stained shall have knots and pitch streaks sealed as with untreated Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review, Fire Retardant Treatment Products and Manufacturers Provide any of the following: Dricon FRX (extedor) and Dricon FRT (interior), by Arch Wood Protection, Smyrna, GA, 770.801.6600, Exterior X (exterior) and Pyro-Guard (interior) by Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc.; Thomson, GA; phone: 800.832.9663. D-Blaze (interior) by Chemical Specialties, Charlotte, NC; phone: 800.421.8661. Provide treated lumber and plywood bearing ULI FR-S classification or actual flamespread and smoke developed ratings indicating compliance with extended 30 minute tunnel test in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Comply with performance requirements in USC Ul Commodity Specifications Appendix H for Standards C20 (lumber) and C27 (plywood). Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. Use Interior Type A, High Temperature (HT) for enclosed roof framing and where indicated. Use Interior Type A, unless otherwise indicated. Identify fire retardant treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. After treatment, all lumber shall be dried to an average moisture content of 19 percent or less. After treatment, plywood shall be dried to an average moisture content of 15 percent or less. Chemicals used to treat material shall be free of halogens, sulfates, ammonium phosphate and formaldehyde. Treatment material shall provide protection against termites and fungal decay and shall be registered for use as a wood preservative by the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. Submit evidence of local building code compliance and approval for proposed material. Wood Requiting Treatment: Lumber, Preservative Treated: Mailers, blocking, stripping, and similar items in conjunction with roofing, flashing, and other construction. Sills, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar items in contact with masonry or concrete, Lumber, Fire Retardant Treated: Wood in concealed spaces. Wood exposed within the roceceiling assembly. Pressure preservative treated wood shall not be fire retardant treated. Interior Plywood, Fire Retardant Treated: Plywood used as finish material, walls, wainscots, and bases in fire-rated corridors. Plywood backing for electrical and telephone equipment. Plywood Not to be Fire Retardant Treated: Structural plywood performing a structural function, such as a component of root floors or shear walls. EXAMINATION Examine areas to receive rough carpentry work and verify following: That installation of building components to receive rough carpentry work is complete. That surfaces are satisfactory to receive work. That spacing, direction and details of supports are correct to accommodate installation of blocking, backing, stripping, furring and nailing strips. SITE TREATMENT OF WOOD MATERIALS Wood Treatment at Site: Comply with AWI'A M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative treated lumber. Use inorganic boron for items continuously protected from liquid water. Use copper n.aplithenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. INSTALLATION • Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated. Provide blocking and framing indicated and necessary to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches c.c. Secure members in place with specified fastener. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated. Wood Ground, Sleeper, Blocking, and Nailer. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated. Recess heads of fasteners below surface of wood members Wood Furring Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work. Install firestopping complying with Section 07840 in concealed spaces with wood blocking horizontally and vertically in accordance with drawings minimum 2 inches thick where space is not blocked by framing members. Tapered Wood Shim (edge strip) at Parapet Cap: Provide shaped high density wood fiber or wood material as indicated at the optional Parapet Detail. Shape wood material for continuous support of metal coping. END OF SECTION SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC): Softwood Lumber Standards. American Plywood Association (APA): Grades and Standards. ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM A 123/A - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA): AWPA Cl - All Timber Products - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes. AWPA C2 - Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties, and Mine Ties - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes. AWPA C9 - Plywood Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes. A.WPA C15 - Wood for Commercial-Residential Construction Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes. AWPA C20 - Structural Lumber - Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes, AWI'A C27 - Plywood - Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes. AWPA M4 - Care of Preservative Treated Wood Products. AWPA P5 - Water Borne Preservatives National Forest Products Association (NFoPA): National Design Specification for Wood Construction (and Supplement). Department of Conunerce (National Institute of Standards and Technology) - Product Standard (DOC): DOC PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. DOC PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood Based Structural Use Panels. DOC PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SP1B): Grading Rules. Western Wood Products Association (WV/PA): Western Lumber Grading Rules. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL): UL FR-S Classification - Fire Retardant Treated Wood with Flame Spread Ratings of 25 or less in accordance with ASTM E84. UL 723 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. SUBMITTALS Closeout Submittals Letter of Certification: Preservatives Treatment For type specified, include certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used, net amount of preservative retained and conformance with AWPA UCS Ul Commodity Standards (C9 and C15). For water-borne preservatives, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to a maximum of 15% for plywood prior to shipment to project site. Fire Retardant Treatment: For type specified, include certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used, net amount of retardant retained and conformance with AWPA UCS Ul Commodity Standards Appendix H (Standards C-20 and C-27). Include statement that moisture content of treated materials was 15 percent or less Submit Letter of Certification under provisions of Section 01770. QUALITY ASSURANCE Lumber Grading Agency: Lumber to be grade stamped by an agency certified by the Board of Review of the American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC). Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable codes for fire retardant treatment of wood surfaces for flame/smoke tatings. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage to edges, ends and surfaces. Keep materials dry. Stack materials off ground a minimum of 12 inches or if on concrete slab-on-grade a minimum of 1-1/2 inches, fully protected from weather. MATERIALS Lumber: PS 20; S4S. Maximum of 19 percent moisture content, surfaced dry, No 2 any species graded under WV/PA grading rules or No 3 Grade Southern Pine graded under SPIB grading rules. Nonstructural Panel: DOC PS 1 or PS 2, fire retardant treated plywood. Type 1 (Interior): Grade C-D Plugged veneer, Exposure I, locations and thickness indicated on the Drawings. Type 2 (Exterior): Grade B-B veneer Exterior, locations and thickness as indicated on the Drawings Structural Panels DOC PS 1 or PS 2. Plywood Wall Sheathing Grade B-B veneer, Exterior for exterior, Exposure I for interior, span rating required to support spacing indicated on Drawings. Thickness Indicated on Drawings Plywood Roof Deck: Grade B-B veneer Exposure 1, Structural 1, span rating as required to suit support spacing indicated on Drawings, Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. High Density Wood Fiber: EnergyGuard High Fiberboard, by GAF, (800) 766-3411. Huebert Fiberboard Roof Insulation, by Huebert Brothers Products, LLC; Bonneville , MO (816) 882-2704. ACCESSORIES Fasteners Provide manufacturers recommended power tools for each type of fastener. Nails Spikes and Staples ASTNI A123, Galvanized for exterior locations high humidity areas and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations size and type to suit application, unless otherwise noted. END OF SECTION Total Wine - Criteria Specifications SECTION 06400 - ARCtille.CTURAL WOODWORK REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. American National Standards (ANSI): ANSI A208.1 - Particleboard. ANSI A208.2 - Medium Density Fiberboard For Interior Use. Architectural Woodworking Institute (AW1): AWI - Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards. American Plywood Association (ABA): ABA - Grades & Specifications. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (MEIVIA) NEMA LDS - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates Woodwork Institute (WI): WI - Manual of Millwork. QUALITY ASSURANCE Millwork to be fabricated in compliance with Architectural Woodworking Institute (AWI) Custom Grade standards or equal Woodwork Institute (WI) standard. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Inspect materials delivered and reject those not qualifying with requirements, those damaged in transit, or those that appear otherwise unsatisfactory. Schedule delivery of items to installation areas that are in proper condition to receive them. Place items neatly and systematically to avoid damage, store in clean, dry, enclosed, and secure storage area. CABINETS Contractor built or factory built as indicated on the Drawings. Manufacturers: Provide factory built cabinets by the following manufacturer. Merilatt Industries, LLC, Adrian, MI. Materials: Maple and plastic laminate (Banks). PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS Manufacturers; Provide plastic laminate by one the following manufacturer. Contractor to verify and allow adequate lead time for specified plastic laminate. Wilsonart; Temple, TX, (972) 523-1027. Plastic Laminate Countertop. Color: Wilsonart 1792-60 Nirvana. No Substitution PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK Fabricate to AWI Standards or WI Standards, as applicable. Definitions are from AWI's Quality Standards Illustrated, 8th Edition 2.0, 2005, Page 122. Exposed surfaces: Surfaces visible when drawer fronts and doors are closed; cabinets and shelving are open type or behind clear glass doors; cabinet bottoms, scribes or fillers are seen 48" or more above finished floor; cabinet tops, scribes or fillers are seen below 72" above finished floor. 4 portions of cabinets are visible after fixed appliances are installed; front edges of cabinet body members are visible or seen through a gap of greater than 1/8" with doors and drawers dosed. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: Surfaces visible when drawers / doors are in open position; bottoms of cabinets are between 30" and up to 48" above finish floor; all front edges of shelving behind doors. Concealed Surfaces: Surfaces not visible after installation; bottoms of cabinets are less than 30" above finish floor; tops of cabinets are 72" or more above finish floor and are not visible from an upper level; stretchers, blocking and/or components are concealed by drawers; corners are „created by tall, wall, or base cabinets, and shall be non-accessible. Plastic Laminate Casework: Custom Grade, reveal overlay construction. Exposed Surfaces: High pressure laminate, nominal 0.050 inch thick. Including countertops, exposed backs, doors, drawer fronts and finished ends. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: Thermoset decorative overlay (melamine) for all cabinet interiors. Color as indicated on the Drawings Concealed Surfaces: Mill option. Pedestal Base: Construct of either 3/4" plywood or 2x_ wood blocking, as indicated on the Drawings. Shop install wood edge on countertops, as indicated on the Drawings. - Panel Product Substrate for Laminate Clad Casework: Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF), ANSI A208.2, Grade MD or 45 lb density particleboard ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. ADHESIVES Shop and Field Applied Adhesives: Use a low VOC adhesive, single sourced, as recommended by plastic laminate manufacturer for specific shop and/or field applications. Toxicity / IEQ: Comply with applicable regulations regarding toxic and hazardous materials. Comply with Green Seal Standard 05-36 for commercial aerosol adhesives. Comply with California's South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule No. 1168 in areas where exposure to freeze/thaw conditions and direct exposure to moisture will not occur. In areas where freeze/thaw conditions exist or direct exposure to moisture can occur, then comply with California's Bay Area AQMD Regulation 8, Rule 51 for containers larger than 16 oz. and with California Air Resource Board (CARB) for containers 16 oz or less. Acceptable Manufacturers / Products, include but are not limited to: Bolts Nuts, Washers Lag Screws and Wood Screws ASTM A307, Medium carbon steel; size and type to suit application; galvanized for exterior locations high humidity areas and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations, of size and type to suit application, unless otherwise noted. Toggle Bolt Fasteners: For anchorage of non-structural items to hollow masonry. Expansion Shield Fasteners: For anchorage of non-structural items to solid masonry and concrete. Powder or Pneumatically Activated Fasteners: For anchorage of non-structural items to steel. Manufacturers: Hilti, Tulsa, OK (800) 879-6000. ITW Buildex, Itasca, IL (800) 323-0720. Fasteners for Wood and Plywood to Light Gage Metal Framing and Metal Deck (up to 10 gage, 0.1345 inch): Self-drilling flat head wood-to-metal screws. Wood and Plywood Up to 3/4 Inch Thick: Hilti: S-WD 8-18 x 1-15/16 PFH #3 Black Phosphate& ITV: Traxx 10-16 #3 point. Pre-drill wood if wood thickness is greater than 1/2 inch or use heavier fastener specified below, Wood less than or equal to 1-118 inch thickness to 18 Gage (0.0478 inch) and 20 Gage (0.0359 inch) Metal: Hilti: S-WD 10-24x 1-1/2 PWH #3 wafer head screw. ITW: Trexx 10-16 43 point. Pre-drill wood if wood thickness is greater than 1/2 inch. Wood less than or equal to 1-3/4 inch thickness to 16 Gage (0.598 inch) and Heavier Metal (less than or equal to 0.232 inches): Han: S-WW 12-24 x 2-112 PFH 44 Wings. ITW: Traxx 12-24 #4 Point with Wings. Wood less than or equal to 2-inch thickness to 16 Gage (0.598 inch) and heavier metal (less than or equal to 1)4 inch): Hilti: S-WW 1/4-20 x 2-3/4 PFH 44 Wings. FINISHES Finish metal fabrications after assembly. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating finishes Shop prime ferrous metal items not indicated to be galvanized Prime Painting: Prime paint in shop as scheduled Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning" Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for shop painting Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat. Touch up with same primer. Galvanizing Hot-dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTIvl A 123 or ASTM A 153 as applicable. Galvanize to minimum 2.0 oz/sq ft zinc coating exterior items and those items indicated on Drawings and specified herein, to be galvanized Finish Painting Finish paint after installation as shown on the Drawings or specified herein in accordance with Section 09900. PREPARATION Clean and strip site primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is scheduled. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing Keep work in alignment. Use grout specified in Section 03300 for setting metal fabrications INSTALLATION CABINET HARDWARE Base Cabinets: Drawer Slides Drawer Lock Adjustable Metal Shelf Supports Knape & Vogt (KV) 1300 KV 986 NP Hafele 282.11.707 Supports placed in drilled multiple 5mm diameter holes, spaced vertically at 32mni (1 1/4") centers. Minimum of four supports per shelf. Shelf span per AWI standards. Doors: Wire Pull Hinges Ives 36 B26D Rockford Process TH 860 Blum 75T1580 (hinge) with 174117100E (hinge plate) Grass NX73VS8110-G42 (468030) (hinge) with NXLRS-00ES37 (#68070) (hinge plate) Magnetic Catches Ives 325 (A 92) Catch not required if Blum or Grass hinges used. Fasteners: Unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer, use size and type to suit application; galvanized or stainless for exterior and high humidity locations; plain finish at other locations. INSTALLATION - PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK Install woodwork plumb, level, and straight without distortion; use concealed shims Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work. Anchor woodwork items to nailers or blocking or directly to substrate using concealed fasteners. Casework: Provide well_fitting and smooth operating doors and drawers. Countertops; Anchor plastic laminate countertops securely to base units. END OF SECTION SECTION 06610 - GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC Use this Specification only if the local health department does not allow the use of "Decatone Panels". Reference approved vendor notes on Draeving CS-1. REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials ASTM D 256 - Test Methods For Determining The 'Lod Pendulum Impact Resistance Of Plastics ASTM D 638 - Test Method For Tensile Properties Of Plastics. ASTM D 790 - Test Methods For Flexural Properties Of Unreinforced And Reinforced Plastics And Electrical Insulating Materials. FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC COATED PANELS Manufacturer Provide panels FEB panel which meet or exceed the requirements specified herein. Manufacturers of FRP products and accessories specified herein shall be by one oldie following: Marlite, Dover, OH. Kemlite Co. Inc, Joliet, IL. Glasteel, Moscow, IN. Description: Fiber reinforced plastic coated panels, 0.09 inch thick. Physical Characteristics: Meet the following minimum characteristics: Flexural Strength: 8,500 psi per ASTM D 790. Tensile Strength: 5,000 psi per ASTM D 638. Izod Impact Resistance: 4 ft-lb/sq inch per ASTM D 256. Surface burning characteristics in accordance with ASTM E 84 for Class C finish: Flame Spread: Less than 200. Smoke Density: Less than 450. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA): Approved for incidental food contact. Finish: Embossed. Color: As indicated on the Drawings: Wall Trim: Provide manufacturer's standard matching wall trim including caps, division bars, inside and outside corners, edge, and other trim as required for a complete and finished installation.. Provide trim in manufacturer's standard colors to match panels provided. Adhesive: Manufacturer's Low VOC Latex-Based Construction Adhesive suitable for gypsum board substrate. Product; Titebond Emulsion Polymer by Kemlite, C551 or C375 Adhesive by Marlite, or equivalent by any listed manufacturer. Sealant: Manufacturer's Silicone Construction Sealant. Product MS 250 or MS 251 Silicone Sealant by Marine or equivalent by any listed manufacturer EXAMINATION Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions PREPARATION • Prepare substrate for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. INSTALLATION - FEB PANELS Install in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. Prefit each wall panel before securing in place. Cut panels with carbide-tipped power saw or swivel-head shear. Provide manufacturer's recommended spacing between abutting panel ends, edges and trim. Provide minimum 1/8 inch space around pipes, electrical fittings, obstructions and other items penetrating panels. Fill joints with sealant. Install panels with edges vertical and plumb. Use maximum length pieces to provide minimum number of end joints. Align panel to panel vertical joints at inside and outside comer conditions. Gypsum Board Substrate: Apply adhesive to gypsum board substrate and to panel backs as recommended by manufacturer with V-notch spreader. Provide 100 percent coverage of adhesive. • Install accessory panel trim pieces concurrently with installation of panels. Miter cut accessory panel trim at corners to provide smooth transition. Set trim attached to adjacent panel ends and edges and seal with sealant. Seal corner seams base and ceiling junctures, and junctures between panels and wall with sealant Remove excess sealant during installation. Provide sealant around all openings corners, and joints FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect installation, accessories, and fastening to substrate. END OF SECTION SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics ofBuilding Materials ASTM C 665 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing ASTM C 1136 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation ASTM E 136 - Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube furnace at 750 C. DEFINITIONS Concealed Insulation: Insulation concealed within framing system, both faces protected by finish material. Exposed Insulation: Insulation exposed within framing system, one or both faces unprotected. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire-Test-Response Characteristics Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASI'M E 84 for surface-burning characteristics and other methods specified, Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. MANUFACTURERS Provide preducts from one of the following manufacturers as specified in the Materials paragraph below: Batt Insulation: Certaiffeed Corporation, Valley Forge, PA (800) 523-7844. Guardian Fiberglass Incotporated, Albion, MI (800) 748-0035. Johns Manville Insulations, Denver, CO (877) 766-3295. Owens-Corning, Toledo, OH (800) 438-7465. Suspended Scrim: Lamtec Corporation, Flanders, NJ, (800) 852 6832. Other manufacturer with similar product. MATERIALS Batt Insulation ASTM C 665 mineral fiber blanket insulation. Unfaced Glass Fiber Type I (blankets without membrane facing); with maximum flame spread and smoke developed indexes of 2$ and 50, respectively passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. Faced, Glass Fiber Type III (blankets with reflective membrane facing), Class A (membrane faced surface with a flame spread index of 25 or less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with vapor retarder membrane on one face. Sound Attenuation Insulation (Sound Batts): Unfaced glass fiber ban insulation as specified above. Provide batt insulation by one of the manufacturers listed above: • Suspended Scrim: ASTM C 1136, Type IV. Polypropylene / Scrim /Kraft: WMP-VR, manufactured by Lamtec Corporation. Color: White. Black Coating / Polypropylene / Scrim /Kraft: WMP-VR Black, manufactured by Lamtec Corporation. Color Black. PREPARATION Verify adjacent materials are dry and ready to receive batt insulation installation. Verify mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed and tested. INSTALLATION - BATT INSULATION Install ban insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions without gaps or voids. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use batts free of damage. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Install insulation with factory applied membrane facing warm side of building spaces, Lap ends and side flanges of membrane. Attach insulation in place to framing tape seal butt ends and lapped side flanges,. Tape seal tears or cuts in membrane INSTALLATION INSULATION AT FURRED-OUT MASONRY WALLS Apply insulation to interior of exterior CMU wall between furring strips where furring is indicated on the Drawings INSTALLATION - SUSPENDED SCRIM Install suspended scrim beneath existing insulation as indicated on the Drawings. Scrim color as indicated. INSULATION SCHEDULE Provide insulation as scheduled below and indicated on Drawings. CONDITIONME OF INSULATIONTHICKNESSExterior Wall, Soffits, & CeilingFaced Batt Insulation 3-1/2 inches (R=11) or 6 inches (R=19) as shown; or as required to fill cavity.Interior Partitions Unfaced Batt Insulation3-1/2 inches or 6 inches as Shown Sound AttenuationUnfacecl Batt Insulation3-1/2 inches or 6 inches as Shown. Wilsonart 3000 Adhesive Series. Conbond C5800 Cylinder. Conbond C5800 Liquid. Bond Rite WC 75. Total Wine - Criteria Specifications SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS Comply with local Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) requirements regarding low VOC products. REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM C 920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. ASTM C 1330 - Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants. ASTM D 1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded Rubber. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. SlUBMITI'ALS Product Data: Brand name, chemical composition, installation directions and certificates of compliance with required standards for the following products: Elastometic joint materials (sealant and back-up material). Preformed expansion (isolation) joint filler (PMEJ) Polyurea joint filler Submit 30 days prior to first concrete placement. QUAUTY ASSURANCE Interior sealants in food preparation areas shall meet the compositional requirements for use in USDA regulated facilities, as required by FDA according to 21 CFR 177.2600, and local authorities having jurisdiction. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by Sealant manufacturer during and after installation. ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS (BUILDING) General: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. Sealants identified as (Non-USDA) shall not be used in food preparation areas. Manufacturers: Provide products by the following manufacturers to the extent specified for the specific product. BASF Building Systems (Formerly Sonnebom Building Products). (612) 309-4373. Convenience Products, (800) 325-6180. Dow Corning Corporation. Euclid Chemical Co., (877) 438-3826. GE Silicones & GE Sealants and Adhesives. (vfomentive Performance Materials) (877) 943-7325 HI-TECH Structural Epoxy Systems (Progressive Fastening) (800) 454-5530, Metzger/McGuire, (800) 223-6680. Pecora Corporation. (215) 796-1401, Tremco Sealant/Weatherproofing Division. (800) 841-3778. VersaFlex Inc. (913) 321-1416 W. R. Meadows, Inc., (847) 214-2100. Polyurethane Sealants: (USDA Certified, unless otherwise noted): Polyurethane Sealant 41 (PI): ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, single component. Vulkem 116, Dymonic, or Dymonic PC by Tremco. Dynatrol I-XL, by Pecora. Sonolatic NP-1, by BASF (Sonnebom). Polyurethane Sealant 42 (P2): ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, single component. Vulkern 45 (Non-USDA) or Vulkem 45SSL (Non-USDA), by Tretnco. Urexpari NR_201, by Pecora. Sonolastic SL-1, by Sonnebom. Polyurethane Sealant 43 (P3): ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, multi-component. Dymeric 240-240FC, by Tremco. Sonolastic NP-2 by BASF (Sonnebom). Dynatrol II (Non-USDA) by Pecora. Silicone Sealants: (USDA Certified, unless otherwise noted): Silicone Sealant 11 (S1): ASTM C 920, Type S. Grade NS, Class 25. Spectrem 1, Spectrem 2 or Spectrem 3, by Trerneo. 791 Silicone Perimeter Sealant (Non-USDA), by Dow. 864 or 890 byPecora. _ Sonolastic 150 by BASF (Sonneborn). SilPruf (Non-USDA), by GE, Silicone Sealant 42 (S2): ASTM C 920, Type S. Grade NS, Class 25, mildew resistant Tremsil 200, by Tremco. 898 by Pecora. 786 Silicone Sealant (Non-USDA), by Dow. Sanitary SCS 1700 (Non-USDA), by GE. Sealant Color For interior and exterior exposed to view areas, match color of adjacent paint color finish or other adjacent finish color. For joints where plumbing fixtures meet adjacent floor and wall finishes, match color of plumbing fixture. Use clear color sealant where applied to stainless steel surfaces. EXPANDING FOAM SEALANTS Polyurethane Expanding Foam Sealants: Polyurethane Expanding Foam Sealant #1 (EF1); Closed-cell foam and non-flammable propellant urea formaldehyde-free, CFC-free; UL Class 1 Foam with flamespread of 20 and smoke developed of 25 as tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Touch'n Seal Quick Cure, by Convenience Products. Space Invader by GE Sealants & Adhesives. Similar product by other manufacturer complying with specifications. JOINT-SEALANT BACKING (BUILDING) Sealant Backing Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and otherjoint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, types as approved by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to • rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable INTERIOR SLAB ON GRADE JOINT SEALANT MATERIALS Preformed Expansion (Isolation) Joint Filler (PMEJ) Strips Flexible closed cell synthetic foam expansion joint strips non extruding, for full depth of concrete. Ceramar Flexibe Foam Expansion Joint, by W.R. Meadows. Deck-O-Foam Expansion Joint Filler, by W.R. Meadows Expansion Joint Filler, by BASF Building Systems (Degussa) (Formerly Sonnebom Sonolastic). Elastomeric Joint Materials: Sealant Polyurethane Sealant: No, 2 (P2) as specified above. Color: Match color of adjacent exposed surface of concrete slab.. Sealant shall be compatible with construction material placed against it. Joint Back-Up Material: Polyethylene Foam, 100% closed cell. Material shall be compatible with construction material to be placed against it such as tile adhesive Polyurea Joint Filler. Rapid setting, two-component polyurea polymer liquid of 100% solids content, Shore Hardness 85 to 90, compatible with construction material placed against it. Spall-Pro RS 88, by Metzger/McGuire. Euco Qwik Joint 200, by Euclid Chemical, VersaFlex SL/85, by VersaFlex. Match color of adjacent exposed surface of concrete in non-integral colored floors. EXTERIOR PAVEMENT JOINT MATERIALS Joint Back-up Material: Polyethylene foam, 100% closed cell Sealant Dow 888, by Dow Coming. 301 NS by Pecora. Spectrum 800 or 900 by Tremco. ACCESSORIES Primer: Nonstaining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. Joint Cleaner; Non_corrosive and non_staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. Joint Filler Polyethylene foam rod, oversized 30 percent to 50 percent. EXAMINATION Verify that surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as indicated on Drawings. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing substrates. PREPARATION Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. INSTALLATION Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. Install joint backing to achieve neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. Tool joints concave. INTERIOR SLAB ON GRADE JOINT SEALING AND FILLING General: Seal/fill contraction, isolation and construction joints in floor slabs and pavements, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or specified herein. Unless noted otherwise, use polyurea joint filler in floor slab contraction and construction joints. Use elastonaeric joint sealant in isolation joints and textured concrete joints. Do not seal joints with materials specified herein when below relatively impervious floor finish material, such as PVC flooring, sheet rubber, wood, epoxy topping; refer to floor finish specification for joint sealing requirements. Do not place polyurea joint filler under resilient flooring. Coordinate placement of polyurea joint filler with joint filler placement specified under resilient flooring as specified in Section 09650. Cleaning: Immediately prior to sealing/filling, clean joints to full depth of sealant/filler in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Remove dirt, debris, saw laitance, and other foreign material from joint. Clean inner joint walls mechanically using dustless dry-cut saw, or similar tool, to the full depth of saw cuts and 2 inch minimum depth in construction joints. Remove form release agent, curing compound, or other components. General Installation: Commence placing floor joint sealant / filler no sooner than 30 days after first placement of concrete. If joint is wet or damp, allow joint to dry for 72 hours prior to filling. Delay floor joint sealing / filling operations until facility's environmental systems have been placed in operation for 14 days. Mix and install sealant and filler in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Use primer if recommended for specific application. Choke off shrinkage crack if necessary at bottom of contraction joint or void below construction joints by the following methods, Saw Cut Contraction Joints; Place 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch (maximum) layer of dry-bagged silica sand. Do not use compressible backer rod. Construction Joints Through Slab: Fill by one of the following methods: Fill joint with thy-bagged silica sand to within 2 inches of slab surface. Insert compressible backer rod to a minimum depth of 2 inches below slab surface. Do not allow sealant / filler to extend over joint edges in finished condition. Elastorneric Joint Sealant Installation: Use joint back-up material. Tool surface where required to provide smooth, attractive appearance and geometry recommended by sealant manufacture'. Polyurea Joint Filter Installation Installation shall be by installer who is approved in writing by the manufacturer's corporate office for this project. Do not use joint back-up material (i.e. backer rod, sand, etc.) except below bottom of saw cut in construction joints. Provide a minimum joint filler depth of 2 inches for backer rod material. Fill joint using single pass method. Fill joint full depth from bottom to top, leave slight crown at slab surface. Remove excess filler from exposed concrete surface prior to setting, leaving slightly crowned material in place. Add extra filler prior to filler set if needed to prevent depressed areas. Razor off crowned filler flush with floor surface after Eller has sufficiently set. One week prior to substantial completion, refill joints if joint filler sidewall separation or splitting exceeds 1/32 in. or joint filler surface profile is concave, crowned, or chattered or if voids occur. Follow manufacturers requirements for joint preparation for proper adhesion. Isolation Joints Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips (PMEJ) where indicated. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. Terminate joint filler or otherwise provide joint sealant cavity of not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface ifjoint sealant is REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 05 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION b PEIN 11,7 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER 440 CONSULTANT STORE NUMBER: XXXX PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY tJ/Pc DRAWN BY. FILE: SPEC4 9921 TATE REGISTERED ARCHITEC r ' .' ES ALLEN H i Y 1 OF &SHIN TON SHEET NAME: SPECIFICATION . SHEET SHEET NUMBER: SPEC4 OR AT A CATER TIME. U indicated. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface ifjoint sealant is not indicated. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint-filler sections together. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint EXTERIOR SIDEWALK AND PAVEMENT JOINT SEALING AND FILLLNG Fill and seal sidewalk and pavement joints in areas of pavement adjacent to the building. Joint filling and sealing of sidewalks and pavement not adjacent to building is specified in Division 2. Joint Fillers: Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, and not less than 112-inch or more than 1-inch below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. Furnish joint fillers in l_piece lengths for full width being placed, wherever possible. Where more than I length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. Joint Sealants: Joints shall be sealed as shown and scheduled and shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. SCHEDULE Provide sealants in accordance with the following schedule as applicable. Joint sealing required by the drawings or requited for a complete and proper installation but not listed in the following schedule shall be sealed as necessary regardless of whether shown or scheduled. Such joints not shown or scheduled shall be sealed with sealants consistent with specified materials or as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application. EXTERIOR JOINTSMATERIAL TOMATERIALJOINT VVIDTHSEALANT TYPESTFE Concrete Sidewalk Control JointConcrete Sidewalk 1/4"Sidewalks adjacent to Building: See MATERIAI.,S Par. Otherwise: See Division 2.Concrete Sidewalk Expansion JointConcrete Sidewalk1/2"SameConcrete Sidewalk Expansion JointConcrete Curb I/2"SameConcrete Sidewalk Expansion JointCMU Wall1/2"SarneConcrete Paving Control JointConcrete Paving1/4"Pavement adjacent to Building: See MATERIALS Par. Otherwise: See Division 2.Concrete Paving Expansion Jointeoncrete Paving1/2"SameCoricrete Paving Expansion JointConcrete Stem Wall1/2"SameConcrete Paving Expansion JointConcrete Floor Slab1/2"SameConcrete Stair Expansion JointCMT1 Weill/2"P 1 or P3Concrete Stair Expansion JointConctete Stem WallU2T1 or P3Concrete Stair Expansion JointConcrete Paving1/2"P1 or P3Concrete Curb Expansion JointConcrete Curb1/2"See Division 2Concrete Curb Expansion JointCMU Wall1/2"SarneBUILDDIGCMU Wall Control Joint 3/8"CMU Wa11318'111 or P3WALLCMU Wall Expansion Joint, l'ICMU Walll"Pl or P3WALL FLASHINGMetal FlashingMetal FlashingS1Metal FlashingCMU Wa1l1/4"P I or P3Metal FlashingAluminum Storefront Frame1/4"Pl or P3 SOFFITSGypsum Soffit Control JointGypsum Soffit3/8"P I or P3Gypsum Soffit Perimeter Expansion JointCMU Wa113/8"Pl or P3 Metal Soffit Panel TriraCivIU WallP1 or P3WALL PENE-TRATIONSAltuninum Storefront FrameAlumffium Storefont Frame1/4"Pl or P3Aluminwe Storefont FrameCMU Wall1/4"Pl or P3Aluminum Storefont Silleast Concrete Shapes.' /4"Pl or P3Aluminum Storefont SillConcrete Slab1/4"Pl or P3Aluminum Storefront Door ThresholdConcrete SlabPI or P3Hollow Metal Door FrarneCMU Want/4'111 or P3Hollow Metal Door FrameTube Steel Frameli4"Pl or P31{ollow Metal Door ThreshoIdConcrete SiabP I or P3Steel Corner Angle FrameCMU Wall1/4"P1 or P3Steel Pipe IluoughCMU Wall1/2"Pl or P3Steel Pipe ThroughConcrete Wall1/2"Pl or P3Steel Conduit ThroughCMU Wa111/2"Pl or P3Steel Conduit ThroughConcrete Wa111/2"Pl or P3Cranged Steel Conduit ThroughCMU Wall1/2"P3Ganged Steel Conduit ThroughConcrete Wall1/2"P3PVC Pipe TluoughCMU Wa11112"P1 or P3PVC Pipe ThroughConcrete Wa111/2"Pl. or P3Copper Pipe 'rhroughCMU Wa111/2"Pl or P3Copper Pipe ThroughConctete Wall1/2"Pl or P3ROOF MEMBRANE AREARoofing MetabraneRoofing MembraneSee Section 07530Roofing MembraneWatetproof Wall MembraneSee Section 07530Roofing MembraneMetal FaciaSee Section 07530Roofing MembraneMolded Pipe FlashingSee Section 07530Waterproof MembraneMetal FaciaP1 or P3Waterproof MembraneMetal Plates and 13oltsP I or P3Waterproof MembraneSteel Conduitl/2 Fl or P3Metal Cap Flashing JointIVIetal Cap Flashing1/8"S 'Metal Cap Flashing Expansion JointMetal Cap Flashingl"SlMetal Cap FlaslaingGasketed FastenersS Went Flashing JointsVent FlashingS1RTU Flashing JointsR.TU FlashingSlWaterproof Membrane Termination BareMil WaIII/4''S1Steel ScupperSteel ScupperSlUrethane Rubber Seal SystemSteel Pipe/ FlueVariesSee Section 075301200FRoof PanelFlue Penetration FlashingP1 or P3METAL/RoofPanelGutterP1 or P3FIBER-RoofPanelEnd ClosureP1 or P3GLASSPANELS INTERIOR JOINTSMATERIAL TOMATERIALJOINT WIDTHSEALANT"TYPEFLOORConcrete Floor:Concrete Floor Contraction and Construction Joint 1/4 See Par MATERIALS Expansion Joint3/4"Same Isolation JointSee DwgsSameCeramic Tile Expansion JointsCeramic TileManufP1 or P3Quarry Tile Expansion JointsQuarry TileManufPI or P3Floor Joints Beneath Floor Finish Materials (VCT or PVC Flooring)See Section 09650Mop Sink FloorPI or P3WALLSCMU Wall Control Joint, 3/8"CMU Wal13/8"PICMU Wall Expansion Joint, 1"ClvIU Wall I"PlRatecl Gypsum Board Wall Control JointRated Gypsum Board WallItated Gypsum Board WallMetal Roof DeckSee Section 07840 Firestopping Rated Gypsum Board WallRated CMU WallSameGypsum BoardCMU Wal1s318"P 1 Cement BoardCement BoardP1 or P3Cement BoaraiGypeare BoardP1 or P3Ceramic TileWood TrimPl or P3Ceramic TileGalvanized Steel Base TrimP 1 or P3Ceramic TileStainless SteelS1 or S2Ceramic TileCeramic TileP1 or P3Fiber Reinforced Wall PanelGalvanized Steel Base TtiraP1 or P3Fiber Reinforced Wall PanelCeramic TileP1 or P3Stainless Steel Corner GuardsCeramic TileS1 or S2Stainless Steel Corner GuardsWallS1 or S2Joints shown on the Dzawings to be sealed with Expanding Foam SealantEFTWALLAIuminum Storefront FrameAlum Storefont Frame1/4"P1PENE-Aluminum Storefont FrameCMU Wa111/4"P1RATIONSAluminum Storefront FraneeGypsum Board Wa111/4"PlAluminum Storefont SillCast Concrete Shapes1/4"PlAltuninum Storefont SillGypsum Board Wa111/4"PlHollow Metal Door FrameCMU Wa111/4'T1Hollow Metal Door FrameGypsum Boarc11/4"P1Steel Corner Angle FrameCMU Wa111/4"PiSteel Pipe ThroughCMU Wa111/2°P1Steel Pipe ThroughGypsum Board1/4"PlSteel Conduit ThroughCMU Wall1/2"Pl Steel Conduit ThroughGypsurn Boarc11/4"P I PVC Pipe ThroughCMU Wa111/2"P1PVC Pipe ThroughGypsum Board1/2"P I Copper Pipe ThroughCMU Wall1/2"P 1 Copper Pipe ThroughGypsuna Board1/2"PlSteel Pipe ThroughRated CMU WallSee Section 07840Steel Pipe ThroughRated Gyp Board WallSee Section 07840Steel Conduit ThroughRated CMU WallSee Section 07840Steel Conduit ThroughRated Gyp Board WallSee Section 07840PVC Pipe ThroughRated CMU WallSee Section 07840PVC Pipe ThroughRated Gyp Board WallSee Section 07840Copper Pipe ThroughRated CMU WallSee Section 07840Copper Pipe ThroughRated- Gyp -Board WallSee -Section 07840TOILETSinkCeramic Tile WaIlS2FIXTURESFloPr Motmt -ToiletCeramic Tile FloorS2Wall Mount ToiletCeramic Tile WallS2Wall Mount UrinalCeramic Tile WallS2EWCElectric Water CoolersCeramic Tile? I or P3CO1JNTER Plastic Laminate Counter TopsGypsum Board WalIsS2TOPSPlastic Laminate Counter TopsPlastic Laminate WallsS2 END OF SECTION Total Wine - Criteria Specifications SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI A250.8 (Formerly SDI-1 00) - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames, ANSI A250.11 (Formerly SDI-105) - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames, ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM C 578 - Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation ASTM A 653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron Alloy Coated (Galvarmealed) by the Hot Dip Process. National Fire Protection Association (NF'PA): NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. Undenvriters Laboratories (UL): UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. Regulatory Requirements: Installed Fite Rated Door Assemblies Conform to NFPA 80, NFPA 252, and UL 10B for fire rated class as indicated on Drawings. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging. Break seal on_site to permit ventilation. PROJECT CONDMONS Field Measurements: Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. Coordination: Coordinate the work with door opening construction, door frame and door hardware installation. MANUFACTURERS Doors and Frames: Subject to specification requirements, provide flush doors and frames by one of the following manufacturers. Amweld Building Products Division, Ceco Door Division, Curries. • Fenestra Corporation. Kewanee Corporation. Mesker. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. Windsor Republic Doors. DOORS Interior Doors: ANSI A250.8, Level I and Physical Performance Level C (Standard-Duty), 1-314 inches thick, Model I (Full Flush), 0.032 min. thickness (20 gage) cold_rolled steel, optional core construction as specified below, Exterior Doors: ANSI A250.8; Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), 1-3/4 inches thick, Model 1, (Full Flush), 0.042 min. thickness (18 gage), ASTM A 653, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with an A60 zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) coating cold-rolled steel, polyurethane or polystyrene foam insulated core construction. Fabricate head flush with top edge to exclude water. Core Construction: Polyurethane core foamed in place or laminated, R=10; 1/2 inch maximum voids in any direction. Strength of bond between core and steel face sheet shall exceed strength of core so delamination will not occur during operating conditions, Rigid core or polystyrene foam board, Rel. Strength of bond between core and steel face sheet shall exceed strength of core so that clelamination will not occur under operating conditions. Honeycomb Core: Kraft fiber honeycomb with nominal 1 inch cell size and crush strength of 45 psi. If laminated insulation is used apply adhesive full coverage to door face FRAMES Interior Drywall Frames: 0.053 min. thickness (I 6 gage), cold_rolled steel, mitered welded units. Jamb depth: Sized to fit wall thickness. Interior Masonry Frames: 0.053 min. thickness (16 gage), cold_rolled steel, mitered and welded units. Jamb depth: Sized to fit wall thickness. Exterior Frames 0.053 min. thickness (16 gage) steel A60 galvannealed coating (ASTM A 653), mitered and welded units Jamb depth: 5-3/4", unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. ACCESSORIES Rubber Silencers: Resilient rubber. Specified in Section 08710. Glazing Stops: Rolled steel channel shape, butted corners; prepared for countersink style screws. Plaster Guards: Provide 26 gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, at back of hardware cutouts in masonry openings. Board Insulation Blocking: ASTM C 578, Type IV (density 1.6 pcf 'minimum), 1 inch thick. Provide one of the following: Amofoam - CM, by Amoco Foam Products Company. Styrofoam SM, by Dow Chemical USX Foarnular 250, by UC Industries, Inc. Glazed Lights in Fire-Rated Doors: Provide UL Labeled Wire Glass Assembly as specified in 08800. ) PROTECTIVE COATINGS Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion, field applied. Primer: Exposed surfaces shall be cleaned, treated with Bonderite chemical and given one baked-on shop coat of gray synthetic pruner FABRICATION Fabricate doors and frames in accordance with ANSI A250.8. Transom Bars for Glazed Lights: Fixed type, of same profiles as jamb and head. Fabricate doors with hardware reinforcement welded in place Fabricate frames with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place Provide mortar guard boxes. Fabricate frames to suit masonry all coursing with 4 inch head member. Silencers: Prepare frames for silencers. Single Doors: Provide 3 single rubber silencers on strike side. Double Doors with Mullions: Provide 3 single rubber silencers on each door, on strike side. Double Doors without Mullions Provide 2 single silencers on frame head, Fire Rated Doors and Frames: Attach fire rated label to each door and each frame unit. Do not paint over labels. Undercut non fire rated doors as indicated on Drawings Where multiple openings are indicated, fabricate double wide frames of material gauge as scheduled. Joint frames at swing jamb using minimum 16 gauge insert spline connection full length. After assembly, fill joint with epoxy filler and allow to harden. Finish smooth and flush. Fabricate impost base anchor, providing for minimum of two anchors per impost Base shall fit impost inside profile with "force fit" EXAMINATION - Verify substrate conditions, opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable for proper installation. INSTALLATION Install frames in accordance with ANSI A250.11. Install doors in accordance with ANSI A250,8, Coordinate with adjacent wall construction for anchor placement. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of hardware specified in Section 08710. Provide board insulation blocking at exterior hollow metal frames. Glue blocking in frame jambs (strike side and hinge side) at height indicated on Drawings. Factory installed glazed light assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions for fire-rating required and compliance with referenced standards. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Test for smooth operation through full range of swing; make necessary adjustments. Coordinate adjustment of doors with installation of hardware. Adjust doors and hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS QUALITY ASSURANCE Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard: AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute or grade of door, core, construction, finish, and other requirements. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain doors from one source and by a single manufacturer. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect doors during transit, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling, and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's instructions. Identify each door with individual opening numbers as designated on shop drawings, using temporary, removable, or concealed markings. PROJECT CONDITTONS Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during the remainder of the construction period to comply with the following requirements applicable to Project's geographical location; AWI quality standard Section 100-S-11 "Relative Humidity and Moisture Content." WARRANTY General Warranty: Door manufacturer's warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Total Wine/Landlord of other rights Total Wine/Landlord may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Door Manufacturer's Warranty; Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time after date of Substantial Completion. Solid Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering doors that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Solid Core Doors: Algoma Hardwoods Inc. Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division. Graham Manufacturing Com, Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. Weyerhauser Co. INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS Solid Core Doors for Transparent Finish: Comply with the following requirements: Faces: Oak, plain sliced, Grade: Economy. Construction: 5 plies. Core: Particleboard core. Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. VENEER MATCHING Within Door Faces: Provide doors with the following veneer matching: Book matching. Center balance matching. Pairs and Sets Provide pair matching and set matching for pairs of doors and for doors hung in adjacent sets FABRICATION Fabricate flush wood doors to comply with following requirements: In sizes indicated for job-site fitting. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels: Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements of NFPA 80 for fire-resistance-rated doors. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame shop drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates, Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with factory machining. EXAMINATION Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door: Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. Reject doors with defects. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Hardware: Section 08710 Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and referenced quality standard and as indicated. Job-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. Fitting Clearances for Non-Fire-Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, 1/16 inch per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4-inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. Fitting Clearances for Fire-Rated Doors; Comply with NFPA 80. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. Field-Finished Doors: Refer to the Section 09900 for finishing requirements: ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion, END OF SECTION SECTION 08336 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS - EXTERIOR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Performance Requirements: Maximum deflection, no greater than 0.03 inches per foot of opening width for the wind load pressure calculation by the manufacturer based on design wind loads shown on the Structural Drawings but not less than 20 PSF. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Product Packaging: Overhead coiling doom shall be delivered in manufacturer's standard packaging with identification markings on each component or package. Transport, handle, store, and protect products in accordance with Section 0I00 - Product Requirements OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Manufacturer: Overhead Door Corporation, Dallas, TX. Model : Series 616. Windsor Door, Little Rock, AR, Technical Services, (800) 774-1282. Model : 6100 • Cornell-Ironworks ; Inc., Mountaintop, PA. Architectural Design Support (800) 233-8366, ext. 551 , Model : ESD 10 Substitutions: Similar products by other approved manufacturers.. Components: Curtain: Interlocking roll-formed galvanized, slats Non-insulated, flat profile, 22 gage minimum, Endlocks: Attached to each end of alternate slats to prevent lateral movement. Bottom Bar: Two prime painted steel galvanized steel angles, minimum thickness 1/8" bolted back to back to reinforce curtain in the guides. Guides: Galvanized steel angles 3/16 inch thick steel, minimum. Brackets: Galvanized steel to support counterbalance, curtain and hood. Counterbalance: Helical torsion spring type housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel, adjustable by means of an adjusting tension wheel. 20,000 cycle life design. Hood: Galvanized steel, 24 gauge with intermediate supports as required. Weatherseals: Vinyl bottom seal, exterior and internal guide seals, internal hood seals, and lintel seals. Manual Operation: Chain hoist (crank operation). Locking: Interior bottom bar slide boltlock. Chain keeper locks for chain hoist operation. Wall Mounting Condition Face-of-wall mounting. Galvanized Steel: Primer 0.2 mils thick baked-on rust-inhibitive primer, roll coating process. Finish Coat; Shop applied 0.6 mils thick baked-on polyester powder coated top coat. Color; As shown on the Drawings. EXAMINATION Examine surfaces and adjacent areas. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Openings shall be to the dimensions indicated. Headers shall be level and parallel with finish floor. Door support framing installed at locations indicated. PREPARATION 'Interface with Other Work, Coordinate construction of door openings within partition. Ensure that door head is constructed parallel to floor. Coordinate installation and locations of structural supports for door assembly. INSTALLATION Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. Provide openings, size as scheduled on Drawings, with head, jambs, and sill as detailed. Install metal fabrications for support and attachment of door assembly. Door structural supports shall be as specified in Section 05500. Provide sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 07900. Field Painting: Surfaces which have not been finish coated in the shop shall be field painted as specified in Section 09900. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Site Tests Upon completion of installation, test operation of door. Make all necessary adjustments as required and retest. After acceptance of test results, re-set door to original position. Inspection: Inspect overhead coiling door and operating system installation. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. ENT OF SECTION SECTION 08383 - FLEXIBLE TRAFFIC DOORS DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver product in manufacturer's original unopened packages with labels legible and intact, Labels shall identify manufacturer, brand name, model size, finish, and location of installation. Store doors and accessories in unopened packages in protected dry area to prevent damage from environmental and construction operations. WARRANTY Door Panel: 10 years on panel against manufactures defects. Hardware: Lifetime warranty. MANUFACTURER Eliason Corporation, Woodland, CA. Telephone: 800 828 2655 or 530 662 5494. No substitution. FLEXIBLE PLASTIC TRAFFIC DOORS Description: High impact plastic traffic door, as shown on the Drawings. Door Body: Double ply of .120" flexible vinyl sheet. Finish: Pebble embossed. Color: Tan 204 Size: Width as indicated on the Drawings. 84" high Window: 14" x 16" clear vinyl. Hardware: Top mounted only. No bottom pivot. Steel jamb protection to 12" AFF. EXAMINATION Verify that openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and clearances are as indicated on Drawings. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. INSTALLATION Install door unit assembly to manufacturer's installation instructions and manufacturer's location and installation drawings. Frame Mounted Traffic Doors: Use anchorage devices to fasten flexible traffic door assembly to door frame construction without distortion or imposed stresses. Fit and align door assembly level and plumb. Adjust door assembly to provide smooth operation from closed to full open position. CLEANING Remove protective material from pre-finished surfaces. Remove labels and visible markings. Wash down surfaces with a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Wipe surfaces clean. END OF SECTION SECTION 08450 - ALL GLASS ENTRANCE SYSTEMS MANUFACTURERS Subject to compliance with requirements, products by: Oldcastle Glass, Santa Monica, CA, (866) 653 2278. Other manufacturers with similar product, complying with the Contract Documents. INTERIOR ALL GLASS ENTRANCE SYSTEM Total Vision Concept (TVC) Entrances: Single door, as indicated on the Drawings. Pair of doors with sidelights, as indicated on the Drawings, Fittings: Top and bottom fittings to be of cast structural alloys with formed cover plates of specified finish. Assembly connections to have stainless steel threaded inserts or utilize roll thread fasteners. Assemblies to be constructed of high-density, hardened aluminum castings. Glass 1/2" thick, fully tempered bronze Conform to ASTM C1036 and C1048 for fabrication and temperieg. All exposed edges to be flat-polished to a reflective appearance similar to glass surface. All glass adjacent to door(s) to be supplied by entrance manufacturer. Finish: All exposed surfaces to be free of scratches and blemishes. Rail, channel, and pan cover finishes to be stainless steel clad, 304 alloy, polished. Hardware: Furnished by the entrance. manufacturer, Where practical, hardware fittings to be factory installed. Hardware to be entrance manufacturer's standard, unless noted otherwise, Top Corner Patch: 0042410 Top Corner Patch with Pivot Housing. Bottom Comer Patch: Bottom Comer Patch with Pivot and Closer Housing. Patch Lock: 00-16500 Bottom Lock Patch with Dead Bolt. Top Pivots: 0G-360. Bottom Pivots: 00-11500. Handles: 00-3, Back-to-Back "C" Pulls - Use at Humidor. 00-5, Back-to-Back Circular Pull-Use at Wine Education Room. EXAMINATION Verify wall openings are ready to receive work of this Section. Verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with other work. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. INSTALLATION Install glass entrance door system components by experienced installers per entrance manufacturer's instructions. Align assembly plumb, square, and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. CLEANING Clean glass and exposed metal surfaces per entrance manufacturer's instructions., END OF SECTION SECTION 08462 - AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRANCE DOORS REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (AAADM) AAADM Inspector Certification Program American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI A117.1 - Guidelines For Accessible And Usable Buildings And Facilities. ANSI (1311MA) A156.10 - Power Operated Pedestrian Doors. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM C 1048 - Heat Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. Consumer Products Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing: CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1201. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Single slide doors with 42" clear opening. Locations as shown on the Drawings Performance Requirements: Design system to operate, hold open, and close doors under wind and suction loads calculated by the manufacturer based on the design wind loads shown on the Structural drawings but not less than a windload pressure of 20 PSF. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction of door and frame units, transmitted to operating equipment. Provide for dimensional distortion of components during operation. Provide for opening and closing operation of door panels in the event of power failure. Operating Temperature Range: -20 F to 130 F anabient. Eliminate system performance interference by ambient light and radio frequencies. Provide sliding doors and side panels with break-away capability. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Automatic and barrier free door equipment shall be installed by the manufacturer's factory trained installers or shall be installers as recommended and approved by the automatic door operator manufacturer. Installers shall be certified and recognized by and in accordance with the AAADM Inspector Certification Program. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for automatic release of control drive unit to permit manual opening of doors, Comply with ANSI A156.10 and ANSI A117.1. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Incorporated as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Product Packaging: Automatic Entrance Doors will be delivered in manufacturer's standard packaging with identification markings on each component or package. WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's three year warranty. Include coverage of complete system for failure to meet specified requirements. Include cost of material and labor for repairs and adjustments. MANUFACTURER Stanley Access Technologies Farmington, CT (860) 679-6493. AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRANCE DOORS Dula-Glide Series 3000 with Stan-Vision as manufactured by Stanley. Overhead concealed slide door system with sidelights and transom where indicated, full breakout of doors and sidelights unless otherwise scheduled to be non breakaway and doorway monitoring device to control door opening, closing, and hold open functions single or pair as indicated. Door and Transom Sizes: As shown on Drawings. OPERATING SYSTEM COMPONENTS Visual Sensing System (Motion Detector): Stan-Vision Series as manufactured by Stanley. The system consists of the following major components: Two CCD (Closed Circuit Digital) visual sensors with mounting templates, one visual sensor controller, a four-channel encoder, two RG-59 cables for connecting the visual sensors to the visual sensor controller. The system shall connect with the Stanley interface board, motor encoder assembly, and the Stanley Dora-Glide microprocessor control box. Provide one unit center mounted above doorway on each side of header. Power Requirements: Dedicated 120V AC, 10 Amp, 60 Hz, single phase power with solid earth ground connection. DOORS, HARDWARE, AND ACCESSORIES Doors: Narrow stile aluminum doors. Top Rail: Manufacturer's standard. Bottom Rail: 10 inches high, Horizontal Muntins: Provide two muntins, locate at 24 inches and 42 inches above finish floor. Align with bumper guards and push bars on aluminum storefront system entrance door as indicated on Drawings. Stiles: 2-1/4 inches. Glass: Exterior Doors and Transom Glazing Above; Clear tempered glass; ASTM C1048, Kind FT (Fully Tempered), Condition A (Uncoated), Type I (Transparent Glass, Flat), Class 1 (Clear), Quality q3 (Glazing Select). Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201. Thickness: 6.0 mm (1/4 inch). Identification Permanently identify by manufacturer, Etch or ceramic fire identification on glass visible when unit is glazed. Finish: Match finish of aluminum storefront specified in Section 08411. Door Hardware and Accessories: Pivots Allows sliding panel and sidelights to break away to full open position to provide immediate egress at any point in door movement Top Door Ann: Door holders for all break-away door panels. Quick disconnect wiring harness. Power Switch: 5 position "On/Off/Hold Open" switch; full automatic, reduced automatic, and exit only. Adjustable door sweeps. Finger Protection: Provide finger protection between sidelight and sliding door when door is in open position. Lock: Cylinder er Slide doors shall include two point lock securing lead edges of door styles together and to hanger assembly. Electromechanical Solenoid Lock Provide automatic locking mechanism to secure doom in closed position when the door is closed to outside entry (ENTER/NO). Provide fail-safe control. Provide door unit with exterior access by key control switch mounted at outside jamb to disengage electromechanical lock and open door. "Watchdog" monitoring of microprocessor. Keyed Cylinder (Outside): Specified in Section 08710. Perimeter pile weatheistripping. Panic break away shall be code approved, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Enter/Exit signs and decals Thresholds: Provide aluminum threshold of profile shown for doors when scheduled in Section 08710. Provide edge profile suitable for installation adjacent to entrance tile where applicable. Length: Opening Aidth plus 2 inches minimum. Height 114'' maximum. Glass Guards: Nominal 1/2 inch by 2 inch aluminum bar with 1 inch, projection from mounting surface Mount on doors where and as shown on the Drawiogs EXAMINATION Examine surfaces and adjacent areas in which Work is performed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Provide door openings to size indicated on Drawings Provide door head level and parallel with floor at door opening Size and configuration shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Provide door jambs parallel and plumb. Provide power to location at door required by door manufacturer ready for power connection. INSTALLATION Installation will be in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions Anchorage devices will be used to securely fasten assembly to adjacent construction without distortion or stress Hardware will be installed in accordance with ANSI A117.1 requirements and local adopted disabled access requirements for hardware Seal joint sealing between door frames and walls in accordance with Section 07900. Make final power connections to automatic entrance doors as specified in Section 16100. Furnish and install keyed cylinder and thumbturn if and where specified in Section 08710. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Site Tests Upon completion of installation, test operation of automatic entrance doors and operating system. Make all necessary adjustments as required and retest. Inspection: Inspect automatic entrance doors and operating system installation in accordance with AAADM requirements. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. END OF SECIION SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. National Fire Protection Institute (NFiPA): NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. NEPA 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. NEPA 252 - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. UL 305 - Panic Hardware. QUALITY ASSURANCE Perform work in accordance with the following requirements; ANSI A117.1 NEPA 101. NFPA 80. NEPA 252. UL 10B. UL 305. Regulatory Requirements Conform to applicable code for requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., and acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated Conform to applicable local, State or Federal disabled access requirements for the installation and operation of door hardware. MANUFACTURERS Provide hardware manufacturers and product as scheduled below or indicated on the Drawings. For existing doors to remain, match existing manufacturers / product. Hardware Manufacturers: Best Access SystemsA. Division of Stanley Security Solutions, Indianapolis, IN, (317) 849 2250 Detex Corporation, New Braunfels, TX,(800) 729 3839 or (830) 629 2900 Hager Companies, St. Louis, MO(S00) 325 9995 or (314) 772 0744 Sargent Manufacturing Company (an ASSA ABLOY Group Company), New Havens, CT, (800) 727 5477 EXAMINATION Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive Work and dimensions are as instructed by the manufacturer Verify that electric power is available to power operated devices and of the correct characteristics INSTALLATION Hardware Mounting Heights: Comply with Door and Hardware Institute Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames except as otherwise indicated Conform to requirements of applicable Local State or Federal disabled access requirements for the installation and operation of door hardware. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations Thru-bolt closers on doors Thresholds: Set in mastic and anchor into place. ADJUSTING Hardware Adjustment: Return to project one month after 's occupancy, and adjust hardware for proper operation and function. Instruct Total Wine/Landlord's personnel in proper maintenance and adjustment. ACCESSORIES Provide all required warning signs etc. related to panic hardware. END OF SECTION SECTION 08710 - HARDWARE GROUPS Hardware Group 1 New door and hardware, ref spec section 08336. (Overhead Coiling) Hardware Group 2 New door and hardware, ref spec section 08383. (Flexible Traffic) Hardware Group 3 New door and hardware, ref spec section 08450. (All Glass System) Hardware Group 4 New door and hardware, ref spec section 08462. (Automatic Sliding Entrance) Hardware Group 5 Not Used Hardware Group 6 Not Used Hardware Group 7 Not Used Hardware Group 8 Not Used Hardware Group 9 Not Used Hardware Group 10 Not Used Hardware Group 11 Not Used Hardware Group 12 Not Used Hardware Group 13 Not Used Hardware Group 14 Not Used Hardware Group 15 Not Used Hardware Group 16 Provide new emergency egress devices equipped with a time delay and alarm: 2 Exit Device Detex V40EEIC7 626 Install with either electric hinge EWH8-X or power transfer PT -5 Hardware Group 17 Provide new emergency egress device equipped with a time delay and alarm: 1 Exit Device Detex V40EEIC7 626 Install with either electric hinge ENVH8-X or power transfer PT-5 Hardware Group 18 Provide new emergency egress device equipped with a time delay and alarm: 1 Exit Device Detex V40EE1C7 626 Install with either electric hinge EWH8-X or power transfer PT-5 1 Viewer Hager 1755 160 degree viewer 626 1-U2 pr. 2 1 set Butts Lock Set Closer Viewer Kick Plate Silencers 1-1/2 pr. Butts 1 Closer Push Plate I Pull Plate 1 1Cick Plate Silencers 1-1/2 pr. 1 1 1 1 Butts Closer Push Plate Pull Plate Silencers 1-1/2 pr. Butts 1 Push Plate Pull Plate Kick Plate 1 set Silencers 3 pr. 1 set Butts Lock Set Closer Hager Best Sargent Hager Hager Hager Hager Sargent Hager Hager Hager Hager Hager Sargent Hager Hager Hager Hager Hager Hager Hager Hager Hager Best Sargent Flush Bolts, top and bottom Ives 1-1/2 pr. Butts 1 ea. Exit Device 1 ea. Threshold I ea. Door Shoe 1 ea. 1 set 1 ea. 1 ea. 2 pr. I ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 set I ea. Hager Dam Hager Hager Door Bottom Weatherstrip Hager Jamb & Head Weatherstrip Hager Drip Cap Hager Door Holder Hager Butts Hager Exit Device Detex Threshold Hager Door Shoe Hager Door Bottom Weatherstrip Hager Jamb & Head Weatherstrip Hager Drip Cap Hager 1-1/2 pr. Butts Lock Set Closer Viewer Silencers 3 pr. 1 1 1 set I set Hardware Group 19 1279 4-112" x 4-1/2" 93K-7-D-14-D-STK 1430 1755 160 degree viewer 194S 10" x34" 307D 652 626 626 626 630 Hardware Group 20 1279 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" 652 1430 626 30S4 x16' 630 330 x 16" 630 194S 10" x 34" 630 307D Hardware Group 21 • 1279 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" 1430 30S 4" x 16" 330 4" x 16" 307D Hardware Group 22 1279 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" 30S 4" x 16" 330 4" x 16" 194S 10" x 34" 307D 652 626 630 630 652 630 630 630 Hardware Group 23 1279 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" 652 93K-7-D-14-D-STK 626 1430 626 458 - 12" 626 Hardware Group 24 B131191 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" NRP 626 V40xEll 412S-A 779S-A-V 754S-X-N 862S-X-N 810S-A 270C Hardware Group 25 13B1191 4-1/2 x 4-1/2" NRP 626 V40xEH 412S-A 7798-A-V 754S-X-N 862S-X-N 8105-A Hardware Group 26 Hager 1279 4-1a' x 4-1/2 652 Best 93K-7-D-14-D-STK 626 Sargent 1430 626 Hager 1755 160 degree viewer 626 Hager 307D Hardware Cuout) 27 Butts Hager 1279 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" 652 Lock Set Best 93K-7-D-14-D-STK 626 Closer Sargent 1430 626 Flush Bolts top and bottom Ives 458 - 12 . 626 Jamb & Head Weatherstrip Hager 862S-X-N END OF SECTION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 05 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SECTION 0 00 - GLAZING REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM C920 - Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. ASTM C1036 - Flat Glass. ASTM C1048 - Heat Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. AS'flaf D2000 - Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA): FGMA - Glazing Manual and Glazing Sealing Systems Manual. Consumer Product Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing. CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1201. QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform to FGMA Glazing Manual for glazing installation methods. Provide permanent labeling for safety glass indicating conformance with specified standards. GLASS MATERIALS Tempered Glass ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (Fully Tempered), Condition A (Uncoated), Type I (Transparent Glass, Flat), Quality q3 (Glazing Select). Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR Part 1201. Tempered glazing panels as specified in the Glass Schedule below (including doors sidelights storefronts and transoms) shall comply with the CPSC 16CFR Part 1201 criteria for Category I or II as follows: Glazing Panels 9 sq, ft or les&. Category L Glazing Panels more than 9 sq. ft.: Category II. Thickness: 1/4 inch unless otherwise shown or specified. Clear: Class 1 (Clear). Identification: Each unit of tempered glass shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer. The identification shall be etched or ceramic fired on the glass and be visible when the unit is glazed, GLAZING COMPOUNDS Polysulphide Sealant Two component, chemical curing non sagging type; cured Shore A hardness of 15-25. Silicone Sealant Single component, chemical curing capable of water immersion without loss of properties non bleeding non staining cured Shore A hardness of 15-25, Color; Clean Acrylic terpolymer compounded especially for glazing non hardening non staining and non bleeding GLAZING ACCESSORIES Setting Blocks Resilient blocks of 70 to 90 Shore A durorneter hardness compatible with glazing sealant. Spacers: Resilient blocks of 40 to 50 Shore A durometer hardness; self adhesive on one side; compatible with glazing sealant. Filler Rods Closed cell or jacketed foam rods of polyethylene, butyl, neoprene, polyurethane, or vinyl compatible with glazing sealant. Joint Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers As recommended by glazing sealant manufacturer Gaskets: ASTM D2000, SBC 415 to 3BC 620; extruded or molded neoprene or EPDM, black. Butt Joint "H" Trim: CRL Satin Anodized 114" "H" Channel by C.R. Laurence Company Inc., Los Angeles, CA (800) 421-6144. Window Tint: Interior applied - 3M Scotchtint Suncontrol Window Film: NVI5 or comparable. EXAMINATION Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready Bar work of this Section. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. PREPARATION Clean contact surfaces; prime or seal where recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended application. Inspect glass edges immediately prior to setting; discard those with edge damage that will contribute to glazing failure. GLAZING Locate setting blocks at quarter points of sili; set in sealant if heel or toe bead is required. Install spacers inside and out except where preshimmed tape or glazing gaskets are to be used. Set each piece in a series to other pieces in pattern draw, bow, or other visually perceptible characteristics, Provide glazing sealants and gaskets as required for particular glazing application. Coordinate with other Sections for material compatibility. Gaskets: Provide adequate anchorage, particularly for driven in wedge gaskets. Miter and weld ends of channel gaskets at corners to provide continuous gaskets Seal face gaskets at corners with sealant to close opening and prevent withdrawal of gaskets from corners. Do not leave voids in glazing channels except as specifically indicated or recommended by glass manufacturer. Force sealant into channel to eliminate voids. Tool exposed surfaces to slight wash away from joint. Trim and clean promptly. Do not allow sealant to close weeps of aluminum framing. Provide filler rod where sealants are used in the following locations: Head and jamb channels. Colored glass over 75 united inches in size. Clear glass over 125 united inches in size. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Immediately prior to Total Wine/Landlords acceptance of Project, replace broken or otherwise damaged glass. Wash and polish glass inside and out. END OF SECTION SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) REFERENCES American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTIV1): AsTm C-150 - Portland Cement. ASTM C-207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. ASTM C-778 - Standard Sand. ASTM C-897 - Aggregate for Job-Mixed Portland Cement Based Plasters. ASTM C-926 - Application of Portland Cement Based Plaster. ASTM C-932 - Surface Applied Bonding Agents. QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM C-926 as applicable; and "Plaster, Metal Framing System, Lath Manual" Latest Edition. Allowable Tolerances: Maximum 1/8 inch in 10 feet deviation from true plane as measured by straight edge placed at all locations on surface. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to Project in original packages, containers, or bundles, labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name, and lot number. Store materials under cover, dry, and protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other activity. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after plaster application. Warm-Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural and artificial. Apply cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions to prevent dry out during cure period. Provide suitable covering, moist curing, and barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these, as required. Exterior Plaster Work: Do not apply plaster when ambient temperature is below 40 deg F (4 deg C). Protect contiguous work from soiling and moisture deterioration caused by plastering. Provide temporary covering and other provisions necessary to minimize harmful spattering of plaster on other work. MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Plaster Materials: Parex, Inc. Metal Accessories / Miscellaneous Material: Dale/Incor Industries, Inc. Fry Reglet Corporation. Metalex (Keene Products). MM Systems Corp. National Gypsum Co. PLASTER MATERIALS Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type!. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. Aggregate: Clean, well graded sand or screening from crushed stone or slag conforming to ASTM C-897 for fine aggregate and graded within the following limits: Passing No. 4 sieve: 100% Passing No. 8 sieve: 90% Passing No. 16 sieve: 60%-90% Passing No. 30 sieve: 35%-70% Passing No. 50 sieve: 10%-30% Passing No. 100 sieve: 5% Integral Color: As indicated on Drawing ACCESSORIES General: Comply with material provisions of ASTM C 1063 and the requirements indicated below; coordinate depth of accessories with thickness and number of plaster coats required. Galvanized Steel Components: Fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G40 minimum coating designation. Metal Corner Reinforcement: Expanded, large-mesh, diamond-metal lath fabricated from zinc-alloy or welded-wire mesh fabricated from 0.0475-inch -diameter, zinc-coated (galvanized) wire and specially formed to reinforce external corners of portland cement plaster on exterior exposures while allowing full plaster encasement. Comerbeads: Small nose cornerbeads fabricated from the following metal, with expanded flanges of large-mesh diamond-metal lath allowing full plaster encasement. Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch (0.44 mm) thick. Milcor #1. Equal products by other manufacturers. Casing Beads: Square-edged style, with expanded flanges of the following material: Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch thick. Milcor #66, 1/2" and 7/8" grounds. Equal products by other manufacturers. Control Joints: Prefabricated, of material and type indicated below: Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch thick. One-Piece Type: Folded pair of nonperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration, with expanded or perforated flanges. Provide removable protective tape on plaster face of control joints. Milcor #50 and #75. Equal products by other manufacturers. Foundation Sill (Weep) Screed: Manufacturer's standard profile designed for use at sill plate line to form plaster stop and prevent plaster go- ."11"11 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT STORE NUMBER: XXXX ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY DRAWN BY FILE: SPECS ' 9921 REGISTERED ARDHITEC AM SALLE AI Y 1 STATE OF &SHIN TON SHEET NAME: SPECIFICATION SHEET SHEET NUMBER: SPEC5 :t- o MAY BE CONTR from contacting damp earth, fabricated from zinc-coated (galvanieed) steel sheet. Fry Reglet Corporation #FWS-875, Equal products by other manufacturers. IVIISCEILANEOUS MATERIALS Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 932. Welderete, as manufactured by Larsen Products Corporation, Rockville, Maryland. Equal products by other manufacturers. Dash-Coat Material: 2 parts portland cement to 3 parts fine sand, mixed with water to a mushy-paste consistency. PLASTER MIMES AND COMPOSITIONS General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for base- and finish-coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, materials, and other requirements indicated. Base-Coat Mixes and Compositions Proportion materials for respective base coats in parts by volume per sum of cementitious material for aggregates to comply with the following requirements for each method of application and plaster base indicated. Adjust mix proportions below with limits specified to attain workability. Fiber-Content: Add fiber to following mixes after ingredients have mixed at least 2 minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instructions but do not exceed 1 lb/cu. ft. (16 kg/cu. M.) of cementitious materials. Reduce aggregate quantities accordingly to maintain workability, Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Concrete Unit Masonry: Single base coats for two-coat plasterwork as follows: Portland Cement Mix: For cementidous material, mix 1 part porriand cement and 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts of lima Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cernentitious material (sum of separate volumes of each component material). MIXiNG Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. Provide accurate measurements Mix an batches to same proportions Mix aggregate, cement and all other dry ingredients until the mass is uniform in color and homogeneous before adding water. Determine the quantity of water necessary for the desired consistency by trail, and thereafter measure in proper proportions Retampering of piaster mix is not permitted. PREPARATION Make a detailed inspection of all areas and surfaces to be enclosed and covered by the work under this Section. Have all unsatisfactory conditions corrected prior to the start of the work. Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster, removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work. Apply bonding agent on concrete unit masonry (CMU) surfaces indicated for direct plaster application; comply with manufacturer's written instructions for application. • Install temporary grounds and screeds to ensure accurate rodding of plaster to true surfaces; coordinate with scratch-coat work. Flashing: Refer to applicable Division 7 Sections for installing flashing as indicated. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before plastering, dampen concrete and concrete unit masonry (CMU) surfaces that are indicated for direct plaster application, except where a bonding agent has been applied. Determine and apply amount of moisture and degree of saturation that will result in optimum suction for plastering INSTALLATION OF PLASTERING ACCESSORIES General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for prevision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Miter or cope accessories at corners; install with tight joints and in alignment Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and in alignment during plastering Install accessories of type indicated at following locations: External Corners Install corner reinforcement at external comers. Terminations of Plaster: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated. Control Joints Install at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by Architect: Where an expansion or contraction joint occurs in surface ace:instruction directly behind plaster membrane Distance Between Control Joints Not to exceed 18 feet (5A in) in either direction or a length-to-width ratio of 2-1/2 to 1. Wall Areas: Not more than 100 sq. (9 sq. m) in area. Where plaster panel sizes or dimension change, extend joints full width or height of plaster membrane. PLASTER APPLICATION General: Comply with ASTM C 926, Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane, as measured by a straight-edge, placed at all locations on finish surface. Finish plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated. Where casing bead does not terminate plaster at metal frame, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal. Provide plaster surfaces that are ready to receive field-applied finishes indicated, Do not use materials that are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty, or contaminated by foreign materials. Do not use excessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials. Flat Surface Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 ram in 3m) from a tnie plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot (3-ix) straightedge, placed at any location on surface. Grout hollow metal frames bases, and similar work occurring in plasteeed areas with base coat plaster material and before lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire-resistance rating grout at least 6 inches (152 mm) at each jamb anchor. Sequence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will be damaged by installation of the other. Cornets: Make internal corners and angles square; finish external corners flush with comerbeads on interior work square and true with plaster faces on exterior work. Application: Concrete masonry units (CMU) plaster base: Two Coat Portland Cement Plaster No building paper/metal lath. Total Thickness: 5/8" minimum. Finish Coat: Sand float finish. Moist-cure plaster base and finish coats to comply with ASTM C 926. CUTTING AND PATCHING Plaster containing cracks, blisters, pits and discoloration visible from twenty (20) feet is not acceptable. Remove and replace with plaster conforming to the requirements of this Section. Cut, patch, replace, repair, and point up plaster as necessary to accommodate other work. Repair cracks and indented surfaces. Point-up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, check cracking dry outs, efflorescence, excessive pinholes, and similar defects. Repair or replace work as necessary to comply with required visual effects. Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames windows, and other surfaces not to be plastered. Repair surfaces stained, marred or otherwise damaged during plaster work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers, equipment, and plaster debris. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, which ensure plaster work is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion, END OF SECTION SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM A 653 - Steel Sheet Zinc Coated (Galvanieed) or Zinc -Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process ASTM C 557 - Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing. ASTM C 645 - Nonstuctural Steel Framing Members ASTM C 754 - Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products. ASTM C 840 Application And Finishing Of Gypsum Board. ASTM C 954 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 inches to 0.112 inches in Thickness ASTM C 1002 - Steel Self Piercing Tapping Screws For The Application Of Gypsum Panel Products Or Metal Plaster Bases To Wood Studs Or Steel Studs. ASTM C 1177 - Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. ASTM C 1396 Gypsum Board Gypsum Association (GA): • GA-214 - Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. GA_216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. GA-600 - Fire Resistance and Sound Control Design Manual. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in the installation of light gage metal framing components and gypsum wallboard with minimum 5 years documented experience DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Section 01600 - Product Requirements Transport, handle, store, and protect products Protect metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. Store and protect metal framing with weatherproof covering, and ventilate to avoid condensation, Deliver materials in original packages containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. Stack gypsum board flat to prevent sagging. PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board in conformance with GA-216. Maintain minimum 50 degrees F for 48 hours before application and finishing of gypsum board Maintain temperature continuously until dry. Do not exceed 95 degrees F when using temporary heat sources Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials Prevent drafts during hot, dry weather to avoid finishing materials from drying too rapidly. FRAMING MATERIALS Interior Nonload-Bearing Partition Framing: ASTM C 645; galvanized sheet steel, channel shaped, punched for utility access, depth and gages as indicated below unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Partition having an unbraced length of 12 feet or Less: Minimum 25 gaga Partition having an unbraced length greater than 12 Feet: Minimum 20 gage. Partition (bulkheads) suspended from overhead having an unbraced length of 10 Feet or Less Minimum 25 gaga Partition height 8 feet and less : Minimum 25 gage. Partition height 8 - 16 feet Minimum 22 gage Partition height 16 feet and higher: Minimum 20 gage, Partition Floor Tracks and Runners: ASTM C 645; galvanized sheet steel, channel shaped, same depth and gage as studs, tight fit; solid web. Capture Track Deep leg track at roof deck or structure to provide vertical travel as indicated. Contractor's Option: Manufacturer's standard double or single deflection track as follows: VertiClip or VertiTrack by The Steel Network, Raleigh, NC (888) 474.4876. If this option is used track may be 20 gauge for all stud sizes. FastTop Clip by Dietrich Metal Framing Pittsburg, PA (412) 281-2805. SLP-TRK by Brady Innovations as distributed by Dietrich Metal Framing. Furring and Bracing ASTM C 645; galvanized sheet steel. Studs: ST25 - 2-1/2 inch deep, 25 gage. Studs: S1'25 - 3-5/8 inch deep, 25 gaga Hat Shaped Channels 7/8 inch deep x 1-1/2 inch wide 25 gaga Cold Rolled Channels 3/4 x 1/2 inch and 1-1/2 x 17/32 inch, 16 gaga Z Furring Channel: 1-1/2 inch deep, 25 gaga Clip Angles 2 inches x 2 inches x 16 gage x 1/4 inch less than stud width. Contractor's Option: In lieu of cold rolled channels and clip angles for horizontal wall bridging, Contractor may provide one of the following: Bridge Bar by the Steel Network TradeReady Spazzer 9200 Bridging and Bracing Bar by Dietrich Metal Framing Partition Framing Fasteners Corrosion resistant self drilling self tapping steel screws 22 Gage Framing ASTM C 1002; 3/8 inch Type S pan head. 20 Gage and Heavier Framing ASTM C 954; 3/8 inch Type S-12 low profile head Bracing to Framing Attachment Angle Fasteners: #12 diameter pan head corrosion-resistant self-drilling screws. Partition Floor Track Anchorage Device: Low velocity powder actuated drive pins minimum 0.138 inch shank diameter x 1-1/2 inch shank length with 7/8 inch diameter washer Hilti PAT System using X-ZE 37 P8S36 Pins by Hilti, Tulsa OK. (800) 879-8000. Ramset/Red Head Syetern using 1500SD Pins by I'M Ramset/Redhead, Wood Dale, IL (630) 350-0370. Wall Furring to Concrete or Masonry Wall Fasteners Hex head sleeve anchors minimum 1/4 inch diameter x minimum 1-1/8 inch embedment Sly Anch IIX 5/16 it 2-1/2, by Iiilti, Tulsa, OK (800) 879-8000. Dynabolt lible1413, by fl'W Ratnseteftedhead, Wood Dale, IL (708) 350-1558. Furring Channel to Masonry or Concrete Surface Fasteners Low velocity powder actuated drive pins of size to suit application. Flat Straps and Plates ASTM A 653; galvanized sheet steel, gaga shape, and configuration as indicated on Drawings Contractor's Option: In lieu of 2-inch continuous metal strap at capture tracks, Contractor may provide one of the following: Bridge Bar by The Steel Network. TradeReady Spazzer 9200 Bridging and Bracing Bar by Dietrich Metal Framing GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS Manufacturer: United States Gypsum Company, Chicago, IL. (800) 874-4968. United States Gypsum (USG) gypsum wallboard designations are used within this Section to identify gypsum wallboard and accessory types, unless noted otherwise. Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements, unless otherwise specified, gypsurn board and accessories equivalent to the. USG products specified, by one of the following alternate manufacturers may be provided: BPB America, Inc., Tampa, FL. (866) 427-2872. Georgia-Pacific, Atlanta, GA. (800) 284-5347. National Gypsum Company, Gold Bond Building Products, Charlotte, NC. (800) 628-4662. The Steel Network, Raleigh, NC (888) 474-4876. (Accessories only) Dietrich Metal Framing, Pittsburg, PA (412) 281-2805. (Accessories only) Standard Gypsum Board: Sheetrock, ASTM C 1396; 1/2 inch and 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. Water Resistant Gypsum Board: Sheeteock Water-Resistant, ASTM C 1396, 1/2 inch thick, maximum permissible lengths; ends square cut, tapered edges Fire Resistant Gypsum Board: Sheetrock Firecode Core, ASTM C 1396, Type X; 518 inch thick, maximum permissible lengths; ends square cut, tapered edges; core material as required to comply with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) assemblies indicated on Drawings. Water and Fire Resistant Gypsum Board: Sheetiock Water-Resistant, Firecode "C" Core, ASTM C 1396, Type X; 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible lengths ends square cue tapered edges, core material as required to comply with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) assemblies indicated on Drawings. Impact Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396, thickness shown, manufactured to produce greater resistance to surface indentation and through penetration than standard gypsum panels Provide the following or equivalent by alternate manufacturers specified above Sheetrock Brand Abuse Resistant Gypsum Wallboard by US Gypsum Gypsum Board Fasteners Metal Framing ASTM C 954 and C 1002, Type S-12 bugle head, corrosion resistant self tapping steel screws. One Layer 1/2 Inch: 1 inch. One Layer 5/8 Inch: 1-1/8 inch. Two Layers 518 Inch: 1-7/8 inch. Wood Furring ASTM C 1002, 1-1/4 inch, Type W bugle head, corrosion resistant self drilling steel screws. Gypsum Board Accessories: Comer Beads: No. 104 Dur-A-Bead galvanized steel corner bead. Edge Trim: GaIvarrieed steel casing No. 200-B, L shape for tight abutment at edges. No. 200-A, J shape at other locations. Control Joint Accessory Piece: No. 093 roll-formed zinc. Vertical Movement Joint Trim: No DRMZ-625-200 aluminum Z shape trim by Fry Reglet Joint Materials Reinforcing Tape Sheetrock Joint Tape. Joint Compound Sheetrock Ready-Mixed All Purpose Joint Compound. Adhesive: Commercial Adhesive complying with ASTM C 557. Acoustical Insulation: Unfaced fiberglass bans specified in Section 07210. Firestopping: Furnish and install at penetrations of frre-resistive rated gypsum board wall as specified in Section 07840. EXAMINATION Examine existing conditions and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that conditions conform to product manufacturer's requirements Verify that building framing components are ready to receive Work. Verify that roughen utilities are in-place and located where required. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning of erection and installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. INSTALLATION: STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL Installation Standards Comply with ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation and with further details and instruction by gypsum board manufacturer's written construction guidelines. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, finnishings, or similar construction. Comply, if none available, with United States Gypsum's "Gypsum Construction Handbook," INSTALLATION - PARITIION fRAMING Install studs and fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions, ASTM C 754, GA 216 and GA-600 Metal Stud Spacing: Unless otherwise noted, provide interior framing at 1118X1111111/1 24 inches on center. Provide 16 inches on center maximum spacing for walls to receive ceramic tile. Align stud web openings horizontally. Splice studs with minimum 8 inch nested lap, fasten each stud flange with minimum two screws. Construct corners using minimum three studs. Double stud at wall openings, door and vvindow jambs, maximum 2 inches from each side of openin s. Place studs as indicated on Drawings minimum 2 inches from abutting walls. Install headers at partition openings using load-bearing cee joists specified in Section 05400. Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to match wall stud spacing. Refer to Drawings for indication of partitions extending to finished ceiling only and for partitions extending through ceiling to building structure above. Maintain clearance under structural members to avoid deflection transfer to studs. Where indicated, construct partition to accommodate vertical deflection. Install optional products by The Steel Network specified in Part 2 above in accordance with manufacturer's printed instruction. Install clip with step bushing in center of slotted hole. Use a minimum of two fasteners per clip leg to connect clip to structure and partition framing. Attach clip to each stud by screwing through the center of each step bushing. Fasten studs adjacent to door and window frames, partition intersections, and corners to top and bottom runner flanges in double-stud fashion with metal lock fastener tools. Securely fasten studs to jamb and head anchor clips of door and botrowed-light frames. Place horizontally a cut-to-length section of runner with web-flange bend at each end fasten with minimum one screw per flange. Position a cut-to-length stud (extending to top runner) at vertical panel joints over door frame header. Lateral Bracing for Metal Studs: In metal stud partitions and bulkheads where length of metal studs is over 8 feet, install lateral bracing using one of the following methods: Install 1-1/2 inch cold rolled channel through stud web holes and screw attach in place with clip angles Lap channels by nesting one inside the other to a depth of at least 8 inches and wire tie together. Install optional Bridge Bar by the Steel Network specified in Part 2 above in accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions, Install field-cut runner for solid bridging at each end of wall, adjacent to wall openings and 10 feet on center maximum. Install 1-1/2 inch wide 20 gage strap bracing on both sides of stud. Fasten strap bracing to each solid bridging /sinner section with four screws. Gypsum Board Partitions: Space lateral bracing at the following intervals Provide bracing at ceiling line or at mid pan of studs at areas without ceilings Install braced framing of steel stud framing as indicated on Drawings Use only screw attachments. Blocking Screw attach wood blocking between sfuds. Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions wall cabinets toilet accessories and hardware. Framing Fastening Fasten framing in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and schedule below, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. CONNECTION FASTENER Floor Track to Concrete 1 - Pin at 32 inches on center. Partition Stud to Floor Track 1 - Screw each side at each flange. Stud Brace Web to Stud Web 2 - Screws. Plates and Straps to Studs 2 - Screws. Stud Web to Stud Web 2 - Screws, Stud Brace Web to Attachment Angle, 2 - Screws. Lateral Bracing to Partition Stud Using clip Angles 2 - Screws to stud and 2 - Screws to cold rolled channel. Runner to Header 1 - Screw at 16 inches on center, maximum 6 inches from each end, INSTALLATION: SUSPENDED CEILING Unless otherwise shown, install suspended ceilings in accordance with the following requirements. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structure as follows: Install 1 1/2" cold rolled channels 41-0" oc with 8 ga hanger wire spaced a max of 4'-0" oc along carrying channels. Attach 718" screw furring channels spaced 16" oc perpendicular to the 1 1/2" channel with double strand of saddle tied # 16 ga galvanized tie wire or 1 1/2" furring channel clips. Apply 1/2" gypsum board with its long dimension at right angles to the furring channels. Attach gypsum board with 1" self drilling drywall screws 12" cc in the field of the board 8" or 12" oc at butt joints, located not more than 1/2" from edges. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacing that interferes with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so members for panel attachment are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. INSTALLATION - FURRING Furring Channels: Attach vertically spaced at maximum 16 inches on center, to masonry and concrete surfaces with hammer set or powder driven fasteners staggered 24 inches on center on opposite flanges. Nest channels 8 inches at splices and anchor with 2 fasteners in each wing. Wall Furring: Secure top and bottom runners to structure. Space metal studs at maximum 16 inches on center. Furring for Fire Rating: Install metal furring as required for fire resistance ratings indicated on Drawings, and to GA-600 requirements, ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION Place acoustical insulation in partitions tight within spaces, around cut openings, 'behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions as specified in Section 07210. INSTALLATION - GYPSUM BOARD Install gypsum board in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions, ASTM C 840, GA-216, and GA-600. Use water resistant gypsum board at wet areas including walls and ceiling in toilet rooms, janitor closets, and food prep areas as applicable end where shown.] Use fire resistant gypsum board at locations of fire-resistive rated assemblies indicated on Drawings. Use water and fire resistant gypsum board at locations of fire-resistive rated assemblies where water resistant gypsum board is specified. Use standard gypsum board at locations not indicated to be fire resistant or water resistant type. Where applicable, install ceiling panels before the installation of wall panels. Erect single layer gypsum board in most economical direction, with attachment to firm bearing surfaces over framing members. Do not align panel joints with edges of openings. Treat cut edges, holes, fastener heads, and joints, including those at angle intersections, in water resistant gypsum board and exterior gypsum soffit board with specified joint compound. Treat prior to installation. Place gypsum panels over supporting framing members with panel ends aligning and parallel with framing members. Install fasteners from center of field of panel toward ends and edges. Install fasteners 3/8 inch from ends and edges of panels, and as follows: Ceiling: 12 inches on center, perimeter and field. Walls: Standard: 16 inches on center, perimeter and field. Water-Resistant: 12 inches on center, perimeter and field. JOINT TREATMENT Reinforce interior and exterior corners at ceiling and wall surfaces. Apply 3 inch wide initial coating of joint compound, pressing tape firmly into joint compound. Wipe off excess joint compound. Apply second coat of joint compound with tools of sufficient width to extend beyond joint center, approximately 4 inches. Draw joint compound down to a smooth even plane. After drying or setting, sand or sponge joints, edges, and corners, eliminating high spots and excessive joint compound to produce smooth finish surface. Prepare surfaces to receive subsequent finishes to height of 6 inches above finish ceiling. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces resulting in maximum camber of 1/32 inch in 12. Sand after second and third applications ofjoint compound. Do not to raise nap of paper when sanding. Install control joints full height of partition with 1/2 inch gap between board edges and between studs. Control joints shall be installed in accordance with the Gypsum Association GA-234 or the gypsum manufacturer's recommended guidelines for control joints. Apply sealant at base of joint and control joint accessory piece at face. Install control joints at the following locations: Where a wall or partition runs in an uninterrupted straight plane exceeding 30 linear feet. At pairs of doors, install vertical control joint at each jamb. At single doors, install control joint at latch side ofjarriti. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. FINISH Apply gypsum board finish in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and GA-214 Finish Levels. Provide gypsum board finish levels at locations as follows: Level 1 (GA-214): Joints and interior angles have tape embedment set in joint compound. Surface free of excess joint compound_ Tool Marks and ridges are acceptable. Areas above ceilings where required by Drawings. Concealed areas. Areas where Customers do not have access. Areas not indicated to receive Level 3 Finish, Level 3 (GA-214): Joints and interior angles have tape embedded in joint compound and one additional coat of joint compound applied over all joints and interior angles and two separate coats of joint compound are applied over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Surface smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. Sales Areas. Toilet Rooms, Hall. Brealanom, Server, Count, and Offices. CONSTRUCTION Interface with Other Work: Coordinate erection of studs with hollow metal door and window frames, sliding window, and overhead coiling door frames. Coordinate installation of anchors, supports, and blocking for mechanical, electrical, and building accessory items installed within framing. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect metal framing erection, placement, spacing, fasteners, and connections to building. Inspect gypsum board installation, fastener type, spacing, and finish level. Inspect installation of firestopping penetrations of fire-restive rated partitions and at voids between top of partition and building structure. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. • END OF SECTION SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced Publications are referenced '4 ithin the text by the basic designation only. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI A108.1 - Installation of Ceramic Tile ANSI A108.5 - Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex Portland Cement Mortar. ANSI A118 - Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar. ANSI A118.4 Latex Portland Cement Mortar. ANSI A118.6 - Ceramic Tile Grouts. ANSI A137.1 - Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. Tile Council of America, Inc (TCA): TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform to ANSI A137,1. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Transport, Handle, Store, and Protect Products. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter, and other causes. SITE CONDITIONS Do not install adhesives in a closed, unventilated environment. Maintain 50 degrees F during installation of mortar materials. MAINTENANCE Extra Materials: Provide one unopened box of wall and floor tile with label. Submit to Total Wine/Landlord's Representative at Substantial Completion. MANUFACTURERS / MATERIALS Ceramic Tile: Provide manufacturers / products as indicated on the Drawings. Floor Tile: As indicated. Wall Tile: As indicated. Provide matching inside and outside comets, cove base, and trim. Floor Leveling Compound: Provide manufacturers / products as indicated on the Drawings: Mortar and Grout: Provide manufacturers / products as indicated on the Drawings. Mortar Dry Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.1. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.4 Grout Sealer: Provide manufacturers / products as indicated on the Drawings. Grout Cleaning Additive: Provide manufacturers / products as indicated on the Drawings. Floor Leveling Compounds and Primer: Provide manufacturers / products as indicated on the Drawings. Sealant: Specified in Section 07900. Cementitious Backer Units: Specified in Section 09250. Transition Strips: Provide manufacturers / products as indicated on the Drawings. MORTAR MIX AND GROUT Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers for proportioning of materials, water or additive content; type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, and mixing time to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. EXAMINATION Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until required substrate levelness is achieved and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. PREPARATION Protect surrounding work from damage or disfiguration. Vacuum clean existing substrate and damp clean. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces in accordance with TCA installation requirements and remove peaks or valleys using floor leveling compound specified. Prime, clean, and prepare concrete surface as required by manufacturer and apply leveling compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Prepare substrate surfaces with sealers or conditioners as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. INSTALLATION ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials shown and specified. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with applicable TCA installation methods, Lay tile to pattern indicated Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. Cut and fit tile tight to penetrations. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor and base joints. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids cracks excess mortar, or excess grout. Sound tile after setting Replace hollow sounding units. Expansion Joints: Provide tile expansion joints at control/construction joints in concrete slab. Keep joints free of mortar or grout. Installation Method TCA E1171. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. Grout tile joints: Grout space shall be as indicated on the Drawings: Apply sealant to junction atilt and dissimilar materials, at tile penetrations, and at tile expansion joints. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect ceramic tile installation, joints grout line alignment and attachment to substrata Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents CLEANING AND PROTECTION Remove excess mortar and grout from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. Initially clean and remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions. Use cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of rite and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. Begin final cleaning approximately 1 hour after initial cleaning of the grout. Mix cleaning additive to 2 gallons of clean, cool water. Use a white scrub pad to lightly scrub apart any of the leftover residue remaining on the surface of the tile. Drag a clean, damp sponge diagonally over the scrubbed surfaces to remove any froth and residue. Rinse sponge often and change water every 50 sq. ft. Allow cleaned areas to dry and inspect entire surface of tile. Repeat process eh= remains If haze remains 24 hours after installation, clean surfaces using straight white vinegar or bleaching type cleanser by methods described in preceding paragraph. Protection: • Protect installed tile work with cardboard, krall paper, plywood, or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Prohibit traffic from floor finish for 72 hours after installation. Final clean tile with cleaning materials recommended by tile manufacturer one day prior to Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM C 635 - Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay in Panel Ceilings. ASTM C 636 - Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay in Panels. ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, ASTM E 580 - Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiting Seismic Restraint. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Design Requirements: Rigidly secure acoustical ceiling system including integral mechanical and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1/360. Conform to Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Fire Resistance Rating design Number for roof/ceiling assembly indicated on Drawings. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Surface Burning Characteristics in Accordance with ASTM E 84 for Class A finish: Flame Spread: Less than 25. Smoke Density: Less than 50. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver acoustical units in manufacturer's original unopened containers with brand name and type clearly marked. Store under cover in dry, watertight conditions. Prior to installation, store acoustical units for 24 hours minimum at same temperature and relative humidity as space where Work will be installed. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements: Maintain uniform temperature range of 60-85 degrees F, and humidity of no more than 70 percent relative humidity prior to, during, and after installation, MANUFACTURERS Provide products by the following manufacturers as specified: Armstrong World Industries Incorporated, Lancaster, PA (800) 448-1405. USG Interiors, Chicago, IL (800) 950-3839. SUSPENSION SYSTEM Provide suspension system as indicated on the Drawings. Provide suspension system compatible with acoustical panels selected. Grid: ASTM C635, heavy duty, steel exposed T; nominal 1 inch width; stet:Lin connections.] Accessories: Stabilizer bars, clips, and splices. Grid Finish: White. Support System: _Hot or cold rolled steel channels; galvanized hanger wire, minimum 12 gage. Edge Moldings: Metal channel with exposed flange to match suspension system. Minimum 2 inch wide horizontal leg. Compression Struts: Telescoping compression strut designed to attach to main tees at each splayed wire location, preventing upward movement of ceiling grid system. ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN PANELS: Provide acoustical panels as indicated on the Drawings. ACT-1: Parchment 103, 24" x 24" with matching suspension system by USG. ACT-2: Cortege Second Look IT 151-16" Grid, 24" x 48" tile, #2767D by Armstrong. EXAMINATION Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other Work Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM Install system in accordance with ASTM C636, AsTm E580 and manufacturer's published instructions. If metal deck is not supplied with hanger tabs, coordinate installation of hanger clips during steel deck erection. Provide additional hangers and inserts as required. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. Where ducts or other equipment prevent regular spacing of hangers, reinforce nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels-to span extra distance. Locate system as indicated on Drawings, or locate system to a balanced grid design with edge units no less than 50 percent of acoustical panel size where not shown on Drawings Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. Secure at 16 inches on center. Install compression struts and secure system with tie wires, Provide four 12 gage wires secured to main runner within 2 inches of cross runner intersection arid splayed 90 degrees from each other at angle not exceeding 45 degrees from plane of ceiling. Fasten strut to main runner, extend to and fasten to structural member supporting roof. Compression strut and splayed hanger wires shall be located a maximum of 12 feet on center in both directions with first point within 6 feet from each partition. INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL PANELS Fit acoustic units in place free from damaged edges or other defects. Install acoustic units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents CONSTRUCTION Interface with Other Work Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, heating is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. Schedule installation of acoustic units after interior wet work is completed. Install after major above ceiling work is complete. Coordinate location of hangers with other Work. Site Tolerances: Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 12 feet. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect acoustical panel placement, ceiling grid suspension system installation and connection to structure. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with contract requirements, CLEANING Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members END OF SECTION SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING Comply with local Authorities Having Jurisdiction (ART) requirements regarding low VOC products. REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM C 1028B - Standard Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull-Meter Method. ASTM E 648 Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. ASTM E 662 - Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. ASTM F 710 - Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring, ASTM F 1869 - Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride, QUALTTY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Critical Radiant Flux: ASTM E 648. More than 0.45 Watts per square centimeter, Specific Optical Smoke Density: ASTM E 662. Less than 450. Floor Treatment Applicator Qualifications: Company Requirements: Company specializing in performing work as specified herein with minimum 3 years documented experience. Stripper Applicator Crew Requirement Four man crew, one to apply solution ahead of auto scrubber, one to run auto scrubber, two with mops and buckets to pick up ditty solution residues behind the auto scrubber and rinse floor prior to applying finish. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Product Packaging: Resilient flooring and accessories will be packaged in manufacturer's standard cartons. Storage: Store materials in a secure area to prevent loss due to theft or damage. Store flooring and adhesive materials in controlled climate conditions when recommended by manufacturer label instruction. Do not allow adhesive to freeze. Store adhesives in environment between 60 and 80 degrees. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Transport, Handle, Store, and Protect Products. SITE CONDITIONS • Environmental Requirements: Store flooring materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. Maintain ambient temperature required by adhesive manufacturer (no less than 72 degrees F for 48 hours) three days prior to, during, and 24 hours after installation of materials. SC1iLDULING Schedule resilient flooring installation to prevent damage to resilient flooring and to prevent movement of construction materials over area of resilient flooring. MATERIALS Vinyl Composition Tile (VCI'): Manufacturer: Centiva. Contact information as indicated on the Drawings. Product: As indicated on the Drawings Primers and Adhesives Types as suitable for specific material and substrates encountered. D-2001 by Centiva. Floor Treatment Materials Stripper Pro Strip Extra Heavy Duty Stripper, by SC Johnson Wax Professional. Finish: Signature High Performance UHS Finish, by SC Johnson Wax Professional, Transition Snips Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) to Concrete; Resilient edge strip; minimum width 1 inch, 1/8 inch thickness; tapered bullnose edge. Color: Black.] Contraction/Construction Joint and Subfloor Filler: Provide one of the following: Cementitous Based Underlayment: Ardex SD-F Feather Finish, by Ardex Engineered Cements; Contact: Jesse David, (412) 2644240. Levelayer 1, by Dayton Superior. No. 547 UniPro Universal Underlayment by W.W. Henry. Contact: Dave Fabyonic (724) 203-5035. Epoxy Joint Filler Masterfill 300 L by BASF Building Systems (Formerly Degussa), (800) 433-9517. Substitutions: Not permitted. Performance Criteria Ensure that flooring material meets AsTm C 1028 Friction: No less than 0.60 result of coefficient of friction on sealed and treated dry surfaces and no less than 0,60 result of coefficient of friction on sealed and treated wet surfaces. EXAMINATION Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to the following requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Verify concrete floors are free of excessive moisture, hydrostatic pressure alkalinity, scale, and dusting. Verify concrete floors are plane to tolerances specified in Section 03300. Verify concrete floors are free from oil, grease, dust, construction debris, loose or scaly paints or coatings, incompatible curing or sealing compounds, and other substances that may impair adhesion of adhesive and finish materials. Verify temperature of conditioned space has been maintained at 60 - 80 degrees F for period of 7 days prior to installation. Maintain specified temperature range for duration of construction. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. PEE-INSTALLATION TESTING Moisture and pH testing is to be performed on all concrete floors prior to installation of resilient flooring Moisture Test: Comply with AsTm F 1869 (Calcium Chloride Test) or ASTM F 2170 (Relative Humidity Test). Tests to be performed in several areas, including field, perimeter, column, and other potential moisture locations. Moisture content of the concrete floor is not to exceed 6.0 lbs/1000 sq 11/24 hours or 75% relative humidity/24 hours. pH test: Tests to be performed in several areas using either pH Paper Test pH Pencil Test, or pH Meter Test. pH level is not to exceed 9.0 before, during and after installation of resilient flooring PREPARATION Concrete Substrates: Unless otherwise specified herein, • prepare substrate according to ASTM F 710, Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations and as outlined below to ensure adhesion of resilient products. Remove by sanding, grinding, or similar means ridges bumps protrusions, and other irregularities Properly prepare expansion joints and fill contraction/construction joints with joint sealant or subfloor filler as specified in Part 2 in this section. Do not seal joints using polyurea or epoxy joint filler specified for concrete slabs in Division 3. Fill cracks holes, and depressions with cementitious based underlayment, which upon cure is sanded smooth, to achieve a level, flat, hard surface. Provide finish concrete surface smooth by light sanding or grinding. Remove paint, oils, waxes, sealers and curing compounds not compatible with adhesive to be used. Avoid organic solvents or liquid adhesive removers. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. Thereafter, unnecessary traffic in work areas shall be kept to a minimum. INSTALLATION Install resilient flooring in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions at locations as indicated on the Drawings. Open number of floor material cartons to provide quantity required to cover each area mix pieces within single shade lot to ensure shade variations do not occur within any one area When working with more than one lot plan lot placement and location to minimize possible shade differences. Follow adhesives open time by spreading only enough adhesive to permit installation of floor materials before initial set Do not spread adhesive for overnight dry. VCT Flooring Installation: Troweled Adhesive Trowel over shall be 1132 inch deep, 1/16 inch wide, 1/32 inch apart notches. When ground down, replace trowels or appropriately re-notch. Spray Adhesive Apply in accordance with naanufacturees instructions Trowel notch for VCT flooring adhesives shall be 1/32 inch deep, 1/16 inch wide, 1/32 inch apart When ground down, replace trowels or appropriately re notch Lay flooring from center marks established parallel to building walls. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile width at room or area perimeter. Adjust tile layout as required to avoid use of units less than 1/2 tile. Install tile to square grid pattern with all joints aligned and pattern grain alternating with adjacent unit to produce basket weave pattern unless indicated otherwise on Drawings ] Rolling Set flooring into place, thoroughly -cross roll with a 100-150 pound three sectional roller before adhesive set time expires to attain Sill adhesion. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar Where flooring continues through door opening, continue established pattern with no interruption. Install transition strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. Continue flooring under movable type partitions without interrupting floor pattern. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect resilient flooring installation, pattern, layout, and attachment to substrata Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. CLEANING Remove excess adhesive from floor, bas; and wall surfaces without damage. Broom clean resilient flooring after application. FLOOR TREA'TMENT Provide floor treatment for new resilient flooring. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be applied and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions have been corrected. Stripping VCT: Mix one part stripper to four parts water. Apply solution liberally to a manageable area of the floor and let solution set for 10 minutes prior to scrubbing. Do not allow the stripper to dry. Re wet as necessary. Scrub VCT floor using an auto scrubber with maximum pad pressure or a slow speed buffer equipped with black pads or stripping brushes. Make at least three passes over each tile to remove mill finish. Thoroughly rinse the floor to remove any residue of cleaning or stripper solution. Let floor dry completely prior to application of floor finish. Finishing: Apply floor finish in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. VCT Tile: Apply four coats of floor finish to floor. Burnish floor after 24 hours after final application and again prior to store opening. Allow a minimum of 45 minutes drying time between coats. HVAC shall be in operation during drying and curing of floor finish. PROTECTION Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. END OF SECTION SECTION 09655 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Comply with local Authorities Having Jurisdiction (A111) requirements regarding low VOC products. REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only, ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements in accordance with ASTM E 84. MATERIALS VI3-1: P193 Black-Brown, 4" by Roppe, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings INSTALLATION Comply with manufacturer's directions. Fit joints tight and vertical. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. Scribe to fit door frames and other interruptions. CLEANING Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. END OF SECTION SECTION 09900 - PAINTS AND COATINGS Comply with local Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AIM requirements regarding low VOC products. REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by the basic designation only. ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Surface Burning Characteristics in Accordance with ASTM E 84 for Class I or A finish: Flame Spread (Non-Combustible Surfaces): Less than 25. Smoke Density (Non-Combustible Surfaces): Less than 450. Provide paint and coating materials that conform to Federal, State, and Local restrictions for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) content. Elastomeric Coating Applicator Qualifications: Properly trained and approved by the weatherproofing system manufacturer. Elastomeric Coating Manufacturer's Technical Representative: A coating manufacturer's representative shall be capable of providing field service at site as required. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Paint orders to the manufacturer or supplier shall identify the store number, location, and address of project. Contractor shall require a record keeping account be established and maintained by the paint supplier which records each paint type, brand, color, sheen, and quantity purchased, for each specific project. Deliver paint materials in sealed original labeled containers, bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F in ventilated area and as required by manufacturer's instructions. Prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Apply paint finishes only when moisture content of surfaces is within manufacturer's acceptable ranges for type of finish being applied. Minimum surface temperatures or ambient air temperature shall be as follows for the specified coatings: Alkyd and interior and exterior latex finishes: 50 degrees F. Varnish and transparent finishes: 65 degrees F. All coatings: 5 degrees F above dew point. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 50 degrees F for 24 hours prior to, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is being generated. Provide lighting level in areas being painted of 80 foot candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. ELASTOMERIC COATING WARRANTY Submit warranty as part of closeout documents in accordance with Section 01770: Material: Provide 10 year manufacturer's material warranty, including labor for re-application, to cover: Waterproofing above grade. Bonding. Weathering. Workmanship: Provide 10 year workmanship warranty provided by the manufacturer to cover labor for deficient workmanship and application. MANUFACTURERS Provide products from the following manufacturers and as indicated on the Drawings: Benjamin Moore and Company (BM), Montvale, NJ. (800) 344-0400. Dunn-Edwards Corporation (DE), Los Angeles, CA. (800) 733-3866. Frazee Paint Company (Fraz), San Diego, CA. (415) 310-5896. Minwax Company (MW), Upper Saddle River, NJ, (800) 523 9299 Substitutions: Not Permitted. MATERIALS Paints: Products as indicated on the Drawings. Ready mixed, pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of readily and uniformly dispersing to a cornple e homogeneous mixture. Paint shall have good flowing and brushing properties and shall be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. Primer and undercoat products shall be by the seine manufacturer as finish coat materials. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, shall be of highest quality and as recommended by the manufacturer. EXAMINATION Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be applied and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning of application indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. PREPARATION Apply paint only on surfaces free of dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, and conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's published instructions for each particular substrate condition. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be painted or provide surface applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Reinstall all removed items after completion of paint work. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatment. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces that are not galvanized or shop-coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. Touch-up shop-applied prime coats where damaged or bare. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non-petroleum based solvent. Apply coat of etching primer if required by paint manufacturer. Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces to be painted by removing efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate tests. Alkalinity shall be a maximum ph of 13 and a minimum of 6. If surface alkalinity is outside range specified above, correct condition before application of paint. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed instructions. Clean and etch floor surfaces scheduled to be painted with a commercial solution of muriatic acid, or other etching cleaner. Flush floor with clean water to neutralize acid and allow to dry before painting. Mask floor surfaces not to be cleaned and etched. Sealer Removal: Prior to etching, remove curing compound and sealers with strong solvents such as xylem, MEK, toluene or commercial paint strippers or by sandblasting or other similar mechanical action. Wood: Clean wood surfaces to be painted of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed to view, and dust off. Scrape and clean small, thy, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer, before application of priming coat. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job-painted immediately upon delivery to job. Prime edges, ends faces, undersides, and backsides of such wood, including cabinets and counters. Seal tops, bottoms, and cut-outs with a heavy coat of varnish or equivalent sealer immediately upon delivery to job. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. Prepare gypsum board surfaces to receive paint P-9 as shown on the drawings with textured coating specified in Section 09250. Exterior Gypsum Board Sheathing: Exterior gypsum board sheathing to receive a paint finish shall be prepared for painting with joint treatment and skim coating as specified in Section 09250. APPLICATION Apply coating systems specified in the Painting Schedule hereinafter for the corresponding surface. Shop primed surfaces will not require field applied 1st coat (primer) specified in the Painting Schedule. Apply paint products in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions using application procedures approved for the particular application and substrate. Apply each coat to the Dry Film Thickness (DFT) specified which represents the minimum Dry Film Thickness in mils per coat. Apply each coat to uniform finish. Apply each coat slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved by Total Wine/Landlord's Representative, Sand smooth surfaces lightly between coats to achieve specified finish. Allow drying time between coats as recommended by the manufacturer. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners shall receive minimum dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry units at rate to provide complete coverage with pores filled. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as scheduled or as recommended by manufacturer to material scheduled to be painted or finished that has not been shop primed. Recoat printed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no bum through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered. Paint exposed piping, conduit, and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas where it will be exposed to the public. Color and texture shall match adjacent surfaces. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment prior to installation. APPLICATION OF ELASTOMERIC COATINGS General; Portland cement plaster (stucco) shall have been installed at least 21 days prior to elastorneric coating application. Begin system application at rear of building and work toward front. Begin system application at top of wall and work down, Do not paint sealants. Paint wall prior to sealant application in building joints. Protect joints to be sealed by inserting calking backer rods at face of wall. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply cold weather coatings at surface and ambient temperatures at or above manufacturer's recommended application temperatures and Primer: Apply primer to stucco surfaces when and as recommended by the manufacturer as a part of the elastomeric system Provide written documentation from manufacturer if primer coat is or is not required Coating: Apply material by brush, roller, plaster type sprayer, or low pressure sprayer unless recommended by manufacturer to use brush only. Back roll brushed or sprayed material. Cross roll roller-applied material. Finish material with brush and roller strokes in one direction. For spray application, use airless equipment. Apply two coats with a minimum dry film thickness (DFT) as specified in the Painting Schedule. Provide pinhole free finish coat. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect painting and coating application for scheduled material, color, sheen, specified thickness (DFT), and coverage. CLEANING As work proceeds and upon completion, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or spattered. During progress of work keep premises free from unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. Collect waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean. PROTECTION Protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 11)7 RECE WED APR 26 nu PERMIT CENTER ;44 c:4 fzcz CONSULTANT z eel 1---) < <C ee 1- D ----1 < • . Z , n 1--- U..1 - >- 0 =2 1- --I 1 ..__1 z 1-7- D- 12 uj 9 Ci :: o 8 Li - a 1-- D 0 < 0 LI- 0 X X fi oo 0 ° Ix z c) Z; .°*-)- CD 1-- 01-1;: 1-1: : : :Z;.. LLJ a u j C) LO f-- LLI ir110 ;:tCi; Ili L(jz4 i -±- .fE cp cn czo-0--, STORE NUMBER: PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: ALPS DRAWN BY: 7_ FILE: SPEC6 9921 4111 STATE REGISTERED ARCHITECT . ....'" AMES ALLEN 'A L y OF WASHINGTON SHEET NAME: SPECIFICATiON SHEET SHEET NUMBER: SPEC6 a, PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE Provide colors as indicated on the Drawings. PAINT SHEEN SCHEDULE Gloss: Exterior metal surfaces. Exterior hollow metal doors and frames (inside and outside surfaces). Roof hatch (inside and outside surfaces). Interior & exterior pipe bollards. Interior & exterior metal railings. Metal stair stringers and handrails, Metal fixed ladders and cages. Semigloss: Interior hollow metal doors and frames. Interior hollow metal window frames. Wood trim or simulated wood trim scheduled to be painted. Coiling metal counter doors. Toilet gypsum board ceilings. Interior columns shown ro receive epoxy. Eggshell: All surfaces to be painted where a sheen is not otherwise specified. Flat: Portland Cement Plaster (Stucco). ITEMS TO BE PAINTED SCHEDULE Paint interior and exterior surfaces as shown or scheduled on the Drawings. Do not paint the following Items: Aluminum, brass, bronze, stainless steel, and chrome plated steel Pre finished items, such as toilet compartments, acoustical ceiling materials, mechanical, and electrical equipment or factory finished metal panels and Wm. UL, FM, and other code-required labels. Equipment identification, performance. rating, and name plates. Finish hardware. EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SYSTEMS SCHEDULE Ferrous Metal: Gloss, Water Base. Mfglst CoatDFT2nd and 3rd CoatsDFTBMD.T.M. Acrylic Gloss M28.2.0D.T.M. Acrylic Gloss M28.2.0DECorrobar Alkyd Primer, 43- 5.2.OPerma -Gloss Acrylic Enamel, W960.1.5FrazAcrylic Metal Prime, 561.1.7DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel, 540.3.OGalvanized Metal: Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic or Alkyd, Mfglst CoatDFT2nd and 3rd CoatsD.FTBMD.T,M. Acrylic Gloss M28.2.OD.T.M. Acrylic Gloss M28.2.0DE2.0Permagloss Acrylic Enamel, W960.1.5FrazAcrylic Metal Prime, 561.1.7DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel, 540.3,OPortland Cement Plaster (Stucco): Elastomeric Coating MfgNormal Weather Coatings (Above 40 °F)Cold Weather Coatings (40F to 2O°F)Block Fillerist & 2nd CoatsDFTBlockFiferist & 2nd CoatsDFI'Frazee262 Acrylic Block Filler216 Elastowall Smooth 6- 7Exterior Gypsum Board Ceilings: Flat, Water Base, Alkyd Modified Acrylic - Latex. Apply one coat of exterior latex primer equivalent to Sherwin Williams A -100 Exterior Latex Wood Primer as recommend by the manufacturer. Mfg2nd CoatDFiBMMoorcraft Flat Latex House Paint, 171.1.3DEAcri -Flat 100 Percent Acrylic, W704.1.SFrazAcritec Acrylic Vinyl Flat, 206, 1.6Conerete'Pavement (Markings and Graphics): Eggshelll/Satin,Modified Acrylic Latex. Mfglst and 2nd CoatsDFTBMMoore's Safety & Zone Marking Latex, M58 Series, 6.0 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SYSTEMS SCHEDULE Ferrous Metal: Gloss, Acrylic. Mfglst CoatDFF2nd and 3rd CoatsDFTBMD.T.M. Acrylic Gloss M28.2.OD.T.M, Acrylic Gloss M28.2,0DECorrobar Alkyd Metal Primer, 43- 5.2,OPerma -Gloss Acrylic Enamel, W960.I.SFrazAcrylic° Metal Prime, 561.1.7DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel, 540.3.OFerrous Metals: Semi - Gloss, Water Base, Vinyl Acrylic Latex and Acrylic. Mfglst CoatDFT2nd and 3rd CoatsDFTBMI -M Acrylic Metal Primer, M04 -01, White.2.OSuper Hide Latex Semi - Gloss, 2$3.1.0DECorrobar Alkyd Metal Primer, 43 -5. 2.0Versaglo Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel, W6160.1.5FrazAcrylic Metal Prime, 563: 1.7Acrysheen Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel, 025.1.5Gypsum Board: Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic or Alkyd. Mfglst CoatDFT2nd and 3rd CoatsDFTBMSuper Hide Latex Primer, 284.1.OD.T.M. Acrylic Gloss M28.2.0DEVinylastic Wall Primer, Wt 015.1.25Permagloss Acrylic Enamel, W960.2.0FrazPVA Sealer, 063.1.4Pro Latex Gloss Enamel, >041.2.0Gypsum Board: Semi- Gloss, Water Base, Vinyl Acrylic Enamel. Mfglst CoatDFT2nd CoatDFFBMSuper Hide Latex Primer, 284.1.0Super Hide Latex Semi - Gloss, 283.1.0DEProseal Vinyl- Acrylic Primer, W102.1.5Versaglo Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel, W6160,1.5FrazPVA Sealer, 063.1,4Acrysheen Vinyl -Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel, 025. 1.5Gypsum Board: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Vinyl Acrylic Enamel. Mfglst CoatDFT2nd CoatDFTBMSuper Hide Latex Primer, 284.1.OSuper Hide Latex Eggshell, 286.3.4DEProseai Vinyl- Acrylic Primer, W1O2.1.5Versasatin Latex Low Sheen, W6250.I.5FrazPVA Sealer 063.1.4Speed Sheen Acrylic Vinyl Eggshell, 026,1.75Wood: SemiiGloss, Water Base, Acrylic Enamel, Mfglst CoatDFT2nd CoatDFTBMMoorcraft Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer - Sealer, 253.1.1Super Hide Latex Semi- Gloss, 283:1.ODEUnikote Acrylic Enamel– Undercoater, W 7071 -.5Versaglo- Acrylic Semi- Gloss– Enamel, W61-60.I 5FrazAcri- Prime Acrylic Undercoater, 065.1.5Acrysheen Vinyl- Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel, 025.1.5Wood - Transparent Finish: Clear Sealer only Mfglst CoatDFTBMSuper Spec Sanding Sealer, C267.1.2DDEMcCloskcy Kwik Sand Swirling Sealer, MC80 -2025 (Two coats),I.OFrazSanding Sealer, NAS 1420.1.OWood - Stain and Varnish Finish. MfgDFI'MWWS -1: Provincial #211, Satin Finish, 2 coatsMWOil -based Clear Polyurethane, Satin Finish, 2 -3 coatsConcrete Unit Masonry: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Vinyl Acrylic. MfglU Coat2nd and 3rd CoatsDFTBMSupercraft Latex Block Filler, 285.Super Hide Latex Eggshell, 286.1.4DEConcrete Block Filler, W3I5.Versasatin Latex Low Sheen, W6250.1.SFrazAcrylic Block Filler, 262.Speed Sheen Acrylic Vinyl Eggshell Enamel, 026.1.75Concrete Unit Masonry: Gloss, Water Base. Mfglst Coat2nd and 3rd CoatsDFTBMLatex Block Filler, M88.D.T.M. Acrylic Gloss M28.2.ODEConcrete Block Filler, W315.Spartagloss Acrylic Gloss, W7600.1:5 FrazAcrylic Block Filler, 262.Pro Latex Gloss Enamel, 041.2.0 END OF SECTION SECTION 11160 - LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT QUALITY ASSURANCE Equipment to be single sourced from one manufacturer and supplier. Installation to be by manufacturer's qualified and authorized installers. Installation by unauthorized installers will not be accepted. Provide on -site field inspection by a manufacturer's authorized representative verifying installation and operation of all products specified herein are in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Provide loading dock equipment, which has been manufactured, fabricated, and installed to withstand loads specified and to maintain performance criteria stated by manufacturer without defects or failure. . DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store and protect products. Store and handle dock seals in a manner to avoid damage to fabric. •Comply with manufacturer's published instructions for minimum and maximum temperature requirements for storage. SLJBMFiTALS Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of dock lifts. Include plans, elevations, and large scale details. Show pit details and necessary conduit chase and drainages, Product. Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for the dock lift, including installation details, Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance and service data, including, address and telephone number of nearest authorized service representative. Operating Manuals: Furnish operating and maintenance manuals and advise Owner on use and maintenance of equipment. MANUFACTURER / supplier Loading Dock Equipment Manufacturer: Kelley /4Front Engineered Solutions, Milwaukee, WI, (262) 820 -1217 Loading Dock Equipment Supplier Miner Equipment Company), San Antonio, TX 78217, 210 - 655 -8600, Contact: Mitch Freeman or Amanda Bayh No Substitutions. DOCK SEALS If indicated on the Drawings, provide: Model DSS- 102 -WP8 Each unit shall consist of (2) two side pads and (1) one head curtain. Unit shall include the manufacturers standard (5) year frame warranty and a (1) one year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship on the remaining components. Head Curtain: Curtain drop shall be 6" lower than the lowest trailer/truck to be serviced and will include splits with hook and loop. The curtain length shall be equal to the overall unit width. Side Pads: 8" back x 12" face; having a length not less than the door height. Projection: Overall unit projection shall be 4" to 6" beyond the face of the dock bumpers. Fabric: The unit base fabric shall be 22 oz vinyl. The second layer of fabric for wear pleats WP8 (8" exposure), shall be 40 oz. vinyl. Unit Construction: The framing shall be roll- formed galvanized steel. The base fabric shall enclose a polyurethane foam core, which is chemically bonded to the steel frame. The cover shall be double hemmed on all edges and fastened to the side leg of the steel framing with Tek screws inserted through load spreading washers, The unit shall also include full length yellow guide stripes. Taper unit as required to match dock slope. Door Size: 8' wide x 10' high Hood: Metal hood model MB- 18,10' wide, constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel with 2" gutter at the front and (5) 16 gauge hood supports. DOCK LEVELER - REPAIR OF EXISTING If indicated on the Drawings, then repair and adjust existing dock leveler. Replace seals, sweeps, etc. AIR POWERED DOCK LEVELERS If indicated on the Drawings, then provide Model aFX. Capacity: 30,000 lbs. Platform Width: 6 feet (nominal). Platform Length: 8 feet (nominal). Platform Deck Thickness: 1/4 inch safety checker plate Lip Length: 16 inch extension Lip Thickness: 5/8 inch thick safety checker plate steel Vertical Compensation: Floating travel up and down to compensate for loading and unloading of truck. Service Range: 12 inches above and 12 inches below dock level. Side to Side Cross -Tilt: 4 inches maximum over width of ramp. Pit Floor Slope: Minimum 1/2 inch, back to front. Pit me: 3 inch x 3 inch x 1/4 inch steel angle, welded corners and anchors for casting into concrete. Identification: Attach to dock leveler in conspicuous place stating: • Capacity and load rating, Name of Manufacturer, Model Number, and Serial Number. Standard Features: Full operating range toe guard protection. Automatic Night locks. Dual- Position Structural Safety Legs, Integral Maintenance strut. Open frame design-open front structure to allow easy clean out. High volume, low pressure air bag lffting.mechanism. Direct connection of fan unit to airbag, no hoses or clamps accepted. Shim -less front and rear frame design. "Air- Defense" safety leg system with automatic free fall protection and auto retracting safety legs which allow free float throughout° the full operating range. Master Control Panel: Master control panel with combination device controls. Includes Programmable Logic Controller for dock leveler, manual light communication package, dock door position switch, truck presence sensor and audible alarm. 120v/1-Phase Incoming Voltage. Manual Light System to be switched on/off when truck goes in/out of dock driveway. Truck presence sensor mounted to building to sound ;,.,audible alarm when overhead door is open and no truck is at the dock. Master control panel to be 100% UL and CSA approved (not just components). Door position switch to be mounted on the track, 12" below the door header. ;; Brush Weather seal for the dock leveler. Motor Operation: 10 amp fan with two-stage, single speed, self - cleaning fitter, UL- approved motor; powered by 110 volt single -phase electrical power. Remote Control Station: Constant pressure-push button station complying with NEMA 4. Constant Pressure on Control Button: Raise unit, DOCK LIFTS (SCISSOR LIFT) If indicated on the Drawings, then provide Kelley Hulk Dock Lift model KDL68 -5SM. (Surface mounted) General: Provide manufacturer's standard hydraulic dock lift of capacity, size, and construction indicated, consisting of a nonslip steel platform with beveled toe guards on all four sides, steel scissor legs, and hydraulic operating system, complete with controls, safety devices, and accessories required. Type: Provide stationary single - scissor -type hydraulic dock lift designed for permanent, recessed installation in a preformed concrete pit at location indicated. Rated Capacity: Provide lifting capacity of not less than 5,000 lbs. with 2,500 lb axle load at ends and 2,500 lb axle loads at sides Vertical Travel: Provide maximum vertical travel of 52 inches from a lowered height of 7 inches for a raised height of 59 inches. Travel Speed: Nominal raising speed of 9.5 fpm. Construction: Fabricate lift from structural steel shapes rigidly welded and reinforced for maximum strength, safety, and stability. Design assembly to withstand deformation during both operating and stored phases of service. Provide mounting brackets and removable lifting eyes for ease of installation. Platform: Fabricate platform from heavy steel plate with beveled toe guards on all four sides to comply with requirements of MH29. I. Provide matching, hinged; throw -over bridges where indicated and removable handrails. Platform Surface: Nonskid, safety- tread deck plate. Platform Size; 72" inches wide by 96" inches long Hinged Bridge: Provide (I) 24" long x 60" wide bridge & (1) 36" long x 60" wide split entry plates with lifting chains welded to toe guard at end of platform. Chamfer edge of bridge to minimize obstructing wheels of material- handling vehicles. Bridge Material: Nonskid, safety -tread steel plate. Bridge Size: 24 inches long by 60 inches wide. Scissor Mechanism: Fabricate leg members from heavy, steel formed tube members to provide maximum strength and rigidity. Cylinders: Equip lift with not less than two heavy -duty, high - pressure, hydraulic, ram -style cylinders. Rams shall be direct- displacement plunger type with positive internal stops as standard by manufacturer. Cylinder rods shall be chrome plated and polished to prevent rusting. Bearings: Provide pivot points with self - lubricating, extended life, "Garlock" antifriction bushings for minimum maintenance. Operation: Provide manufacturer's standard, self- contained, electric, hydraulic power unit for raising and lowering lift, controlled from a remotely located push -button station. Electrical Requirements: Coordinate wiring requirements and current characteristics with building electrical system. Power Unit: Provide manufacturer's standard, self - contained, remotely located power unit of size, type, and operation needed for capacity of lift indicated. Power unit shall consist of a TEFC motor, high - pressure gear pump, 25' of hydraulic hose, valve manifold and oil reservoir. Manifold shall contain a relief valve, check valve, pressure - compensated flow - control valve and solenoid valve. Speed control: Provide manufacturer's standard pressure compensated flow control to maintain rated speed when the lift is loaded or unloaded. Free -fall protection: Provide a hydraulic velocity fuse at each cylinder to prevent the lift platform from free falling in the event of a severed hydraulic hose or broken hydraulic fitting. Oil sight gauge in the reservoir to determine oil level. Reservoir filled with oil. Remote located Control Station: Provide a weatherproof, multi -button control station of the constant - pressure type with NEMA 4x rated up and down push buttons. Controller shall consist of a magnetic motor starter with three pole - adjustable overloads and 115-VAC control transformer with a fused secondary prewired to terminal strips and enclosed in a NEMA , Type 12 box. Upper - Travel -Limit Switch: Equip unit with manufacturer's standard, adjustable, upper- travel -limit switch, mounted and wired to control panel. Push button control supplied with 15' of straight cord wired to control panel. Safety Devices: Provide manufacturer's standard and original safety devices as follows: Removable Handrails: Provide removable handrails on two sides of with a single, removable chain across each end. Handrails shall be 42 inches high with a mid rail and 4- inch -high kick plate at bottom. Mount rail sockets flush with platform surface. Maintenance Leg: Provide manufacturer's standard safety maintenance strut. Toe Protection: Provide manufacturer's standard toe protection along entire unprotected side(s) of lift. Finish and Color. Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory- assembled and tested dock lifts before shipping. Provide toe guards with yellow and black stripes to comply with ANSIZ535.1, and paint remainder of surfaces in manufacturer's standard color. DOCK LIGHT If indicated on the Drawings, then provide one APS Model DSDL -40 dock light per dock position. General: 40 -Inch total arm reach, polycarbonate head, 100 -Watt standard incandescent flood lamp, UL listed. DOCK BUMPERS Components: Fabric reinforced laminated, 4.5 inch projection, 6 inches high, 24 inches long (one piece). Hardware Galvanized steel rods between end plates, galvanized bolts and expansion shields. Provide intermediate support with bottom anchor. Model: Kelley Company, Inc.: Model 612111 Maintenance/Operation Chart Provide maintenance chart for dock levelers outlining routine maintenance, operation, and adjustment. Chart shall be adhesive backed vinyl faced sticker suitable for permanent application to composite or steel dock doors. EXAMINATION Examine existing conditions and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that conditions conform to product manufacturer's requirements. Verify that building elements required for product installation are ready to received work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION General: Install loading dock equipment in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions at locations shown on the Drawings. Dock Leveler. Coordinate forming of recess to reeve dock leveler. Provide curb angle for building into work (optional). Pit Design: 20" pit depth for new construction to reduce forming. install in flat or sloped prepared pit in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions. Set square and level; anchor securely flush to dock floor; weld back and front of sub -frame to curb angles. Scissor Lift: Coordinate forming recessed pit for dock lifts to ensure that depth is adequate to accommodate lift in proper relation to loading platform. Dock Seal: Seal between dock seal unit and building wall. CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT Installed equipment shall be cleaned and fully adjusted for proper operation. Documentation of final service performed on the levelers shall be included with the 0 & M Manual submitted. Apply maintenance/operation chart for dock leveler on inside face of each dock door centered at 5 ft above floor. END OF SECTION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukw BUILDING DIVISila ION b107171E rS7 RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER prz 4.+ U N U Cu 0 0 os to to en o to x ti cry to 0 LLJ g NUMBER: XXXX LU 0 F- u7 O C O r7 to PROJECT NUMBER: ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY:_� DRAWN BY: FILE: SPEC? REGISTERED ARCHITECT U U _ w 0 0 W N 0 z v U d 0 0 U) a A a: AND ENGINE rG ti 0 ti N L 0 0 it U- a Y XAMPLE ON AN L 0 W z U it 0 a 0 F- 0 Ea- U-1 n 0 0 0 w M a. ...of• MES ALLEN H IL' STATE OF WASHING ON SHEET NAME: SPECIFICATION SHEET SHEET NUMBER: SPEC? WAS PREPARED FOR U GE ERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES A. GENERAL 1. THESE DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PREPARED USING STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL CARE AND COMPLETENESS NORMALLY EXERCISED UNDER SIMILAR CIRCUMSTANCES BY REPUTABLE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS IN THIS OR SIMILAR LOCALITIES. THEY ASSUME THAT THE WORK DEPICTED WILL BE PERFORMED BY AN EXPERIENCED CONTRACTOR AND /OR WORKMEN WHO HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF THE APPUCABLE CODE STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS AND OF INDUSTRY ACCEPTED STANDARD GOOD PRACTICE. AS NOT EVERY CONDITION OR ELEMENT IS (OR CAN BE) EXPUCITLY SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE INDUSTRY ACCEPTED STANDARD GOOD PRACTICE FOR MISCELLANEOUS WORK NOT EXPUCiTLY SHOWN. 2 THESE DRAWINGS REPRESENT THE FINISHED STRUCTURE. THEY DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS. TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, PROCEDURES. LAGGING, SHORING, BRACING. FORM -WORK, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR THE PROTECTION OF UFE AND PROPERTY DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SHALL BE UNIFORMLY SPREAD OUT SUCH THAT DESIGN UVE LOAD PER SQUARE FOOT AS NOTED HEREIN IS NOT EXCEEDED. & DESIGN OF ITEMS NOT PART OF THE PRIMARY STRUCTURAL SYSTEM (SUCH AS STAIRS, RAIUNGS, NON - STRUCTURAL WALLS) AND PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL ITEMS (SUCH AS FLOOR, ROOF TRUSSES) SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED BY OTHERS UNLESS SPE ALL Y NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS. REFER TO SUBMITTALS SECTION FOR ITEMS THAT MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. CONDITIONS AND ELEVATIONS WITH ARCH'L DRAWINGS AND RESOLVE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ESTABUSH AND VERIFY ALL OPENINGS AND INSERTS FOR ARCH'L, MECH., PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WITH APPROPRIATE TRADES, DRAWINGS AND SUBCONTRACTORS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 5. TYPICAL DETAILS AND NOTES SHALL APPLY, THOUGH NOT NECESSARILY INDICATED AT A SPECIFIC LOCATION ON PLANS. WHERE NO DETAILS ARE SHOWN, CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO SIMILAR WORK ON THE PROJECT DETAILS MAY SHOW ONLY ONE SIDE OF CONNECTION OR MAY OMIT INFORMATION FOR CLARITY. 6. NOTES AND DETAILS ON DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS. 7. STANDARDS AND CODE REFERENCES NOTED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REFER TO THE EDITIONS ADOPTED BY THE BUILDING CODE SPECIFIED IN THE BASIS FOR DESIGN. REFERENCES NOT SPECIFICALLY ADOPTED BY SAID BUILDING CODE REFER TO THE LATEST EDITION. 8. ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODES, JURISDICTION. OR THESE PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY AN INDEPENDENT INSPECTION COMPANY OR THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. SITE VISITS BY THE ENGINEER DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN INSPECTION. B. BASIS FOR DESIGN, 1. - _BUILDING_ -CODE: 2009 EDITION OF _ THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE w/ 'WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS. 2. ` ROOF LOADS: 3. WIND LOADS: DEAD LOAD: 15 PSF 85 MPH BASIC WIND SPEED EXPOSURE C INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT (GCpI) - 0.18 4. SEISMIC LOADS: SITE CLASS D SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D R = 5.0 SS = 1.420 S1 = 0.486 SDS all 0.947 SD1 = 0.491 5. SNOW LOADS: NONE LIVE LEA (REDUCIBLE): 20 PSF IMPORTANCE FACTOR - 1.0 COMPONENT AND CLADDING WIND PRESSURE PER ASCE7 -05, METHOD 2 IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY 11 SYSTEM: ORDINARY MASONRY SHEAR WALLS ANALYSIS: EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE BASE SHEAR, V = CsW = 0.189 W C. CONCRETE, 1. ALL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 AND ACI 301, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 2. DUE TO MODERATE SULFATE CONTENT OF THE ON -SITE SOILS. MIN. 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH. fc, SHALL BE 4000 PSI AND MAX. WATER /CEMENT RATIO SHALL BE 0.50 FOR ALL CONCRETE IN CONTACT WITH SOIL (FOUNDATION DESIGN BASED ON 2500 PSI.) 3. CONCRETE MIXES SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A CERTIFIED LABORATORY, STAMPED BY AN APPROPRIATELY UCENSED SPECIALTY ENGINEER, AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. MIX DESIGNS SHALL INCLUDE THE PROJECT NAME AND INDICATE THEIR USE WITHIN THE STRUCTURE. MIX DESIGNS SHALL BE PROPORTIONED TO MINIMIZE SHRINKAGE AND HAVE PROVEN SHRINKAGE CHARACTERISTICS OF 0. 05% OR LESS BASED ON TESTING PER ASTM C157. 4. IF USED, EARLY STRENGTH CONCRETE SHALL BE PROPORTIONED TO DEVELOP THE 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT THE AGE REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TEST DATA FOR REVIEW BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO SUBSTANTIATE THE CONCRETE STRENGTH AT THE REQUIRED AGE. 5. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT OF 145 POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT USING HARD ROCK AGGREGATES CONFORMING TO ASTM C33 U.N.O. WHERE UGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE IS SPECIFIED, CONCRETE SHALL BE 110 POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT USING AGGREGATES CONFORMING TO ASTM C330. LARGEST NOMINAL AGGREGATE SIZE SHALL BE 1 -1/2" OR GREATER FOR SLABS ON GRADE AND 3/4" OR GREATER FOR ALL OTHER CONCRETE U.N.O. 6. MAX. SLUMP SHALL _ BE 5 INCHES (EXCEPTION: ADMIXTURES/PLASTiCIZERS HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN MIX DESIGN TO IMPROVE WORKABIUTY, SLUMP UNIT SHALL BE BASED ON ADMIXTURE MFR.'S RECOMMENDATIONS). MIX WATER SHALL BE CLEAN AND POTABLE. 7. PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C150. TYPE V CEMENT SHALL BE USED FOR CONCRETE IN CONTACT WITH EARTH. TYPE II CEMENT MAY BE USED ELSEWHERE. CEMENT SHALL. BE TYPE V WITH POZZOLAN WHERE CONCRETE IS IN CONTACT WITH SOIL CONTAINING VERY SEVERE SULFATE EXPOSURE. 8. FLY ASH MAY BE USED IN CONCRETE, SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT, PROVIDED THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE MET: 8.1. FLY ASH SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C618. &2. CEMENT CONTENT SHALL BE REDUCED A MINIMUM OF 15 PERCENT UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 25 PERCENT WHEN COMPARED TO AN EQUIVALENT CONCRETE MIX DESIGN WITHOUT FLY ASH. FLY ASH CONTENT SHALL NOT COMPRISE MORE THAN 35 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL CEMEN1111OUS CONTENT. THE WATER - CEMENT RATIO SHALL BE CALCULATED BASED ON THE TOTAL CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL IN THE MIX. &3. CLASS F FLY ASH SHALL BE USED IN SULFATE RESISTANT CONCRETE WITH fc EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 4000 PSI. CLASS C FLY ASH MAY BE USED ELSEWHERE. 9. WATER SOLUBLE CHLORIDE ION CONCENTRATIONS IN CONCRETE SHALL BE UMITED PER ACI 318, SECTION 4.4. 10. TIME BETWEEN CONCRETE BATCHING AND PLACEMENT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C94. 11. CONCRETE MIXING, PLACEMENT AND QUAUTY SHALL BE PER CBC SECTION 1905. MECHANICALLY VIBRATE ALL CONCRETE WHEN PLACED. SLABS ON GRADE NEED BE VIBRATED ONLY AROUND AND UNDER FLOOR DUCTS OR SIMILAR ELEMENTS. REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM FORMS BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE DROPPED THROUGH REINFORCING STEEL SO AS TO CAUSE SEGREGATION OF AGGREGATES. UNCONFINED FALL OF CONCRETE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 FEET. 12. PROTECT CONCRETE FROM DAMAGE OR REDUCED STRENGTH DUE TO COLD OR HOT WEATHER IN ACCORDANCE WITH AO 305 AND 306. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE SPECIAL CURING PRECAUTIONS TO MINIMIZE SHRINKAGE CRACKING OF CONCRETE SLABS. 13. ALL ITEMS TO BE CAST IN CONCRETE SUCH AS REINFORCEMENT, DOWELS, BOLTS, ANCHORS, SLEEVES, ETC., SHALL BE SECURELY POSITIONED IN THE FORMS. C. CONCRETE , CONT'D.. 14. CONSTRUCTION JOINT SURFACES SHALL BE CLEANED AND LAITANCE REMOVED. HORIZONTAL JOINT SURFACES SHALL BE ROUGHENED TO 1/4" AMPLITUDE. THOROUGHLY WET ALL JOINT SURFACES AND REMOVE STANDING WATER IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO NEW CONCRETE PLACEMENT 15. CONCRETE SHALL BE CURED IN ACCORDANCE WiTH ACI 318, SECTIONS 5.11.1 OR 5.11.2, VMICHEVER IS APPUCABLE, UNLESS ALTERNATE METHODS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. WHERE CURING COMPOUNDS HAVE BEEN APPROVED FOR SLAB CURING, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING COMPATIBILITY OF COMPOUNDS WITH ANTICIPATED FLOOR FINISH (e.g., RESIUENT TiLE) PRIOR TO CURING COMPOUND APPUCATION. 16, GROUT BENEATH COLUMN BASES OR BEARING PLATES SHALL BE 5000 PSI (MIN.) NON - SHRINK FLOWABLE GROUT OR DRYPACK. INSTALL GROUT BENEATH BEARING PLATES BEFORE FRAMING MEMBER IS INSTALLED. AT COLUMNS, INSTALL GROUT BENEATH BASE PLATES AFTER COLUMN HAS BEEN PLUMBED. FRAMING (NOT INCLUDING CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK OR CONCRETE TOPPING AS OCCURS) MAY BE INSTALLED ONE LEVEL ABOVE BASE PLATE PRIOR TO PLACING GROUT BENEATH BASE PLATES. GROUT SHALL BE PLACED BENEATH BASE PLATES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY FRAMING TWO OR MORE LEVELS ABOVE BASE PLATE. GROUT DEPTH SHALL BE 1 1/2. TYPICAL, OR SHALL BE SUFFICIENT TO ALLOW GROUT OR DRYPACK TO BE PLACED BENEATH PLATE WITHOUT VOIDS. D. MASONRY 1. ALL MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC 2104 AND ACI 530.1. 2. MASONRY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, fm, SHALL BE 1500 PS U.N.O. AND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE PRISM TEST METHOD OUTUNED IN IBC 2105.2.2.2. AS A MINIMUM, 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTHS OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS (Le., BLOCK, GROUT, AND MORTAR) SHALL BE AS NOTED BELOW. GREATER STRENGTHS SHALL BE USED AS REQUIRED FOR COMBINED SYSTEM TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED VALUE OF fm. MIN. BLOCK STRENGTH SPECIFIED IS ON NET AREA. fm: 1500 PSI 2000 PSI 2500 PSI BLOCK: 1900 PSI 2800 PSI 3750 PSI GROUT: MORTAR: MORTAR TYPE 2000 PSI 2800 PSI 3750 PS! 1800 PSI 1800 PSi 2500 PSI TYPE S TYPE S TYPE M 3. STRUCTURAL MASONRY SHALL BE HOLLOW, MEDIUM WEIGHT (115 PCF), LOAD- BEARING CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CONFORMING TO IBC 2103.1. BLOCK TEST DATA BY A CERTIFIED LABORATORY SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW. ALL BLOCKS SHALL BE PLACED IN RUNNING BOND CONSTRUCTION U.N.O. %NTH ALL VERTICAL CELLS IN AUGNMENT. 4. GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF CBC 2103.12. ` USE SUFFICIENT WATER FOR GROUT TO FLOW INTO ALL JOINTS OF THE MASONRY WITHOUT SEGREGATION. FLY ASH IS NOT PERMITTED IN GROUT. ONLY SOLID GROUT CELLS WITH REINFORCING UNLESS REQUIREMENT TO SOUD GROUT ENTIRE WALL IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON PLANS OR SCHEDULE BETWEEN GROUT UFTS, _ FORM HORIZONTAL. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PEN IBC 2104.1.2.7. 5. MORTAR MIX SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF CBC 2103.8. SEE TABLE ABOVE FOR MORTAR TYPE. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. GROUT AND MORTAR MIXES SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A CERTIFIED LABORATORY, STAMPED BY AN APPROPRIATELY UCENSED SPECIALTY ENGINEER, AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. MIX DESIGNS SHALL INCLUDE THE PROJECT NAME AND INDICATE THEIR USE WITHIN THE STRUCTURE. LAP REINFORCING BARS PER TYPICAL REBAR LAP SCHEDULE (MASONRY) U.N.O. REINFORCING SHALL BE SECURED IN ITS PROPER POSITION WITHIN THE CELL TO PREVENT LATERAL DISPLACEMENT PRIOR TO GROUTING BY WIRE POSITIONERS OR OTHER SUITABLE DEVICES AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 10' -0" o.c. MAX. MIN. WALL VERT. REINF., U.N.O. ON PLANS OR DETAILS, SHALL BE #5 BAR VERT. FULL HEIGHT IN CENTER OF GROUTED CELL AT ALL WALL INTERSECTIONS, CORNERS, WALL ENDS, JAMBS AT WALL OPENINGS, AND AT EACH SIDE OF CONTROL JOINTS. REFER TO PLAN FOR TYPICAL WALL VERT. REINF. SIZE AND SPACING. DOWEL ALL VERT. REINF. TO FOUNDATION WITH DOWELS TO MATCH AND LAP VERT. REINF. MIN. WALL HORIZ. REINF., U.N.O. ON PLANS OR DETAILS, SHALL BE (2) #5 BARS IN CENTER OF 32* DEEP (MIN.) CONTINUOUS GROUTED BOND BEAM AT ELEVATED FLOOR AND ROOF UNES AND SINGLE #5 BAR IN CENTER OF 16" DEEP CONTINUOUS GROUTED BOND BEAM AT TOP OF PARAPET OR FREE STANDING WALL AND AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 48" o.c. PLACE BARS AT ELEVATED FLOOR AND ROOF UNES CONTINUOUS THROUGH CONTROL JOINTS. PROVIDE BENT BARS PER TYPICAL DETAILS TO MATCH AND LAP HORIZ BOND BEAM REINF. AT CORNERS AND WALL INTERSECTIONS TO MAINTAIN BOND BEAM CONTINUITY. USE BOND BEAM UNITS AT HORIZ. REINF. MIN. UNTEL. WHERE NOT NOTED ON PLANS, SHALL HAVE A MIN. OF (2) #5 CONTINUOUS HORIZ BARS IN BOTTOM OF BOND BEAM OR UNTEL BLOCK AND SHALL BE GROUTED SOUD TO A MIN. DEPTH OF 24 ". SILLS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH SINGLE #5 BAR IN BOND BEAM BLOCK GROUTED SOUD TO MIN. DEPTH OF 8 ". ALL UNTEL OR SILL REINF. AND GROUT SHALL EXTEND 2' -0" MIN. PAST JAMBS U.N.O. ON PLANS OR DETAILS. 12. MASONRY VENEER SHALL BE ATTACHED TO SUPPORTING WALL FRAMING WITH 3/16" DIA. WALL TIES OR DOVETAIL -TYPE METAL 11ES OF EQUIVALENT STIFFNESS EMBEDDED INTO HORIZ. MORTAR JOINTS. VERT. SPACING OF TiES SHALL BE 16" o.c. MAX. HORIZ. SPACING SHALL BE 24* o.c. MAX. TiES IN ALTERNATE COURSES SHALL BE STAGGERED. PROVIDE #9 WIRE REINF. IN HORIZ MORTAR JOINTS AT 16" o.c. ENGAGE #9 WIRE WITH WALL ANCHOR TIES. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN MASONRY VENEER WALLS SHALL BE LOCATED PER ARCH'L DRAWINGS. 13. MECH., ELECT., AND PLUMBING PENETRATIONS THRU MASONRY SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 13.1. DO NOT CUT ANY REINS THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH PENETRATIONS. INSTALL ANY SLEEVES REQUIRED BY MECH., ELECT., OR PLUMBING PRIOR TO GROUTING. 13.2. PENETRATIONS SHALL NOT BE CORED OR CUT INTO MASONRY WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ENGINEER THRU THE ARCHITECT. 13.3. PENETRATIONS THRU UNTELS, PILASTERS, AND JAMBS ARE PERMITTED ONLY WHERE SPECIFICALLY DETAILED. 13.4. CONDUIT AND PIPING PARALLEL TO PLANE OF WALL SHALL NOT BE EMBEDDED IN WALL U.N.O. E. REINFORCING STEEL 1. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 AND CRSI'S MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE. 2 REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 OR ASTM A706 (A706 REQUIRED FOR ALL REINFORCING TO BE WELDED) AND SHALL BE GRADE 60 (fy - 60 KS) DEFORMED BARS U.N.O. REINFORCING IN SLABS ON GRADE MAY BE GRADE 40 (fy - 40 KSI) DEFORMED BARS FOR ALL BARS #4 AND SMALLER U.N.O. ON PLANS OR DETAILS. 3. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A185. LAPS IN WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE MADE SUCH THAT THE OVERLAP, MEASURED BETWEEN OUTERMOST CROSS WIRE OF EACH FABRIC SHEET, IS NOT LESS THAN THE SPACING OF CROSS WIRES PLUS 2 INCHES. 4. FIBER REINFORCING MAY BE USED WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON PLANS AND SHALL BE FIBERMESH 650 BY PROPEX CONCRETE SYSTEMS OR TUF- STRAND SF BY EUCUD CHEMICAL COMPANY OR APPROVED EQUAL. FIBERS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTIA C 1116 TYPE III, SECTION 4.1.3, AND SHALL BE MIXED WITH CONCRETE AND PLACED PER MFR. RECOMMENDATIONS AT A MINIMUM OF 3.0 LB /CUBIC YARD U.N.O. 5. RECTANGULAR PLATE DOWELS AND SMOOTH ROUND DOWELS USED AT CONTROL AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN SLABS ON GRADE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36. REFER TO TYPICAL CONTROL JOINTS IN SLAB ON GRADE DETAIL FOR SIZE, PLACEMENT, SPACING, ETC. RECTANGULAR PLATE DOWELS SHALL BE BY PNA CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGIES (800 -542 -0214) OR OTHER MFR. APPROVED BY ENGINEER. INSTALL ALL PLATE DOWEL BASKET ASSEMBUES PER MFR.'S RECOMMENDATIONS. E. REINFORCING STEEL CONT'D. 6. ALL. DIMENSIONS SHOWING THE LOCATION OF REINFORCING STEEL NOT NOTED AS "CLEAR" OR "CUR." ARE TO CENTER OF STEEL. CLEAR COVER FOR NON- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE REINFORCING SHALL BE AS NOTED BELOW, U.N.O. ON PLANS OR DETAILS. CLEAR COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE AND FOR PRECAST CONCRETE MANUFACTURED UNDER PLANT CONTROL CONDITIONS SHALL BE PER ACI 318, SECTIONS 7.7.2 AND 7.7.3, RESPECTIVELY EXPOSURE CONDITION: COVER: CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY 3" EXPOSED TO EARTH EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER (INCLUDES SLABS ON GRADE) NO. 5 AND SMALLER NO. 6 AND LARGER 1 1/2" 2" NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR IN CONTACT WITH GROUND STRUCTURAL SLABS, WALLS, JOISTS NO. 11 AND SMALLER 3/4" NO. 14 AND LARGER 1 1/2" BEAMS, COLUMNS (PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT, 1 1/2" TiES, STIRRUPS, SPIRALS) 7. LAP SPUCES OF REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO TYPICAL REBAR LAP SCHEDULE U.N.O. NO TACK WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS ALLOWED. LATEST ACI CODE AND DETAILING MANUAL APPLY. AT WALLS AND FOOTINGS, PROVIDE BENT CORNER BARS TO MATCH AND LAP WITH HORIZ BARS AT ALL CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS U.N.O. VERT. WALL BARS SHALL BE SPUCED AT OR NEAR FLOOR UNES. SPUCE TOP BARS AT CENTER UNE OF SPAN AND BOTTOM BARS AT THE SUPPORT IN SPANDRELS, BEAMS, GRADE BEAMS, ETC., U.N.O. ON PLANS OR DETAILS. B. MECHANICAL SPUCE COUPLERS SHALL HAVE CURRENT ICC APPROVAL AND SHALL BE CAPABLE OF DEVELOPING 125% OF THE SPUCED BAR'S YIELD STRENGTH. 9. ALL REINFORCING SHALL BE BENT COLD. BARS SHALL NOT BE UN -BENT AND RE -BENT. FIELD BENDING OF REBAR SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. 10. WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS, METAL INSERTS, AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE ONLY AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS OR DETAILS. SEE WELDING SECTION OF G.S.N. FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 11. REINFORCING BAR SPACINGS SHOWN ON PLANS ARE MAX. ON CENTER DIMENSIONS. DOWEL ALL VERT. REINFORCING TO FOUNDATION. SECURELY TIE ALL BARS IN LOCATION BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. MIN. CLEAR SPACING BETWEEN PARALLEL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE THE LARGER OF 1 -1/2 TiMES NOMINAL BAR DIA. OR 1 -1/3 TIMES MAX. AGGREGATE SIZE OR 1 -1/2 ". CLEAR SPACING UMITATiON APPUES ALSO TO CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN A CONTACT LAP SPUCE AND ADJACENT SPUCES OR BARS. F. STRUCTURAL _ STEEL -_ 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS AND MATERIAL PROPERTIES U.N.0: :. :... SHAPE: ROLLED WIDE FLANGE SECTIONS OTHER STANDARD STEEL SHAPES AND ROLLED SECTIONS BARS AND PLATES HOLLOW STRUCT. SECTIONS (RECT.) HOLLOW STRUCT. SECTIONS (ROUND) STANDARD: Fy. ASTM A992 ASTM A36 ASTM A36 OR ASTM A572, GRADE 50 (WHERE NOTED) ASTM A53, GRADE B ASTM A500, GRADE B ASTM A500, GRADE B 50 KS1 36 KSI 36 -KSI 50 KSI PIPES 35 KSI 46 KSI 42 KSI 2. ALL STRUCTURAL AND MISC. STEEL SHALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC 303. 3. ASTM A6 HOT-ROLLED SHAPES WITH FLANGE THICKNESS EXCEEDING 2" SHALL BE SUPPUED WITH CHARPY V- NOTCH TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A6. SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENT S30. IMPACT TESTS SHALL MEET A MINIMUM AVERAGE TOUGHNESS OF 20 FT-LB AT 70 F. SPUCES, WELD ACCESS HOLES, COMPATIBLE WELDING PROCEDURES, WELDING PREHEAT REQUIREMENTS, AND THERMAL CUT SURFACE PREPARATION AND INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS J1.5, J1.6, J2.7, AND M2.2 OF RISC 360. WELD TABS AND BACKING AT SPUCES SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE SURFACES GROUND SMOOTH. 4. SHEAR CONNECTORS (SUCH AS HEADED STEEL STUDS, STEEL BARS, OR STEEL LUGS), REINFORCING BARS, DEFORMED ANCHORS, OR THREADED STUDS SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE TOP FLANGES OF BEAMS, JOISTS, OR BEAM ATTACHMENTS SO THAT THEY PROJECT VERTICALLY FROM OR HORIZONTALLY ACROSS THE TOP FLANGE OF THE MEMBER UNTiL AFTER THE METAL DECKING, OR OTHER WALKING /WORKING SURFACE, HAS BEEN INSTALLED. 5. SEE CONCRETE SECTION OF G.S.N. FOR GROUTING REQUIREMENTS BENEATH COLUMN BASES AND BEARING PLATES. G. STRUCTURAL STEEL WELDING 1. ALL WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.1 AND FOLLOW THE PREQUAUFIED JOINT DETAILS INCLUDED THEREIN. WELDING OF JOINTS THAT INCLUDE REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.4. 2. WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS HOLDING VAUD CERTIFICATES AND HAVING CURRENT EXPERIENCE IN THE TYPE OF WELD SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR MAY SHOP WELD OR MELD WELD AT HIS DISCRETION. ALL COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION (CJP) WELDS SHALL BE TESTED AND CERTIFIED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY. a ALL WELDING SHALL USE PREQUAUFIED MATCHING FILLER METALS PER AWS D1.1, TABLE 3.1, WITH A MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH OF 70 KSI U.N.O. WELDS BETWEEN REINFORCING BARS SHALL USE PREQUAUFIED MATCHING FILLER METALS PER AWS D1.4, TABLE 5.1, WITH A MIN. TENSILE STRENGTH OF 90 KSI U.N.O. (MIN. TENSILE STRENGTHS FOR FILLER METALS USED IN WELDS BETWEEN REINFORCING BARS AND STRUCTURAL STEEL MAY BE 70 KSI). 4. WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH A WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATION (WPS) AS REQUIRED IN AWS D1.1. THE WPS VARIABLES SHALL BE WITHIN THE PARAMETERS ESTABUSHED BY THE FILLER METAL MANUFACTURER. THE WPS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER'S TESTING AGENCY FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND ERECTION. COPIES OF THE WPS SHALL BE ON SITE AND AVAILABLE TO ALL WELDERS AND THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR. 5. WELD LENGTHS CALLED OUT ON PLANS OR DETAILS ARE MINIMUM NET EFFECTIVE LENGTHS U.N.O. 6. ALL MISC. FILLET WELDS NOT NOTED, INCLUDING THOSE FOR STIFFENERS, MISC. PLATES, ETC., SHALL BE PER RISC 360, TABLE J24. 7. WELDS SHALL BE SEQUENCED TO MINIMIZE RESIDUAL STRESS DUE TO WELD SHRINKAGE. H. STRUCTURAL STEEL BOLTS, ANCHORS. HEADED STUDS 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL BOLTS, ANCHORS, ETC., SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS AND MATERIAL PROPERTIES U.N.0: COMPONENT: BOLTS NUTS WASHERS ANCHOR RODS WASHERS (AT ANCHOR RODS) STANDARD: Fy: ASTM A325 OR ASTM A490 WHERE NOTED ASTM A563 ASTM F436 ASTM F1554, GRADE 36 36 KSI OR GRADE 55 WHERE NOTED 55 KSI (GRADE 55 RODS SHALL COMPLY WITH WELDABIUTY SUPPLEMENT 51) ASTM A36 36 KSI OR ASTM F844 (USS STANDARD) - -- (F844 WASHERS PERMITTED ONLY FOR 3/4" DIA. RODS AT 1 1/16" MAX. DIA. HOLES IN BASE PLATE WHERE NO WELD REQ'D. BETWEEN WASHER AND BASE PLATE) • H. STRUCTURAL STEEL. BOLTS, ANCHORS HEADED STUDS CONT'D. 2. ALL BOLTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS BEARING -TYPE CONNECTiONS WITH THREADS EXCLUDED FROM SHEAR PLANE (TYPE "X" CONNECTION) U.N.O. HIGH - STRENGTH BOLT ASSEMBUES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RCSC "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ASTM A325 OR A490 BOLTS" AND SHALL BE SNUG TIGHTENED USING ANY MSC APPROVED METHOD U.N.O. ALL BOLTS IN SLOTTED OR OVERSIZED HOLES AND ALL HIGH- STRENGTH BOLTS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH HARDENED WASHERS. 3: BOLTED CONNECTIONS INCLUDED IN THE SEISMIC LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM (SLRS) SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS "A ", SUP- CRITICAL HAYING SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC 360, SECTION J3.8 (EXCEPTION: FAYING SURFACES OF WELDED JOINTS WHOSE PARTS ARE JOINED INITIALLY BY ERECTION BOLTS NEED ONLY BE PREPARED SUCH THAT THEY ARE FREE FROM DIRT, BURRS, AND OTHER DEFECTS THAT WOULD PREVENT SOUD F1T --UP OF THE PARTS TO BE JOINED). BOLTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STANDARD HOLES U.N.O. AND PRETENSIONED PER ANY AiSC APPROVED METHOD. 4. THE STEEL RETAILER SHALL COORDINATE ALL MELD- INSTALLED ERECTION BOLTS AT STEEL JOIST BEARING LOCATIONS WiTH THE STEEL JOIST SUPPUER. 5. ALL ANCHOR RODS AT STEEL COLUMN BASE PLATES SHALL BE RODS WITH THREADS BOTH ENDS WITH HEAVY HEX NUT FULLY THREADED ONTO EMBEDDED END. TACK WELD NUT TO ROD OR SPOIL THREADS TO PREVENT NUT FROM BACKING OFF. ANCHOR RODS SHALL NOT BE REPAIRED, REPLACED OR FIELD - MODIFIED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER. 6. ALL CONNECTIONS INVOLVING WOOD MEMBERS. INCLUDING THOSE WITH THREADED ROD, THREADED STUDS, FOUNDATION ANCHOR BOLTS. THRU- BOLTS, ETC., SHALL USE ASTM A307 MATERIAL U.N.O. ALL BOLTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, EXPANSION BOLTS, ETC., SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STEEL WASHERS AT FACE OF WOOD. 7. HEADED STUDS AND AUTOMATIC WELDED DOWELS SHOWN ON PLANS OR DETAILS SHALL BE BY NELSON STUD WELDING, INC., PER ICC ER -2614 AND ICC ER- 5217, RESPECTIVELY. STUDS SHALL HAVE FLUXED ENDS AND BE AUTOMATICALLY END - WELDED WITH SUITABLE EQUIPMENT (NO FILLET WELDING OF STUDS PERMITTED U.N.0.) AT SPACINGS INDICATED ON THE PLANS OR DETAILS. WELDING OF STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D1.1 AND AWS C5.4. HEADED STUDS AND AUTOMATIC WELDED DOWELS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED PROVIDED THEY ARE OF EQUIVALENT CAPACITY FOR THE INTENDED APPUCATION AND HAVE CURRENT ICC APPROVAL. 8. ALL THREADED SCREW ANCHORS SHALL BE POWER'S WEDGE BOLTS PER ICC ESR -1678 FOR MASONRY AND ICC- ESR -2526 FOR CONCRETE, SiMPSON TiTEN HD PER iCC ESR -1056 FOR MASONRY AND ICC ESR -2716 FOR CONCRETE, THREADED SCREW ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH SPECIAL INSECTiON. SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL ONLY BE PERMITTED WITH PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER THROUGH THE ARCHITECT. 9. ALL EPDXY ANCHORS IN CONCRETE AND MASONRY (ALL - THREAD, REBAR, ETC.) SHALL USE HILTI HIT -RE 500-SD (ICC ESR -2322) OR SIMPSON SET XP ICC ESR 2508 N U.N.O. U.N.O.. ALL EPDXY ANCHORS IN MASONRY ( ALL THREADED. ORE, ETC.) SHALL USE SIMPSON SET (ICC ESR- 1772) 'U.N.O. INSTALL PER MFR'S. SPEC'S. FOR EPDXY PRODUCTS, BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE MALL BE EIC LESS THAN 40 'F AT TINE TIME OF APPUCATION. I. WOOD 1. SAWN FRAMING LUMBER SHALL COMPLY WITH THE GRADING RULES OF THE WESTERN WOOD PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION OR THE WEST COAST LUMBER INSPECTION BUREAU. ALL SAWN LUMBER SHALL BE STAMPED WITH THE GRADE MARK OF AN APPROVED LUMBER GRADING AGENCY. SAWN LUMBER SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MIN. GRADE, U.N.O.: USE: 2x4 TOP PLATES 2x4 STUDS (UP TO 10' -0 "), BLOCKING 2x4 STUDS (OVER 10' -0 ") 2x6 TOP PLATES 2x6 STUDS (UP TO 10' -0 "), BLOCKING 2x6 STUDS (OVER 10' -0 ") 2x BOTTOM PLATES 6x BEAMS AND 6x POSTS JOISTS AND ALL OTHER SAWN LUMBER MATERIAL DOUGLAS FIR DOUGLAS FIR DOUGLAS FIR DOUGLAS FIR DOUGLAS FIR DOUGLAS FIR DOUGLAS FIR DOUGLAS FIR DOUGLAS FIR STANDARD GRADE STUD GRADE NO. 2 NO. 2 STUD GRADE NO. 2 STANDARD GRADE N0. 1 NO. 2 2 LUMBER RESTING ON CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL COMPLY WITH IBC 2304.11. FASTENERS IN PRESERVATIVE - TREATED WOOD SHALL COMPLY WITH EITHER IBC 2304.9.5 OR ICC REPORT APPUCABLE TO THE WOOD PRESERVA11VE TREATMENT. 3. GLUE- LAMINATED (GLULAM) BEAMS SHALL BE DOUGLAS FIR COMBINATION 24F-V4 U.N.O. FABRICATION AND HANDUNG SHALL CONFORM WITH THE LATEST AITC AND ASIM STANDARDS. BEAMS SHALL BEAR AN APPROPRIATE GRADE STAMP CLEARLY NOTING ITS DESIGN PROPERTIES. BEAMS SHALL BE MFR'D WITH 3500 FT. RADIUS OF CURVATURE UNLESS ALTERNATE CAMBER IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 4. LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER (LSL) SHALL BE (LEVEL TRUS JOIST TiMBERSTRAND LSL (ICC ESR- 1387). MINIMUM GRADE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: MEMBER WIDTH: MEMBER DEPTH: 1 1/2" 2 1/2" 1 3/4" 3 1/2" 3 1/2" ALL 1.6E ALL 1.6E ALL 1.55E 9 1/4" OR MORE 1.55E 8 5/8" OR LESS 1.3E MINIMUM GRADE 5. DO NOT NOTCH OR DRILL JOISTS OR BEAMS U.N.O. WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER THROUGH THE ARCHITECT. DOUBLE UP FLOOR JOISTS AND BLOCKING UNDER WALLS THAT RUN PARALLEL TO THE JOISTS. PROVIDE 2" (NOMINAL) SOLID BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS AT SUPPORTS. 6. ALL BOLTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN HOLES BORED WITH A BIT 1/16 INCH LARGER THAN THE DIA. OF THE BOLT. BOLTS AND NUTS SEATING ON WOOD SHALL HAVE CUT STEEL WASHERS UNDER HEADS AND NUTS. SPOIL THREADS TO PREVENT LOOSENING. LAG BOLTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN PRE- DRILLED HOLES BY TURNING WITH A WRENCH. 7. ALL WOOD CONSTRUCTION CONNECTORS SHOWN ON PLANS OR DETAILS SHALL BE SIMPSON STRONG -11E OR EQUAL U.N.O. HARDWARE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH ALL REQ'D. FASTENERS PER MFR'S. SPEC'S. HARDWARE BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED PROVIDED THEY ARE OF EQUIVALENT CAPACITY FOR THE INTENDED APPUCATiON AND THEY HAVE CURRENT ICC APPROVAL. HARDWARE SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. STRAPS OF HEAVIER GAGE THAN SPECIFIED ON PLANS MAY BE USED w/ MIN. FASTENER REQUIREMENTS PER PLAN (e.g. CS16 w/ (26) 8d IN UEU OF CS18 w/ (26) 8d). 8. SEE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR BOTTOM PLATE ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS. 9. ALL NAILS EXCEPT 16d NAILS SHALL BE COMMON NAILS U.N.O. 16d NAILS MAY BE 16d SINKER, 16d BOX OR 12d COMMON U.N.O. (EXCEPTION: WOOD CONSTRUCTION CONNECTORS SHALL BE PER MFR'S. SPECIFICATIONS.) NAILS SHALL BE DRIVEN SO THAT HEADS ARE FLUSH WITH WOOD SURFACE. OVER- OR UNDER - DRIVEN SHEATHING NAILS AT SHEAR WALL, ROOF, AND FLOOR SHEATHING PANELS, WHERE THICKNESS IS MINIMAL, CAN RESULT IN REDUCED CAPACITY. IF NO MORE THAN 209E OF THE FASTENERS AROUND THE PERIMETER OF PANELS ARE OVERDRIVEN BY UP TO 1/8" ° THE PANEL IS ACCEPTABLE. IF MORE THAN 20% OF THE FASTENERS AROUND THE PERIMETER OF PANELS ARE OVERDRIVEN, OR IF ANY ARE OVERDRIVEN BY MORE THAN 1/8 ", ADDITIONAL FASTENERS SHALL BE DRIVEN. FOR EVERY TWO FASTENERS OVERDRIVEN, ONE ADDITIONAL FASTENER SHALL BE DRIVEN. ALL OTHER CONDITIONS WHERE 1 -1/2" OR GREATER MEMBERS ARE FASTENED TOGETHER (GENERAL FRAMING). OVERDRIVEN FASTENERS DO NOT AFFECT THE CAPACITY OF THE CONNECTION. NAIL SIZE: 16d COMMON 16d SINKER 16d BOX 10d -131 SHANK DIA.: LENGTH: LENGTH: .162" 3 1/2" .148" 3 1/4" .135" 3 1/2" .131" 3" NAIL SIZE: SHANK DIA.: 12d COMMON.148" 3 1/4" 10d COMMON.148" 3" 8d COMMON .131" 2 1/2" 10d BOX .123" 3" I. WOOD (CONT'D.) 10. ALL PLYWOOD SHALL BE LAID WITH FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS, SHALL BE C -D OR C-C SHEATHING CONFORMING TO CBC 2303.1.4 AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING NOMINAL THICKNESS. SPAN RATING AND NAIUNG PATTERN U.N.O.: THICKNESS: 3/8" 7/16" 15/32" 19/32" 3/4" 1" 1 1/8" SPAN RATING: 24/0 24/16 32/16 40/20 48/24 60/48 60/48 EDGE NAILING: 8d AT 6" o.c. 8d AT r o.c. 8d AT 6" o.c. 10d AT 6" c.c. 10dAT6 "o.c. 10d AT 6" o.c. 10d AT 6" o.c. FIELD NAIUNG: 8d AT 12" o.c. 8d AT 12" o.c. 8d AT 12" o.c. 10d AT 12" o.c. 10d AT 12" o.c. 10dAT12 "o.c. 10d AT 12" o.c. 11. A.P.A. PERFORMANCE RATED SHEATHING (OSB) MAY BE USED AS AN ALTERNATE TO PLYWOOD. RATED SHEATHING SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC NER -108, EXPOSURE 1, AND SHALL HAVE A SPAN RATING EQUIVALENT TO OR BETTER THAN THE PLYWOOD IT REPLACES. ATTACHMENT AND THICKNESS SHALL BE THE SAME AS THE PLYWOOD IT REPLACES. INSTALL PER MFR.'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 12 FOR PLYWOOD OR A.P.A. RATED SHEATHING: FULL WIDTH PANELS SHALL BE USED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. AT • ROOF SHEATHING, PANELS 16" TO 24" WIDE SHALL HAVE EDGES SUPPORTED BY 2x BLOCKING OR (2) PSCL CUPS BETWEEN EACH SUPPORTING MEMBER AND PANELS 12" TO 16" WIDE SHALL HAVE EDGES SUPPORTED BY 2x BLOCKING. PROVIDE EDGE NAIUNG AT ALL BLOCKED PANEL EDGES. 13. SHEAR PANEL BLOCKING NOTED ON PLANS OR DETAILS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 2x SOUD FRAMING, WITH TOP MEMBER ORIENTED VERTICALLY, w/ 3/8" MIN. PLYW00D w/ 8d AT 6" o.c. U.N.O. AND SHALL BE NAILED TO ADJACENT TRUSSES w/ MIN. (2) 16d TOP AND BOTTOM. 14. WHERE BRIDGING INTERFERES WITH MECH. OR OTHER INSTALLATIONS, REMOVE BRIDGING AFTER DECK IS IN PLACE AND REPLACE WITH ADDITIONAL MFR. SUPPUED HORIZ STRUT BRACING AT TOP AND BOTTOM CHORDS. 15. BEAMS OR TWO PLY (OR LARGER) GIRDER TRUSSES BEARING ON TOP PLATES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO TOP PLATES WITH A34 ONE SIDE AND (2) 16d TOENAILS OTHER SIDE, U.N.O. ON PLAN. J. SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. IN ADDITION TO STANDARD INSPECTIONS BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL REQUIRED PER CBC SECTION 109, THE OWNER SHALL EMPLOY ONE OR MORE SPECIAL INSPECTORS WHO SHALL PROVIDE INSPECTIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR THE TYPES OF WORK USTED IN THIS SECTION. 2. THE SPECIAL" INSPECTOR SHALL BE A QUAUFiED PERSON WHO SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE, TO THE SATiSFAC110N OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, FOR INSPECTION OF THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION OR OPERATION REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR AT LEAS T 24 HOURS NOTICE PR I OR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK REQUIRING SPECAL WN_ LOTION. 4..T1HE SPEC . E I AL INSPECTOR SHALL INSPECT THE. WORK ASSJ►IED FOR CONFORMANCE WiTH THE APPROVED CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPEC'S. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, THE ENGINEER OF RECORD, AND OTHER DESIGNATED PERSONS. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, THEN, IF UNCORRECTED, TO THE ENGINEER AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL SIGNED REPORT STATING WHETHER THE WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION WAS, TO THE BEST OF THE INSPECTOR'S KNOWLEDGE, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPEC'S AND THE APPUCABLE CODE PROVISIONS. 5. INSPECTORS SHALL INSPECT FROM AN APPROVED SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE USED IN UEU OF THE APPROVED CONTRACT DRAWINGS FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES. 6. TYPES OF WORK TO BE INSPECTED BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR ARE AS FOLLOWS: 6.1. DURING ALL EPDXY ANCHORING OPERATIONS FOR BOLTS, REBAR, THREADED ROD, ETC., INCLUDING VERIFICATION OF BOLT OR BAR MATERIALS, HOLE DEPTH AND DIA., HOLE CIEANOUT, EPDXY MIXING AND PLACEMENT PROCEDURES, AND EMBEDMENT DEPTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND MFR.'S SPEC.'S AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 6.2. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION PER IBC SECTION 1704.4 AND TABLE 1704.4. EXCEPTION: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL NOT BE REQ'D. FOR: 1. ISOLATED SPREAD OR CONTINUOUS CONCRETE FOOTINGS SUPPORTING WALLS OF BUILDINGS (3) STORIES OR LESS IN HEIGHT WHOSE STRUCTURAL DESIGN IS BASED ON A 28 DAY DESIGN COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, fc, OF NO GREATER THAN 2500 PSI. 2. POST- TENSIONED SLABS ON GRADE WHERE EFFECTIVE PRESTRESS IN THE CONCRETE IS LESS THAN 150 PSI. 6.3 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION PER IBC 1704.5.2 AND TABLE 1704.5.1. 7. CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL REGARDING MATERIALS AND INSPECTION OF PREFABRICATED ITEMS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1704. K. SUBMITTALS 1. SHOP DRAWINGS OR REPORTS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION (AS APPUCABLE) U.N.O. REINFORCING STEEL STRUCTURAL STEEL 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING. CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW SHALL CHECK FOR COMPLETENESS / COMPUANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS ARE REVIEWED BY ENGINEER ONLY FOR GENERAL COMPUANCE WITH THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. RESPONSIBIUTY FOR CORRECTNESS _ SHALL REST WITH THE CONTRACTOR. SHOP DRAWINGS DO NOT SUPERSEDE OR REPLACE THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. CHANGES, SUBSTITUTIONS, OR DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND /OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED VIA SHOP DRAWING REVIEW. ALL SUCH MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED SEPARATELY FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW. 4. PREFABRICATED COMPONENTS, SPECIALTY ITEMS, OR DESIGN -BUILD ELEMENTS NOTED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, BUT WHICH REQUIRE THE MFR. OR SUPPUER TO PROVIDE THE DESIGN, SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE ARCHITECT AND /OR ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AS A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DEFERRED SUBMITTALS REQ'D. BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE UMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: MASONRY GROUT AND MORTAR MID DESIGNS CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS EXTERIOR SIGNAGE SUPPORT /ANCHORAGE OF MECH.. ELECT., AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS STORAGE RACKS 5. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS PREPARED AND STAMPED BY AN APPROPRIATELY UCENSED ENGINEER (SPECIALTY pANDD SIZE OF MEMBERS. AND COMPA11BIUTTY OF LOADS, SUBMITTAL ITEM WITH THE PRIMARY STRUCTURAL SYSTEM. 6. THE PURPOSE OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL BE LIMITED TO DETERMINING THAT THE DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY SEALED, THAT THE LOAD CRITERIA IS IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WITH THE REFERENCED BUILDING CODE, THAT CONNECTIONS TO THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE PRIMARY DESIGN, AND THAT THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE IMPOSED LOADS. 7. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER WILL RELY UPON THE SPECIALTY ENGINEER'S SEAL AS CERTIFICATION THAT THE ITEMS DESIGNED BY THE SPECIALTY ENGINEER COMPLY WITH THE CRITERIA SET FORTH IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPUCABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ADEQUACY OF DESIGNS PROVIDED BY OTHERS. 8. FOR ALL SUBMITTALS, ANY CORRECTIONS NOTED WILL BE MARKED ON ONE (1) COPY SET ONLY AND RETURNED. ADDITIONAL COPIES OF ANY SUBMITTAL WILL BE RETURNED UNMARKED. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPRODUCING ENGINEER'S CORRECTIONS ON ADDITIONAL COPIES REQ'D. ONE COPY SET MAY BE RETAINED FOR THE ENGINEER'S RECORDS. ALLOW FIVE (5) TO TEN (10) WORKING DAYS FOR THE ENGINEER'S REVIEW. 9. REFER TO APPUCABLE G.S.N. SECTIONS FOR FURTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIC TO INDIVIDUAL SUBMITTALS. STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS A.B. ACI A.C.S. MSC AIS ALT. ANS A.R. ARCIi'L ASIi0 AVE B.F. &FF. DOT. BRG. C.J. C.J.P. COL CONT. CRS IRA. DIAL. DWG. E.F. EL ELECT. E.O.R. EQ. E.W. F.F. FT. GA. OB G.S.N. G.T. HORIZ. HSS IBC ICC LD. INFO) Jt K 1E0. KS LLH LLV LSE. MFR. MAX. AEON. MIN. MISC. N.T.S. o.c. 0.D. P. PL PLF PLAID. PSF PS PSL RCSC REQ'D. SM. SLRS SPEC. SW T&B T&G THRU T.O. T.O.D. T.O.F. T.O.L T.O.S. T.O.W. TYP. U.N.O. VET. w/o WC ANCHOR BOLT AMERICAN COICRETE INSTITUTE ALL COMMON SURFACES AMERICAN MS11,U1E OF STEEL CCNSTRUCTION AMERICAN ION NE STEEL MIME ALIENATE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS DIST1TUTE ANCHOR ROD ARCHITECTURAL. AMERICAN SOFTY FOR Alql MATERIALS AMERICAN VELDNIIG SOCIETY BOUNDARY FASTENERS BELOW flMSH FLOOR BOTIOA! BEARING CONTROL JOINT COMPLETE JO NT PENETRATION CEN1ER UNE CLEAR DAEMON 10 FACE OF REBAR COLUMN CONTINUOUS CONCRETE LNG STEEL INSTITUTE DIAMETER DIAGONAL DRAWING EACH FACE ElEVA110N E LEC TRICAL ENMEER OF RECORD EQUAL EACH WAY FOAM FLOOR FLOOR FOOT FOOTING GAUGE GLULAM BEM GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES GIRDER TRUSS HORIZONTAL HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION IN1ERNA1IONAL 8UIDING CODE INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL INSIDE DiALE1FR INFORMATION TNT KIP (1,000 LI3S) KN0 KOUT KIPS PER SQUARE INCH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LANG LEG % RTICAL LAMINATED STRAND LUIEER LAMINATED MANUFACTURER MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MINIMIUM MISCELLANEOUS NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OPPOSITE PLATE RFP mss. FOLLIES _ <_ _ UMW T _ PLYWOOD POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PARALLEL STRAND UJMBER RESEARCH COUNCIL ON STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS SIMILAR SEISMIC LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM SPECFICATION STANDARD SHEAR WALL TOP AND BOTTOM TONGUE AND GROOVE THROUGH TOP OF TOP OF DECK TOP OF FOOTING TOP OF LEDGER TOP OF STEEL TOP OF WALL TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERTICAL WITH WIiHOUT YACHT SHEET INDEX • INDICATES PREVIOUSLY / CURRENiLY ISSUED SHEETS RANCHECK SIAIMITTAL SHEET TITLE • • • • S0.1 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES S0.2 TYPICAL DETAILS S1.1 FOUNDATION PLAN S2.1 TREWS FRAMING PLAN S2.2 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S3.1 ENLARGED TREWS PLAN REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION b1)..- i37 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER 1 0 W N 0 1- 0 Z ISSUE BECK 04/05/12 PERtv1IT SET CHECKED BY: TA /RO /SJ DRAWN BV': RRR FILE: S01- 120321 -G.DWG ire, F, L_7T ~ Cti 4. SHEET MIME: EN ERAL ST LJCT.. NOTES RAL SHEET O .: W 0 z U w w 0 U' 0 0 8 a W W Lit 0 W W w U w 0 0_ a w 1- U Z 0 w 0 0 U w L w U 0 U 0 0 0 U) z 0 X3/16 TYPICAL FIELD INSTALLED WEB MEMBER S01 -01 080430 0 LOAD APPUED AT TOP OR BOTTOM CHORD AWAY FROM JOIST PANEL POINT � ^ L2 1/2x2 1/2x3/16 EACH SIDE OF JOIST TO NEAREST OPPOSITE CHORD PANEL POINT A. DETAIL NOT REQUIRED FOR LOAD LESS THAN 250 LBS. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY LOAD NOT NOTED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS THAT EXCEEDS 500 LBS. B. DETAIL NOT REQUIRED FOR LOADS APPLIED AT PANEL POINT OR FOR WHICH THE JOIST HAS BEEN SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED TO SUPPORT NO SCALE WALL TYPE MAX. SPAN STUD TYPE AND SPACING OPTIONS NOTES TYPICAL 18' -0" 362S200-68 AT 16'" o.c. OR 600S200 -54 AT 16" 0.c. ROVIDE (1) 362S138-33 MIL HEADER w (2) 362S200 -68 MIL (50 KSI) JAMB STUDS, TYP. AT DOOR OPENING. (7' -0" MAX. OPENING) A. TYPICAL TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK SHALL MATCH WIDTH AND GAUGE OF STUD. B. ALL WALLS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED AS INTERIOR NON — BEARING WALLS w/ (2) LAYERS OF 5/8" DRYWALL C. ALL MATERIAL TO BE 33 KSI U.N.O. D. VERIFY ALL STUD SIZES AND GAUGE w/ ARCH'L WALL TYPES ON SHEET A.1.0 04 TYPICAL NON -LOAD BEARING WALL SCHEDULE 15- SC061102 TA061127 NO SCALE 0 SIMPSON 1/2" DIA. TITEN SCREW ANCHOR w/ 3 1 /4" MIN. EMBEDMENT AT 60" o.c. w/ STD. PLATE WASHER. PROVIDE (2) BOLTS MIN. PER SECTION OF TRACK 05 TYPICAL NON —LOAD BEARING WALL AT (E) SLAB 05-100616 NO SCALE Q PRE —FAB WALL SHELVING BY OTHERS (9' -0" MAX. HEIGHT) ® WALL ANCHOR PLATE PER RACK MFR. w/ (2) 11TEN SCREWS O SIMPSON is DIA. 11TEN HD w/ 6" MIN. EMBEDMENT A. RACK TO WALL ANCHOR PLATE ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS. STIRRUP AND TIE HOOK 01 �(4) „d„ 2 1/2" MIN.) OFFSET BAR ALL OTHER, REINFORCING STANDARD REBAR BEND DETAILS 0 C MINIMUM FINISHED BEND DIA. FOR STIRRUPS AND 11ES ONLY 4 "d" FOR #5 BAR AND SMALLER, (6) "d" FOR i6 THRU #8. TYPICAL C (6) "d" FOR #5 AND SMALLER (12) Wd" FOR #6 THRU #8 C MINIMUM FINISHED BEND DIA. FOR ALL REINFORCING EXCEPT STIRRUPS AND 11ES (6) "d" UP TO #8 BAR, (8) "d" FOR #9 THRU X11, (12) "d" FOR #14 AND #18. A. "d" BAR DIA. B. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE BENT COLD UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS OR DETAILS C. REINFORCING PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE FIELD BENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON PLANS OR DETAILS C01 -01 091104 HOOK LENGTH A. ALL TABULATED VALUES ARE IN UNITS OF INCHES U.N.O. B. CONCRETE LAP LENGTHS BASED ON ACI 318 -05 SECTION 12.2.3 WITH CLASS B LAP SPLICE PER SECTION 12.15 FOR NORMAL WT CONCRETE AND UNCOATED BARS C. CONCRETE STRENGTHS SHOWN ARE FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY. SEE G:S.N. FOR ACTUAL CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS BAR SIZE CONCRETE (f c 2500 PSI w/ 1 1/2a MIN. CLR.) MASONRY MIN. SP ®NG TOP ..-.. BARS BARS STANDARD HOOK LENGTH EDGE BARS° CENTER B ( =ASS 18 14 4 1/2 15 15 #4 2 1/2 24 19 6 26 21 i 3 1/4 30 23 7 1/2 40 28 3 3/4 37 28 9 54 53 #7 4 60 46 10 1/2 C TYPICAL DLrAILS 8 4 76 59 12 C C #9 41/4 94 72 131/2 C C 02 TYPICAL REBAR LAP SCHEDULE SCH02 -05C 080519 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION B. NOTIFY E.O.R. IF (E) MASONRY WALL IS NOT SOLID GROUTED. 06 TYPICAL RACK ANCHOR AT (E) MASONRY WALL 06- 100616 NO SCALE 03 NO SCALE 0 BAR SPACING IS MEASURED AS CENTER TO CENTER BAR SPACING. NOTIFY ENGINEER WHERE BAR SPACING IS LESS THAN MIN SPACING NOTED IN SCHEDULE C TOP BARS ARE HORIZONTAL BARS SO PLACED THAT 12 INCHES OR MORE OF FRESH CONCRETE IS CAST IN MEMBER BELOW SPUCE C MECHANICAL SPUD COUPLER PER G.S.N. REQUIRED Q USE EDGE BAR LAP LENGTHS FOR BARS NOT MEETING CENTER BAR CRITERIA AND WHERE CLR. COVER TO END OF WALL IS LESS THAN CLR. COVER TO FACE OF WALL C CENTER BARS ARE BARS PLACED AT MID — THICKNESS OF CMU. BARS NOT PLACED AT MID— THICKNESS BUT HAVING CLR. COVER TO EACH FACE OF MASONRY WALL OF AT LEAST 5 x BAR DIA. MAY ALSO USE CENTER BAR LAP LENGTHS ® STANDARD HOOK LENGTH REFER TO STANDARD REBAR BEND DETAIL FOR MORE INFORMATION 1 A IPERPENDICULAR NO SCALE 0 STUD SIZE AND GAUGE PER TYPICAL NON —LOAD BEARING WALL SCHEDULE OO CONT. 2 1/2a DEEP LEG TRACK w/ GAUGE PER TYPICAL NON —LOAD BEARING WALL SCHEDULE WIDTH TO MATCH STUD WIDTH © #10x1 1/2" SCREW AT 12" o.c. Q BRIDGING PER G.S.N. © (E) STEEL JOIST © P1000 UNISTRUT w/ BEAM CLAMP AT EACH END ® P1000 UNISTRUT AT 6' -0" o.c. w/ BEAM CLAMP AT EACH END ® (2) #10 x 1 1/2a SCREWS AT EA. UNISTRUT 1 B PARALLEL TYPICAL NON — LOAD BEARING WALL CONNECTION 03- SC071484 080121 NO SCALE RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECT ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY TA,/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: M R FILE: S02-120321 -D.DWG firAlltiff, ..1:31;' I ........ ft. :• 335' 1 i ' -isit. . Atafgril.fp `� ,ONAL EXPIRES 3 -19-13 'SHEET NAi TYPICAL DLrAILS SHEET NUtJ Ek SO.2 ce 0 ce U 0 0 W 0 0 J 8 0 U W W 0 L?:1 W ce W a Z O 0 0 W 0 CI Sn _ O a 0 O U 4 = Z O a a z Q a cn _ SCALE: 1/8" - 1' -0" - F I i I P N/1 _ER • r FOUNDATION PLAN 111 ENTRY -- r iIE_'il..JLE J _ r 11 II II II II LL L rr=i;;....4=9 = �k = =�._.. k===== k = = = =� - = =q = L == k = = == = = =� k = = == = = == C==== I,1.;,I''III'uC:iE: �'I k = = == p = ==� = = == =_� k = = == k = = =� = = == = = == FOUNDATION PLAN KEYNOTES ° PLUMBING UNES BELOW SLAB PER PLUMBING DRAWINGS. REFER TO DETAIL 102 FOR TYPICAL TRENCH DETAIL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY (E) UNES PRIOR TO TRENCHING. PLUMBING UNES ARE SHOWN AS GENERAL LOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE, DIMENSION AND PLACE UNES IN COORDINATION w/ PLUMBING AND ARCH'L DRAWINGS. DO NOT EXTEND PLUMBING UNES UNDER (E) FOOTINGS. ® ANCHOR RACK TO SLAB PER DETAIL 1O3/S1.1 FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES A. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, SLOPES, ETC., w/ ARCH'L AND /OR CIVIL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE DESCREPANCIES WITH ARCHITECT. B. VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE OF ALL INSERTS AND OPENINGS IN SLAB WITH ARCH'L MECH, PLUMBING, AND ELECT. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTIONS. C. ALL FOOTINGS ARE EXISTING AND TO REMAIN IN PLACE. D. ALL STEEL COLUMNS, BASE PLATES, AND CONNECTIONS ARE EXISTING AND SHOULD NOT BE MODIFIED. E. SEE ARCH'L AND /OR CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR EXTERIOR SLABS, WALLS, ETC. F. DENOTES (N) 4" THICK CONCRETE SLAB w/ #3 AT 18" o.c. OVER APPROVED SUBGRADE BY OTHERS. PLACE REINF. 1 1/2" CLR. FROM TOP OF SLAB. G. ALL MASONRY WALLS ARE EXISTING AND TO REMAIN IN PLACE, U.N.O. ON PLANS. H. REFER TO TYPICAL DETAIL 103 FOR RACK ANCHORAGE. 1 01 NOT 101 -120E1 I 1 1 REVIEWED TED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APpp'!FD JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila B AWING DIVISION, 1 02 (N) SLAB AT PLUMBING LINES 105 - 100300 FIETIAT STORAGE RACK NO SCALE m 8" MNr. — 18" MAX SLAB CUTOUT TO ACCOMMODATE PLUMBING CD #3 x 18" EPDXY DOWELS AT 15" o.c. PLUMB8IG ELEVATION BY OTHERS. IAI''E A 10 3 TYPICAL RACK ANCHOR AT (E) SLAB 103 - 100616 NO SC/LE m PRE —FAB ISLAND RACK BY OTHERS. (1 -0" MAX HEIGHT) CZ) 10 GA. x2"xO' -65/8" FOOTPLATE BY RAC( TER. w/ (2) THEN SCREWS EACH PLATE 17-1F-7:11 ® SIMPSON 1/2" DIA. 1REN HD w/ 3/4" LIN. BIBEDMENT m PRE —FAB STORAGE RAC( BY O1FERS. (12' -0" MAX HEIGHT) ® 3/8"x5"x0' -8" FOOTPLATE OR 3/8"x8'x0' -8" FOOTPLATE BY RAC( IFR w/ (4) MEN SCREWS 0 0 0 0 O 0 O 0 A. ATTACHMENT OF RAC( TO FOOTPLATE SHALL BE BY OTHERS B. PROVOS FOOTPLATE AT EACH CORNER OF RACK, 1W. WHERE RACK IS ADJACENT TO MASONRY WALL REFER TO TYPICAL DETAIL 06/50.2 Dim i37 NO SCALE RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER FKUJt.(`I IS NUI AUIHUKILt) HNU ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: S11- 120321 — PS.DWG .._ ` ♦ P� ♦s yY t r J+O7 ..‘,4, 33551 �� ''' 401greitYY 4e, SHEET NAME FO J \DATI O.N PLAN SHEET NUMB S1 ' 3 col w 0 O O O U U Q- V) con 0 u w a CL w SCALE: 1/8' — 1' -0" 1 L ;I_.= ;. -_I;;. 1; 1 7 it i 1 T 8-1 Li LI TRELLIS FRAMING PLAN v 11111 1111 MEIN IrJ rrrdii ,I • r L REVIEVVED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FRAMING PLAN NOTES A. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVA110NS, SLOPES. ET. w/ ARCH'L PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE DISCREPANCIES WITH ARCHITECT. B. LOADING AT (E) PURUNS HAS NOT BEEN INCREASED DUE TO THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT AND DOES NOT REQUIRE DESIGN UNDER THE 2009 IBC PER SECTION 3403.2. C METAL DECK AND FASTENERS ARE EXIS11NG. THE LATERAL FORCES FOR THE STRUCTURE HAVE NOT BEEN INCREASED DUE TO THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT AND DOES NOT REQUIRE DESIGN UNDER THE 2006 IBC PER SECTION 3403.2. D. ALL EXTERIOR WALL ANCHORAGE IS EXISTING AND IS NOT PART OF SCOPE. DURING DEMOU11ON AND /OR CONSTRUCTION IF IT IS OBSERVED THAT EXTERIOR WALL ANCHORAGE ELEMENTS ARE DAMAGED OR MISSING CONTACT THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. E. MICS. ITEMS SUCH AS STAIRS, LANDINGS, RAIUNGS, MECH'L EQUIPMENT ATTACHMENT TO PRIMARY STRUCTURE FRAMING. ETC., SHALL BE DESIGNED BY OTHERS AND SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AS DEFERRED SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SEE G.S.N. FOR DEFERRED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. F. NO11FY ENGINEER IF (E) STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DIFFER FROM THOSE NO1ED ON PLAN. G. REFER TO DETAIL 04 FOR TYPICAL NON -LOAD BEARING WALL SCHEDULE. FRAMING PLAN KEYNOTES WALK -IN COOLER CONDENSING UNIT PER REFRIDGERATION DRAWINGS (MAX. WEIGHT - 317 LB). REFER TO DETAIL 301/S2.2 FOR UNIT SUPPORT. ANCHORAGE OF UNIT AND CURB SHALL BE BY OTHERS. (D PRE - FABRICATED TRELLIS BY STYL.MARK. REFER TO DETAILS 201 AND 202 FOR TYPICAL ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE (MAX. WEIGHT =0.75 PSF), PROVIDE SEISMIC SUPPORT PER DETAIL 203 AT 12' -0" o.c. COORDINATE SEISMIC SUPPORT AND WIRE LOCATIONS w/ TRUSS MFR. CD NOT USED Z NOT USED c (E) MECHANICAL UNIT PER MECHANICAL PLANS 1117 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER THIS DRAWING IS THE CONSULTANT PROPERTY OF TOTAL WINE AND MORE. ANY USE OR REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE ORR PART ° IS BRIGHT WIWI, WV& i1 Wllil`I'NhM 6 rig Ir1ebw s arabit•ature CONSENT OF TOTAL WINE AND MORE. 2 VENTURE SUITE 200 IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92618 COPYRIGHT 2011 ALL p 949.477.4001 f 949.477.4009 800.933.7611 RIGHTS RESERVED WRIGHTENGINEERS.COM ARCHITECT OF RECORD: BRR ARCHITECTURE, INC. LAS VEGAS IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE 2400 E. Arizona Biltmore Circle, suite 1360 Phoenix,AZ 85016 PHONE 602- 955 -9095 FAX 602.955 -9096 Tz000mRmwEsi SPIRITS •BEER & MORE L STORE NUMBER: XXXX I PROJECT NUMBER: 62300049 DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/1. PERMIT SET CHECKED Bt TARO /SJ DRAWN BY: SIR FIB S21- 120321- PR.DWG �( $,$ - ., der 40 I SHEET NAME TRELLIS FRAMING PLA\ SHEET NUMB S2.1 0 w 0, w 1- c U a O 0_ a 0 0 N cn cn 0 cn 0 cn 3 O J Cftsi 0 C O- m z U U W a N 2 ce 0 JJ t ROOF FRAMING PLAN (N) (N) (N) 3 SIDES FRAMING PLAN NOTES A. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. ELEVATIONS, SLOPES, ET. w/ ARCH'L PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE DISCREPANCIES WITH ARCHITECT B. LOADING AT (E) PURUNS HAS NOT BEEN INCREASED DUE TO THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT AND DOES NOT REQUIRE DESIGN UNDER THE 2009 IBC PER SECTION 3403.2. C. METAL DECK AND FASTENERS ARE EXISTING. THE LATERAL FORCES FOR THE STRUCTURE HAVE NOT BEEN INCREASED DUE TO THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT AND DOES NOT REQUIRE DESIGN UNDER THE 2006 IBC PER SECTION 3403.2. D. ALL EXTERIOR WALL ANCHORAGE IS EXISTING AND IS NOT PART OF SCOPE. DURING DEMOUTION AND /OR CONSTRUCTION IF IT 1S OBSERVED THAT EXTERIOR WALL ANCHORAGE ELEMENTS ARE DAMAGED OR MISSING CONTACT THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. E. MICS. ITEMS SUCH AS STAIRS, LANDINGS, RAILINGS, MECH'L EQUIPMENT ATTACHMENT TO PRIMARY STRUCTURE FRAMING, ETC., SHALL BE DESIGNED BY OTHERS AND SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AS DEFERRED SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SEE G.S.N. FOR DEFERRED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. F. NOTIFY ENGINEER IF (E) STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DIFFER FROM THOSE NOTED ON PLAN. G. REFER TO DETAIL 04 FOR TYPICAL NON -LOAD BEARING WALL SCHEDULE. FRAMING PLAN KEYNOTES CD WALK -IN COOLER CONDENSING UNIT PER REFRIDGERATION DRAWINGS (MAX. WEIGHT all 317 LB). REFER TO DETAIL 301/S2.2 FOR UNIT SUPPORT. ANCHORAGE OF UNIT AND CURB SHALL BE BY OTHERS. ® PRE- FABRICATED TREWS BY STYLMARK. REFER TO DETAILS 201 AND 202 FOR TYPICAL ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE (MAX. WEIGHTe0.75 PSF). PROVIDE SEISMIC SUPPORT PER DETAIL 203 AT 12' -0w o.c. COORDINATE SEISMIC SUPPORT AND WIRE LOCATIONS w/ TRUSS MFR. ® NOT USED ® NOT USED ® (E) MECHANICAL UNIT PER MECHANICAL PLANS LI1E OF MECH. UNIT PER PLAN ® STEEL JOIST PER PLAN ® CB x 11.5 TYP. ALIGN BENEATH SUPPORTING EDGE CURB OF MECH. UNIT ALL SIDES SCHEMATIC FRANC PLAN ® OPENING AS OCCURS FOR MECH. PENETRATIONS. TRIM PER TYPICAL DETAES L3x3x3/16 VERTICAL ADDED WS MEMBER ® ADDED WEB MEMBER EACH SIDE OF JOIST PER TYPICAL FED INSTALLED WEB MEMBER DETAIL CD L3 1/2x3 1/2x1/4 x 0'-6' w/ (2) 3/4" 3/4" DUI. T RUBOLTS. 3/16' MET WELD (3) SIDES MAY BE USED LIEU OF BOLTS TYP.T.& B. CHORDS nsucs—f B A. VERIFY MECH. UNIT LOCATION WEIGHT, D1ISIONS, ETC. VAIN ARCH'L AND TECH. DRAWINGS 301 TYPICAL FRAMING BENEATH MECHANICAL UNIT 901-02 070914 NO SCALE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 0 5 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 137 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO/SJ DRAWN BY: H FILE: S22- 0321 - PR.DWG SHEET NAME ROOF =RAMING PLAN SHEET NUMB S2.2 m L3ac3x3/16 x 0'-4' ANGLE AT COMPRESSOR STRUT w/ (3) 1/4x 1 1/2 SDS SCREWS TO PURIM AND (3) #10 SI LF- TAPPNG SC6Y6 TO STRUT ® HSS2x2x3 /16 OMAPRESSON SIRUi AT 12.-0. o c., U.N.O ON PUN (� 1/8 x4"x0' -8" STEEL PLA1E ® (3) #10 SELF-TAPPING SCREWS. (1REWS TO COMPRBSON S1RU1) ® SPLAYED BRACE WIRES AT EACH COMPRESSOR STRUT. TREWS MFR. 10 PROWDE WIRE SUPPORT 10 RESIST 25L8 VERT. AND 75LB HORIL AT EACH SPLAYED YORE GROUP IXI Y 203 COMPRESSION STRUT AT TRELLIS 243•- 100616 NO SCALE 202 TYPICAL TREWS SUPPORT m4 -1aawo (1) PLA1E TO RECEIVE WIRE SUPPORT. CONNECTION PER 1REWS MFR TO SUPPORT 25LB VERTICAL LOAD ® 12 GA. HANGER WINE w/ MIN. 3 1IGHT MIS N 1 1/2" AT BOTH ENDS, OF WIRE, TYP. A 1REWS DESIGN BY 01HERS B. MAX GRID SPACING FOR WIRE SUPPORTS SHAH. BE 4'-O' x 4' -O' C. PERIMETER SUPPORTS SHALL NOT BE SPACED MORE THAN 8' FROM EDGE OF TREWS NO SCALE 201 TYPICAL TREWS SUPPORT AT FRAMING 203- 10030o 0 12 GA. HANGER ME w/ MN. 3 11GHT 1URNS N 1 1/2" AT BOTH ENDS OF IMRE, TYP. (1) 1/4" DIA. NE EYE LAG SCREW w/ 1 1/2" MIN. 1HREAD L ENGMI CD P1000 UNIS1RUT UNIS1RUT BEAM CLAMP, TYP. EACH END OF UNIS1RUT A. MAX GRID SPACING FOR WINE SUPPORTS SHALL BE 4' -O` x 41--0" NO SCALE 11 9 ENLARGED TRELLIS FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" - 1' -0" FRAMING PLAN NOTES A. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, SLOPES, ET. w/ ARCH'L PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE DISCREPANCIES WITH ARCHITECT. B. LOADING AT (E) PURUNS HAS NOT BEEN INCREASED DUE TO 1HE TENANT IMPROVEMENT AND DOES NOT REQUIRE DESIGN UNDER THE 2009 IBC PER SECTION 3403.2. C. METAL DECK AND FASTENERS ARE EXISTING. THE LATERAL FORCES FOR THE STRUCTURE HAVE NOT BEEN INCREASED DUE TO 1HE TENANT IMPROVEMENT AND DOES NOT REQUIRE DESIGN UNDER THE 2006 IBC PER SECTION 3403.2. D. ALL EXTERIOR WALL ANCHORAGE IS EXISTING AND IS NOT PART OF SCOPE. DURING DEMOUTION AND /OR CONSTRUCTION IF IT IS OBSERVED THAT EXTERIOR WALL ANCHORAGE ELEMENTS ARE DAMAGED OR MISSING CONTACT THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. E. MILS. ITEMS SUCH AS STAIRS, LANDINGS, RAILINGS, MECH'L EQUIPMENT ATTACHMENT TO PRIMARY STRUCTURE FRAMING, ETC., SHALL BE DESIGNED BY OTHERS AND SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AS DEFERRED SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SEE G.S.N. FOR DEFERRED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. NOTIFY ENGINEER IF (E) STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DIFFER FROM THOSE NOTED ON PLAN. F. G. REFER TO DETAIL 04 FOR TYPICAL NON -LOAD BEARING WALL SCHEDULE. FRAMING PLAN KEYNOTES CD WALK -IN COOLER CONDENSING UNIT PER REFRIDGERATION DRAWINGS (MAX. WEIGHT - 317 LB). REFER TO DETAIL 301 /S2.2 FOR UNIT SUPPORT. ANCHORAGE OF UNIT AND CURB SHALL BE BY OTHERS. (E) PRE - FABRICATED TRELUS BY STYLMARK. REFER TO DETAILS 201 AND 202 FOR TYPICAL ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE (MAX. WEIGHT =0.75 PSF). PROVIDE SEISMIC SUPPORT PER DETAIL 203 AT 12' -O' o.c. COORDINATE SEISMIC SUPPORT AND WIRE LOCATIONS w/ TRUSS MFR. ® NOT USED ® NOT USED ® (E) MECHANICAL UNIT PER MECHANICAL PLANS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN o 5 2012 BUILDING city DIVISION RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER 0 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: IIRR FILE: S31 -1121- PR.DWG 'I-4N h IL V3551 w l4,C S'i�"� `� SHEET NAME TRLLSI S FRAMI \G PLAN SHEET NUS S3.1 SEISMIC NOTES: 1. RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK WITH A CROSS - SECTIONAL AREA OF 6 SQ. FT. AND LARGER, AND SUSPENDED MORE THAN 12" FROM POINT OF CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE TO TOP OF DUCT SHALL BE BRACED IN TWO DIRECTIONS (90° OPPOSING) USING ROD OR STRAP OF SAME LOAD CHARACTERISTICS AS PRIMARY SUSPENSION ROD OR STRAP. 2. DUCTWORK 28" IN DIAMETER AND LARGER, AND SUSPENDED MORE THAN 12" FROM POINT OF CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE TO TOP OF DUCT SHALL BE BRACED IN TWO DIRECTIONS (90° OPPOSING) USING ROD OR STRAP OF SAME LOAD CHARACTERISTICS AS PRIMARY SUSPENSION ROD OR STRAP. 3. DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE TRANSVERSE BRACING AT MAXIMUM 30' -O" ON CENTER AND WITHIN 48" OF CHANGE IN DIRECTION AND LONGITUDINAL BRACING AT MAXIMUM 60' -O ON CENTER. 4. CEILING DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE SECURED TO A STRUCTURAL ELEMENT USING A 12 GAUGE CEILING SUSPENSION WIRE. 5. GAS, HIGH- HAZARD AND FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE SIESMIC SUPPORTED PER THE SPECIFICATIONS. OTHER PIPING IN BOILER AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS THAT IS GREATER THAN 1" AND PIPING 2 -1/2" AND LARGER THAT IS SUSPENDED MORE THAN 12" FROM POINT OF CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE SHALL BE BRACED IN TWO DIRECTIONS (90° OPPOSING) USING ROD OF SAME LOAD CHARACTERISTICS AS PRIMARY SUSPENSION ROD. 6. PIPING IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS THAT IS LESS THAN 2 -1/2" DIAMETER SHALL BE TRANSVERSELY BRACED AT MAXIMUM 30' -0" ON CENTER. PIPING 16" OR LESS IN DIAMETER SHALL BE TRANSVERSELY BRACED AT MAXIMUM 40' -O" ON CENTER AND LONGITUDINALLY AT 80' -0" ON CENTER. PIPING LARGER THAN 16" DIAMETER SHALL BE TRANSVERSELY BRACED AT MAXIMUM 30' -0" ON CENTER AND LONGITUDINALLY AT 60'- 0" ON CENTER. A TRANSVERSE BRACE SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED WITHIN 10' -0" OR 15 PIPE DIAMETERS OF EACH CHANGE OF DIRECTION. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS DEFINED IN BID DOCUMENTS, OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS- BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. OWNER RETAINS RIGHTS OF SALVAGE FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH OWNER THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE SALVAGED AND THE LOCATION FOR STORAGE. AVOID DAMAGE TO SALVAGED EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND DEVICES DURING DEMOLITION WORK AND DURING TRANSPORT TO OWNER'S DESIGNATED STORAGE LOCATION. 4. REMOVE ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY -LINED DASHED, CROSSHATCHED, AND /OR NOTED TO BE REMOVED. 5. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 6. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE MECHANICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS OR AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 7. REMOVE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS WHERE DUCTWORK, PIPING AND /OR EQUIPMENT ARE REMOVED AND THE EXISTING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ARE NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. 8. INSTALL PERMANENT CAPS WHERE DUCTWORK AND PIPING IS REMOVED AND THE EXISTING TAPS ARE NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. WHERE DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE REMOVED AND THE EXISTING TAPS WILL BE USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION, INSTALL TEMPORARY CAPS TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR SURFACES UNTIL NEW DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE INSTALLED. 9. INSPECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN TO VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT IS OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY OWNER OF DAMAGED AND /OR MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS. MECHANICAL SYMBOLS HVAC EQUIPMENT & DUCTWORK NOTE: ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. SEE SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR DUCTWORK TO RECEIVE INSULATION OR LINER. NOTE: ABBREVIATIONS,rE ETC. EARE DNECD L SYMBOLS, SARILYU EDONTHE DRAWINGS. EON ICI'. j1 RD EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT (MAX. 5' -0" LONG) BRANCH DUCT WITH 45' RECTANGLE -ROUND BRANCH FITTING AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES BRANCH DUCT WITH BELL -MOUTH FITTING & MANUAL VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION 10" CSD -1300 CFM NECK SIZE, TYPE, CFM OF SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR REGISTER 24x24 CEG -1 800 CFM SIZE, TYPE, CFM OF EXHAUST GRILLE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR (SD= SUPPLY /RD= RETURN) RISER DESIGNATION FD FIRE DAMPER CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR FIRE SMOKE DAMPER ir1 FLOW SWITCH SMOKE DAMPER fHS HUMIDITY SENSOR VOLUME DAMPER S PULL STATION MOTORIZED DAMPER SP STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR TS TEMPERATURE SENSOR [1 CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR SD VD MD gD BACKDRAFT DAMPER I-i CO2 HUMIDISTAT THERMOSTAT PIPING -RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID (RL) - --RC® REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE (HOT GAS) (RD) RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION (RS) �RDC REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE BYPASS (ROB) ® ®ARV REFRIGERANT VENT (RV) ANNOTATION 0 MECHANICAL OR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN CALLOUT PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTE CALLOUT TECHNOLOGY PLAN CALLOUT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION ¶FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER 0 s SECTION CUT DESIGNATION FIRE SPRINKLERS 0 UPRIGHT SPRINKLER PENDENT SPRINKLER CONCEALED SPRINKLER DRY PENDENT SPRINKLER DRY SIDEWALL SPRINKLER SIDEWALL SPRINKLER i;i RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL FiL ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: MO1.DWG 4. $ S <r S , P� M % �. 4 a t 4 A , w U SHEET NAME: MECHANICAL SYMBOLS SHEET NUMBER: MO.1 ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEE THIS DRAWING WA Pnigri.►.i/+rID atiral!!!ice!. IGJ(>• (-i t lingrall AmPritardmilliMilargill AI I� >r LlrrFi AIL ..41.,-,,y nimmiciasimi �' ,i�I■ �l�..��II��I�YV��iI ■� . � • i IUU111 UUi 1 -.. •- .�`uumiII•■I rimr�■.1lr irsii iril MULL iai,MITIIMRI,P� .I1111��Ir�l��1, n! �n r:�r�a l�r�nrmar! w� I A1'�� 1!w I t _ i_Yla>.1111�■iil�►� 111 III 20 P '' ELI �= c c .r � N - `=�. "'�' �.'D . -- �/Y i RIPMArimiregirivennlillIERICERVILI � ® ! EM ~M. i•:MI 1�li■ 1�ir.ru ►��1_IIMI i �r 11�1ki �- v III - ► I�I2 _ "ar M g1•••• 'Irmo ON' MITI- iii - - -- 1. ...r • II.v'w ,■ NM wow 1:151 MIN IMMO !I II IMMITA .11 tri IV VT (.1 11111 ■ : P . l•iUi iikrm n■�i I: 1 . E 1 nr.�nn11� 'r VIER 1 .. •11 ,/ I n_r.,i_i I n_n_nri11 SIM / UIliElilll,l111N1111111 AIM zr MAI F= I - I I P•I �i 1 / T !► I •N ROOF �� -I - I. I II -I I�; ' Al II £ ! _ I� 11A 1 ON ROOF K 111 ibv-Ar "V IIIIIGII/Il/pgad 1511 /1/1/1I"1�1/1.gtomlllil 0 111111::::!1111111111111 11111 1111111111111111111 11111 1111 /I rzrA ,Am rirz 1111111111111111111 1111 iPdlrt _ 111111 imuin ii I■ /�11 ■ ■■ 1111111/5 !111111111111 1111 / 111111 IIIIIIlIIIlIIIl lllllll I 11111111111111 I!I�• 11111 1! chiiii / iiHi , i ��1 i =MI cu !��I _41.s:1 I. �nr. 11!1111111 11 11 11 1111111111 93 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" MECHANICAL KEY NOTES: O 22 "x22" SA DOWN TO DROP BOX. REFER TO RTU SCHEDULES FOR MORE INFORMATION. O RETURN DUCT SIZE AS INDICATED WITH END TURNED UP AND INLET COVERED WITH BIRD SCREEN. a3 DEMO EXISTING RTU TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND REPLACE WITH NEW AT THIS LOCATION. PROVIDE INSULATED BACKING FOR SENSORS ON EXTERIOR WALLS. 10 11 12 13 14 15 EXISTING RETURN DUCT WITH INLET TO REMAIN. PROVIDE THERMOSTAT FOR ALL ROOFTOP UNITS INSIDE COUNT ROOM ON WALL ABOVE COUNTER TO THE RIGHT OF ENTRANCE DOOR AND WIRE EACH THERMOSTAT TO iEMPERATUIiE SENSOR THAT SERVES SAME ROOFTOP UNIT. LABEL EACH THERMOSTAT IN COUNT ROOM PER OWNER'S DIRECTION. STACK THERMOSTATS ON WALL IN ROWS OF THREE. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZED AND INSULATED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT TO REMAIN. EXISTING RETURN DUCT WITH INLET TO BE REBUILT AND CONNECT TO NEW DUCT AS SHOW EXISTING SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS WITH DIFFUSERS TO REMAIN. REPLACE EXISTING CEILING EXHAUST FANS PER SCHEDULE. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LOCATION. MAINTAIN 10' -0' CLEARANCE FROM ALL ROOFTOP UNIT OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. PROVIDE WIRING FROM EXISTING DUCT DETECTOR(S) TO NEW REMOTE TEST AND RESET STATION. RESET STATION MUST BE ACCESSIBLE FROM ROOF. EXISTING SUPPLY DUCT TO BE SHORTENED AND MOVE DIFFUSER IN TO THIS ROOM. EXTEND EXISTING RETURN DUCT AND MOVE RETURN GRILLE TO WALL. 22 "x46" PLENUM FOR RETURN DIFFUSERS. VERIFY EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT HAS POWER AND IS FULLY OPERATIONAL. IF UNIT CANNOT B SALVAGED, CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE AN ALTERNATE PRICE IN HIS BID FOR A REPLACEMENT RTU OF SAME TONNAGE AND HEAT CAPACITY AND CURB ADAPTOR. NEW RTU SHALL USE 41 OA REFRIGERANT AND SHALL HAVE SEER OR EER THAT MEETS ENERGY CODE. GENERAL NEW NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BiD, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND /OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS- BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE A NEAT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE :INSTAUATION OF DUCTWORK. AND PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 4. DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING CONSTRUCTION AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 5. ALL NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE SHOWN AT APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. FIELD MEASURE FINAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT THE DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITHIN THE AVAILABLE SPACE. VERIFY THAT FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS MEET MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING SERVICE CLEARANCE AND PROPER AIRFLOW CLEARANCE AROUND EQUIPMENT. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RELATED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AS APPLICABLE TO THE HVAC SYSTEM. VERIFY CHASES AND PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE INTENDED FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING MEET REQUIREMENTS. 8. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ROOF MOUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. INDOOR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PROTECT INSIDE OF (INSTALLED AND DELIVERED) DUCTWORK AND HVAC UNITS FROM EXPOSURE TO DUST, DIRT, PAINT AND MOISTURE. REPLACE INSULATION THAT HAS GOTTEN WET AT ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION, DRYING THE INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. SEAL ANY TEARS OR JOINTS OF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATION. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CEILING /RETURN AIR PLENUM INCLUDING DUST. AN INDEPENDENT, PROFESSIONAL DUCT CLEANING COMPANY SHALL VACUUM CLEAN ANY DUCTWORK CONNECTED TO HVAC UNITS THAT WERE OPERATED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AFTER NEW FILTERS ARE INSTALLED AND PRIOR TO TURNING SYSTEM OVER TO THE OWNER. 10. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING PARALLEL TO BUILDING COLUMN LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED. 11. OVERHEAD HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING JOISTS OR BEAMS. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO THE ABOVE FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF. 12. COORDINATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS WITH LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS /DOORS TO ENABLE SERVICE OF EQUIPMENT AND /OR FILTER REPLACEMENT. 13. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE BUILDING COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS. FIREPROOF PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. REQUIREMENTS. 14. COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING SIZE AND FRAME TYPE OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH THE SUPPLIER TO MEET THE CEILING, WALL AND DUCT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 15. ADJUST LOCATION OF CEILING DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FINAL CEILING GRID AND LIGHTING LOCATIONS. 16. LOCATE AND INSTALL TEMPERATURE SENSORS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. VERIFY EXACT LOCAT'ONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALL DEVICES AT 10' AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. PROVIDE INSULATED BACKING FOR TEMPERATURE SENSORS MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR BUILDING WALLS. INSTALL WIRING IN CONDUIT PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16. AT A MINIMUM, PROVIDE CONDUIT IN THE WALL FROM THE JUNCTION BOX TO 6" ABOVE THE CEILING. 17. COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF WALL- MOUNTED DEVICES WITH PRESENTATION BOARDS, DISPLAY CABINETS, SHELVES OR OTHER COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS. CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE REIMBURSED FOR RELOCATION OF WALL - MOUNTED DEVICES CAUSED BY A LACK OF COORDINATION. 18. PROVIDE A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN EACH BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FROM MAIN SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTS UNLESS NO i'ED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 19. PROVIDE A PREFABRICATED 45 DEGREE, HIGH EFFICIENCY, RECTANGULAR /ROUND BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FITTING WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND LOCKING QUADRANT FOR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS AND TAKE -OFFS TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. 20. BRANCH DUCTWORK TO AIR OUTLETS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS OUTLET NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 21. RIGID DUCTWORK INSULATION: PROVIDE 3/4 LB DENSITY, 2" (R -5) THICK, INSULATION WRAP ON RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR, CONCEALED, SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS AND ON OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS. PROVIDE 1 -1/2 LB DENSITY, 1 -1/2" (R -6) INTERNAL DUCT LINER ON RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS. DUCT SIZES ON MECHANICAL PLANS INDICATE CLEAR INSIDE AIRFLOW DIMENSIONS, INCREASE SHEET METAL SIZES ACCORDINGLY. 22. PROVIDE THERMAFLEX TYPE M -KE, FLEXMASTER TYPE 8, OR APPROVED EQUAL FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE LISTED UNDER UL 181 AS CLASS 1 AIR DUCT AND BE PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL R -5, 3/4 LB DENSITY FIBERGLASS INSULATION. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 5' -0" IN LENGTH AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED TO AVOID SHARP BENDS AND SAGGING. 23. PROVIDE A NEW SET OF AIR FILTERS IN UNITS PRIOR TO TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. AND BEFORE TURNING SYSTEM(S) OVER TO OWNER. 24. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ACCESSORIES BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IS NOT DAMAGED AND IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT A WRITTEN REPORT DESCRIBING TESTS PERFORMED TO VERIFY OPERATION AND RESULTS OF THE TESTS. 25. CLEAN EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE NEW FILTERS FOR EXISTING PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNITS PRIOR TO STARTUP OF EQUIPMENT. NEW FILTERS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUAL IN PERFORMANCE TO THE EXISTING FILTERS AT NEW CONDITION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 26. LUBRICATE EXISTING EQUIPMENT BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. OBTAIN INSTRUCTIONS FROM MANUFACTURER IF THEY ARE NOT AVAILABLE AT THE SITE. 27. FULLY CHARGE EXISTING REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. CHARGE SYSTEMS WITH NEW REFRIGERANT MATCHING EXISTING. 28. EXPOSED RECTANGULAR AND ROUND SPIRAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE PRE - INSULATED WITH 1 -1/2" INTERNAL INSULATION AND MOUNTED AT JOIST HEIGHT. 29. CONTRACTOR TO CROSS REFERENCE FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR ALL SYSTEM FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. A RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PE' I AMER PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 0 AND MAY BE CO ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET viti ii CHECKED BY: TA/R0 /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: c, ela V1L SHEET NAME: MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: M1.1 ..,.,- F= I - I I P•I �i 1 / T !► I •N ROOF �� -I - I. I II -I I�; ' Al II £ ! _ I� 11A 1 ON ROOF K 111 ibv-Ar "V IIIIIGII/Il/pgad 1511 /1/1/1I"1�1/1.gtomlllil 0 111111::::!1111111111111 11111 1111111111111111111 11111 1111 /I rzrA ,Am rirz 1111111111111111111 1111 iPdlrt _ 111111 imuin ii I■ /�11 ■ ■■ 1111111/5 !111111111111 1111 / 111111 IIIIIIlIIIlIIIl lllllll I 11111111111111 I!I�• 11111 1! chiiii / iiHi , i ��1 i =MI cu !��I _41.s:1 I. �nr. 11!1111111 11 11 11 1111111111 93 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" MECHANICAL KEY NOTES: O 22 "x22" SA DOWN TO DROP BOX. REFER TO RTU SCHEDULES FOR MORE INFORMATION. O RETURN DUCT SIZE AS INDICATED WITH END TURNED UP AND INLET COVERED WITH BIRD SCREEN. a3 DEMO EXISTING RTU TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND REPLACE WITH NEW AT THIS LOCATION. PROVIDE INSULATED BACKING FOR SENSORS ON EXTERIOR WALLS. 10 11 12 13 14 15 EXISTING RETURN DUCT WITH INLET TO REMAIN. PROVIDE THERMOSTAT FOR ALL ROOFTOP UNITS INSIDE COUNT ROOM ON WALL ABOVE COUNTER TO THE RIGHT OF ENTRANCE DOOR AND WIRE EACH THERMOSTAT TO iEMPERATUIiE SENSOR THAT SERVES SAME ROOFTOP UNIT. LABEL EACH THERMOSTAT IN COUNT ROOM PER OWNER'S DIRECTION. STACK THERMOSTATS ON WALL IN ROWS OF THREE. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZED AND INSULATED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT TO REMAIN. EXISTING RETURN DUCT WITH INLET TO BE REBUILT AND CONNECT TO NEW DUCT AS SHOW EXISTING SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS WITH DIFFUSERS TO REMAIN. REPLACE EXISTING CEILING EXHAUST FANS PER SCHEDULE. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LOCATION. MAINTAIN 10' -0' CLEARANCE FROM ALL ROOFTOP UNIT OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. PROVIDE WIRING FROM EXISTING DUCT DETECTOR(S) TO NEW REMOTE TEST AND RESET STATION. RESET STATION MUST BE ACCESSIBLE FROM ROOF. EXISTING SUPPLY DUCT TO BE SHORTENED AND MOVE DIFFUSER IN TO THIS ROOM. EXTEND EXISTING RETURN DUCT AND MOVE RETURN GRILLE TO WALL. 22 "x46" PLENUM FOR RETURN DIFFUSERS. VERIFY EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT HAS POWER AND IS FULLY OPERATIONAL. IF UNIT CANNOT B SALVAGED, CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE AN ALTERNATE PRICE IN HIS BID FOR A REPLACEMENT RTU OF SAME TONNAGE AND HEAT CAPACITY AND CURB ADAPTOR. NEW RTU SHALL USE 41 OA REFRIGERANT AND SHALL HAVE SEER OR EER THAT MEETS ENERGY CODE. GENERAL NEW NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BiD, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND /OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS- BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE A NEAT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE :INSTAUATION OF DUCTWORK. AND PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, ETC. ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 4. DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING CONSTRUCTION AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 5. ALL NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING ARE SHOWN AT APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. FIELD MEASURE FINAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT THE DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITHIN THE AVAILABLE SPACE. VERIFY THAT FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS MEET MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING SERVICE CLEARANCE AND PROPER AIRFLOW CLEARANCE AROUND EQUIPMENT. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RELATED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AS APPLICABLE TO THE HVAC SYSTEM. VERIFY CHASES AND PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE INTENDED FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING MEET REQUIREMENTS. 8. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ROOF MOUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. INDOOR AIR QUALITY MEASURES: PROTECT INSIDE OF (INSTALLED AND DELIVERED) DUCTWORK AND HVAC UNITS FROM EXPOSURE TO DUST, DIRT, PAINT AND MOISTURE. REPLACE INSULATION THAT HAS GOTTEN WET AT ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION, DRYING THE INSULATION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. SEAL ANY TEARS OR JOINTS OF INTERNAL FIBERGLASS INSULATION. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CEILING /RETURN AIR PLENUM INCLUDING DUST. AN INDEPENDENT, PROFESSIONAL DUCT CLEANING COMPANY SHALL VACUUM CLEAN ANY DUCTWORK CONNECTED TO HVAC UNITS THAT WERE OPERATED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AFTER NEW FILTERS ARE INSTALLED AND PRIOR TO TURNING SYSTEM OVER TO THE OWNER. 10. INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING PARALLEL TO BUILDING COLUMN LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED. 11. OVERHEAD HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING JOISTS OR BEAMS. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO THE ABOVE FLOOR SLAB OR ROOF. 12. COORDINATE LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS WITH LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS /DOORS TO ENABLE SERVICE OF EQUIPMENT AND /OR FILTER REPLACEMENT. 13. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE BUILDING COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS. FIREPROOF PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. REQUIREMENTS. 14. COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING SIZE AND FRAME TYPE OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH THE SUPPLIER TO MEET THE CEILING, WALL AND DUCT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 15. ADJUST LOCATION OF CEILING DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FINAL CEILING GRID AND LIGHTING LOCATIONS. 16. LOCATE AND INSTALL TEMPERATURE SENSORS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. VERIFY EXACT LOCAT'ONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALL DEVICES AT 10' AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. PROVIDE INSULATED BACKING FOR TEMPERATURE SENSORS MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR BUILDING WALLS. INSTALL WIRING IN CONDUIT PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16. AT A MINIMUM, PROVIDE CONDUIT IN THE WALL FROM THE JUNCTION BOX TO 6" ABOVE THE CEILING. 17. COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF WALL- MOUNTED DEVICES WITH PRESENTATION BOARDS, DISPLAY CABINETS, SHELVES OR OTHER COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS. CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE REIMBURSED FOR RELOCATION OF WALL - MOUNTED DEVICES CAUSED BY A LACK OF COORDINATION. 18. PROVIDE A MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER IN EACH BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FROM MAIN SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTS UNLESS NO i'ED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 19. PROVIDE A PREFABRICATED 45 DEGREE, HIGH EFFICIENCY, RECTANGULAR /ROUND BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFF FITTING WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND LOCKING QUADRANT FOR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS AND TAKE -OFFS TO INDIVIDUAL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES. 20. BRANCH DUCTWORK TO AIR OUTLETS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS OUTLET NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 21. RIGID DUCTWORK INSULATION: PROVIDE 3/4 LB DENSITY, 2" (R -5) THICK, INSULATION WRAP ON RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR, CONCEALED, SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS AND ON OUTSIDE AIR DUCTS. PROVIDE 1 -1/2 LB DENSITY, 1 -1/2" (R -6) INTERNAL DUCT LINER ON RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS. DUCT SIZES ON MECHANICAL PLANS INDICATE CLEAR INSIDE AIRFLOW DIMENSIONS, INCREASE SHEET METAL SIZES ACCORDINGLY. 22. PROVIDE THERMAFLEX TYPE M -KE, FLEXMASTER TYPE 8, OR APPROVED EQUAL FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE LISTED UNDER UL 181 AS CLASS 1 AIR DUCT AND BE PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL R -5, 3/4 LB DENSITY FIBERGLASS INSULATION. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 5' -0" IN LENGTH AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED TO AVOID SHARP BENDS AND SAGGING. 23. PROVIDE A NEW SET OF AIR FILTERS IN UNITS PRIOR TO TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. AND BEFORE TURNING SYSTEM(S) OVER TO OWNER. 24. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ACCESSORIES BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IS NOT DAMAGED AND IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT A WRITTEN REPORT DESCRIBING TESTS PERFORMED TO VERIFY OPERATION AND RESULTS OF THE TESTS. 25. CLEAN EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE NEW FILTERS FOR EXISTING PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNITS PRIOR TO STARTUP OF EQUIPMENT. NEW FILTERS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND EQUAL IN PERFORMANCE TO THE EXISTING FILTERS AT NEW CONDITION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 26. LUBRICATE EXISTING EQUIPMENT BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. OBTAIN INSTRUCTIONS FROM MANUFACTURER IF THEY ARE NOT AVAILABLE AT THE SITE. 27. FULLY CHARGE EXISTING REFRIGERANT SYSTEMS BEING REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. CHARGE SYSTEMS WITH NEW REFRIGERANT MATCHING EXISTING. 28. EXPOSED RECTANGULAR AND ROUND SPIRAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE PRE - INSULATED WITH 1 -1/2" INTERNAL INSULATION AND MOUNTED AT JOIST HEIGHT. 29. CONTRACTOR TO CROSS REFERENCE FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR ALL SYSTEM FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. A RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PE' I AMER PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 0 AND MAY BE CO ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/R0 /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: c, ela V1L SHEET NAME: MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: M1.1 ..,.,- (EXISTING) FAN SCHEDULE MARK SERV CE (EA, RA, SA) MANUFACTURER ��.....,,... JENNFAN MOUNTING `.....`�.....+■._ ROOFTOP MODEL BCRD 120A J CFM ESP (IN) DRIVE (BELT /DIRECT) MIN. ' HP FAN RPM VFD (Y /N) ELECTRICAL NOTES V /PH EF -1 EA 790 0.5 DIRECT 1/4 1725 N 120/1 A -D NOTES: A. PROVIDE WITH MINIMUM 12" HIGH B. DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR TO C. STARTERS FOR ALL MOTORS SHALL. D. FAN TO BE CONTROLLED BY ROOM •�.■��/■--r<---U...-' 1 BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND SPEED CONTROLLER. SWITCH. WITH UNIT. ROOF CURB, BIRDSCREEN, FURNISH DISCONNECT BE FURNISHED INTEGRAL LIGHT SWITCH. GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL FACE TYPE LOUVERED MOUNTING LOCATION GYP. BRD. CLG. FACE SIZE (IN) 24x24 MAX. NC 25 MAX. PRESS. DROP (IN. W.G.) 0.10 NOTES A- D,G,H,I SD -1 PRICE SMD SD -2 PRICE SMD LOUVERED A.C.T. 24x24 25 0.10 A- D,G,H,I SG -1 PRICE 520 DBL.DEFL. DUCT NECK +1 -3/4 25 0.10 A,D,F,G,K,L SG -2 NOT USED R -22 1000 A -E RTU -2 - EXISTING 12.5 TON SINGLE ZONE RG -1 PRICE PDDR PERFORATED A.C.T. 24x24 30 0.08 A,C,D,J RG -2 NOT USED R -22 1000 A -E RTU -4 30 0.08 A,C,D,J RG -3 NOT USED R -22 1000 A -C, E RTU -5 - EXISTING 12.5 TON SINGLE ZONE EG -1 PRICE PDDR PERFORATED GYP. BRD. CLG. 12x12 30 0.08 A,C,D,J TG -1 NOT USED R -22 1000 A -C, E RTU -7 - ISTING 7.5 TO , SINGL Zs NE ` 3 001 �, NOTES: A. NECK SIZE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. B. 4 -WAY THROW PATTERN UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. C. BRANCH DUCT SIZE SHALL BE SAME AS NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. D. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, WHITE OR TO MATCH MOUNTING FINISH COLOR AS DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT. E. FRONT BLADES PARALLEL TO LONG DIMENSION. F. FRONT BLADES PARALLEL TO SHORT DIMENSION. G. DOUBLE DEFLECTION BARS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE. H. PROVIDE NECK FOR DUCT CONNECTION. I. FRAME TYPE TO MATCH CEILING /WALL CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. J. PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER ADJUSTABLE FROM FACE OF DEVICE. K. MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP BASED ON 45 DEGREE HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION L. PROVIDE WITH CLOSED CELL FOAM GASKETING MATERIAL AND AIR SCOOP DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY AIR GRILLE AS SCHEDULED FOR DIRECT MOUNTING TO ROUND DUCTWORK. PROVIDE WITH DOUBLE DEFLECTION CORE WITH INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE BLADES, FRONT BLADES PARALLEL TO SHORT DIMENSION; ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION WITH REINFORCED PRECISION CORNERS; CLOSED CELL FOAM GASKET AROUND ENTIRE DUCT OPENING PERIMETER; AND AIR SCOOP ADJUSTABLE FROM FRONT OF GRILL. E;) REGISTER MOUNTING TO ROUND DUCT DETAIL NO SCALE ROOFTOP MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL HVAC UNIT I " CAPACITY MBH O NOTES C/ RE: ROOF CURB DETAIL THIS SHEET CANVAS CONNECTION (TYPICAL) I � RETURN AIR DUCT -- -F -- SUPPLY AIR DUCT DROP BOX BY AES INDUSTRIES MODEL IVERIFY HEIGHT ADB -6 -20 OR APPROVED NOTES: A.F.F. WITH ARCHITECT EQUAL 1. PROVIDE OPENING THROUGH ROOF AND ROOF DECK INSULATION NO LARGER THAN REQUIRED TO ALLOW DUCTS TO PASS THROUGH. REFER TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES. TRANSITION AS REQUIRED IN ROOF CURB TO RTU SUPPLY AND RETURN OPENINGS. 2. PROVIDE SLOPED ROOF CURB TO INSTALL ROOFTOP UNIT LEVEL TO ENSURE PROPER DRAINAGE. COORDINATE ROOF SLOPE WITH ARCHITECTURAL. FLASH AND COUNTER FLASH ROOF PENETRATIONS, ETC. TO ENSURE WEATHER TIGHT INSTALLATION. ROOFTOP UNIT WITH DROP BOX NO SCALE METAL BAND OVER INSULATION (TYPICAL) HIGH EFFICIENCY TAKEOFF EXTERNALLY INSULATED, WITH VOLUME DAMPER AND DAMPER LOCK WITH EXTENSION FOIL TAPE AT INSULATION JOINT INSULATED DUCT PRE - INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO PREVENT KINKING AND SHARP TURNS METAL BAND (TYPICAL) CEILING DIFFUSER WITH VOLUME DAMPER, FIRE DAMPER OR COMBINATION VOLUME /FIRE DAMPER AS SCHEDULED PROVIDE 1" THICK, R -6 FIBERGLASS INSULATION TO COMPLETELY COVER DIFFUSER CONE WHERE SCHEDULED OF SPECIFIED. NOTES: 1. EXTEND RIGID METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 5' -0 ". PROVIDE RIGID 90' ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 5 " -0" LENGTH LIMITATION. LAY -IN CEILING ®DIFFUSER NO SC AL DETAIL E NOT USED SEISMIC ROOF CURB DETAIL NO SCALE EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL UNIT I " CAPACITY MBH MIN. NOTES MCA MOCP V PH TYPE FAN CFM REFR. 0/A RUSSELL R- 0600M44 404A 39.0 1 TYPE 31 TYPE CFM FUSED RTU -1 - EXISTING 12.5 TON SINGLE ZONE FC 5,000 R -22 1000 A -E RTU -2 - EXISTING 12.5 TON SINGLE ZONE FC 5,000 R -22 1000 A -E RTU -3 - EXISTING 12.5 TON SINGLE ZONE FC 5,000 R -22 1000 A -E RTU -4 - EXISTING 12.5 TON SINGLE ZONE FC 5,000 R -22 1000 A -C, E RTU -5 - EXISTING 12.5 TON SINGLE ZONE FC 5,000 R -22 1000 A -C, E RTU -6 - EXISTING 12.5 TON I SINGLE ZONE FC 5,000 R -22 1000 A -C, E RTU -7 - ISTING 7.5 TO , SINGL Zs NE ` 3 001 �, NOTES: A. VENDOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. B. CAPACITY BASED ON 105' F. ROOF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND 35' F. SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE C. DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR. D. STARTER FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER. E. CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. 960 N/A RTU -8 - I EXISTING 7.5 TON SINGLE ZONE MEM 3,000 R -22 960 EMI ww ..... www wwww'wwww w w 300 1 .....ow ' ww 6.5 NOTES: 55 N/A A. PROVIDE NEW 2 ", 30% EFFICIENT PLEATED THROWAWAY AIR FILTERS. B. PROVIDE WITH 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH STAGED COOLING CAPABILITY AS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION OF COOLING AND ECONOMIZER CONTROLS. INSTALL THERMOSTAT IN COUNT ROOM PER PLANS. C. DISCONNECT SWITCH EXISTING TO REMAIN. D. PROVIDE WITH DROP BOX DIFFUSER SYSTEM BY AES INDUSTRIES, MODEL ADB -6 -20 OR APPROVED EQUAL. E. EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT TO REMAIN. BALANCE PRIMARY CFM AND 0/A CFM TO QUANTITIES AS INDICATED. MITSUBISHI CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE MARK SERVICE MANUFACTURER MODEL REFR. TYPE CAPACITY MBH MIN. NO. OF STAGES MIN. SEER MCA MOCP V PH DISC TYPE STARTER TYPE NOTES CU-1A WALK -IN COOLER RUSSELL R- 0600M44 404A 39.0 1 - 31 40 208/3 FUSED N/A A -D CU -1B WALK -IN COOLER RUSSELL R- 06000M44 404A 39.0 1 - 31 40 208/3 FUSED N/A A -D CU -2 FINE WINE COOLER RUSSELL R-H251M44 404A 10.6 1 - 15 20 208/3 FUSED N/A A -D CU -3 HUMIDOR MITSUBISHI MU -A09WA 410a 6.5 1 13.0 14 15 120/1 FUSED N/A A -D CU -4 SERVER ROOM MITSUBISHI MUY -A17NA 410a 11.1 1 16.0 14 15 208/1 FUSED N/A B -E NOTES: A. VENDOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. B. CAPACITY BASED ON 105' F. ROOF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND 35' F. SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE C. DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR. D. STARTER FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER. E. CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE FAN COIL UNIT SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SUPPLY FAN COOLING COIL MIN. ELECTRICAL NOTES CFM ESP REFR. CAP. EAT LAT 0/A V /PH MCA MOCP DISC. STARTER (IN) TYPE (MBH) (DB) (DB) (CFM) CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ TYPE TYPE 11Jfl \�� FCU -1A RUSSELL M68 -39OB 4,440 N/A 4O4A 39.0 35 25 N/A 120/1 14.3 20 CIR. SKR. N/A A -G FCU-1B RUSSELL M68 -390B 4,440 N/A 404A 39.0 35 25 N/A 120/1 14.3 20 CIR. BKR. N/A A -G FCU -2 RUSSELL AA28 -106B 1,540 N/A 404A 10.6 35 25 N/A 120/1 4.8 15 CIR. BKR. N/A A -G FCU -3 MITSUBISHI MS -A09WA 300 N/A 410a 6.5 75 55 N/A 120/1 1.2 15 CIR. BKR N/A A -F,H FCU -4 MITSUBISHI MSY -A17NA 340 N/A 410a 11.1 75 55 N/A 208/1 1 15 CIR. BKR N/A B -F,H,J NOTES: A. VENDOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. B. EQUIPMENT SIZED FOR 105' F ROOF AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND 35' F SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE C. DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR. D. STARTER FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER. E. PROVIDE WITH SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATION AND ALL - THREAD HANGING RODS. F. COORDINATE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. G. WALK -IN COOLER AND FINE WINE COOLER TEMPERATURES SHALL BE INCLUDED AS A CONTROL POINT ON THE CENTRALIZED CONTROL SYSTEM PANEL. ANNUCIATE AN ALARM WHEN COOLER TEMPERATURES RISE ABOVE AN ADJUSTABLE SETPOINT H. INDOOR UNITS RECEIVE POWER FROM OUTDOOR UNITS THROUGH FIELD SUPPLIED INTERCONNECTED WIRING. J. CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. ROOF OPTIONAL ROUTING IN CONCEALED AREAS ANGLE OR UNISTRUT ROUND SUPPLY AIR DUCT PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE TWIST STRAP 16 GA. GALV. STEEL BAND (2" WIDE) ROUND DUCT NOTE: LOAD RATED FASTENERS (MAX. 36"0) LOADS MUST BE HUNG WITHIN 6" OF PANEL POINTS LOAD RATED FASTENERS (MAX. 24"0) 1. FOR DUCTS LARGER THAN 36"0, USE TWO HANGER RODS, WIRES OR STRAPS TO SUPPORT DUCT FROM EACH SIDE. SIZE AND QUANTITY OF HANGER RODS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY STRUT MANUFACTURER USE 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED 12" LONG 360' METAL INSULATION SHIELD ROUND DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL NO SCALE USE TWO -PIECE PIPE CLAMP FOR REFRIGERANT PIPE SUPPORT NUT (TYPICAL) �- PIPE INSULATION (TYPICAL) �- REFRIGERANT PIPE (TYPICAL) PROVIDE 1- 5/8 "x1 -5/8" 14 GA. CHANNEL SUPPORT (TYPICAL) PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. PIPE AND CONDUIT OF ALL TRADES MAY BE COMBINED ON THE SAME SUPPORT CHANNEL. COORDINATE SUPPORT CHANNEL LENGTH WITH PIPING AND CONDUIT TO BE SUPPORTED. SUPPORT CHANNEL SPACING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY SMALLEST PIPE TO BE SUPPORTED. PIPE SUPPORTS, BRACKETS, SHIELDS AND PIPE TO BE PRIMED FOR PAINTING (COLOR BY ARCHITECT) IN OPEN OFFICE AREAS. TRAPEZE PIPE HANGER 000"4441) NOT TO SCALE PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE ROOF ANGLE OR UNISTRUT HANGER STRAP SEE NOTE 1. JOIST 6" 1" MIN ROOF 60" (MAX) SHEET METAL SCREWS SEE NOTE 2. (TYP) BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE LOADS MUST BE HUNG WITHIN 6" OF PANEL POINTS NOTE: RECTANGULAR DUCT - `THREADED ROD (TYP) ANGLE OR UNISTRUT-' 1. USE THREADED ROD FOR ALL DUCTS LARGER THAN 60 "O WIDE. 2. SHEET METAL SCREWS MAY BE OMITTED IF HANGER STRAP IS CONTINUOUS AND LOOPS UNDER ENTIRE DUCT. RECTANGULAR DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL NO SCALE PROVIDE ARMAFLEX OR EQUAL INSULATION ON REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINE ■ SEAL OPENING WEATHERTIGHT PROVIDE FLASHING BETWEEN CURB AND ROOF IN A MANNER TO MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY 26 GA. GALVANIZED COVER, SLOPE TO DRAI N CAULK ALL AROUND 1" RIGID INSULATION PREFABRICATED INSULATED CURB WITH TREATED WOOD ROOF DECK • ROOFING INSULATION . :!!IIIINIIIIIRu ROOF OPENING REFRIGERANT PIPING EEL 1. FOR MULTIPLE PIPES, PROVIDE ONE ENCLOSURE, WHERE FEASIBLE. PIPE ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL NO SCALE RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND R O 1 ;RFn ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: 11Jfl \�� o r� 0 ,0 A • � �c * .y \s 4�� S 4iL0 SHEET NAME: MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: I M2.1 W cn In I J W MEL Z U to to a cn Z co re 0 15A: Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning: 15A 1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 15A 1 -1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION ONE AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE A PART OF THIS SECTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BECOME THOROUGHLY ACQUAINTED WITH ITS CONTENTS AS TO REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION OR SECTION. THE WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, TRANSPORTATION, SERVICES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE N R I R TH PROJECT ARE COMPLEMENTARY, E A D D AWNGS FO THE , PORTIONS OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED. 15A 1 -2 DEFINITIONS FURNISH: THE TERM "FURNISH" IS USED TO MEAN "SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." INSTALL: THE TERM "INSTALL" IS USED TO DESCRIBE OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL "UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTION, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." PROVIDE: THE TERM "PROVIDE" MEANS "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." FURNISHED BY OWNER OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: THE ITEM WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR OTHERS. IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE AND READY FOR OPERATION, INCLUDING ITEMS INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK, INCLUDING SERVICES NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE INCLUDED UNDER THE GUARANTEE REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND /OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE "ARCHITECT ". AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND /OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL ", "EQUIVALENT ", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED ". THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, OR BOTH, BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (E.G. UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. 15A 1 -3 PREBID SITE VISIT PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY INFORMED AS TO THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE. 15A 1 -4 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP PROVIDE NEW MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND APPARATUS UNDER THIS CONTRACT UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED HEREIN, OF BEST QUALITY NORMALLY USED FOR THE PURPOSE IN GOOD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE, AND FREE FROM DEFECTS. MODEL NUMBERS LISTED IN THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT _NECESSARILY INTENDED THE. SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN _0N THE DR GS E ECES TO DESIGNATE THE REQUIRED TRIi> a , WRITTEN DESCRIPTIONS OF THE TRIM GOVERN MODEL NUMBERS. PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, PIPE SPECIALTIES AND VALVES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN PLANTS LOCATED IN THE UNITED STATES. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL PROVIDE A NEAT AND "WORKMANLIKE" APPEARANCE WHEN COMPLETED, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE THE FINEST POSSIBLE BY EXPERIENCED MECHANICS. INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND LAWS. THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION SHALL FUNCTION AS DESIGNED AND INTENDED WITH RESPECT TO EFFICIENCY, CAPACITY, NOISE LEVEL, ETC. ABNORMAL NOISE CAUSED BY RATTLING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTS, AIR DEVICES, AND SQUEAKS IN ROTATING COMPONENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. IN GENERAL, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OF COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE IN QUALITY. LIGI-IT DUTY AND RESIDENTIAL TYPE EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES WASTE MATERIAL PRESENT AS A RESULT OF WORK, INCLUDING CARTONS, CRATING, PAPER, STICKERS, AND /OR EXCAVATION MATERIAL NOT USED IN BACKFILLING, ETC. CLEAN EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO PRESENT A NEAT AND CLEAN INSTALLATION AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. REPAIR OR REPLACE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO THE SATISFACTION OF AUTHORITIES AND REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION. 15A 1 -5 COORDINATION COORDINATE WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES SO THAT THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEMS WILL BE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, AND WILL ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO THOSE ITEMS REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. COMPONENTS WHICH ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT REGARD TO THE ABOVE SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE CHASES AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEMS SPECIFIED HEREIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH INFORMATION WHERE CHASES AND OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED. KEEP INFORMED AS TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, AND EXECUTE WORK IN A MANNER AS TO NOT INTERFERE WITH OR DELAY THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. FIGURED PREFERENCE TO SCALE DIMENSIONS. GURED DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TAKEN IN PREFE E CE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE HIS OWN MEASUREMENTS AT THE BUILDING, AS VARIATIONS MAY OCCUR. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS THAT COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED BY PROPER CHECKING AND INSPECTION. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH TRIM THAT WILL PROPERLY FIT THE TYPES OF CEILING, WALL, OR FLOOR FINISHES ACTUALLY INSTALLED. MODEL NUMBERS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO DESIGNATE THE REQUIRED TRIM. 15A 1 -6 ORDINANCES AND CODES WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL, AT A MINIMUM, BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT APPLICABLE CODES ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL AHJ INCLUDING ANY AMENDMENTS AND STANDARDS AS SET FORTH BY THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL), OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME), ASME AM E RICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE), AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS ` --(ASTM)—AND O TH E R NATIONAL ST AN D AR DS AND CODES WHERE APPLICABLE. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, ETC., THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. PROCURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED FOR THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF THE WORK HEREIN DESCRIBED. WHERE REQUIRED, OBTAIN, PAY FOR AND FURNISH CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION TO OWNER. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR VIOLATIONS OF THE LAW. 15A 1 -7 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS STORE AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DELIVERED TO JOB SITE. COVER WITH WATERPROOF, TEAR— RESISTANT, HEAVY TARP OR POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT FROM PLASTER, DIRT, PAINT, WATER, OR PHYSICAL DAMAGE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL BE REJECTED, AND CONTRACTOR IS OBLIGATED TO FURNISH NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL OF A LIKE KIND. KEEP PREMISES BROOM CLEAN FROM FOREIGN MATERIAL CREATED DURING WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL HAVE A NEAT AND CLEAN APPEARANCE AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. PLUG OR CAP OPEN ENDS OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING SYSTEMS WHILE STORED AND INSTALLED DURING CONSTRUCTION WHEN NOT IN USE TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF DEBRIS INTO THE SYSTEMS. 15A 1 -8 SUBSTITUTIONS THE BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE ONLY THE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. NO SUBSTITUTION WILL BE CONSIDERED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF BIDS UNLESS WRITTEN REQUEST FOR APPROVAL TO BID HAS BEEN RECEIVED BY THE ENGINEER AT LEAST TEN CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. EACH SUCH REQUEST SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE INCLUDING DRAWINGS, CUTS, PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION. A STATEMENT SETTING FORTH CHANGES IN OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER WORK THAT INCORPORATION OF THE SUBSTITUTE WOULD REQUIRE SHALL BE INCLUDED. THE BURDEN OF PROOF OF THE MERIT OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE IS UPON THE PROPOSER. THE ENGINEER'S DECISION OF APPROVAL OR DISAPPROVAL TO BID OF A PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE FINAL. THE TERMS "APPROVED ", "APPROVED EQUAL ", AND "EQUAL" REFER TO APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE BID. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED THAT ARE NOT BID AS AN ALTERNATE. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO AWARD OF CONTRACT. COORDINATE AND VERIFY WITH OTHER TRADES WHETHER OR NOT THE SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT CAN BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITHOUT MODIFICATION TO ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS OR ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING DESIGN. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DESIGN FEES IN BID IF DRAWING MODIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT. 15A 1 -9 SHOP DRAWINGS UPON BEING AWARDED A CONTRACT, SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL, SIX (6) COPIES OF MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, ITEMS REQUIRING COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS AND SHEET METAL DUCTWORK FABRICATION DRAWINGS. BEFORE SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS AND MATERIAL LISTS, VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED IS MUTUALLY COMPATIBLE AND SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, AND WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE AND ALLOW AMPLE ROOM FOR MAINTENANCE. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, LIST OR INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN THE ENGINEER'S FIRM NAME OR LOGO, NOR SHALL IT CONTAIN THE ENGINEERS' SEAL AND SIGNATURE. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF THE ENGINEERS'S WORK PRODUCT. IF THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO USE ELEMENTS OF SUCH PRODUCT, REFER TO PARAGRAPH "ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES" FOR PROCEDURES TO BE USED. THE ENGINEER'S CHECKING AND SUBSEQUENT APPROVAL OF SUCH SHOP DRAWINGS WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, SIZE OF MEMBERS, QUANTITIES, OMISSIONS OF COMPONENTS OR FITTINGS; COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS; OR FOR COORDINATING ITEMS WITH ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS. PROCEED WITH THE PROCUREMENT AND INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT ONLY AFTER RECEIVING APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS RELATIVE TO EACH ITEM. CATALOG DATA SHALL BE PROPERLY BOUND, IDENTIFIED, INDEXED AND TABBED IN A 3— RING BINDER. LABEL THE CATALOG DATA WITH THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ACRONYM OR NUMBER AS USED ON THE DRAWINGS AND INCLUDE PERFORMANCE CURVES, CAPACITIES, SIZES, MATERIALS, FINISHES, WIRING DIAGRAMS AND DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS. MARK OUT INAPPLICABLE ITEMS. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW IF THE ABOVE MENTIONED REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET. REFER TO DIVISION 1 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS FOR THIS PROJECT. FOR ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT THE SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN POSTED. IF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARE NOT DEFINED IN DIVISION 1, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE WEBSITE, USER NAME AND PASSWORD INFORMATION NEEDED TO ACCESS THE SUBMITTALS. FOR SUBMITTALS SENT BY E— MAIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL COPY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW THE ENGINEER REVIEW TIME AS SPECIFIED ABOVE IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE MATERIALS AND /OR EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL AND SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES BEING PROPOSED. GENERAL PRODUCT CATALOG DATA NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE PART OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 15A 1 -10 ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT ON 3.5 INCH FLOPPY DISK, 100 MB ZIP DISK OR CD —ROM DISK, AS DESIRED, FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER FOR THE NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO SPECIFY SHIPPING METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER'S RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. 15A 1 -11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION, COLLECT AND COMPILE A COMPLETE BROCHURE OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT. INCLUDE OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG SHEETS, WIRING DIAGRAMS, PARTS LISTS, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, AND DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE AS FURNISHED BY THEEQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. INCLUDE AN INSIDE COVER SHEET THAT LISTS THE PROJECT NAME, DATE, OWNER, ARCHITECT, CONSULTING ENGINEER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUB — CONTRACTOR, AND AN INDEX OF CONTENTS. SUBMIT THREE COPIES OF LITERATURE BOUND IN APPROVED BINDERS WITH INDEX AND TABS SEPARATING EQUIPMENT TYPES TO THE ARCHITECT AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. PAPER CLIPS, STAPLES, RUBBER BANDS, AND MAILING ENVELOPES ARE NOT CONSIDERED APPROVED BINDERS. FINAL APPROVAL OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT WILL BE WITHHELD UNTIL THIS EQUIPMENT BROCHURE IS RECEIVED AND DEEMED COMPLETE BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. INSTRUCT WORKMEN TO SAVE REQUIRED LITERATURE Si-ILP PED WITH -THE E Q UIPMENT ITSELF, FOR INCLUSION IN THIS BROCHURE. PROVIDE 'AS- BUILT' DRAWINGS (SEE DIVISION 1 AND GENERAL CONDITIONS). 15A 1 -12 TRAINING AT A TIME MUTUALLY AGREED UPON BETWEEN THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF A FACTORY TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL ON THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE TRAINING TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO AN OVERVIEW OF THE SYSTEM AND /OR EQUIPMENT AS IT RELATES TO THE FACILITY AS A WHOLE; OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES RELATED TO STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN, TROUBLESHOOTING, SERVICING, PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE AND APPROPRIATE OPERATOR INTERVENTION; AND REVIEW OF DATA INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. SUBMIT A CERTIFICATION LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT STATING THAT THE OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN TRAINED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. LETTER SHALL INCLUDE DATE, TIME, ATTENDEES AND SUBJECT OF TRAINING. THE CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL SIGN THE CERTIFICATION LETTER INDICATING AGREEMENT THAT THE TRAINING HAS BEEN PROVIDED. SCHEDULE OWNER TRAINING WITH AT LEAST 7 DAYS' ADVANCE NOTICE. 15A 1 -13 SPARE PARTS FURNISH TO OWNER, WITH RECEIPT, THE FOLLOWING SPARE PARTS FOR THE EQUIPMENT FURNISHED FOR THIS PROJECT: A. ONE SET OF SPARE FILTERS OF EACH TYPE REQUIRED FOR EACH UNIT. IN ADDITION TO THE SPARE SET OF FILTERS, INSTALL NEW FILTERS PRIOR TO TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING WORK AND BEFORE TURNING SYSTEM OVER TO OWNER. B. FURNISH ONE COMPLETE SET OF BELTS FOR EACH FAN. C. FURNISH THREE OPERATING KEYS FOR EACH TYPE OF AIR OUTLET AND INLET THAT REQUIRE THEM. 15A 1 -14 WARRANTIES WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UN LESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNER. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. 15A 1 -15 CUTTING AND PATCHING PERFORM CUTTING OF WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CUTTING. DO NOT CUT OR DISTURB STRUCTURAL: :WITHOU T PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ARCH IT EC T. CUT HOLES AS SMA LL AS POSSIBLE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. PATCHING SHALL MATCH THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR AND REFINISH AREAS DISTURBED BY WORK TO THE CONDITION OF ADJOINING SURFACES IN A MANNER SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT. 15A 1 -16 ROUGH —IN COORDINATE WITHOUT DELAY ROUGHING —IN WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. CONCEAL PIPING AND CONDUIT ROUGH —IN EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE OTHERWISE SHOWN. 15A 1 -17 STRUCTURAL STEEL STRUCTURAL STEEL USED FOR SUPPORT OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE NEW, CLEAN, AND CONFORM TO ASTM DESIGNATION A -36. SUPPORT MECHANICAL COMPONENTS FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT SUPPORT MECHANICAL COMPONENTS FROM CEILINGS, OTHER MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, AND OTHER NON— STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. 15A 1 -18 ACCESS DOORS PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN CEILINGS, WALLS, ETC. WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR ACCESS OR MAINTENANCE TO CONCEALED VALVES AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. PROVIDE CONCEALED HINGES, SCREWDRIVER —TYPE LOCK, ANCHOR STRAPS; MANUFACTURED BY MILCOR, ZURN, TITUS, OR EQUAL. OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION AND COLOR BEFORE ORDERING. 15A 1 -19 PENETRATIONS PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH ABOVE GRADE CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS, CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS. SLEEVES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR CORE DRILLED HOLES IN EXISTING MASONRY WALLS, CONCRETE FLOORS OR ROOFS. PROVIDE ,10 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL SLEEVES FOR SLEEVES 6" AND SMALLER. PROVIDE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL SLEEVES FOR LARGER THAN 6 ". SCHEDULE 40 PVC SLEEVES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN AREAS WITHOUT RETURN AIR PLENUMS. SEAL ELEVATED FLOOR, EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND WEATHERTIGHT WITH NON— SHRINK, NON— HARDENING COMMERCIAL SEALANT. PACK WITH MINERAL WOOL AND SEAL BOTH ENDS WITH MINIMUM OF 1/2" OF SEALANT. SEAL AROUND PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. COORDINATE FIRE RATINGS AND LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE STOPPINGS. PROVIDE A PRODUCT SCHEDULE FOR UL LISTING, LOCATION, WALL OR FLOOR RATING AND INSTALLATION DRAWING FOR EACH PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM. EXTEND PIPE INSULATION FOR INSULATED PIPE THROUGH FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS, INCLUDING FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS. THE VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE MAINTAINED. SIZE SLEEVE FOR A MINIMUM OF 1" ANNULAR CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN INSIDE OF SLEEVE AND OUTSIDE OF INSULATION. PROVIDE PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS MANUFACTURED BY CUSTOM CURB, INC., PATE COMPANY, THYCURB OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE ROOF CURB WITH FACTORY INSTALLED WOOD NAILER; WELDED, 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL SHELL, BASE PLATE AND FLASHING; 1 -1/2" THICK, 3 POUND RIGID INSULATION; FULLY MITERED 3 —INCH RAISED CANT; COVER OF WEATHER — RESISTANT, WEATHER — PROOF MATERIAL AND PIPE COLLAR OF WEATHER— RESISTANT MATERIAL WITH STAINLESS STEEL PIPE CLAMPS. PROVIDE BOX FRAMES FOR RECTANGULAR OPENINGS WELDED 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL ATTACHED TO FORMS AND OF A MAXIMUM DIMENSION ESTABLISHED BY THE ARCHITECT. NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLING ANY BOX OPENINGS NOT SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL OR STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 15A 1 -20 AIR FILTERS PROVIDE FARR 30/30 PLEATED, THROWAWAY TYPE FILTERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. AIR UNITS SHALL HAVE NEW FILTERS INSTALLED WHEN THEY ARE OPERATED BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE. FILTERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY AMERICAN AIR FILTER, FARR, FLANDERS, OR APPROVED EQUAL. IF HVAC EQUIPMENT IS USED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ONE SET OF FILTERS WHEN THE UNIT IS STARTED AND REPLACE FILTERS WHEN NEEDED, BUT NOT LESS THAN EVERY MONTH. ON THE DAY OF SUBSTANTIAL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN THE UNIT AND PROVIDE A NEW SET OF COMPLETION, HE CO RACTO S LL CLEA E 0 FILTERS IN THE UNIT. 15A 1 -21 ELECTRICAL WIRING LINE VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16. LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR. FURNISH WIRING DIAGRAMS TO THE DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER EQUIPMENT HOOKUP. COORDINATE WITH THE DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR THE ACTUAL WIRE SIZING AMPS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (FROM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE) TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION. 15A 1 -22 REFRIGERANT AND OIL PROVIDE FULL REFRIGERANT AND OIL CHARGE IN NEW AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS, AND MAINTAIN IT FOR FULL TERM OF THE GUARANTEE. 15A 1 -23 FINAL TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS FINAL SYSTEM TESTING, BALANCING AND ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A CONTRACTOR CERTIFIED BY THE NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB), ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL (AABC) OR OTHER APPROVED AGENCY. PERFORM TEST READINGS ON FANS, UNITS, COILS, ETC. AND ADJUST EQUIPMENT TO DELIVER SPECIFIED AMOUNTS OF AIR. PREPARE TESTING AND BALANCING REPORT LOG SHOWING AIR SUPPLY > UANTITIES AIR ENTERING AND LEAVING TEMPERATURES AND Q PRESSURES, FAN AND UNIT TEST READINGS, MOTOR VOLTAGE AND AMP DRAWS, ETC., AND SUBMIT SIX COPIES OF THE FINAL COMPILATION OF DATA TO THE ARCHITECT FOR EVALUATION AND APPROVAL BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION OF THE PROJECT. BALANCE AIR SYSTEMS TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT FOR TERMINAL DEVICES AND BRANCH LINES AND PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT FOR MAIN DUCTS AND AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT OF THE AMOUNT OF AIR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FURTHER ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO OBTAIN UNIFORM TEMPERATURE IN SPACES. ADJUST EQUIPMENT TO OPERATE AS INTENDED BY THE SPECIFICATION. ALIGN BEARINGS AND REPLACE BEARINGS THAT HAVE DIRT OR FOREIGN MATERIAL IN THEM WITH NEW BEARINGS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE REPORT ANY IMPROPERLY INSTALLED OR MISSING BALANCING DEVICES THAT WOULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT THE SYSTEM OPERATION. ADJUST THERMOSTATS AND CONTROL DEVICES TO OPERATE AS INTENDED. ADJUST BURNERS, PUMPS, FANS, ETC. FOR PROPER AND EFFICIENT OPERATION. CERTIFY TO ARCHITECT THAT ADJUSTMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE AND THAT SYSTEM IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILY. FURTHER ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO OBTAIN UNIFORM TEMPERATURE IN SPACES. CALIBRATE, SET, AND ADJUST AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. CHECK PROPER SEQUENCING OF INTERLOCK SYSTEMS, AND OPERATION OF SAFETY CONTROLS. 15A 1 -24 MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK REMOVE ALL UNUSED EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORTS. CAP DUCTWORK AND PIPING AT MAINS AND SEAL AIR AND WATER TIGHT. PROVIDE ITEMS OF HVAC SYSTE r3 MODIFICATION REQUIRED BECAUSE- OF BUILDING REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION. MATCH EXISTING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES WHEN MODIFYING EXISTING SYSTEMS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT. SEAL AIRTIGHT EXISTING DUCTWORK REQUIRED TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE OR NOT IN USE AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. CAP AND SEAL WEATHERTIGHT EXISTING ROOF CURBS AND ROOF OPENINGS TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE AS A RESULT OF EQUIPMENT REMOVAL. CLEAN AND REBALANCE EXISTING DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES INTENDED FOR REUSE AS REQUIRED OR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. CLEAN AND REFURBISH EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT INTENDED FOR REUSE AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION INCLUDING REPLACEMENT OF FILTERS, BELTS, MOTORS, REMOTE CONTROLS, AND SAFETY INTERLOCKS. 15A 1 -25 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS SEISMIC PROTECTION FOR SEISMIC CONCERNS OF ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRIC SYSTEMS EXCEPT FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS MUST MEET MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF FOR BUILDINGS CLASSIFIED AS SEISMIC USE GROUP [1][11][111] AND SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY [A][B][C][D][E][F]. SEISMIC PROTECTION OF WATER PIPES FOR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF NFPA 13. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, ISOLATORS, AND ISOLATION MATERIALS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER, SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND SHALL BE BY AMBER /BOOTH COMPANY, INC., KINETICS NOISE CONTROL, INC., LOOS & COMPANY, INC., MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR UNI— STRUT. RESTRAINING DEVICES SHALL HAVE A PRE — APPROVAL NUMBER FROM CALIFORNIA OSHPD OR OTHER RECOGNIZED GOVERNMENT AGENCY SHOWING MAXIMUM RESTRAINT RATINGS. THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC PROTECTION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED TO MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND /OR FEDERAL CODES AND WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. ALL ANCHOR CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE FOR SUPPORT OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE NEED FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, SHALL BE SHOWN ON SHOP DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF SEISMIC RES TRAINT S REQUIRED R UIRED FOR THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ELEMENTS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS BASED ON THE SEISMIC CODE CRITERIA STATED ABOVE, THE SIZE AND WEIGHT OF THE SUPPORTED ELEMENT AND THE DISTANCE FROM STRUCTURE THAT THE ELEMENT WILL BE INSTALLED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DESCRIPTIVE CATALOG DATA OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING THE TYPES, LOCATIONS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AND CALCULATIONS SHOWING THAT THE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS MEET THE SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT LOCATION AND EMPLOYED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT PRODUCTS. CALCULATIONS SHALL INCLUDE DEAD LOADS, STATIC SEISMIC LOADS AND CAPACITY OF MATERIALS UTILIZED FOR CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURE. 15A 2 DUCT INSULATION. DUCTWORK, ACCESSORIES. FLUES AND FANS 15A 2 -1 DUCT INSULATION PROVIDE DUCT LINER IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. LINER SHALL BE 1 -1/2" THICK, 1-1/2 POUND DENSITY FIBERGLASS, MINIMUM R -5.0 CERTAINTEED CORP. "TOUGHGARD" W OR E Q UIVALE NT 0 E NS —C RNTNG' OR' ' KNAUF LONG TEXTILE FIBER DUCT 0 LINER. LINER SURFACE SHALL SERVE AS A BARRIER AGAINST INFILTRATION OF DUST AND DIRT, SHALL MEET ASTM C 1338 FOR FUNGI RESISTANCE AND SHALL BE CLEANABLE USING DUCT CLEANING METHODS AND EQUIPMENT OUTLINED BY NORTH AMERICAN INSULATION MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NAIMA) DUCT CLEANING GUIDE. INSTALL WITH LINER ADHESIVE AND MECHANICAL FASTENERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOM MENDATIONS. DUCTWORK SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. INCREASE SHEET METAL BY LINER THICKNESS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WHERE LINER IS INSTALLED. COVER CONCEALED RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK, AND ROUND AND RECTANGULAR EXHAUST AND RELIEF AIR DUCTWORK WITHIN 10 FEET OF EXTERIOR DISCHARGE OUTLETS WITH 2" THICK, 3/4 POUND DENSITY, MINIMUM R -5.0 DUCT WRAP, CERTAINTEED OR EQUIVALENT OWENS— CORNING OR KNAUF WITH HEAVY —DUTY FOIL— SCRIM —KRAFT FACING, AND WITH JOINTS TAPED WITH 3" WIDE FOIL TAPE. INSULATING MATERIALS, ADHESIVES, COATINGS, ETC., SHALL NOT EXCEED FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 PER ASTM E 84. CONTAINERS FOR MASTICS AND ADHESIVES SHALL HAVE U.L. LABEL. 15A 2 -2 DUCTWORK PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK AND HOUSINGS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. CONSTRUCT DUCTWORK INCLUDING FITTINGS AND TRANSITIONS IN CONFORMANCE WITH CURRENT SMACNA STANDARDS RELATIVE TO GAUGE, BRACING, JOINTS, ETC. MINIMUM THICKNESS OF DUCT SHALL BE 26 —GAUGE SHEET METAL. REINFORCE HOUSINGS AND DUCTWORK OVER 30" WITH 1-1/4" ANGLES NOT LESS THAN 5' -6" ON CENTERS, AND CLOSER IF REQUIRED FOR SUFFICIENT RIGIDITY TO PREVENT VIBRATION. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL RUNS OF DUCT FROM STRAP IRON HANGERS ON CENTERS NOT TO EXCEED 8' -0 ". DO NOT SUPPORT CEILING GRID, CONDUITS, PIPES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. FROM DUCTWORK. COORDINATE ROUTING OF DUCTWORK WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS SUCH THAT PIPING, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORTS ARE NOT ROUTED THROUGH THE DUCTWORK. CONSTRUCT SUPPLY DUCTS TO MEET SMACNA POSITIVE PRESSURE OF 2" W.G. CONSTRUCT RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF FANS TO MEET SMACNA NEGATIVE PRESSURE OF 1" W.G. PROVIDE MILL PHOSPHATIZED OR GALVANEALED FINISH FOR EXPOSED DUCTWORK TO BE FIELD PAINTED. SHOP TREATED SHEET METAL SHALL HAVE GALVANIZED METAL PRIMER APPLIED IN THE SHOP AFTER FABRICATION AND PRIOR TO SHIPPING. SEAL DUCTWORK WITH HEAVY LIQUID SEALANT, HARDCAST IRONGRIP 601, DESIGN POLYMER DP 1010 UNITED MCGILL DUCT SEALER OR APPROVED EQUAL, APPLIED ACCORDING TO SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. FOR DUCTS WITH PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION OF 2" W.G. AND GREATER SEAL. LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE DUCTWORK JOINTS AIRTIGHT TO MEET SMACNA CLASS B. FOR DUCTS WITH PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION LESS THAN 2" W.G. SEAL TRANSVERSE JOINTS AIRTIGHT TO MEET SMACNA CLASS C. TAPES AND MASTICS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A. PROVIDE RADIUS ELBOWS, TURNS, AND OFFSETS WITH A MINIMUM CENTERLINE RADIUS OF 1-1/2 TIMES THE DUCT WIDTH. WHERE SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT FULL RADIUS ELBOWS, PROVIDE SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO CONTINUOUS SPLITTER VANES. VANES SHALL BE THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BEND. PROVIDE MITERED ELBOWS WHERE SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT RADIUS ELBOWS, WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AT THE OPTION OF THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. MITERED ELBOWS LESS THAN 45 DEGREES SHALL NOT REQUIRE TURNING VANES. MITERED ELBOWS 45— DEGREES AND GREATER SHALL HAVE SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES OF SAME GAUGE AS DUCTWORK, RIGIDLY FASTENED WITH GUIDE STRIPS IN DUCTWORK. VANES FOR MITERED ELBOWS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL SUPPLY AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK AND IN RETURN AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK THAT HAS AN AIR VELOCITY EXCEEDING 1000 FPM. DO NOT INSTALL VANES IN GREASE DUCTWORK. DUCTS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FANS, FAN CASINGS AND FAN PLENUMS BY MEANS OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS SHALL BE NEOPRENE COATED GLASS CLOTH CANVAS CONNECTIONS, DURO —DYNE, ELGEN, VENTFABRIC OR EQUAL. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING NOT HIGHER THAN 50. MAKE AIRTIGHT JOINTS AND INSTALL WITH MINIMUM 1-1/2" SLACK. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS, MANUFACTURED BY RUSKIN, GREENHECK, NAILOR INDUSTRIES, CESCO, LOUVERS & DAMPERS, POTTORFF OR APPROVED EQUAL, WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND WHEREVER NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE CONTROL OF AIR FLOW. SPLITTER DAMPERS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY LOCKING QUADRANTS; PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR OR VENTLOK END BEARINGS FOR THE DAMPER ROD. RECTANGULAR VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE OPPOSED BLADE INTERLOCKING TYPE. ROUND VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE BUTTERFLY TYPE CONSISTING OF CIRCULAR BLADE MOUNTED TO A SHAFT. DAMPER LEAKAGE FOR OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 4.0 CFM /SQUARE FOOT IN FULL CLOSED POSITION AT 1" WG PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL ACROSS DAMPER. REFERENCE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER FOR OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IS RUSKIN MODEL CD -50. PROVIDE "SPIN —IN" FITTING WITH STANDOFF CONNECTION AND VOLUME DAMPER FOR ROUND DUCTWORK BRANCH TAKEOFFS TO INDIVIDUAL AIR DEVICES. OMIT DAMPER AT TAKEOFF FITTING WHEN DAMPER IS LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF TAKEOFF. WHERE ACCESS TO DAMPERS THROUGH A HARD CEILING IS REQUIRED, PROVIDE A METROPOLITAN AIR TECHNOLOGY MODEL RT -250 OR EQUAL BY YOUNG'S REGULATOR CONCEALED, CABLE OPERATED VOLUME DAMPER WITH REMOTE OPERATOR. DAMPER SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE THROUGH THE DIFFUSER FACE OR FRAME WITH STANDARD 1/4" NUTDRIVER OR FLAT SCREWDRIVER. CABLE ASSEMBLY SHALL ATTACH TO DAMPER AS ONE PIECE WITH NO LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT. POSITIVE, DIRECT, TWO —WAY DAMPER CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NO SLEEVES, SPRINGS OR SCREW ADJUSTMENTS TO COME LOOSE AFTER INSTALLATION. SUPPORT CABLE ASSEMBLY TO AVOID BENDS AND KINKS IN CABLE_ ROUND OR OVAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEMCO, UNITED, WESCO OR EQUAL, SHEETMETAL, WITH SMOOTH INTERIOR SURFACE, WITH LOW PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) ROUND DUCTWORK GAUGES PER THE FOLLOWING TABLE (REFERENCE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FOR GAUGES WHEN PRESSURES EXCEED 2" W.G.): SIZE 14" & UNDER 15" THRU 26" 28" THRU 36" 38" THRU 50" 52" THRU 60" DUCT GAUGE 26 24 22 20 18 FITTING GAUGE 24 22 20 20 18 LINDAB SPIROSAFE, LEWIS & LAMBERT OR APPROVED EQUAL FACTORY — MANUFACTURED ROUND DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR SPECIFIED ROUND BRANCH DUCTWORK, AT CONTRACTORS OPTION. HEAVY LIQUID JOINT SEALANT MAY BE OMITTED ON FACTORY— MANUFACTURED ROUND DUCTWORK. LOW PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) FITTINGS 24" IN DIAMETER AND LESS SHALL BE PREFABRICATED, SPOTWELDED AND INTERNALLY SEALED. CONTINUOUSLY WELD FITTINGS LARGER THAN 24" IN DIAMETER. FITTING GAUGE SHALL BE 22 GAUGE FOR 36" FITTINGS AND UNDER, 20 GAUGE FOR LARGER SIZES. 90 DEGREE TEE'S SHALL BE CONICAL TYPE. SEAL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE DUCTWORK JOINTS AIRTIGHT WITH HEAVY LIQUID SEALANT APPLIED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE GAUGE THICKNESS IN MEDIUM PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS 3" TO 6" W.G.) DUCTWORK AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA. 15A 2 -3 FLEXIBLE DUCT LOW PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) AND MEDIUM PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS 2.1" TO 6" W.G.) FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE FLEXMASTER TYPE 8B, THERMAFLEX TYPE G— KM, M —KE, OR EQUAL (FIRE RETARDANT POLYETHYLENE) PROTECTIVE VAPOR BARRIER, U.L.181 CLASS 1, ACOUSTICAL INSULATED DUCT, R -5.0 FIBERGLASS INSULATION. PROVIDE CPE LINER WITH STEEL WIRE HELIX MECHANICALLY LOCKED OR PERMANENTLY BONDED TO THE LINER. FLEXIBLE DUCT RUNS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 FEET IN LENGTH, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED FULLY EXTENDED AND STRAIGHT AS POSSIBLE AVOIDING TIGHT TURNS. INSTALL FLEXIBLE DUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SUPPORT FLEXIBLE DUCT AT MAXIMUM 5 FEET ON CENTER AND WITHIN 6 INCHES OF BENDS. BENDS SHALL NOT EXCEED A CENTERLINE RADIUS OF ONE DUCT DIAMETER. DUCT SAG SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH. SUPPORTING MATERIAL IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE DUCT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1-1/2 INCHES IN WIDTH. CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCT TO RIGID METAL DUCT OR AIR DEVICES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. AT A MINIMUM, INSTALL TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE AROUND THE INNER CORE CONNECTION AND A METALLIC OR NON— METALLIC CLAMP OVER THE TAPE AND TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE OR A CLAMP OVER THE OUTER JACKET. DUCT CLAMPS SHALL BE LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL -181B AND MARKED 181B —C. DUCT TAPE SHALL BE LABELED . IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181B AND MARKED 181B—FX. 15A 2 -4 AIR DEVICES PROVIDE AIR DEVICES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURED BY CARNES, E.H. PRICE, KRUEGER, NAILOR INDUSTRIES, TITUS, OR TUTTLE & BAILEY. SELECT AIR DEVICES TO LIMIT ROOM NOISE LEVEL TO NO HIGHER THAN NC -30 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. PROVIDE DEVICES WITH A SOFT PLASTIC GASKET TO MAKE AN AIRTIGHT SEAL AGAINST THE MOUNTING SURFACE. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION, FRAME, AND MOUNTING TYPE OF AIR DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. SUBMIT COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING INFORMATION ON NOISE LEVEL, PRESSURE DROP, THROW, CFM FOR EACH AIR DEVICE, STYLES, BORDERS, ETC. CLEARLY MARKED WITH SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBER. SUBMIT SAMPLES OF EACH AIR DEVICE AS REQUESTED BY THE ENGINEER. PROVIDE WALL SUPPLY AIR REGISTERS WITH DOUBLE DEFLECTION BLADES AND OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS. PROVIDE WALL RETURN AIR GRILLES AND EXHAUST AIR REGISTERS WITH HORIZONTAL 35 OR 45 DEGREE ANGLE VISION —PROOF BARS. PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENERS FOR WALL MOUNTED REGISTERS AND GRILLES. PROVIDE CEILING SUPPLY AIR REGISTERS OF ALUMINUM CURVED BLADE TYPE WITH BLADES PARALLEL TO LONG DIMENSION AND WITH THROW PATTERN AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS FOR SUPPLY AIR REGISTERS AND EXHAUST AIR REGISTERS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE CEILING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OF LAY —IN OR SURFACE MOUNTED TYPE AS REQUIRED TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH CEILING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE CEILING DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES WITH WHITE ENAMEL FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE DROP BOX DIFFUSERS WITH MINIMUM 22 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY ASSEMBLED AND WELDED, AND PROVIDED WITH STANDARD DUCT CONNECTIONS AND MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR FIELD INSTALLATION. DIFFUSERS SHALL HAVE DOUBLE DEFLECTION GRILLES OR DRUM LOUVERS THAT ARE INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE TO CUSTOMIZE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL THROWS AND FACTORY INSTALLED AIR DIVERTERS OR TURNING VANES. INSULATE DIFFUSERS WITH 1" THICK, 1.5 LB DUCT LINER INSULATION. PROVIDE FACTORY PRIMED AND PAINTED DIFFUSERS, COLOR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. PROVIDE DROP BOX DIFFUSERS AS MANUFACTURED BY AES INDUSTRIES, CAN FAB, CUSTOM CURB, INC. OR PLENUMS INC. 15A 2 -5 SCREENS PROVIDE SCREENS ON DUCTS, FANS, AND OPENINGS TO THE OUTDOORS AS SCHEDULED AND(OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSECT SCREENS SHALL BE 0.012 —INCH THICKNESS, 1/4' MESH, ALUMINUM WIRE. BIRD SCREENS SHALL BE 0.063 —INCH, 1/2 —INCH MESH ALUMINUM WIRE. 15A 2 -6 ROOF RELIEF AIR HOODS EXISTING TO REMAIN. 15A 2 -7 EXHAUST AIR SYSTEMS PROVIDE ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR EQUAL COOK, GREENHECK, CARNES, TWIN CITY FANS, ACME OR PENNBARRY COMPLETE WITH ALUMINUM HOUSING, ALUMINUM CENTRIFUGAL WHEEL, MOTOR WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION, DISCONNECT SWITCH MOUNTED INSIDE THE HOUSING, BIRDSCREEN, BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND PATE PREFABRICATED ROOF CURB. THREE PHASE FANS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH MAGNETIC STARTERS WITH PUSH BUTTON STATION. 15A 3 HVAC EQUIPMENT 15A 3 -1 EXISTING ROOFTOP UNITS (GAS FIRED HEAT) CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN, COMB OUTDOOR COIL FINS, RECHARGE REFRIGERANTS AND ADJUST FANS FOR SCHEDULED CFM. 15A 3 -2 CONDENSING UNITS INSTALL SPLIT SYSTEM, AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. UNIT SHALL CARRY A FIVE YEAR GUARANTEE ON THE COMPRESSOR AND REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT, AND A ONE YEAR GUARANTEE ON THE REMAINING COMPONENTS. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZED AS RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER WITH FOAMED PLASTIC INSULATION ON-THE SUCTION LINE AS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. PROVIDE 4 "X4" ACQ ROT —PROOF WOOD BLOCKS FOR MOUNTING CONDENSING UNITS ON ROOF. SECURELY ATTACH UNITS TO BLOCKS. 15A 3 -3 FAN COIL UNITS [DIRECT EXPANSION, 1.5 -5 TONS] INSTALL SPLIT SYSTEM, FAN COIL UNITS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE HONEYWELL OR EQUAL ELECTRONIC PROGRAMMABLE TYPE THERMOSTAT, SEVEN DAY MODEL, MANUAL CHANGEOVER, SWITCHING SUBBASE, MULTI —STAGE AS REQUIRED TO MATCH UNIT COOLING /HEATING STAGING. PROVIDE SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND ALL — THREAD HANGING RODS FOR HORIZONTAL INSTALLATIONS. 15A 3 -5 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND INSULATION PROVIDE ASTM B 88, TYPE L OR ASTM B 280, TYPE ACR HARD DRAWN COPPER REFRIGERANT PIPING, CLEANED AND SEALED AT THE FACTORY, AND SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR REFRIGERANT. FITTINGS SHALL BE HARD DRAWN AND HAVE LONG RADIUS TURNS. SOLDER JOINTS WITH "SILFOS" (15 PERCENT SILVER, 5 PERCENT PHOSPHORUS, 80 PERCENT COPPER, 1300 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT FLOW TEMPERATURE). SOLDER JOINTS WITH A SLOW STREAM OF DRY NITROGEN PASSING THROUGH THE PIPING. INSULATE SUCTION LINES WITH 1" FOAMED PLASTIC INSULATION, ARMAFLEX OR EQUAL. PIPING INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS, AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. COAT INSULATION THAT IS EXPOSED TO. THE ELEMENTS WITH A PROTECTIVE SEALER. TA IN S LL AND SUPPORT PIPING TO KEEP NOISE AND VIBRATION TO A MINIMUM. SUPPORT AND SECURE PIPIN G TO UN1STRUT TYP E SUP P OR T S SO T HAT N O V I BRATION PASSES TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. PIPE ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE COPPER— PLATED OR HAVE NONMETALLIC COATING FOR ELECTROLYTIC PROTECTION WHERE ATTACHMENTS ARE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH COPPER TUBING. INSTALL A SUPPORT WITHIN ONE FOOT OF EACH CHANGE OF DIRECTION. MOUNT PIPE HANGERS AROUND THE OUTSIDE OF THE INSULATION WITH SADDLES TO PREVENT HANGERS FROM RUPTURING THE INSULATION. REPLACE INSULATION THAT IS CUT OR BROKEN BY THE HANGERS. RUN REFRIGERANT LINES PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALL AND FLOOR LINES AND TO APPEAR STRAIGHT AND IN GOOD ORDER. PITCH SUCTION LINES DOWN SLIGHTLY (1" IN 20') TOWARDS THE COMPRESSOR. PROVIDE OIL TRAPS AT THE BASE OF VERTICAL SUCTION RISERS OVER 6 FEET HIGH. INSTALL LIQUID LINE SIGHT GLASSES IN LIQUID LINES NEAREST THE EXPANSION VALVE. FACTORY MOUNT EXPANSION VALVES WITH THE SENSING BULBS SHIPPED LOOSE. FIELD MOUNT EXPANSION VALVE BULB AFTER REFRIGERANT PIPING IS COMPLETE (DAMAGE MAY OCCUR IF BULBS COME IN CONTACT WITH HEAT). FOR SYSTEMS OF 5 TON CAPACITY AND SMALLER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE OPTION TO PROVIDE COPPER REFRIGERANT TUBING LINE SET SIZED AS RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND OF LENGTH AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 1" THICK FOAMED PLASTIC INSULATION, ARMAFLEX OR EQUAL, ON THE SUCTION LINE. PROVIDE QUICK — CONNECT FLARE TUBING COMPRESSION FITTINGS OR SOLDER CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH THE CONNECTIONS OF THE CONDENSING UNIT AND EVAPORATOR COIL 15A 3 -6 SYSTEM EVACUATION AND CHARGING BLOW OUT REFRIGERATION LINES WITH DRY NITROGEN AT A SUITABLE PRESSURE BEFORE MAKING FINAL CONNECTION AT THE CONDENSING UNIT OR COIL TO ENSURE AGAINST DIRT, SCALE, OR OTHER FOREIGN MATERIAL BEING IN THE LINES. DRAW A VACUUM TO 29" OF MERCURY. BREAK THIS VACUUM BY CHARGING DRY REFRIGERANT GAS INTO THE SYSTEM, RAISING THE PRESSURE TO 0 PSIG. REPEAT THE LATTER TWO STEPS FOR A TRIPLE EVACUATION BEFORE THE FINAL EVACUATION IS STARTED. MAKE FINAL EVACUATION BY REDUCING THE SYSTEM ABSOLUTE PRESSURE TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.5 MILLIMETERS (500 MICRONS) AND ALLOWING THE PUMP TO RUN AT THIS PRESSURE FOR A MINIMUM OF TWO HOURS. REPEAT THE PROPER AMOUNT OF REFRIGERANT CHARGE PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. RECORD THE AMOUNT OF REFRIGERANT BY WEIGHT CHARGED INTO THE SYSTEM FOR EACH CIRCUIT RECORDED TO THE NEAREST 1/4 POUND ON TAGS AND ATTACH TAGS TO THE LIQUID LINE NEAR THE CONDENSING UNIT. REFRIGERANT D Q D SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. 15A 4 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 15A 4 -1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE A SYSTEM OF TEMPERATURE CONTROLS INCLUDING THERMOSTATS, CONTROL PANELS, TIME SWITCHES, OVERRIDE TIMERS, DAMPER MOTORS, AND RELAYS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE DESIRED SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. PROVIDE INTEGRATED WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWING INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN FIELD :',!STALLED EQUIPMENT AND PACKAGE WIRING FURNISHED WITH THE .VAC F C !IPME NT. PROVIDE SUPERVISION AND ON —JOB CHECKOUT SERVICE AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT INSTALLATION' MEETS REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATION. THE SYSTEM - 'SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FOLLOWING THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE SYSTEM BY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER. CORRECT DEFECTS OCCURRING DURING THIS PERIOD AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 15A 4 -2 EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS ARE LISTED FOR REFERENCE AS TO QUALITY AND FEATURES REQUIRED FOR THE CONTROL DEVICES. PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES BY BARBER — COLMAN, HONEYWELL, JOHNSON CONTROLS, TRANE OR WHITE RODGERS WITH QUALITY AND FEATURES AS INDICATED. SEVEN DAY PROGRAMMABLE, OCCUPIED /UNOCCUPIED THERMOSTATS FOR CONTROL OF MULTIPLE STAGES OF HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEMS AND FOR CONTROL OF ECONOMIZER SYSTEM SHALL BE HONEYWELL SERIES T7351 THERMOSTAT WITH INTEGRAL SUBBASE AND W7459A ECONOMIZER MODULE. PROVIDE TR21 REMOTE SENSOR. INSTALL THERMOSTATS AT 48" AFF TO MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS. SMOKE DETECTORS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS INDICATED IN SECTION 15A PART 3 OR AS SCHEDULED ON THE PLANS (OR HEAT DETECTORS, IF PERMITTED BY CODE) SHALL SHUT DOWN EACH ASSOCIATED UNIT SUPPLY FAN UPON ACTIVATION WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. PROVIDE REMOTE VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARM DEVICE IN AN APPROVED LOCATION IF SMOKE DETECTORS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO A FIRE ALARM PANEL AND LABEL DEVICE AS "AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE ". 15A 5 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15A 5 -1 EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL DURING OCCUPIED HOURS, OPERATE ROOFTOP UNIT SUPPLY FAN CONTINUOUSLY AND OPEN OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER TO MINIMUM POSITION TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM VENTILATION. CYCLE STAGE(S) OF COOLING AND H EATING TO MAINTAIN ROOM THERMOSTAT SET POINT (75 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT COOLING, 72 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT HEATING). SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL SHUTDOWN UNIT UPON ALARM. HOURS, CYCLE THE ROOFTOP UNIT SUPPLY FAN AND COOLING OR DURING UNOCCUPIED OU S C CLE E 00 HEATING SYSTEM TO MAINTAIN UNOCCUPIED SETBACK TEMPERATURE SET POINTS. DAMPER SHALL BE CLOSED DURING AIR D G UNOCCUPIED HOURS. PUBLIC RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN CONTROL 15A 5 - 2 EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ROOM LIGHT SWITCH. b(1 X37 RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER 0 U O z ►� X o °1 �CL. U o = M O a B x at M 00 cc U U v1n � w o rn , u. �o W m W C Q Ica. 0< c • 0 0 2 0 0 ww w z r z w I- 0 it LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SAL QOzw OliJZZ T 06 m V 4 HORIZED AND MAY BE CONTRARY TO THE Z O. U, 0 Z0 Lu U ° it Ice U.1 U z ° z I- W U W Z W U J W 0 a 0 W ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: Y %Vr'Afi (/ • GI m.Y- 4 I�NAL � APR 23 2012 SHEET NAME MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: M3.1 I- U) W 00 a I z W 0 z 0 I 0 0 CO cn cn 0 Z 0 U) U U, 0 0 Lu a W cn W a c c r- La ce 0 W a La ce a cn 0 ° cn 2006 Washin on State Nonresidential Ener Code Com•fiance Form 2006 'Washington State Noraesidentiat Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address wiz TOTAL wiz & wow Date 4/3/2012 Total CFM 300 AZDOVER PARK WEST For Bulidtng Department Use IPLVV TUKWILA, VA ApplicantName: TOTAL VISE & MORE Applicant Address: 11100 Applicant Phone: 2006 Washin • on State Nonresidential. Ener • Code Com•liance Form 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address TOTAL WINE & MORE Date 4/16/2012 Total CFM 300 ANDOVER PARR WEST For Budding Dept. Use IPLVV TUKWILA, RA Applicant Name: TOTAL WINE a MORE Applicant Address: 11100 Applicant Phone: Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. la Includes Plans ADDING (1) COOLING ONLY DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM. EXISTING HVAC TO REMAIN Include documentation requiring cormliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. Compliance Option Simple System 0 Complex System 0 Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & complex systems.) Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans. fill in the required information below. Cooling E • uipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity2 Btu/h Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLVV Location FCII /CII- 4 'MITSUEISEI MOY -A17ZA 11100 340 16.00 SHAVEN RS CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: / Al • 49091 STBR/' ,rti� SHEET NAME: ENERGY COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS SHEET NUMBER: M4.1 Heatin . E • ui • ment Schedule Equip. ID and Name Model No.' Capacity2 Btui, Total CFM OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiencv4 I CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: / Al • 49091 STBR/' ,rti� SHEET NAME: ENERGY COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS SHEET NUMBER: M4.1 Fan Fquipmer't Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' CFM spi HPBHP Flow Contra Location of Service I CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: / Al • 49091 STBR/' ,rti� SHEET NAME: ENERGY COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS SHEET NUMBER: M4.1 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-IA through 14-1G. 3 If required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. a Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). 2006 Washin on State Nonresidential Ener Code Com • fiance Form • Mechanical Summary (back) • MECH- SUM System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. If Heating/Cooting or Coding Only: Ell Constant vol? 0 Split system? ti Air coded? ■ Packaged sys? u <20,000 Btuh? ■ Economizer Included? If Heating Only: ■ <5000 cfm? ® < 70% outside air? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. System Type > Heating/Cooling or Cooling Only Heating Only ./' <5000 <. cfm? No <70% OSA Yes Reference Section 1421 Yes Ingle Package Unit? 7-Air Cooled> Constant Vol? o! Laap <20,000 Lap, NBtuh? Yes Econo Included? Yes erence Section 1423 Simple System Mowed (section 1420) Outddic -or or ; YOS N Adjacent to N utdoorsZ .i. No 'vvl Gam Yes- <54,000 > " -No Btuh?,-/ Total �iw o economize N 240,000 Ruh; Yes Use Complex I S; stems (section 1430) Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. b roc? RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER PSEERPAMRAIT TE APPROVAL Re . RcD BE CONTRARY TO THE LAW. ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET I CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: / Al • 49091 STBR/' ,rti� SHEET NAME: ENERGY COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS SHEET NUMBER: M4.1 f,• ,'t,. y ,.,'�; r! '1�i•{ ;5- 11 (• t f ?'1 /, t1`J u! a t �'� ,t��Al:1 �1�; . WF r S } {" }� M � � Y�1 �` ,� t'• i .S'i .S' �',lr , ..#', � � -�, ,y �� ,�a; •1 ,, r �• •11+!..01 >,.+ .J� .air, ..�, .�,,� �,.�` �• ,�„ co w. AMPS 2DQt- 3IU1l6D ' ■'' �r ' MAPS a46r1/J(D MODEL MODEL COMPRESSOR TOTAL !K•_�,I.:,x.�_.,:1 cOP4D TOTAL CtMIF4tI)5'.SON C(NiT TOTAL wl MJMaEN IMO UNIT ECU FLA MIT FLA UNIT E� R'110.4GtAw R 5'::F 48 let: H� 15 R11Pp#Mq HSl•SSr:1C kr.l :�17 •- R'Ik9uNN4 RS7B4GIF HHi HR®M 5.7 15 rill R'H1!OM44 111574('•1 R11t:,,rg4t4 R9vrt:1L St.o 15 0.3 35.4 8.3 11'*1`.11/414 C310KUE • : SBD HI t5 0 510 H 0 r� t � a s .•'; R'HEOtJ6M4 (St+1K6F 276 1250 ®® `. 16 1020 3t 200 ,�•- 11 • 15 K't1151H44 C I12KdE ® 58O 1.0 13 IS 72 510 • 15 ® - ••• ••• WH 5'tiH4I t iKal 170 060 3.1 144 22 ® 3a 7!10 ® 174 - -- - -- R'h151>01144 CS:i:17KNF 301 12,5 O 3.1 ® ®� 1010 ® 20 B 25 • - ® - R1-1156444 cr-o rE 114 •• 13.4 10 70 62.0 o0 0.0 l5 ® --- -- -- -• „14112151_44 tM: cr09K6E .16 .7 670 1.0 18.7 24 102 72.0 • 85 1 O R'EI:t151 i4 - . CFl?KBE .'205 1IX,D 1.0 21.5 'dt 123. RSU 65 42 t. tR•Si 00M.$ KAR•OIOE 64 400' 0.5 79 15 311 270 0.5 5J 15 1.e 150 O -4 27 15 R'Sc 1ah444 KMt4 O 0 11 1 6 R O 10 IS ?.0E a.t 55. 1. 60 76 R•:JfAAi44 IR(:•O2IF -- - -- - -- -- 7.9 480 t.0 99 O. •44 15 R•530AVW1 ERF•031E 153 110 173 2? 112 i325 10 132 0.4 6.5 15 R5.nd.44 - KAN uo K e4 0 0 5 131 15 -•- R'SJ715.44 kAM.107E 750 0.5 �� . 199 �� 15 ® . - • R S15u.4s K, L•oiw 9.8 55.5 1.0 � ' 50 0 1.0 O. ® - ® ®® -- R•52o0L44 I.AV -0215 14,7 1(/0 ®�s 513 C. 1.0 4. ®® ii • R':i3GIrL4q'• � L4F1 iKi2E 107 lr$n 1170 10 14.8 15 R''At+k1M44 GS 15 (4E 136 55 0 1.0 146 ` 200 0.3 550 1.0 11.3 150 • 4 3 27 0 0 4 5.2 160 R•(MSOM.5 1t;1(K1 154 73.0 1 0 104 250 97 630 10 11.7 150 5.D 310 0.4 SS ) 150, R•1Xi15M4 2S2IK4E 164 8110 :a2 20.6 250 11.1 770 32 15.3 170 5.7 %G 2.1 8.3 15.0 R•1i3SO4144 7"+2t4(46 201 I[a/0 3.2 140 :100 134 IRO 31 I/e Y0D 11 440 21 U7 ISO R'44'10rJ4M [u9•4(4L '28.6 1200 32 31.0 : o 15.1, 09.0 32 18.2 20u 6.2 40.5 2.1 10.6 *5.1, R•f1000M44 LtiJ6K4E 311 1070 3J2 36.0 44.0 11.4 12'.1.0 32 25.0 310 a•tl (r2.5 2.1 12.2 15.0 R i F,5(4444 Z:5424(4C -- . ... _ ?d I 154 a 31 28 -1 M it 9.3 70 0 2.1 11.9 15 O R•t?00LM 2FOBKIF 135 b50 1.O 15A 100 9.3 690 1 -0 113 10.0 4: 270 04 02 1 U K'o2501.4! ZI.4eK4F 164 7A0 1.0 184 •fro V,1 630 10 117 100 50 310 04 59 150 R•1)100L44 Zf•(11K4E 184 080 10 1l.4 250 111 110 1.0 13.1 1/.0' 5.7 :410 0.4 6.6 1511 W0101144 LI - IjKD 407 11410 10 P 300_ I. 5 ARS 10 155 ?n0 71 440 04 as lan RO400L44 LF 1;K4C 254 1200 32 3I -0 :+80 15.0 1100 32 192 i'30 11.2 570 2.1 10.6 lea R't ?540144 7F15K4F 315 IWO 32 357 440 214 I23 3? 256 3,0 e6 1120 2.1 12.2 230 fl-g I5(•c•L44 ?FISK4E ■ - - • - -.. 2i9 1500 32 281 140 5R 105 2I 1111 2110 I4•tNI.4M4 111 I f111(E -. .• - ® ?r0 1200 ?RS 33 1uh ®�� H'Lvil.:.hM4 :4;1 Rtt1KE :310 `nun :i•a 411 13 R1Y.5)0i44 201:1 11Kk -- -- - --- - -....... 155 1010 31 203 25 51 520 1.1 57 17 R•D4oa.N 20L:F2oKE -- -._ . -- -•- - -- 28.3 1610 3.1 304 3e 102 50.0 1.1 116 22 R•L)-,A0144 :AJA•I ?•i(I - -- - -- -•• - 2115 185 1610 31 :is9 41 10'1 555 1.1 11.8 24 Min 4001 +e.n. of o la(e /I t•a 230/ 160 app! CY14n oily Una BMA Ruud It4nata4uait 54 Y0t51 V 5.411 L1ni Amr . *0:!4/4_4 a44150301aL( a1 n#a s:• kr (• 1t,1 pima as 5'I ssa• 15 • 20923jV: 0 :l - 48W. M: :A Mannum Oraua AmimOiIY doe r1M ir.FMe .naparalct(s1 tllatllr el requmnaris. IE•.apaalsl Ian mad aM110, de11b1 hostal ewe) t ^..ill) ly r♦r i:'•6'11� 13t41'�•t" �7`S. �•.'J', j'J'r i�4✓l'11i'f4(L1 } {iIF.'•. j fY {� }e •rq�llViy W�,. ,1'�7p�l��r�./G%1 K%LJ%W��-- 'TMYM' REVS MODEL COMPRESSOR NOlt o 90% COMIC (ODB IH.) Dk.andiins ) APPfiOX. ISOItrld Data NUMBER • HP R-4Ma - 5 J WT• dtlAt (IBS) UQ. 50C. . L W • H • 1711s. R•H(+55M44 4 1 0. • 5.1 38 5+8 211.14 27.314 1 -114 152 66 R•HMM4R4 _ PST65CIE 0.75 51 3$ 518 28.1/4 27-34 17.114 162 Ail R•HODCM44 11,T64C1E 0.75 51 318 +S 28U4 27.314 T7 -N4 160 66 R•HIGOM44 R87oc1E 1.00 5.1 378 5'8 28-114 27.3,4 17 -114 167 68 R•H325M44 R%7C1E 1.25 B6 318 56 281114 38-114 *7.114 165 12 R'H1F1M44 C810K6E 1.50 86 38 71S 26.11/4 38-14 17 -1t4 205 a. . , • I 4ytrraB� rlt+s>1w t�ID-rUr 1 tilrEjJ i „' �.�I t 26-1• R'H325M44 CS2UK6e II 112 WWI SIMI 20 -114 273 76�� fi•H4901N44 C827K6E 4.00 24.3 1r2 1 -1111 D 33 42.1/4 32-V4 800 73 R•H500M44 CS33K15E 5.00 24.3 112 1-118 D 33 42 -1/4 32.114 405 73 WH055H44 R5745C1 E 050 5.1 31 5/ A 28 -114 27.364 17.1!4 165 68 R`HOe0H44 RS764C1E 0.75 5.1 318 58 A 28114 27.31 17-1/4 173 66 W111001144 RS7OCIE 1.00 5.1 318 516 A 28-114 27 -34 17 -1r4 180 68 R`H151H44 CS1OI(6E 1.50 8.6 318 719 B 28.1/4 3€-1'4 17.1/4 221 72 R11251Ft44 c314K5E 2.50 8,6 318 718 B 28114 38.114 17 -tr4 258 72 R•H3QSH44 C320K6E 3f 13,7 1.116 D 33 42.1(4 32 -114 237 75 R•H400H44 C327K6E 400 24.3 112 1.118 D 33 42-1/4 32.1/4 416 73 R'H500H44 • CS33KSE 5.00 24,3 172 1.118 D 33 42 -114 32 -114 433 73 R•HO75L14 RS7OCIE 0.75 5.1 318 546 A 2 &114 27.3"4 17-1:4 157 58 811100L44 RS97CIE 1.00 5.1 3$ 518 A 28 -114 27.3/4 17.1!4 180 66 RIII65L44 C806K6E 150 6.6 318 7/8 6 26.114 27.314 17.1(4 195 74 R1.1215L44 CF•09KGE 2.00 8.6 318 7r8 B 2$-V4 2.7.3M 17.1'4 243 75 R'H315L44 CF32KEE 3.00 137 U2 1-14 C 2$.1r4 38.114 20.114 255 77 R•81 00M44 KAR -01 OE 1.00 5.1 3B . 51 A 281 f4 27414 17.11 205 55 R"S200M44 KAK Q2OE 2.00 8.6 318 TM 6 28114 86.114 17-1/4 270 70 17-114 R'S250M44 360 70 ESC-021E 2.50 86 1 B 28-14 3844 >z 1-11 R15300144 ERF-031E 1 D . 33 42.114 32.114 415 . 70 3.00 243 112' 118 R- St15c144 KAN -OOSE O 50 5.1 318 S+8 A 26-1 U 1 27 -3M 17-1/4 169 67 R15075144 ICAM-0076 0.75 5.1 378 5113 A 28 -114 27.3M 17 -114 205 67 R'St00L44 Kid -010E 1.00 5.1 - 3'8:- 516 A 28.114 27-3/4 17. 174 220 67 R 5150L44 I( 1-015E 150 , 6.6 978 718 8 25414 38-114 17.1M 248 70 R'S2c0U4 EAV -021E 2.00 6.6 418 718 6 28-1/4 38-1 /4 17-14 290 70 - R'S300L44 _ LAH -032E 3.00 13.7 112 1.1+0 0 281f4 38.1.14 20 -IM , 383 70 R•0200M44 2915414E 2.00 137 1t2 778 C 28-1i4 39.114 20-1/4 215 71 11;•0250M44 Z519K4E 2.50 13.7 112 1 -1,8 G 28-1/4 3814 30.114 230 72 R'0315M44 2921K4E 3.00 13.7 12 1 -116 0 33 42.114 92.114 315 74 R•O350M44 ZE26K4E 3.50 13.7 112 1.1r8 0 33 42-114 32.114 335 74 R`O4,YlNI44 2330K4E 4.00 24.3 112 1.318 0 33 42.114 32- 174 352 74 A'O800M44 ZS38K4E 6.00 24.3 t72 1.1.1 D 33 42.114 32-I'4 3113 74 R'O650M44 28451(45 6.50 24.3 5/8 1.118 D 33 42-14 32.I'4 405 76 R'0204L44 21 =06K4E 2.00 13.7 112 743 C 28414 38.114 20 -i14 2110 71 _ R'0250L44 ZFOBK4E 2.50 13.7 U2 T8 C . 28114 38.114 20-11/4 240 73 R "t)300L44 2F09K4E 3.00 13.7 112 1.1x6 C 28.1!4 38.114 20•1'4 245 73 F1•0301 L44 ZF11K4E 300 137 1r2 1.1'8 C 28-114 38-1.4 20-1/4 255 73 R'0400L44 2F13K4E 4.00 24.3 1/2 1 -178 D 33 4.1'4 32 -L'4 352 74 R•0500L44 2F15K4E 5.00 241 172 1 -118 D 33 42.14 32-1/4 367 74 R'(1600144 ZF18K4E 6.00 243 1/2 1 -146 D 33 42.114 32.1/4 363 76 R'000cM44 200E -R7SKE 6.00 D 33 42.14 32 -1/4 630 WD30tJL44 20F•F16KE 3.00 24.3 1/2 1.1.6 D 33 42 -l'4 22 -1'4 575 78 R'D400L14 20t -F2OKE 4.00 211 3 112 1 -118 D 33 42- 114 32.4'4 600 76 500' 7 R D 44 2DA -F23KE 5.00 - r 33 42-14 32 -114 620 8 24.3 12 118 D t Estimated dbA *011085 8t 10 'eel Iran the unit. Correction factors: Deduct 6 MA for 20 t0 40 feet. 12 41A G 40 to 60 feee t. Ratings at 81e outlet of 9w discharge air. The actual measurements may vary depending upon Installation )enable,. Emerorlrnentel !scion; may have a sigrlitiaft influence un the dale See page 15 101 dmanelenel drawings. Fig. B&C wet • Figure B -17 -114" height (Uaos 2 grill pieces se shown). Figure C - 200 -114• height (Single grit{ piece, not shown). Physical Data Models Refit/want ' nneetiuru 1 No. Chmena+ona r SAip Alt 144 AFJJV1'AG at �l1rJl1ee1 H7. AA AE/AWAG TYPE Suct'on Sutfi'xt j Hrtr A 8 C W_._____4tLtS. 18-53B - EXT 12 5/6 - - 2 19 •- - VA 34 164166 - EXT 112 5B - - 2 19 - - 271k 36 26 768 - EXT 112 54g - - 2 33 - - 41 ih 48 26-979 - EXT tit 719 - - 2 33 - 4114 51 1 28.1066 - EXT 1/2 118 - - - 2 37 - - 4511! 58 28.1228 - 1/2 • + 718 - - 2 33 - 411{= 60 28 -1346 - 112 7i - - 2 37 - - 454 03 36.1606 - 112 1 -18 - - 2 55 - - 8Th 79 9&1958 - 112 1-1/6 - - 2 56 - - Oath 84 48 -2129 - 112 1.116 - - 3 3641 36'11 $ "/l 254 48.2846 - 1/2 1.116 - - 3 36';1 38' - 8145 282 58 -2756 - 12 1 -116 - - 8 5444 36V -" 9945 812 86.3168 112 1.118 - - 4 364•, 36 38 5 117)5 ' 68.3906 - 1/2 1.I/8 -- - 4 3814 35 3tly. 117)1 370 16.398 16363 1/2 ODS 418 DOS 5tB ODS 518 ODS 2 19 - - fl'h 41 18-466 18-416 112 519 516 MI 2 19 - - 2715 44 16 -50B 16-468 W tin$ MI 6'B 2 16 - - 12Th, 47 26-708 26.606 1f 518 718 518 2 33 - - 4114 54 28 -87B 26. 758 1/2 718 718 518 2 33 - - 4114 55 26.1156 26- 926 112 7116 718 518 2 37 - - 4514 62 86. 1456 38.1208 112 718 718 518 6 55 - - e9 4 78 36.1706 36 -140B 112 1 -1A3 1.118 5/8 2 56 - - e3 +h 85 46.1928 46.1646 1/2 1.176 1.116 518 3 36 s 384 - 61'4 255 46.2303 46.1858 1/2 1 -118 1- 116 518 3 384* 38! - 61111 285 58 -2456 56 -210B 1/2 1.116 1 -116 518. 8 541 38!5 - 991k 66.2958 662458 1f2 1.1 B 1.116 518 4 3614 35 3615 11Th 853 68.0453 66.2808 112 1.176 1,118 5B 4 3B! 38 SSVI 11714 31x6 I 14428 14-378 XT DS '548 E 112 v ODs 5/O OD3 578 ODS 2 19 - - 2YJ 42 24- 848 24 -726. EXT 1)2 718 718 5/8 2 37 - - 4514 49 24 -1056 24-858 EXT 112 7r8 718 5)8 2 37 - 4514 55 34- 1306 34 -1068 EXT 1/2 7/8 718 578 2 55 - - eats 79 44.1706 44 -1406 EXT 1h 718 (.118. 51 3 36Y5 381;.. -• 81'4 851 54.2156 54.1806 EXT 1/2 1 -118 1.116 578 3 54), 3814 - 96 4 299 84-2558 64 -2156 £XT 112 1 -1)8 1-1/8 5/8 4 361•, 3813 35'k• 1174* 340 Installation Note.: (1) Install 12" away from back wall. (2) Drain connection on AA and AE unite ere centered on drain pan: and on the lett end (facing air discharge) on Ail and AG units. (3) For Ior%g at throw requirements, specify high throw tan guard (4) Unli height at drain end of hot gas models ie as follows: 1,2, and 3 fan models = 15.7/8". 4,5, and 6 fan nmdols a 18- 1114'. as Cr) 5- 0 0 bO 0 r ..11 41141-^1 1^' n la ir-110 A a Z to 0 G. w 5Z c 3' . , 11 z- .a�` stt . ir. NOTE INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. FINE WINE COOLER DETAIL NO _ SCALE NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. FINE WINE COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE NOTE• INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. FINE WINE COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. W rog4g04 ;Stird 52 i ° a N ZW11Wli 6 z 1 6 m z Defrost Clock ouble Switch b _ EC �tlik�?t;r3r�.Trtx�'.s. s^�'s T- Stet olenoi NI Normal Operation. *Thermostat cycles solenoid *Fans operate continously Defrost *Clock kills t-stat and solenoid *Fans operate continously Fans Switched Off;. *Switch kills t -stet and solenoid whenever it turns off to avoid liquid slug at compressor Walk -In Controls Evaporator, Thermostat, Solenoid, Double Throw Switch (by EC), end Defrost Clock, to be wired per diagram above Walk -In Condensing Unit Walk -in condensing units to be located on roof of building above walk -in location. Permits, as required, by CC. Provice 230v 3 ph with fused disconnect and 120v service receptacle. Compressor(s) equ;pped with PCS motor(s) ' NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. FINE WINE COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER Ct O 06 cCi h ISSUE Bli_OCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TWRO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: SHEET NAME: MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN SHEET NUMB MPEO.1 tn 1- 1- HUMIDOR WALK -IN Walk -ins are assembled from components by various manufacturers all ec;:tipinent is supplied by Total Wine vendor Modem Store Equipment. MI tiviring, refrigeration, and condensate drain piping, both labor and material (including refrigeration gas) are by General Contractor. WALLS & CEILINGS are manufactured by Kysor Panel Systems prefabricated panels with 4" urethane insulation and finished in Non- painted 26 gauge galvanized steel. Modem Store Equipment erects panels at site. Exposed panel exteriors are to be finished in painted sheetrock by General Contractor. ENTRANCE DOOR: Eiiason FCG -1 provided and installed by Modem Store Equipment - - WINDOWS are manufactured by Schott Gemtron and will be erected at site by Modern Store Equipment. There are no electrical connections required on Humidor Doors & Windovrs. AC /HUM1DrrY SYSTEMS are manufactured by Mitsubishi and supplied by Modem Store Equipment, Wiring is to be as per standard Mitsubishi wiring diagram (attached). Equipment located by Modem Store Equipment. All Electrical, Plumbing and Refrigeration Connections completed by appropriate contractor. Condensing unit is to be located on top of Humidor Box above Evaporator Blower inside Humidor. Mitsubishi Model: MU -AO9WA Dimensions: 11 114"d x 31 1 /2"w Electric: 115/1(60 Electric Load: MCA 14.0 Evaporator Blower located on inside center of back wall in walk -in box at ceiling. Modem Store Equipment will install unit at site. Drain connection to Mitsubishi Specs & local Code Mitsubishi Model: MS A09WA Dimensions: Electric: 115/1 Electric Load: M CA1.2 Amps Humidifier: manufactured by Nortee and supplied by Modern Store Equipm4 net, Wiring is to be as per standard Nortec wiring diagram (attached). Modem Store Equipment will mount equipment and Wire Humidistat Control Circuit (Low Voltage). All Electrical and Plumbing connections Completed Hy Appropriate Contractor. Nortec Model: Kit Space #2548758 Electric: 115:1 Electric Load: 12.7 ;Imps NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. HUMIDOR COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE 2-4. PIPE FORMING AND DRAIN PIPING 2-41. PiPE FORMING • Pieta the drain hose below Me reriga.m piping. • Make sum that the drain hop is not heaved or snaked, • Do nd pull the hose when applying the ape • When the dein hose passes the roam, be MOW wrap ineullbn mated lobleinebls d a stone) mend k. Nate: Screws my dwnsge the corer ofr.Riosent plre darin D deplane. Oaks sue not b armege the tom ofreingaent pip._ Let .r hotline Piping Near Be sure to rematch the drain hose end the d e i sup In cap of It or let-rear piping. Mlerwne it could emcee drops enter to drip dawn from the damn hop. 1) Put to re(npsmt piping and the Min hose tagethr, then Randy apply Y taps (7) kom emend. Fe) tape (7) neap width should be 1/3 the taps width. Use a h.nd.ge stopper at the and of fee taps (7). 2) Pug outthe dram cap .t the rut neat of*. indoor unit ((•-4g.1) • Hold the convex seckoi at the end end pull the don cap, 3) Pull out the dram hose at the rear left of the unbar unit. (Roc 2) • Holder dew marked by his wrowa and put out IM tram hop forward. 4) Put the drain tap into the sedan to which the drain hose is to be Readied at them. Ode indoor unit (Fug. 3) • Insert nd sere -edged Woe such as seriwdriwse Me the hole it the end of the cap and lined the cap fully into the dram pan. 6) had the train hose fully into the don pan it to rear right elhe indoor unit. (Fig. 4) • Check if the hose is hooked securely to dal projection of es mpdng tart it the drain p.n. 6) Insert the drain hose into wen led. sleeve (C), and hook ire upper pad of indoor unit m tnatalletion It eta (1). Then. mow the indoor unit completely to the lit in order to make placing tha piping In the beck wan of the unit easier. 7) Cut out • pace of ardbowd ken the shipping box, tall t up, hook it onto the beds rb, end use as • sinew to IR the Indoor unit (Fig 6) It) Conned the relfgerent plprgwith the a rtmdon pipe (B) f0 These Bit knwr pert of Indoor unit into the Installation pate (1). R.er et downward piping 1) Put the rengstent plop and the deb hose IagSthw, then Ikmy apply piping tops (G) tam the end. 2) Input the piping and the drain has Into the well hole sew. (C), end hook the upper pee of the Indoor unit on the insalation plate (1). 3) Check If the Indoor unit is hooked seneely on the instsllstbn pal II) by =wing the Mt to lilt end right. 4) Thrust the tower pot aline adar une into the installation plats (1). Right eerie Neer. Babe perbmnng the Mowing, mall sure that wimp is aerpleted, and the conduit Cover is installed (Refer to 24.) 1) Put the ntigenrrd piping and the drain hose together, melon diem to at aide, end then Rudy spay piping ape (G) Semite end. 2) hand the peeing and the drain nee kilo the wan hat dove (C), end hook the upper pen ads indoor unit on the inaalletlon pate (1). 3) Check lithe indoor unit is hooked SOW Ely m the ingestion path (1) by moving the one to left and right 4) Thrust the Iowa pert piths Indoor unit into the enetelleton Pete (1). 2-42. DRAiN PIPING • lithe Men ion drain how has to pass through a room. be sure to wrap it with coin- msrcwly saki insulation. • The don base should pant dsmward for easy drekh flow. (Fig. 1} • If the Min hose provided with the indoor unit rs too short. conned A wale dleln hoe (0 let should be poeided at your site- (Fle. 2) • When connecting the dein hop to the herd vinyl chloride pipe. be sure to insert securely mto the pips (Fig. 3) .Iqu1d Ct•. • r..e• qy •: hndosecnhkgr tint - lynn•ctro &INK Fit hien i7) Fite.; here 101 ' •ono teen mtrl I CJ on case of ee Fantos1•Lt7r1 .f-- •.'5'1"9 I i1L : n rDren oy • Don cap 4'\ is I MIT- A15i17NA MOT- A15117NA MI- ADANA Fr �7•."- Drrn :suite Fig 2 INDOOR UNIT Power euppy {V. PHASE, Hz) 200230. 1, 60 Goat hose t Fly 4 4.4 lien :op a�" Flo .1 � I ck' i_ 1.2 1 1.2 Fan molar (F.L A.) illy == CA eh case of clans. wwC Dp•ma CJ elf nrose of n7ht ropey To the left I:ormwerd shoe. Fig_ 1 Cron role i • Fart he re itlee; I•I M trim) fnBrrrA dwnetwriont ✓ )! non lc ITO ,:T,) or more Fig. 2 Preen hay Inn d vinyl chlmde pp9 130 mr1 r,••n sh:urely Fig. 3 16o not make Ors In piping es shown below. *in nolo �} "1� "' '.40$all iI neefoge :H•mp Ilekhge / At Iensl item deer• I -3177 in ncsb spool I sui mml all Ovate z J-T Ditch NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. HUMIDOR COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE 1 -2. SELECTING THE INSTALLATION LOCATION • AM41. elf sw nit not tio.1[ud • Mare cool as spreads WO' M. mi6r.reom. • Rlyd wee wth ter vbration. • where t is not mood to dined sunshine. • Whine soggy d troth. • At a Winos 3 R (1 rn) or snare euy Rom yaw TV end radio. Operetm of the air conditioner may tad are with redo or 7V recapaim. An smaller mey be required 17101. affected device, • in a place as far awey es pewee Rom B ioree net and Incandescent hilarity, the infrared Fenno control an )prate the our conditioner month). • Mate the ale filter ten be removed and repined eery. Nat; Instill indoor unit at a NO posies: on** wag when er Grin eiltribute over the we,* room REbT(?TECONTErOL LER '• • Where A is easy to operate and nay vis[b4. • Where chicken cannot touch I. • Select a petition about 4 R 112 Irg above the floe end check tha signals hem the»motf controller are surd/ recmireceived the indoor unit Rom the Der don (beep' or 'beep beep' receiving lane roundel. After that attach remold controller holder to • peter ac well end Debit Wireless remote =note . - • Note: In reo iewrrsrs inverter type :banana( amps are used the signal Ram ell wining remota controller new not be received 00100 • R t14)IT • YJnent s is not exposed to strong wind • More sigma good and dusiess. • When neighbour. are not annoyed by operation sounder hot eh. • Where rigid wall or supped it availed to prevent the increase of operation sound or Manion. • iNhere Mu* is monk of combudtie gas leekege. • Nun imdaling the unit it a high level be acre to st- ein the unit legs. • Y( here it is at least 10 R. (9 m) away tom the antenna of TV set or redo. Opwation of the air cadshonr may Ineelem wile redo or TV reception kl arm when re Option is weak. M emelirsr mey be required ke the effected device. • Innen the unit horamtMy. • please instal I iii an wee not •ffeded by Weed a blowing anew. In reefs with heavy wow, please install I canopy, • ms l gnaw to belle bards. 1 -3. SPECIFICATIONS 1.3.1. POWER SUPPLY AND INDOOR /OUTDOOR WIRE CONNECTION • Power sheath be (dunn from an exclusive branched circuit • Ming week should be bawd on applicable technical sanderds, • Wing dnn.drons ehould be nods Mowing the elegrrm. • Screws should be tightened so thrown not basin. Connecting wires end connecting ground wipe • Use add mndudor AWGl4or stranded conducorAW01H "Kilt rAWG11. • Use dodge misdeed capper wire with 300V insulation. • Use copper conductors one ' Follow DM electrical code. Putter supply cab* and ground wire • Use said or stranded conductor AVID 14. • Use copper conductors only. • Fellow local deades! code. Note: Mien the Indoor Ink is powered tam the outdoor unite disconnect switch way need to be instated to power supply Mat (between indoor end outdoor um departing an local code 1.3.2. REFRIGERANT PIPES • Ensure thst the 2 refrigerant pipes we Insulated to Indent eondeneedon. • Reilgerent pen bendrg redid must be 4 n. (100 mind Or more, CAUTION b see to use the insulation of spoiled thickness. Excessive thickness may cause ncand inIIBUkon ate( mica une and lack of Meeknes% may cause dew tkippeet. • The unh hart toed salmon ions on both indoor end outdoes side*. • Remove the outdoor units ch Mir cover. then eenforl the an • Rp*Bennt pod sri us.d te renneet the Indoor and madam. units. • S. costar not to push or hind the pipe .' pipe bending. -- •...Re rigs ant -4diet nwnt... -lYrap* length- (steeds -25 f..lim) adds lenal refrigerant (R410/1) cheOs a rpn•d. . lips eutdoa unit is changed with reingwam for pipe length up to 25 R.17 mil gleaned 'mm1 1110 111 Nar • R is !Martha to male a plan loop new adder un1 ea at to radusa vibrdnrf InneliPud ham tire. • For increased efficiency, install the outdoor tent In a location when tontinuout duct sunlight or exnesive wear can be avoided is much as potsble. Note: When epergne the Ink oondeaner in low outside temperature be sure Io (dho• the iltbuetions deeabec below. • Never Det a the outdoor ant in a plan where Rs ek inle Mudeh side rosy be exposed &redly to wind. • To prevent exposure to wind install the oddoor and with As Air inlet side racing the wen. • To prevent exposure to wad, it is recommended to in tart a belle board on the elm *WAR tide alto outdo) rink. Avoid the blowing places br astentinm where aft condekaner boucle is liable to occur. • Where llemme ie gee could leek. • Where there is mush mean* oil, • Salty placM sun as the inside, • Wheal llide gee Is mated such ae ■ hot Where 0 t� spring, • (Mere there ie high- Sequency or wetness equipment. MODEL MSZ• A09I12NA MIT- A15i17NA MOT- A15117NA MI- ADANA MB. AIZNA INDOOR UNIT Power euppy {V. PHASE, Hz) 200230. 1, 60 115, 1, 80 Min Came Anmany 10 I 1.0 1.2 1 1.2 Fan molar (F.L A.) 0.76 0.06 OUTDOOR UNIT - ' Pawn supply V. PHASE Iii) 200230.1, a 115 1.60 Ma Fuse sae thin delay} (A) 15 15 15 20 MIn. Circuit Anrphdty 12 L le 16 0 926 Fan mobs I.F.LA) 0.52 052 063 Coilpessor (R.L.A) 7.8 101 a.30 10.12 ! fL.R.A) n2 12 47 55 Coda voltage i Indoor unit- Remote curtailer (Waohms) Indoor and • Outdoor unit: DC12 -24V Oder) w indoor uni - Remote centnfler'tlMreluss) Indoor :malt - Outdoor unit AC 115V <r Pthe Oalode de/meter Minimum well thick- nets Inanition thkkrwss insulation mad - rah Inch 1mml For lion -0.0315 14 (6 361 al) 5116 ial Hest reading bans plastic 6 Sped 0 04 lk PRAY For on MSZ- AGSM2NA MSAO9IP MI 11114 00316 ID R lifltlle MSZ• A15117NA MSY-A15l 17NA MS -AI2WA 112 (12.7) 00316 101 1ir1 6 (W Lime M6Z ADai12)1'Y17NA IterY415II7NA *18-A09112WA Pipe anti C60. (20 m) max. 651. (20 m) max. Heightdfference 40 a (12 m) max. 35 R. 00 m) max. No. ofbends 10msr tO mot Pile length UP to 25 fl. lTtyd No additional amp amp is squired. Exaedng 25 R (7m) Additional chugs is required. (Rene to the toile below h Refrigerant to bit added MSZ -A0G1 f 2)15f17NA M57A15717NA 1.62 OR nen 5R. (30001) M5- AOR112VYk 1.06 oz. each 5 R (209/n) NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. HUMIDOR COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE 4. UNIT INSTALLATION 3 -1. CONNECTING WIRES FOR OUTDOOR UNIT I) Remove the service penal. 2) Remove the conduit cover. 3) Flt the conduit connector to conduit plate (A niidakinicndult cower (B models) welt lock nut then secure it against reef with screws. 4) Loosen terminal screw, and conned adeorkulder ink connecting wire (A) from the indoor unit owner on the terminal block. Be cereal not to rode Ms-wiring Flo tbe wee to the ter- mina block securely to tae no pan ale taco Is appeared, and no externs! bee Is conveyed lathe connecting omen a to tennha Mock 5) Ferny tighten the terminal strewn m prevent tam tom looming After sparing pull the wires (gMy to cadkm met may do not mow, 6y Conned power imply cad (IL). 7) Conned gnund Mee of kldoodoutdoar unit conneding One (A) end paver amply cad (KO eta TB support. RI Insult the conduit cavw fe Meath. service noel sesuraly. MUY- A16117NA, ,. 18U2- 4S1112116'1')MA MU•Aelt4A MUY- A11.1714 ',•.; MUZ- ASY1Ir16ii')NA Trm rd lion, II i_I.�i ilt • Mike earth wife a Ise Ianor thin elms. (More than 1.12132 n. 35 non) • For future servicing, give orb. 1•npb to the connecting wires hdo41":s4OXV wwl toned rig we (A) .._._. Pow snypkr cue IN) L Cram cover MU•AI2WA`•.;''. �.. eWeespos � - lateral( IF� • Make earth win a Me longer than others, (Mon then 1 -12732 in 35 mm) • For future sensing. give extra length to the connecting wires. Power eor"y cord Ik) Ind -ak4tdriv -h nt co•redl•gwro 141 3 -2. FLARING WORK 1) Cut the capper ma correctly with pipe culla. (Fig. 1.2) 2) Completely renews N burn tam the cut saga section at pipe. (Fig. 3) • ninths and of Ma topper pipe W downward dretbon en you rondo buns in order to avid to Iii tuns drop in the piping. 3) Remove flare nuts attached to indoor end meow units, then pit than m pipe hewing com- pleted burr removal (Not passed to put thorn on star faring work.) 4) Faring work Wig. 4. 5). F'eatly 'hold copper peps In the dimenaan Minem'n The Md. Sated A rem tom the tabu acme sing b the led you use. 6) Check • Conversed flied work with Fig. I. • U floe is need W be defective, cut off the 'deduction and do taring walk again. Pipe diameter Inch (mm) inch inn) own type tool for R41DA Ahuh (mm) Clutch type tad brR22 Wing nut typo tool forR22 Tiyhtewuingtorque hem Mb (hgkcm) 01/416.98 e 3e8 (8.521 1/4 (171 �� Oea 0.02 (0100.5) 0.04 to 003 11-0th 15) 0.0610 O.OB 05 ) 13.7017 -7 34,3 to 412 10 03 (14010 1 190) 2510 30 peek. 428 e 1f2 (I2-7) .._�._..._.� ( SIB (15.88) in - am 5.16 (20) 0.08 to ale (2.0 es 2.51 46Db56.4 361042 eenosr )' 73 50 78.4 541.6: (7500o 0001j ., • crone,- Pe � 1 Fig_ 1 6uud No gun oink „____._/___, idol Lbw .n Bund Fig. 2 Our - p.pmp• te am er { • w p. e ♦ f{ I neon pipe snap ton ' 0umntype YRrya tat two Fig. 4 i Dm Flare nut .epareipr Flg. 6 math is &h-,i>. Smoot et , lin m^trod ant en:und •.r_a�'hl ' 9 attervc. al u rd length I.1 I around R ml L� Fly. e Well hoes cover I NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. HUMIDOR COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE 14. INSTALLATION DIAGRAM ACCESSORIES Check the following pets bees installation. < Indoor unite (II nseareieh plre -.��.. ..........- I . 76 12'1 rest eldan piss lvN p screw/ mm (3)... Rowels condo holler •.___ Ftenpiaew ter ib)5.6 • IS ran (Beek) Rotary IAAA) br 16) Witless remote centralist Fee tape (Fa left a Menu ding) Be sure to use well holy Mere (C) to prevent Iodate Lyn Ildo47rhrddoor adrn.dtltg wire U4) hewn comactng viral Mir. metal pen to fie wolf aid smart: to prevent damage by rodents In rose the will is hdlow. Col Of to „ -YMa hue cow (Dl 4"` Svel tan <a1 hole 1 j gn p vat, our, M1 f newria,to not lIEE mpn tiro bond 1E) Ft.o (sing bard E1 ■ ti) Air clewing der PARTS TO SE PROVIDED AT YOUR SITE (A) neiarastbotrueconed /ewe? 1 nEms neon pipe t Walt hole sleeve f • Well hoes cover I IE) i Pipe Baring nand - 2 to 5 I I F ) FAdng spew tor(E) 4 • 2pmm 206 OD Piping ripe 1 (HI Putte 1 am 0teb lma !Moor met Fnno ," ' . van i n athw d I ;wren.: Vole t Cal a eerie ,rem Mr rem tM) ; Space Model (blower pack) Figure 2: t91i Models Table 1: Rh Specifications 110420 4 OA) j 15 Space- 2548758 208 _6.9 (3 1) 1 2 B i 12.7 220 -240 8 (3 e) 3 0 110-120 5 (23)I 19 RH Duct- 2548759 ! _ 208 ! 8.7 (4.0) .1 3 3 159 220.240 :10 (4 B) ; 3 8 1 20 ' 202 1 I 20 202 16/ 22 1 (75/100) • 15 / 21 (7 0 / 9.5) Options and Accessories Nortec provides a complete line of options and accessories for every humidification application. The following options and accessories are available end may have been delivered with your RH humidifier. Refer to the installation instructions that came with the accessories for their proper installation and operation. Table 2: options and Accessories Bead For .i,.. {.' f, Ott; r' L e r r Remote Blower Pack krkiiingstiKim intoair!ucts. • , . . Adding steam into a space remote from the humidifier :IPC;I' ar 1%,1•7.%lrl!3'.Ir ::' trr i ,!1 1r,,3r !.!ortroiling the cutout cf the hl;mttllfier based on " °rr" cd PH 0Igila! or Modulating High Limit Preventing over humidification in a duct by shutting dawn or Hu midistcts . 1 throttling down the humidifier when duct RH gets high A;r Prcn•ing Switches 3 1 Introduction Insuring humidification only oocurs when eir is moving in a duct. NOTE INFORMATION SHOWN iS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. HUMIDOR HUMIDIFIER DETAIL NO SCALE Typical RH Installation Mounting 9 Steam Distribution Pg 10 2 in. (5 cm) min. Controls Pg 15 Plumbing - -- Pg 9 Electrical Pg 14 1 ft (30 cm) min. 1ft30 r.. 14oTE Qrequired L....r'Ira MdnamlcNerrlwai for blll+wrpacS l� 24 ln.(et min. Haight _J cm) 2 OAS cm) _ 34) in. (92 Cal) awn ;,lY wows '.1 r . Itri ` r. `r — _ Modulation Controls r •esw e 1 I.t. 1.24 VAC WON 2- rhNOM Loop 3- Ground 01.1,, all 4- Control Sip na .` a- Fan Secuny . 4 Fen Seeurily • • 19- Fan Start ella 29- Fan Sian S i pp M Note: Digital On/Off slat shown ell i50120Y.• 83 116NPT to 114 comp. (onion Dedicated circuit breaker or disconnect aR8g. ra,+rar RH EXTERN 718 in min. Cold potable water, 30.80 pslg, 112 in. Ilan Note: 120 V connection shown Figure 9: Typical Humidifier Installation Installation 1 0 NOTE; INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. HUMIDOR HUMIDIFIER DETAIL NO SCALE Any questions Please Call Thank You Eric Miller 1.609 - 298.2100 Humidity and controls in Humidor Box 1st; Hu nidity the Nortec RH Space (Steam Humidifier) Adjustment of the "Capacity Adjustment" Control setting. This a Potentiometer that is located on the Main PC Board (Near ON!OFF switch). The potentiometer can be adjusted between Lick and 1(10% Capacity. Ideal setting is 50'? to 60%. (just low of Center on the Adjustment Potentiometer) 2nd; Humidistat Controls of Nortec RH Space (Steam Hwnidifier) The Humidistat Johnson Controls (I#W42AA Type SPDT Humidistat for Low or line Voltage) This mechanical IIumidistat is Wired up to the "1" & "2" Terminals on the Notice.. The control wire on the Johnson Ilwnidistat are wired to the "C "I tot & "L"Nelaral. This controller is to be set at 60',r, RiI. 2nd: Mitsubishi Electric Mr. Slim Set up of operation of the Mr. Slim Split -Type Air Conditioner. Using the Remote Control Settings should be. MODE: Cool TEMP: Set to 76 F Deg FAN: Medium FAIL: Swing Mox. s A Fuse mp— IH101001-(ulp20 sire Vac Mir. Circuit "° " " "" A^looc-ty 12 Amp._. l Nortec .RH Space Steam Humidifier Ir�lower peck I 1 I unitized Humidifier Nortec PH I Space Check that Jumper J -10 is I irsla'led i'fumidistat W42AA SPOT Johnson Controls Split System (Cooing) Outdoor Unit__ 110 -170 Vac I5..._. 'Hookup Mox. Fuse size 1 b Amp... Min. Circuit Ampacity 12 Amp._ v0 Terminal ?lock #2 -1 L1 N Vits.sbisl^■ E'ectric NS— A09 /A17WA Indoor unit_ =11.111=11 MININ■ Terminal Block(.. L 1 1 I Start up Settings G —J Thermostat @ 70 Leg. Hun^idistat E 70 % M0IDERNSTORE , Iii I" I.:I• Scale: NTS Humiaor Wiring Total Wine & More Hum'cor Eou'pment 03 Merch 70 Rev:: NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN iS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. HUMIDOR HUMIDIFIER DETAIL NO SCALE Electrica 1 ( rm. . f ly!R!'i44' !!'rIer miNtrsa }r ,W rF>rt 1 'it?,I�1 t1 fi.i..QplllltIq)Jx-.wrring tea: bie ( ,formed a� I'i(tetitit!t ! r tit rr 151 ,"r• rj I :i.��,�:�::411i; x.11 ,`Irk i.i �, ril•:: 14til�li: 4' YilW�iirFARIRd{id1t�{i�ililkiia • IG�i+ �illaiiil�ft{ ;�i�!{fA2i'�i "WAi�#'J.{t�ii'�t� Note: 1 Install jumper between P and terminal that corresponds to supply voltage. 2 Dedicated external fused disconnect must he installed. Fusing must not exceed max circuit protection as indicated on the specification label. 3 Ensure that adequate power is available to carry full humidifier amp craw as indicated on the specification label. 4 Do not use neutral wire as a ground. connect to ground lug. 5 All Wiring to be in accordance with national and local electrical codes. 120 VAC (1 phase) Ground . I 1 x� Neutral 0.`:11.11 Hot t.aaf_tP I_ Note: Connect 120 VAC. 'Hot°. to Ll Nob: Power wires can also be routed through opening In back of cabinet ..'M Ground 208 VAC (1 phase) Ground •11—x VI!- Hot 't Hot 1 'YR, rT iP 120 11.:1r1 208 i. 2 240 +l :2 L1IN .0 Ground 'y. 240 VAC (1 phase) Ground 'lj —. -.. P N;: Hot . • Hat Figgie 14: Primary Power Connection i'.1! p i.:t>(7 120 L 1 209 ii" .1 240 ■. l LIEN 1 �. 0 Ground 4151 120 .4.] 208 4T" "� 240 4f, a L1FN E N T T Installation 114 NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND 15 TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. HUMIDOR HUMIDIFIER DETAIL NO SCALE Water Filtration Systems & Replacement Cartridges Train 9Yatsm Diple sheen MPORGNt:tdurthaveisinimun 2Y c ”"' "ai17311�i °ge Z119e. Water Filler Systems ,.....n: r ..1 MI ...s m. Flit ma glare M.1•N R..„... .. .i_6 SIMIA ell i50120Y.• 83 Caen upm6516 Elders. mgrs. and nggbt dowers up to 1X0 lb_ 167 driYrmYlrn74Yr 40 "mom L'alslrtltlsnalvYl SC20RC20 Slen -A a'leaVie.r2SY :" 1611 WmovarMOIL Ma Coarse Pre- Filters SC LA I re1'a14' S/2 SC20A rwrw 247e I II /S Itr Nino inflow to mom Wicks ar Coma mike to Iwwe particles Orakeas 21 /2'de4rtlxeMem. REPLAC MENTCARTRIDGES +iii y e (acts ss H;, 1 in Wed .ssM -A SSOARC6 4 113 SSMt• SSMIA snrRC40 40 11A SCLA SC20RC20 210 018 512011 Sats,eaS i...:lims .o nd damped for meaba iit.11ro . Sam. roods canimon ae dnpolla oudmrdlmlmms Mahn nun ronneb4ando.• rwaa aim pda Calves owdlh amropte ggrrem coaad.rrd I•:,nyddoda alevoepsodscl4Rratio -kimcetomatoe8,n6mdkon u}dtuhs mm..undi the Inns d Sclson Nark Vrehumlel.Wanly. main, n • toss 10 many coa..,e Speafiabms end data r, lutleatl etang elbow rrA a Consult Year Leal WHOM ITapreemestin a: IMPORTANT OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: Memo nlaimum Ad impatiens 64S(10aC) 1001(37.TC) waterTempenuses 4C'F (44v) loot (37.n) Water Rasu a 20PSIG LOPS%G Nein Cabbed farchIcena natation for to t(' t000 peon flowRae 1.67gpm(fi3Lpmi per cm ndip YOU'LL VALUE THE DIFFERENCE': 715 Corporate Woods Parkway • Vernon Hills, IL 60061 • 1. 800 - SCOTSMAN • Fax: (847) 913 -9844 Visit our website it: wwws+cotsman- ice.com • E -mail: custome.service@Swtsman- ice.com /"7 "Scotsman SS' -SSL4 101194M NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. HUMIDOR WATER FILTER DETAIL NO SCALE bligt)wwlitaw RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: s 04 ca g d t cx 4k c:e. $ " Li1r 0' *$ 'v O SHEET NAME: MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN SHEET NUMBER: MPEO.3 0 W Vl 2 aB Performance Data t: r�765f1! ;;'IT0400: rG yy:1 i•4'o2 ♦N1'y15'•1 (�t lt14�' }I {j,£; �11'j t1 1-k�, �.Etik'4 rt `"�, �1. MODEL M1MBER NOM NP 8010506144 R•10751044 R•H101M44 R'H160MW4 0.50 0.75 1 00 1 50 ;a R•H209044 R•H300M44 R•H400M44 R•15006144 2.00 3.00 R- 110S0L4+1 R'H075L44 R'HIOOL44 R'1i165L44 4.00 5 00 0.50 0 75 1.00 1 50 R11211L44 R'H3t5L44 R'H061H22 R'H07BH22 8'1100122 8"1151122 R•H201H22 8'1251122 1.113011122 8/14011422 R•1500H22 2.00 3 00 0.50 0.75 1.00 SUCTION TEMPERATURE °F «t0 +JO +20' .10 0• 10' 20" ill WOO ® 8800 6140 7400 6200 ®B ® ® el 10500 8500 B 1� 14300 13000 10400 666M 111 IN B 28000 215300 22700 18100 ®B ®B B 31600 2asoo 22700 ® x42300 37500 34300 27500 B B 111111111111 Ell IN 1111111 2650 2010 1520 1200 . B B 4400 3350 2250 1600 BB ®B® BBBBB 7550 8950 13000 6280 7300 10600 5810 6550 4550 5120 5800 8500 399: 4460 6550 5700 10190 4300 7940 2050 5670 2250 4690 16420 20670 2930 3200 4750 1.50 200 15300 22850 14640 19780 12950 16390 115130 14520 2.50 3.00 4.00 5 00 29840 37070 52800 58900 24530 30800 43010 47100 22300 27830 35720 42550 20250 24560 34650 38200 0920 11100 14960 18580 24600 30000 5875 7990 10670 13200 18100 22300 12930 19940 8870 11320 7260 9506 5940 7610 Physical Data U4 BBBeIEllH IBHHU® ® ®® 176 ®B® t -1.8 -UB 380 B 1 405 BBHB ;6527 H HBHH 1> H ®B® 178 ®® NEIN 11 BBB 223 112 716 245 1/2 710 260 1 r1 7,"13 348 t.2 718 380 60 60 6.0 10.0 10.0 16.0 160 0.2 26.2 11 Al Well, ; .v ;foi, c t d •; w II :t t ?'`I � ' r, k, 4;. r , +1r 1 u 0' -10' -20' -25 •,30 -40" REC'R FJLi L10. SUC. SHiP WT. MODEL 1t HP s35' +25" .20 .19 1l: dnAt ,t' ? 8- O200M44 R'02S0M44 2.00 250 21930 27080 20350 2505x? 18820 23160 17360 21320 14630 179000 12160 14840 -• -• --• -- -- •-•- -.- • -• - -•- f -••- + -- -- 13.7 13.7 2 2 12 1/2 7:1 1 -118 4500 215 230 - 71 72 1.0 R- 0300M44 3.00 31110 29050 26940 24660 20050 17090 -- --- ---- -•- ---- 137 2 1/2 1.1,'8 740 305 72 .4'd^ R'03018144 300 37190 34790 C 3' $ J O 20540 25180 20770 - --- - - -• - -• • -•• • -- 13.7 2 112 1.1,8 42 325 72 r � 242../.1 A . �^: A 'r � A ., ,.e: ,. +1.1 O. 1 , 3: •1 . 1'x0 ,1711 @. 71 .�. 0 2 .vI • r..,...... .. _. � ...� ,a m . ,.,,- .,..,,- ,.1a,_.. -17:� 1,300 n ,�r .r nC^ r ,. � . ,7,2.�.1 # 8'06001444 600 50400 47800 44200 4110034500 40 28800 -• - -• - - -• •-- • - -- 243 3 1/2 1.12 3.0 383 74 PI 14°0061044'21051.0 A435- 1058 400200 065002 ''(.,026020190' 8A A '46160 '94840 -0 - 2222 -,... r.- _,. ._,. -,_, ;= ,x- -.. T • Vt0 'OA 20nr 0J °"" "a"' -'lg ° ok 800200044 200 • - -• - - -• . -•- - --- - - -•• 1133C 9407 7670 6070 6110 4350 137 2 12 PA r SO 230 71 1!L•3.511maimm 13'02501A4 2.50 - --- -- -- -- 13800 12100 10060 8060 7720 5800 _ 13 7 2 112 753 30 240 73 ' 100304L44 300 - - - -- -- •- .... . ::'2'''020,.0 15960 13380 11360 9680 0670 6520 13,7 2 112 1.1,1 12.3 245 73 �4 R•03011.44 3.00 ----- ---- - 0.5 - 16760 15530 12560 11250 10160 8110 13.7 2 1/2 1 -118 M21i7. 255 73 1500 R00400L44 4.00 - - -• -- --- •--- 24090 19800 15940 14000 12430 8600 24.3 3 1/2 1.1:6 14.500 352 73 t 8.0500!44 5.00 - --- - -- -- 28490 23650 117250 17270 13200 11080 24.3 3 1/2 1.118 3200 387 74 t.0 R'0600L44 600 - - - -- - - -- -- - - - -- - - -- 33400 27400 22100 19800 17600 13600 243 3 02 1.1/8 100 383 76 z R00200M22 200 21020 19890 18270 16900 13960 - -- - -- -- -• --• -- 16.0 2 12 716 10 215 71 3A 8'02501422 2 50 25340 23400 21310 19940 16370 .•. -• - -- • -•• -• - - - -- , - -- 16.0 2 1/2 1 -118 1a 230 72 • 3.2 R'03o0M22 300 30440 28170 25840 23470 19330 -- -- - -- -•- - -• -• -• --- 16.0 2 1:2 1 48 3.0 4A 305 72 4A54.2158 F00300022 300 38180 34720 31890 28310 22730 -- ---- -- • -- -- -- 16.0 2 IV 1 -118 14-378 325 72 5/8 ODS 8104004874 400 433.0 39910 37460 33680 27750 • - -- -•"- -- .--- -- -- •---- 28.2 3 1/2 1 -18 - 352 74 24 -858 8.05001422 600 52390 48370 43930 41010 34010 - -- ---- -•- ---- - -- --- 26.2 3 1/2 1-118 8.4 383 74 - 1006500122_ _656' 63130 57830 5.1860 48280 41130 --- -r - -- - _- -r_ - 28.2 3 518 1 -116 1 -1/8 405 76__ NOTE: tic vu9' arrtiont ml454y cspacu9 W .03. Re4uce capacity by 01: for each 5r unease m amtmer6 lemperalure. Cunsi.4 factory lot capaoles above 1101r Amb. t estimated dbA values at 10 feet bum tie unit. Correctim factors' actors: Deduct 6 dbA. tar 20 to 40 leet, 12 dbA • 40 to 60 lea Rodngs at the outlet of the discharge air_ The actual measurements may vary depending upon instillation variables. Emaram Iental taclur's may have a ei5rnficeld irlluence on this data. , . 4 ••A NOTE; INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. BEER COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE .Aiiir Dermot /ap•o wrwAf WALK iN COOLER EVAPORATOR NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND iS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. BEER COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE Electrical Data ' arm 1di•IY47091s+ lllyaw limtnixt 511111 Cam* • 25-F8 T - tsar toad Pew Adobe AMP'S -1 &sae Shirr. rd Utey awns, PBC Me " Re TD ipr To CAO TAW MOW 480Y 1151 23W 4.41114 le' 4.100 4500 804/ to 1.0 T 05 1.0 05 141 A4111438 5500 SAY »e 310 1A O'S 1A O,6 RS70C1E Amami O 500 7100 740 20 1.0 OS 1.0 05 - -- ' • • Ai&2e -7eO .'fete XioO 1 aeO 40 2.0 1 b 2.0 IA 7.0 I 442e - 1170 9.700 11.800 1,420 42 ,&D . . 110 2.0 10 2.0 5626-10819 (0,004 13(7'90 1,6/0 , 40 2.0 10 2.0 1a r ma-ivO 12.90) 14.000 1,300 .4 4A 2"0 ., a $.G 1]j -- .-.M Ib.134R 13.030 115.100 1.440 40 IA to 2.0 1.0 750 2 .0 14.4 AA20-1006 15,000 ' 19200 2,310 010 3.0 to 3A 1 5 - A435- 1058 09500 x3.400 2220 8A A 10 / f 9.0 r t s 5.4 4A46-2t20 21.280 15.400 21-0110 OA 45 fto 50 to •-- --'-• 441.2548 20._400 31,700 1540 5A 4.0 2.0 4 2.0 15.0 A46$-2755 27,500 - 73.000 3.050 100 ' SA 2.1E r SO 2.t; 190 1!L•3.511maimm 35.301D1nI..r.11p 1•'nl 1.4“44 00,/ 4rgr• aV�•�"",,90°'"""t- --- -- ..__ R'H185L44 ms'"waim a°g. �•� 59.2 A489.3908 30,000 44,50,54 4,5410 120 OA 10 OA 30 R'H215L44 1�11r"Ipll.a a 7w0 ItlIM1 •y'Ir !..; W �...� .. w..2 ww r. +r•J30 -.li , • rl'dL'i„- y�°I.1111 Ig1,'°•_w.,..I..' r'," yile:u....- ::.[..5, -. -.- �•Ir - ..'080hr ::'2'''020,.0 -- -•-- M144611 4,000 5,000 1100 2.0 10 05 1a OA 12.3 M1$ -3e0 5 900 7.000 _ 760 2.0 1 Oh 1.0 c 0.5 1.0 4425. YOB 000 fi 9,400 1.540 4.0 2 1.0 2A 1.0 32 M21i7. 0'700 11400 1500 40 20 IS to 1A 1 M26.1165 _ 11,500 135100 1.550 40 2A 10 20 1.0 Alit (XH22 4A76 -145a 14.500 114400 2,480 to 3A to 34 IA 6.7 ,51(96.1701 170000Q 20400 � O 0 330 1.11 CR18100 •"6� 44'46.1978 18,200 23,000 3200 SA 4A t.0 4.0 2A -- AMP -2706 29-000' 37500 LI> 0 8.0 4.0 20 4.0 SA 16.5 445 8-2450 24500 29,400 4,000 100 96_ 210 50 25 - -•• A 542954 29500 36.400 A 4.900 120 10 30 00 20 69 0 44e43460 31,500 4 41,+400 4500 120 10 30 _ 5.0 3A CR41 K0 A414.410 1,200 $000 5,30 24 in R on I.0 OS 20.0 4424448 1404 10.100 1100 4.0 20 1a 20 1A 3.2 AA24.1098 10,600 12,600 1420 4A 2.0 1.0 2.0 I a qr IA434.1300 01,544.1 roe 13000 17.000 i 5,1100 110A0O _ !'490 ssu0 all OA Jr) 410 i .O 2.0 3.0 4A 15 20 21.4 4A54.2158 21.500 25200 4,150 1100 5.0 2.5 50 25 15.0, 44104.2558 25.300 I 30500 , 4.900 12A _ eA 90 5A 30 NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND iS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. BEER COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE Electrical Data ' arm 1di•IY47091s+ Irit6�i,i`iSclily. ;,'i,t�. rl� /u {�', ,; ;jA 1ii.4 v;'43��,, •44 ?,i�i ,- . � q-A. ;i � did 7; 1;# i'Ai.41 #Il'1 �, •'.,.:t,�� YODEL COMP. AMPS 6: 230/1/80 AMPS 0 20923(23180 AMPS 248.7/4/60 COMPRESSOR CAO TOTAL l 4.3 5.0 COQ RE )r ;,t 1.0 1.0 CONO COMPRESSOR CA 88.0 NUMBER NUMBEp 25.0 LRA FL UNIT 141 17.0 BAR �UNIT 10 7.2 FLA UNIT E■ R•H075M44 RS70C1E 7.0 34.2 1.0 9.0 16.0 ® 31.0 1.0 . 15.0 ®® - -- ---- 15.01 R•H101M44 R697C1E 11.0 51.0 20 14.0 17.0 7.0 - • 10.0 15.0 -- --- -- -- ---• R'H150M44 CS12K6E O. 56.0 2.0 13.9 17.0 75 ' 0. 15.0 --- --- -- -- ---- ---- F011201 M44 CS18K6E 16.0 820 2.0 19.0 23. Q 10.4 65 0 2.0 13.4 16.0 - - -- - -- • flD,G .•,.,• R14300M44 C620K6E 18.0 96.O 2.0 21.0 26.0 114 750 2 .0 14.4 10G -- 55.0 20 111-1500M 4 CS:13K8E 367 G 2.0 - 43.0 26.7 141141411 1 2 0 ES1EF.i[�]• 15.0 11,1111111 R0H050L44 01643C 1E 5.4 24,1 1.0 7.4 15.0 -• -• •-- -- --- -- 16.0 - -- ---- ---- •-- --'-• F0 H075044 RS70C1E 7.0 34.2 1.0 9.0 15.0 4.7 31.0 1.0 6.7 15.0 -- -- --- - - -- - - -- F0H100L44 R597C1E 11.0 51.0 1.0 13.0 190 7.0 35.0 1.0 00 15.0 - -•- -- -• --- --- -- ..__ R'H185L44 CF06K6E 114 59.2 2.0 144 18.0 70 52.0 2.0 10.0 160 - -- - --- -- ---- - -- R'H215L44 CF09K6E 157 87.0 2.0 19.7 24.0 10.2 72.0 2.0 192 18.0 -- -•-- - -•- - - -- ---- R'H315L44 C012K6E 205 105.0 20 23.5 28.0 12.3 85.0 2.0 15.3 10 0 6.6 42.0 1.0 9 1 15.0 R 195'1172 A21t6201 T 09 30.0 1.0 7.0 15 0 - - -- -_- __- __.. - - -_ 23.9 1560 32 .--.- --- I:0140764422 RSE -0075 7.1 36.5 1.0 9.1 15.0 - - -- ---- ----- - - -- -- - • ---- 2.0 - - --- --- Alit (XH22 RS7OC1 7.0 34.2 1.0 9.0 150_ 4.7 31.0 1.0 6.7 150 -- - ---- -•- -- ----- --- 1311151H22 CR18100 9.0 41.0 2.0 120 190 0.0 44.2 2.0 9.0 15.0 -- --- - - --- - - -. --- WI-12012122 CR24K0 13 5 70.5 2.0 16.5 20.0 7.5 40.0 2.0 10.6 15 0 -- - -- - -- - -•• •--- R•H251 H22 CR33K0 16 0 790 2.0 19.0 23.0 10.8 69 0 2.0 13.6 17.0 4.7 31.8 1.0 8.2 15.0 R0H301 H22 CR41 K0 19.4 1100 2.0 224 28.0 13.1 80.0 2.0 16.1 20.0 59 42.0 1.0 74 15.0 2001401 H22 CR53100 29.0 140.0 3.2 33.2 41.0 18.0 107.0 92 222 27.0 9.1 55.0 2.1 11.7 15.0 1201500H22 GRN- 0500_ 34.3 1120 _ 3.2 385 48.0- 21.4 130.0 3.2 - 25.6 _31 0 9.6 6&0 21 12.2 15.0, SpTof f rye#0 .J ,5002704444 Z515K4E flW0250/044 ZSI9K4E ..P +3.6 16.4 11 1 , 55.0 73.0 f .I l. 20 20 r� 17.5 20.3 CI 200 25.0 03 0.7 l,.. i ).! , 55.0 63.0 2.0 2.0 I• V,f 123 12.7 • \ 15.0 15.0 l 4.3 5.0 '4.r. J� 27.0 31.0 )r ;,t 1.0 1.0 + �,I,I 5.6 6.6 y, r 150 15.0 R00300M44 2521K4E 16.4 88.0 20 20,8 25.0 11.1 77.0 2.0 141 17.0 97 39.0 10 7.2 150 W03010444 7.826K4E 20.7 109.0 20 24.9 30.0 13.6 , 890 2.0 16.6 200 7.1 _ 44.0 1.0 8.6 15.01 rA: A.i1R4•0 7.37i.4i2 titre'. .14 4.0.'w"'"411- 19 "' r1f -e'• • '0"''417'0 -*' 6'3,6.',••9114:'• - '+11/31' 24.0' "e-3' "0-1118:03 1,1111'L'',1l!9" - - '40.010 8'06001044 ZS38K4E 31.8 169.0 3.2 36.0 36.0 2t.4 123.0 3.2 25.6 31.0 9.6 612.0 21 12.2 15.0 C i7'6)r17a9id•'h#• 'aiw"'rL1f*4.: ' .. , - r.nr�•• ter• yp -m.� • >r • flD,G .•,.,• 1LOlfl,. '�.�•$i�..., BYt .t••.t•�w:� 37 "eel' ^,7a:C�. ,.may_ .,h141s ->I s4:a R'0200144 ZFO6K4E 13.6 55.0 20 16.6 20.0 23 55.0 2.0 12.3 16.0 4.3 27.0 1,0 5.3 15.0 8'0250,44 ZFO6K4E 16 4 73.0 2.0 19.4 25.0 9.7 83.0 2.0 127 16.0 5.0 31,0 1.0 95 15.0 R'0300L44 ZFO9K4E 164 88.0 2.0 19.4 250 11.1 77.0 20 14.1 17.0 5.7 39.0 1.0 7.2 15,0 R00301L44 ZF11K4E 207 109.0 20 23.7 300 13.6 88.0 2.0 168 20.0 7.1 44.0 1.0 0 8.6 15.0, R'0400144 ZF13K4E 26.8 129.0 3.2 31.0 38.0 15.0 99.0 3.2 19.2 210 8.2 57.0 2.1 10.8 19.0 R00500L44 ZF15K4E 31.5 169.0 3.2 35.7 44.0 21.4 123.0 3.2 25.6 31.0 9.6 82.0 2,1 12.2 23.0 R "06001_44 ZF18K4E -• -• --- - -_. __.. - - -_ 23.9 1560 32 28.1 r 34.0 9.3 70.0 21 11.9 23.0 11.0200A422 ZS15K4E 13.6 55.0 2.0 17.5 20.0 9.3 55.0 2.0 12.3 15.0 4.3 27.0 1.0 5.8 15.0 1,1'0250M22 1519K4E 164 73.0 20 20.3 25.0 9.7 63.0 2.0 12.7 15.0 5.0 310 1.0 8.5 15.0 8553004422 2621K4E 16.4 B8.0 20 20.6 25.0 11.1 77.0 2.0 141 17.0 5.7 39.0 1.0 7.2 15.0 R'0301 M22 ZS26K4E 20.7 109.0 20 X4.9 30.0 13.6 80.0 A 2.0 16.6 20.0 7.1 44.0 1.0 . 8.6 15.0 R00400M2 ZS30K4E 26.8 129.0 32 31.0 38.0 15.0 09.0 3.2 19.2 23.0' 8.2 49.5 2.1 10.8 15.0 R'0600M22 Z5313K4E 31.8 189.0 32 360 44.0 21.4 123.0 32 25.6 31.0 as 82.0 2,1 12.2 15.0 8'06503122 2S&EKAE 56 -21061 1/2 - - -- 1 -1/8 5.0 23.9 _ 158.0 _ 32 28.1 34.0 0.3 70.0 _ 2.1 11 9 __ 15.0 5 NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. BEER COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE Walk -in and Fine Wine Refrigeration Wiring 115 V 115 V Defrost Clock ouble Switch b EC Evop Fans To Any Additional Units Walk -In Controls Evaporator, Thermostat, Solenoid, Double Throw Switch (by EC), and Defrost Clock, to be wired per diagram above Walk - - -In Condensing Unit Walk -in condensing units to be located on roof of building above walk' -in location. Permits, as required, by GC. Provide 230v 3 ph with fused disconnect and 120v service receptacle. Compressor(s) equipped with PCS motor(s) N Normal Operations *Thermostat cycles solenoid *Fans operate continously Defrost: *Clock kills t-stat and solenoid *Fans operate continously Fans Switched Off: *Sw.itch kills t-stat and solenoid whenever it turns off to avoid liquid slug at compressor lwrcl NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. BEER COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE Models Dimensions All Mo Ph sisal Dim Y Figure I Sudan h 21 ck M d,tna�ma are lu inch+, M meundng kips MI Jar .- - Bactrioep Arno -- --"-'1 /"-- Genecdnas Jn 0 27 de 4 Figure 2 031 1i 3•chpn Mid I•.-- 21 cis dnarw ins ar• n+ w N mcionee Mina rm 3N- • 11!0 "hqh 1°r 11 to 2M1• IllpdriS Usut i du.2 l *501.m iCei "high fa- : 15 Ira 9`1Pin0M $' rock& lists '•pIXQ Wit Znlnr.+r. 111,1m.11P41- I.PII.rI -1•••• Y•wwT••••[• M••F++ r+nnl1•1••• r. +n,w•�+ . p•fenn.•••IR ••,•m.,•.tl.Lrrtereeer•. "•M'. ✓I. r.•.'I•••ur,......,w"' • •••IT• all .PmTIV•••••••••.•.°.••!"mFQIR! NOTE: INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SiTE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. BEER COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE ALL - TEMP --- Low Profile unit coolers MODEL Connections Motor Amps 230/1 Heater Amps 230V Heater Amps 460/1 Number of Hangars Unit Dimensions (Inches) All Liquid AA Suction AE Suction AA AE A B C W 18-41B - 1/200S 5/8 ODS - 1.0 - - 2 19 -- - 27 -112 18.538 - 1/2 5/8 - 1.0 - - 2 19 -- - 27 -112 18.66E -- 1/2 5/8 - 1.0 - - 2 19 - - 27-1/2 28-76B - 112 5/8 - 2.0 - - 2 33 - - 41.1/2 28-978 - 1/2 7/8 - 2.0 - - 2 33 -- - 41 -i2 28 -1068 - 1/2 7/8 - 2.0 -- - 2 37 - - 45.1/2 28.122B - 1/2 7/8 2.0 - - 2 33 - - 41-112 28 -134B - 1/2 7/8 - 2 0 - - 2 • 37 0 - -- 45.1/2 38-160B - 12 1 -1/8 - 3.0 - - 2 55 -•- - 63-1+2 38-1958 - - :112 1 -18 3.0 - - 2 56 - - 63 -1/2 46.212B - 1/2 1.1/8 - 4.0 -- - 3 36-1/2 36 -1/2- - 81 -12 48.26413 112 1.118 - 4.0 - - 3 36 -1/2 36-1/2 - 81 -112 58-2758 0.004'�Ir 00 . - /mverfrorrem11�1Y�1•!irreswT{M 1112 1-1/8 - �vorl 5'0 1Rrte - - 33 Are0Ynrl0 5544 - -1{12 440 36- -1112 000/IrN!+' Q� -�} 19(9-- 1�/2��} 00017.704000604 - 4 /'7.An- 36.1 /2 3(3 36-1/2 117 -1/2 68.390E •- 1/2 1 -1/8 - -- 604660947200646.246)- 0100011062 -3610 8220 6100.',5-22000- 0.-44-01 n "'2111,, r.,•r *.f.et`...-,. x2.,"4 "te..•'''..404n+ ...".MN'''. '''ei 4-23 ^' 16-488 16.418 1/2 5/8 5/8 1.0 44 2.2 2 19 -- - 27 -1/2 16 -588 16 -468 12 5/8 5/8 1.0 44 2.2 2 19 - - 27 -1/2 26-708 26.606 1/2 518 7/8 2.0 7.0 3 5 2 33 - - 41 -1/2 26-878 26 -758 1/2 7/8 7/8 2.0 7.0 3.5 2 33 - - 41 -1/2 26.11513 26.928 12 7/8 7/8 20 8.7 4.4 2 37 - 45.1/2 36 -14513 36 -1208 1/2 7/8 7/8 3,0 13.0 6.4 2 65 - -- - 53 -1/2 36.1708 36 -1408 1/2 1 -1/8 1-1/8 3.0 13.0 64 2 65 - - 63-1/2 46. 1928 46 -1648 1/2 1.1/8 1 -1/8 4,0 17A 8.7 3 36.1/2 36-1/2 - 81-1/2 46 -2308 46.1858 1/2 1.1/8 1 -1/8 4.0 17.4 8.7 3 36-1/2 36 -1/ , - 81 -1/2 56- 2458 56 -21061 1/2 1 -1/8 1 -1/8 5.0 18.at 10.9 3 54-1/2 36 -112 -- 99 -1/2 66- 2958 66 -2458/ 1/2 1-1/8 1 -1/8 8.0 22.61 13.0 4 36-1/2 36 36-1/2 117 -1/2 66 -3456 66.2802' 1,2 1 -1/8 1 -1/8 6.0 22.61 13.0 4 36.1/2 36 36.112 117 -1/2 14.4213 14-378 102005 5,'8 ODS 5/8 ODS 0 1 0 4.4 2.2 2 19 -- - 27 -1/2 24 -848 24 -728 1/2 718 7/8 2.0 807 4A 2 37 - - 45-1* 24.1058 24 -858 12 7/8 7/8 2.0 8.7 4 4 2 37 - - 45 -112 34 -1306 34 -1058 1/2 7/8 7/8 3 0 13.0 8.4 2 56 - - 63 -1 2 4 •1 4 708 44-140E1 OB 11 2 ,'8 7/8 1 -118 4.0 4 7 17A 8, 7 3 1' 35 12 36- i.Q - 1 -1/ 8 2 54- 215E 54.1808 1 #/2 1-1/8 1 -1/8 5.0 tg,g r 10.9 3 54.132 36-1/2 - 99 -1/2 64.2558 64.21581 1/2 1.1/8 1 -1 /8 6.0 20,61 13.0 4 36 -1/2 36 36.112 117 -1/2 123013/60 heaters are standard on these models. Heaters are wired single phase for aI I other models. 460/1/60 motor amps or 1/2 the 230/1/60 Value. All models requite externally equalized expansion valves. )nstsllstlon Notes: (1) Install 12- away from bads well. (2) Drain clonnectal an AA and AE units are located In 816 cellar, rear of the drain pan. (3) For long air throw requirements, specify high throw tan guard. r fr-- •cse - •rt ',-le• r •.01.07- '14 -- at an prom 7':, -.' I- '• °r -4 I-+ U. ra .IW a•I�N,I:m. +.1,44'1. ill .,..• "•r 28 NOTE; INFORMATION SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS TO BE REPLACED WITH SiTE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS. VENDOR TO PROVIDE STANDARD DETAIL SUFFICIENT FOR GC INSTALLATION. 41 BEER COOLER DETAIL NO SCALE RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE APPR Y REQUIRED • imp • • • um 4445 a • • 0 In 10 oe 025 X'� a d rU efof W 00 d i 0 LI 111 U ON re0� O 0 m to G go re I 0. re X c6 • dal 0 N CONSULTANT CO im- e- I 'pc L,,, >3o C Cie zombo ggrdE80m O -W maZW WzE Y 3 Ra a 010.,Y0. U VW a a_ a_ 6 W cc U a x 0 c W Z W 0 0 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET I CHECKED BY: TWRO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: . ay 4 f y1 SHEET NAME: MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN SHEET NUMBER: MPEO.4 GENERAL NOTES: 1. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE TO OBSERVE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION RECORD SET OF "AS- BUILT" DOCUMENTS TO THE ARCHITECT REFLECTING ANY VARIANCES OF INSTALLED PIPING LOCATIONS OR EQUIPMENT CONTRARY TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. 3. PROVIDE TO THE ARCHITECT A COPY OF INSPECTION REPORTS AND APPROVAL CERTIFICATES FROM LOCAL AND STATE INSPECTIONS, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. 4. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS GOVERN WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS. 5. VERIFY LOCATION AND DEPTH OF UTILITIES AT POINTS OF CONNECTION BEFORE START OF PIPING INSTALLATION. 6. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. 7. DO NOT SCALE FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT HORIZONTAL LOCATION OF PIPE ROUTING. 8. INSTALL CONCEALED PIPING TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE AND AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. INSTALL EXPOSED PIPING TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE, WALL OR CEILING AND AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 9. VALVES SHALL BE LINE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10. PIPING IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED; EXPOSED PIPING, WHERE NECESSARY, SHALL BE ROUTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND TIGHT TO WALLS. 11. INSTALL NO PLASTIC PIPE IN THE CEILING RETURN AIR PLENUM. 12. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND CONTRACTORS. 13. COORDINATE PIPING INSTALLATION WITH STRUCTURAL GRADE BEAMS, FOOTINGS, COLUMN PIERS, ETC. SLEEVE PIPING THROUGH GRADE BEAMS, FOOTING, ETC. WHERE REQUIRED AND AS NOTED ON PLANS. COORDINATE SLEEVE INSTALLATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, STRUCTURAL CONTRACTOR AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE CONCRETE IS INSTALLED. 14. CLEAN FAUCET AERATORS AND PIPE STRAINERS PRIOR TO TURNING BUILDING OVER TO THE OWNER. 15. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING AWAY FROM ELECTRICAL PANELS. DO NOT INSTALL PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. 16. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES. MAINTAIN 10' MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM ALL AIR INTAKES. MAINTAIN 2' CLEARANCE FROM ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT. 17. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE SIZE "A" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, 18. PROVIDE CHECK VALVES IN HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLIES FOR MOP SINK FAUCETS DOWNSTREAM OF SHUTOFF VALVES. 19. VERIFY EXISTING EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ACCESSORIES, ARE NOT DAMAGED AND ARE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE ARCHITECT. 20. FOR SAW -CUT AREAS SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. ELBOWS AS REQUIRED FOR 180 DEGREE TURN, HIGH AS POSSIBLE. ISLAND FIXTURE P -TRAP 2" PIPE FLOOR PROVIDE LONG RADIUS PATTERN DRAINAGE FITTINGS FOR UNDERSLAB WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM CONNECT TO VENT STACK OR HEADER 6" ABOVE FLOOD RIM OF HIGHEST FIXTURE. PARTITION OR CHASE CLEANOUTS MINIMUM 1 -1/2" PIPE ABOVE FLOOR, 2" PIPE BELOW FLOOR. SLOPE AT 2% ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. COMBINE VENTS FOR MORE THAN ONE FIXTURE MINIMUM 6" ABOVE HIGHEST FIXTURE FLOOD RIM IF POSSIBLE, OR PROVIDE SEPARATE LOOP FOR EACH ISLAND FIXTURE IF NOT POSSIBLE. REFER TO LOCAL CODE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ISLAND FIXTURE VENT NO SCALE - USE TYPE "L" HARD COPPER TUBE ABOVE FLOOR SLAB, OF SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. COPPER TUBE COUPLING BUILDING FLOOR. SLAB.. PROVIDE STYROFOAM OR MASONRY SUPPORTS USE TYPE "K" SOFT COPPER TUBE WITHOUT JOINTS BELOW FLOOR PROVIDE BACKFILL PER ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. COMPACT EARTH PROVIDE ELASTOMERIC UNICELLULAR SEAMLESS 1/2" INSULATION ON PIPE BELOW FLOOR SLAB, AND TO STUB ABOVE FLOOR 1 ". IF HOT AND COLD WATER PIPES ARE INSTALLED IN SAME TRENCH, PROVIDE MINIMUM 12" SEPARATION. SAW CUT, EXCAVATE, BACKFILL, REPAIR VAPOR BARRIER, AND PATCH EXISTING FLOOR SLAB, IF REQUIRED. INSTALL CONTINUOUS PIECE OF SOFT COPPER TUBING WITH LONG RADIUS TURNS WITHOUT KINKS. INSTALL WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS WITH BRAZED JOINTS WHEN CONTINUOUS RUN IS NOT POSSIBLE. DO NOT INSTALL FLARED COMPRESSION FITTINGS UNDER THE FLOOR SLAB. THERE SHALL BE NO CONTACT OF COPPER TUBE WITH OTHER PIPING, CONDUIT, REINFORCING STEEL, ROCK, OR BACKFILL. 4 WATER PIPE UNDER SLAB NOT TO SCALE WATER CALCULATIONS TOTAL FIXTURE UNITS - FLUSH VAVLE -- GPM -- PIPE SIZE -- DEVELOPED LENGTH WITH 20% FOR FITTINGS -- PRESSURE AT PRV INLET -- PRV SET POINT -- PRV FALLOFF PRESSURE LOSS -- STATIC PRESSURE LOSS TO HIGHEST FIXTURE (H x 0.434) -- PRESSURE REQUIRED AT MOST REMOTE FIXTURE -- TOTAL PRESSURE AVAILABLE FOR FRICTION LOSS -- ALLOWABLE FRICTION FACTOR ( -- PSI / 237 FT) x 100 -- USE -- PSI PER 100 FEET PRESSURE DROP CHART WATER PIPE SIZING CHART HIXTURE UNITS VS. PRESSURE LOSS IN PSI 100 FEET FOR TYPE "L" COPPER TUBE 6 PSI 100 PIPE SIZE I- LUSH TANK SFU I- LUSH VALVE SFU VELOCITY FEET / SEC FLOW GPM 1/2- 3/4" 1 " 1 -1/4" 1-1/2" 2' 2 -1(2" 3 ' 4,, 6" -- -- -- __ -- -- -- -- __ -- -- -- -- -- - -- -- -- __ -- -- -- -- -- -•- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SIZED WITH HAZEN WILLIAMS CONSTANT "C = 135" ADAPTER(S) AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE TO STUB ON EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE DRAIN PIPE ONE NOMINAL PIPE SIZE LARGER THAN EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SIZE, MINIMUM 3/4" PROVIDE TRAP DEPTH GREATER OF 4" OR 1/2" PLUS STATIC PRESSURE IN INCHES OF WATER COLUMN 6" TALL VENT OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE ONLY WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE FOR LENGTH OF DRAIN PIPE DISCHARGE AWAY FROM SERVICE AREAS OF UNIT, OR AT ROOF DRAIN OR GUTTER IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES OR SHOWN ON PLANS SUPPORT PIPE ON ROOF PER SPECIFICATIONS EXISTING GAS FIRED ROOF -TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OR MAKEUP AIR UNIT PER MECHANICAL PLANS ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS SHOWN IN EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. VERIFY CONNECTION LOCATIONS BEFORE INSTALLING PIPE RUNS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPE AND FITTING MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNION IF CONNECTING DISSIMILAR METALS. FOR PIPE SIZE(S) REFER TO FLOOR PLANS, OR CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC UNIT TONNAGE. PROVIDE GAS COCK, UNION AND DIRT LEG SAME SIZE AS BRANCH PIPE. SLOPE CONDENSATE PIPE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE TOWARD DISCHARGE, 2% MINIMUM. PROVIDE CLEANOUTS IN ENDS AND TURNS OF PIPE PER LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS: ADAPTER WITH THREADED CLEANOUT PLUG. OMIT CONDENSATE DRAIN ON MAKEUP AIR UNIT. PROVIDE MINIMUM 6" CLEARANCE TO ROOF UNDER PIPES. ®CONNECTIONS TO ROOF -TOP UNIT NO SCALE PROVIDE AUTOMATIC VACUUM RELIEF VALVE ABOVE TOP OF. HEATER REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS INSTALL ASME TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE FURNISHED WITH WATER HEATER THERMOMETER PROVIDE A HARD COPPER RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE FULL SIZE OF VALVE OUTLET ELECTRIC WATER HEATER PER SPECIFICATIONS AND /OR SCHEDULE DRAIN VALVE WITH HOSE BIBB BY WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER PROVIDE 6" DEEP RUST -PROOF WATER -TIGHT PAN UNDER HEATER, WITH DRAIN PIPE PLATFORM BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR - ATTACH TO BACKBOARD AND /OR SUSPEND FROM STRUCTURE. MINIMUM 6" CLEAR OF CEILING; IF ANY. CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 350 LBS. INSTALL WITH MINIMUM 6" n� CLEARANCE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE ABOVE COLD WATER SUPPLY SHUT -OFF VALVE CHECK VALVE 3/4" BRANCH TO EXPANSION TANK 12" x 12" HEAT TRAP HOT WATER TO FIXTURES PROVIDE PIPE UNION, DIELECTRIC TYPE IF REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS (TYPICAL) ROUTE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE AND DRAIN PAN PIPE SEPARATELY TO DISCHARGE INTO RECEPTOR SHOWN ON PLAN, WITH AIR GAP PER LOCAL CODE. �- IF CEILING EXISTS, INSTALL ABOVE IT IF THERE IS ADEQUATE SPACE AND EASY ACCESS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY CONNECTION SIZES AND LOCATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES. PROVIDE SEISMIC STRAP OR BRACING IF /AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND /OR SEPARATE DETAIL. PROVIDE HEAT TRAP WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES /AUTHORITIES. INSTALL WITH BOTTOM MINIMUM 6' -6" ABOVE FLOOR IF ABOVE JANITOR'S SINK; OTHERWISE HIGH AS POSSIBLE. PLATFORM SHALL BE PLYWOOD ON UNISTRUT FRAME BRACKETED AND ANCHORED TO WALL, AND /OR SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH THREADED ROD. SHELF MOUNTED WATER HEATER NOT TO SCALE SECURE PIPE HANGER TO STRUCTURE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONNECTIONS THREADED STEEL ROD WITH NUT AND WASHER BOTH SIDES REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROD SIZE CL EVIS HANGER SHOWN FOR CLARITY �� REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER HANGER TYPES FOR PIPE SERVED & SPACING PROVIDE FOR INSULATED PIPING AT EACH HANGER A SECTION OF HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR. STYROFOAM BILLETS REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD FOR INSULATED PIPE PIPE HANGER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE DRILL HOLE IN SIDE OF BOX AND PROVIDE GROMMET OR SLEEVE WITH SILICONE SEAL AROUND PIPE PENETRATION TO MAKE IT WATERTIGHT 0 F" PROVIDE TRAP WITH 2" TRAP SEAL AT BOTTOM OF RISER FLAT AGAINST WALL DISCHARGE OVER FLOOR DRAIN WITH AIR GAP OF TWICE PIPE DAIMETER MINIMUM 2" DRAIN TO LANDSCAPE OR MOP SINK. SEE PLANS TO VERIFY. FLOOR PLUMBING PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE PIPING SYSTEM ABBREVIATION HOT WATER - M • ■ • SANITARY DRAINAGE & VENT (ABOVE GRADE) S, W OR V ' • 1 SANITARY DRAINAGE & VENT (BELOW GRADE) S, W OR V ' • - -' ' , ' AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION) POTABLE WATER (ABOVE GRADE) CW, HW OR HWR TYPE L HARD DRAWN COPPER PPOTABLE WATER - 2" & SMALLER (BELOW GRADE) CW, HW OR HWR TYPE K SOFT ANNEALED COPPER CONDENSATE DRAIN - 1" & SMALLER CD TYPE M HARD DRAWN COPPER INDIRECT DRAIN - 1 "& SMALLER ID TYPE M HARD DRAWN COPPER INDIRECT DRAIN - 1-1/4" & LARGER ID TYPE DWV HARD DRAWN COPPER REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FITTINGS, INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND FURTHER INFORMATION FIXTURE BRANCH CONNECTION SCHEDULE FIXTURE COLD WATER HOT WATER WASTE VENT SINK 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1-1/2" MOP SINK 3/4" 3/4" 3" 2" FLOOR SINK -- -- 4" 2., 3 -COMP SINK 3/4" 3/4" -- -- DISHWASHER -- 3/4" --- -- NOTE: PIPE SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUM. PIPE HANGER NEXT TO ELBOW PIPE UNION: DIELECTRIC IF REQUIRED FOR DISSIMILAR METALS WELDED STEEL EXPANSION TANK WITH POLYPROPYLENE LINING, FDA APPROVED FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE BUTYL DIAPHRAGM FILL TANK WITH AIR PRESSURE TO MATCH WATER PRESSURE, THEN OPEN VALVE FROM CW SUPPLY TO HEATER, NO INTERVENING VALVES PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. MAKE PIPE SAME SIZE AS TANK FITTING. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION WHEN INSTALLED. SMALL EXPANSION TANK NOT TO SCALE PROVIDE 1" THICK ELASTOMERIC INSULATION OVER HEAT TRACING ON CONDENSATE DRAIN INSTALL ELECTRIC HEATING CABLE FOR CONDENSATE DRAINS LOCATED IN FREEZERS. HEATING CABLE IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS CD CO O PROVIDE CLEANOUT IN TURNS AND ENDS OF PIPE MAKE CONNECTION TO COIL AS REQUIRED ANCHOR RISER TO BOX EXTERIOR WALL. WALK -IN COOLER OR FREEZER BOX. -" DX COIL INSTALL DRAIN LINE BEHIND SHELVING IN WALK -IN BOX COORDINATE IN FIELD PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IN SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. INSTALL PIPE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, ANCHORED TO WALL OF BOX WITH SUPPORTS AT MAXIMUM SIX FEET CENTERS. USE TYPE "M" HARD COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS WITH LEAD -FREE SOLDER JOINTS SLOPE HORIZONTAL PIPE AT MINIMUM TWO PERCENT. PROVIDE CHROMATONE PAINT ON PIPE EXTERIOR TO BOX. INSTALL PIPE MINIMUM 3/4" FROM BOX WALL, AND 6" FROM FLOOR. DO NOT PASS ACROSS OPENING OF DOORWAY. WALK -IN BOX CONDENSATE DRAIN NO SCALE INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER PER SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULE. MOUNT TO WALL. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DISCONNECT SWITCH IS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 16. LAVATORY OR SINK AS SHOWN ON PLAN FLEXIBLE RISERS TO FIXTURE FAUCET PER SPECIFICATIONS ANGLE STOP VALVES ON COLD WATER SUPPLY �- FINISHED FLOOR REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES, AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY CONNECTION SIZES AND LOCATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES. IF LAVATORY OR SINK IS TO BE ADA COMPLIANT, DO NOT MOUNT WATER HEATER TO ENCROACH ON ADA- REQUIRED SPACE. PROVIDE T &P RELIEF VALVE ON WATER HEATER OUTLET ONLY IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES, AND DISCHARGE WERE DIRECTED BY AUTHORITIES. PLUMBING SYMBOLS ANNOTATION PIPING 0 1 1 PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT PLUMBING DEMILITION NOTE CALLOUT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER ABBREVIATIONS AFF AFG BFF BFG BTU DN DFU ETR EWC FD FF FLR HD IE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BELOW FINISHED GRADE BRITISH THERMAL UNIT DOWN DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT EXISTING TO REMAIN ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FLOOR DRAIN FINISHED FLOOR FLOOR HUB DRAIN INVERT ELEVATION MAX MBH MIN RTU SS TYP VBF VTR W/ W/0 WSFU MAXIMUN 1000 BTU PER HOUR MINIMUM ROOFTOP UNIT STAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY SEWER TYPICAL VENT BELOW FLOOR VENT THROUGH ROOF WITH WITHOUT WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE: FIXTURES IN THIS SCHEDULE OR THEIR APPROVED EQUIVALENT ARE PROVIDED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON EACH OF THESE ITEMS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE PLUMBING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. (BFP) DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER; WATTS # 007QT -S, CAST BRONZE BODY, QUARTER TURN TEST COCKS, QUARTER TURN BALL VALVES, AND STRAINER. (CP -1) CONDENSATE PUMP: LITTLE GIANT # VCL- 24ULS, ABS TANK AND MOTOR COVER, 1/18 HP VERTICAL TYPE PUMP WITH STAINLESS STEEL MOTOR SHAFT, POLYPROPYLENE IMPELLER, CHECK VALVE, 1 GALLON RESERVOIR, CAPABLE OF 50 GALLONS PER HOUR AT 23' OF HEAD. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 120 -VOLT, 1.5 FULL LOAD AMPS. (CP -2) CONDENSATE PUMP: BECKETT # CB501 UL, ABS TANK AND MOTOR COVER, 1/4 HP VERTICAL TYPE PUMP WITH STAINLESS STEEL MOTOR SHAFT, POLYPROPYLENE IMPELLER, CHECK VALVE, 1 GALLON RESERVOIR, CAPABLE OF 126 GALLONS PER HOUR AT 40' OF HEAD. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 120 -VOLT, 4 FULL LOAD AMPS. EXPANSION TANK: AMTROL "THERM -X -TROL" # ST -5, WELDED STEEL PRESSURE TANK, POLYPROPYLENE LINING, FLEXIBLE BUTYL DIAPHRAGM, AIR CHARGING VALVE, 150 PSI MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE, 2.0 GALLON CAPACITY, 0.45 MAXIMUM ACCEPTANCE FACTOR, 3/4" PIPE CO^INE :T!ON, SET THE AIR CHARGE PRESSURE TO MATCH EXISTING WATER SYSTEM PRESSURE. ( EWC) ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (ADA ACCESSIBLE): HAWS # HWUACP8LSS WALL - MOUNTED, BARRIER FREE, FRONT AND SIDE PUSH ACTUATOR BARS, STAINLESS STEEL BOWL, FLEXIBLE CHROME PLATED BUBBLER AND HEAVY GAUGE STEEL FRONT AND SIDES, CHILLER WITH CAPACITY OF 8 GALLONS PER HOUR CAPACITY, 50' F DRINKING WATER AT 80' F INLET TEMPERATURES 90' F ROOM TEMPERATURE. TRIM: McGUIRE # 2165CC COMPRESSION ANGLE STOP VALVE WITH RISER AND ESCUTCHEON, McGUIRE # 8872CF 1-1/4" 17 GAUGE TUBULAR CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP AND WASTE ARM WITH CLEANOUT PLUG AND ESCUTCHEON, AND SUITABLE CARRIER WITH STANCHIONS TO FLOOR. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 120 -VOLT, 3.7 FULL LOAD AMPS. FCO) FLOOR CLEANOUT: JAY R. SMITH, CAST IRON BODY, FLASHING FLANGE WITH CLAMPING COLLAR, ABS PLUG, AND ADJUSTABLE, ROUND, SECURED, NICKEL BRONZE, TOP. # 4031L ( -F -C), SCORIATED TOP FOR EXPOSED, FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR, APPLICATION(S), # 4031L (- F -C -Y), STAINLESS STEEL MARKER FOR INSTALLATION IN CARPETED FLOOR AREA(S), # 4151 ( -F -C), 1/8" RECESS FOR INSTALLATION IN TILED FLOOR AREA(S), # 4191 ( -F -C), 1/2" RECESS FOR INSTALLATION IN TERRAZZO AND SIMILAR POURED FLOOR AREA(S). FAUCET: CHICAGO 802- VE2805ABXKCP 4" CENTERSET, VANDAL RESISTANT, LEAD FREE FAUCET WITH # 390 LEVER HANDLES, CERAMIC QUARTER TURN CARTRIDGES AND # E2805 0.5 GPM AERATOR. TRIM: McGUIRE # 155WC GRID DRAIN WITH OFFSET TAILPIECE, NIBCO 7145A -LF LEAD FREE QUARTER TURN BALL COMPRESSION LOOSE KEY TYPE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH 3/8" CHROME PLATED COPPER RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS, McGUIRE # 8872CF 1 -1/4" 17 GAUGE TUBULAR CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP AND WASTE ARM WITH CLEANOUT PLUG AND ESCUTCHEON, CONCEALED ARM CARRIER WITH STANCHIONS TO FLOOR, TRUEBRO "HANDI LAV- GUARD" # 103 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. FLOOR SINK: JAY R. SMITH # 3111L ( -12), 6" DEEP CAST IRON BODY WITH ACID RESISTING ENAMELED INTERIOR, ANCHOR FLANGE WITH SEEPAGE HOLES, CLAMP COLLAR, ALUMINUM SEDIMENT BUCKET, AND 12" SQUARE NICKEL BRONZE RIM AND HALF GRATE. USE PUSH -ON JOINT OF OUTLET SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. GD ) GARBAGE DISPOSER: IN- SINK - ERATOR # LC50 LIGHT COMMERCIAL DISPOSER WITH 1/2 H.P. AUTOMATIC REVERSING MOTOR WITH POWER CORD, STAINLESS STEEL GRIND CHAMBER, AND CAST NICKEL CHROME CUTTING ELEMENT. TRIM: WASTE DISCHARGE KIT AND DISHWASHER TAILPIECE. INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER NOT TO SCALE HEAT TEMPERATURE MAINTENANCE CABLE: RAYCHEM HWAT- Y2, YELLOW COLOR POLYOLEFIN OUTER JACKET FOR 105'F TO 125'F OPERATING SYSTEM TEMPERATURE MAINTENANCE, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PROVIDE RAYCHEM # ELT PIPE IDENTIFICATION LABELS. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 208 -VOLT SINGLE PHASE, 0.4 FULL LOAD AMPS E TMC) HEAT TEMPERATURE MAINTENANCE CONTROL PANEL: RAYCHEM # ECO CONTROL PANEL FOR CONTROL OF HEAT TRACE CIRCUIT WITH NEMA 12 ABS ENCLOSURE FOR INDOOR USE FULLY PROGRAMMABLE WITH LED DISPLAY AND KEYPAD INTERFACE AND THERMISTOR. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. MOUNT THERMISTOR ON PIPE UNDER THE INSULATION. . POWER WIRING IS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 16. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 208 VOLT SINGLE PHASE, 2.5 WATTS MOP SINK: FIAT # MSB -2424, 24" x 24" x 10" HIGH MOLDED STONE BASIN WITH FACTORY INSTALLED STAINLESS STEEL DOME STRAINER AND SEDIMENT BASKET. FAUCET: CHICAGO FAUCET # 897 -CP FAUCET WITH WALL BRACE, INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER, PAIL HOOK, AND 3/4" MALE HOSE THREADED OUTLET. SECURE FAUCET IN WALL WITH BACKBOARD. TRIM: # MSG -2424 TYPE 304, 20 GAUGE, STAINLESS STEEL WALL SURROUNDS, # 832-M 30" LONG REINFORCED HOSE WITH 3/4" CHROME COUPLING AND WALL HOOK, AND # 889 -CC 24" STAINLESS STEEL MOP HANGER. (PRV) PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE: WATTS # LF223 -S, BRONZE BODY, STAINLESS STEEL SEAT, STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS, INLET AND OUTLET SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS, 25 - 75 PSI REDUCED PRESSURE RANGE. SET OUTLET PRESSURE TO 60 PSI WITH FLOW RATE OF 51 GPM AT A FALL OFF PRESSURE OF 10 PSI DIFFERENTIAL. SINK (ADA ACCESSIBLE): ELKAY # LRADQ- 2522 -65 -3, 21" x 16" x 6 -1/2" DEEP, SINGLE COMPARTMENT, SELF - RIMMING, 18 GAUGE TYPE 302 STAINLESS STEEL, FIXTURE WITH FAUCET LEDGE. SET IN BED OF PUTTY. FAUCET: ELKAY FAUCET # LKE4100 8" SPREAD FAUCET WITH SINGLE LEVER, 8" TUBULAR SWING SPOUT, CHROME PLATED AND RESTRICTED FLOW AERATOR. TRIM: McGUIRE # 2165CC WHEEL HANDLE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS, ELKAY # LK99 PUSH AND LOCK STEM BASKET. McGUIRE # 8912 -C -F 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE TUBULAR CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP WITH BRASS CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON, DEARBORN BRASS #814- ET -17 -1, 1 -1/2" X 8 "LONG CHROME - PLATED BRASS BRANCH TAILPIECE WITH TOP SLIP JOINT, BRASS NUT AND 7/8" OUTSIDE DIAMETER BRANCH INLET. PROVIDE RUBBER HOSE ADAPTER WITH STAINLESS STEEL HOSE CLAMPS FOR CONNECTION OF CONDENSATE DRAIN AND TRUEBRO "HANDI LAV- GUARD" # 102 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. SINK (ADA ACCESSIBLE): MOLI INTERNATIONAL # KHS -1012, 9/1/4" x 12-1/4" x 5-1/2" DEEP, WALNUT BROWN SINGLE COMPARTMENT, SELF - RIMMING, MOLDED ABS PLASTIC, FIXTURE WITH FAUCET LEDGE. SET IN BED OF PUTTY. FAUCET: ENCLUDED WITH FIXTURE. TRIM: McGUIRE # 2165CC WHEEL HANDLE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS. DEARBORN McGUIRE # 8912 -C -F 1-1/2" 17 GAUGE TUBULAR CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP WITH BRASS CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON, AND TRUEBRO "HANDI LAV- GUARD" # 102 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. SINK (ADA ACCESSIBLE): MOLI INTERNATIONAL # BHS -1012, 9/1/4" x 12 -1/4" x 5 -1/2" DEEP, BLACK SINGLE COMPARTMENT, SELF - RIMMING, MOLDED ABS PLASTIC, FIXTURE WITH FAUCET LEDGE. SET IN BED OF PUTTY. FAUCET: INCLUDED WITH FIXTURE. TRIM: McGUIRE # 2165CC WHEEL HANDLE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS. McGUIRE # 8912 -C -F 1 -1/2" 17 GAUGE TUBULAR CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP WITH BRASS CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON, AND TRUEBRO " HANDI LAV- GUARD" # 102 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. T S---° S W -W - ® -'VBF --�-® -CD® 001.• RION WIN IP O O 4 DOMESTIC COLD WATER (CW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER (HW) TRAP PRIMER LINE (T) SOIL PIPING - ABOVE FLOOR (S) SOIL PIPING - BELOW FLOOR (S) WASTE PIPING - ABOVE FLOOR (W) WASTE PIPING BELOW FLOOR (W) VENT BELOW FLOOR (VBF) INDIRECT DRAIN (ID) CONDENSATE DRAIN (CD) EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN VENT PIPING (V) SQUARE FLOOR SINK (FS), SIZE & TYPE BALL VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER UNION HOSE BIBB (HB) NONFREEZE WALL HYDRANT (NW) CLEANOUT CAP WALL CLEANOUT (WCO) FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) ELBOW UP ELBOW DOWN TEE UP TEE DOWN WATER HAMMER ARRESTER (WHA) WITH PDI SIZES, (A, B, C, D, & E) GAS COCK TRAP PRIMER TRAP PRIMER WITH DISTRIBUTION UNIT (SK -4) SINK (ADA ACCESSIBLE): PRIMA #3CS- 101410 -2, 3 COMPARTMENT SINK, 10" x 14" x 10" DEEP BOWLS, TWO 15" DRAINBOARDS, 18 GAUGE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, DROP IN,GALVANIZED LEG, AND 3.5" DRAINBASKET. FAUCET: PRIMA #BKF -8W„ 8" ON CENTER WALL MOUNT WITH 12" SPOUT. TRIM: McGUIRE # 2165CC WHEEL HANDLE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS. (3) 1 -1/2" TAILPIECE, AND 1 -1/2" HARD COPPER TYPE "DWV "FABRICAI ED INDIRECT - WASTE LINE ROUTED TO FLOOR SINK. (T MV) THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE: WATTS # USG-- 3, SOLID BRASS BODY, CORROSION RESISTANT INTERNAL PARTS, ADJUSTMENT CAP WITH LOCKING FEATURE AND INTEGRAL CHECKS, ASSE 1016 COMPLIANT, CAPABLE OF 2.5 GPM WITH A 20 % DIFFERENTIAL BETWEEN HOT AND CLOD INLET SUPPLIES AND A MINIMUM FLOW RATE OF 0.5 GPM. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE STOP SET FOR 110 DEGREES. MOUNT BELOW THE PLUMBING FIXTURE WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN(S). WCO WALL CLEANOUT: JAY R. SMITH # 4530S, CAST IRON CLEANOUT TEE, COUNTER SUNK PLUG, STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW, AND IRON PLUG WITH GASKET SEAL. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION. (WHA) WATER HAMMER ARRESTER: PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, HARD DRAWN COPPER BODY WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS, PISTON TYPE WITH LUBRICATED EPDM "0" RING SEALS, ASSE 1010 CERTIFICATION. PROVIDE PDI SIZES "A" THROUGH "F" AS SHOWN ON PLANS. PROVIDE SIZE "A" UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. WATER HEATER: A. 0. SMITH # DEL -30, 30 GALLON GLASS LINED LOW BOY STORAGE TANK, TWO 3KW DIRECT - IMMERSION HEATING ELEMENTS FOR SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION, SURFACE - MOUNTED THERMOSTATS, ANODE ROD, T & P VALVE, AND 31 GALLONS PER HOUR RECOVERY AT A 80 DEGREE TEMPERATURE RISE. SET WATER HEATER OPERATING TEMPERATURE TO 120 'F. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 480 VOLT THREE PHASE UNBALANCED CIRCUIT, L2 = 10.8 FULL LOAD AMPS, L1 & L3 = 6.3 FULL LOAD AMPS. WATER HEATER: EEMAX # EX100, INSTANTANEOUS, SINGLE Ni CHROME REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE TYPE HEATING ELEMENTS, 10 KW INPUT, GLASS REINFORCED BODY, WHITE ABS COVER, 1/2" COMPRESSION INLET AND OUTLET, 1.8 GPM FLOW SWITCH TO TURN ON UMIT, AND 2.0 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT A 34 DEGREE TEMPERATURE RISE. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 277 VOLT SINGLE PHASE, 36 FULL LOAD AMPS. WATER HEATER: A. 0. SMITH # DEL -30, 30 GALLON GLASS LINED LOW BOY STORAGE TANK, TWO 4.5KW DIRECT - IMMERSION HEATING ELEMENTS FOR SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION, SURFACE - MOUNTED THERMOSTATS, ANODE ROD, T & P VALVE, AND 45 GALLONS PER HOUR RECOVERY AT A 80 DEGREE TEMPERATURE RISE. SET WATER HEATER OPERATING TEMPERATURE TO 120 'F. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 480 VOLT THREE PHASE UNBALANCED CIRCUIT, L2 = 16.2 FULL LOAD AMPS, L1 & L3 = 9.4 FULL LOAD AMPS. WATER CLOSET: AMERICAN STANDARD 1.6 GPF FLUSH VALVE FLOOR MOUNTED TOILET, MODEL 3461.100. VITREOUS CHINA WITH AMERICAN STANDARD FLUSH VALVE MODEL 6065.161.002. WITH AMERICAN STANDARD OPEN FRONT TOILET SEAT MODEL 5901.100 ( UR ) URINAL: AMERICAN STANDARD 0.5 GPF FLUSH VALVE WALL MOUNTED URINAL, MODEL 6590.505. VITREOUS CHINA WITH AMERICAN STANDARD STANDARD FLUSH VALVE MODEL INCLUDED. LAVATORY: AMERICAN STANDARD WALL MOUNTED VITREOUS CHINA LAVATORY MODEL NUMBER 0124.024 FAUCET: SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE F -1 TRIM: McGUIRE # 2165CC WHEEL HANDLE ANGLE STOP VALVES WITH RISERS AND ESCUTCHEONS. McGUIRE # 8912 -C -F 1 -1/2" 17 GAUGE . TUBULAR CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP WITH BRASS CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON, AND TRUEBRO "HANDI LAV- GUARD" # 102 INSULATION KIT FOR WATER AND WASTE PIPES. -1-01P 137 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER PARATE F tRMITAND APPROVAL REAL # RED 0 3 w 0 0 w 0 I cn x U w 0 a cn W a 0 w U 0 0 CL 0 U w w 1- w 0 0 w 0 B 0_ a 0 a 0 a ww 0 0 w 0 z w w 0 0 0 0 'o LE s 0 2 0 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: ors, s 49091 .0 �'iCL �GI STO _rti� SHEET NAME PLUMBING SCHEDULES, DETAILS, LEGEND AND RISERS SHEET NUMBER: PO.1 , ry AZA r dA AVA 1 0 0 (FCC., (E)6 "W r 1 t - -1- -- 1 1 L.Q.c4Q v •� g� (F)3 /4 "CW `rI ∎. ........ /, r /N i \ II I 1 I 1 — (E)6 "W Vii+ ..MI ._Is n a a v yr ':.%- vtv�. �i:► Immo 1 "CW 10 w 0 E TO =ha arm rork miss mom V V .■•■■• •■=0. r I AP • Li V!'Airi•:42 AY4!Y4/ U r) ON ROOF EXISTING 0 RTU EXISTING TO REMAIN 3 /4 "CD CF— CI /• 3/4" 1 -1/2 Loj "r1 kkoli 1 3/4"CD Z <RTU> 5 ON ROOF EXISTING 0 REMAIN i N ROOF EXISTING 0 REMAI atm J 10 EN OA II I II II II .... ._ - -a.i1'fir+ CI R.)/ • C rI °I;... LE • 1.• 10'0 1 3/4"CD F = = = =9 P--=7F-=-1 <RTU> S F- =-DN -' ROOF I N G 0 R MAIN I I k = = = =� I II II I I I II RT1U\ ON ROOF EXISTING !__I Q1 MAIN 1 0 U FXISTIN 0 REMAIN FCU 1B = = =_ = = = = CP -2 = = =� = = =� = = =� IfZI w w /4 "CD rll ID }; I_ 104 Jos CIPIMROOP 1 /\ L-' 'J 0 7.2 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /8" =1' -0" 5.7 GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS- BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. REMOVE ITEMS NOTED TO BE REMOVED. 4. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE PLUMBING COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS. INSTALL PERMANENT CAPS WHERE PIPING IS REMOVED AND THE EXISTING TAPS ARE NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. INSTALL TEMPORARY CAPS WHERE PIPING IS REMOVED AND THE EXISTING TAPS WILL BE USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION TO PROTECT. THE INTERIOR SURFACES UNTIL NEW PIPING IS INSTALLED. 7. VERIFY THAT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN IS OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, OF ANY DAMAGED AND /OR MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS. 8. WHERE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING ACTIVE PIPING SYSTEMS IS REQUIRED DURING DEMOLITION PHASE OF WORK IN PREPARATION FOR NEW TIE -IN PHASE OF WORK, COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND MINIMIZE DOWNTIME. VERIFY EXISTING SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENTS WILL BE PROVIDED WITH BACKUP SERVICE WHERE REQUIRED. NOTIFY OWNER A MINIMUM OF SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. PLAN DEMOLITION NOTES: 2 3 4 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE, TYPE INDICATED, SHALL REMAIN. PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION. REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TYPE INDICATED AS WELL AS ITS PLUMBING PIPING (WASTE, VENT, HOT AND COLD WATER) BACK TO BEHIND REMAINING SURFACES AND CAP THERE AND ABANDON IN PLACE. REPAIR REMAINING SURFACES TO MATCH EXISTING WHERE REQUIRED. REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE AND CAP PIPING (WASTE, VENT, HOT AND COLD WATER) AT WALL FOR RECONNECTION UNDER NEW WORK. REMOVE EXISTING WATER HEATER AS WELL AS PIPING (HOT WATER AND COLD WATER) TO ACTIVE MAINS ABOVE CEILING AND CAP. PLAN NOTES: OPRO ►, 1 ' D WATER LINE AND 1/2" INDIRECT DRAIN FO' TENANTS TOMIZING HUMIDIFER. COORDINATE L• ATION WIT HUMIDOR WALK -IN MANUFACTURER. 0 ROUTE 3/4" CONDENSATE DOWN AND FLOOR SINK WITH AIR GAP PER CODE. 0 SNAKE ALL EXISTING DRAINS, TOILETS, AND SANITARY SEWER LINES TO ASSURE CLEAR AND FREE OPERATION. 04 FIELD VERIFY UNDERGROUND AND UNDER -SLAB UTILITY LOCATIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 1/4" COLD WATER SUPPLY LINE WITH SCOTSMAN SSM1 -A FILTER. TO 132" A.F. IN LOCATION NOTED. LINE TO BE CONNECTED TO TENANT PROVIDED HUMIDIFIER UPON INSTALLATION OF SAME. c. PROVIDE FOR CONDENSATE REMOVAL AT WALK -IN COOLER, FINE WINE, AND HUMIDOR AT 72" A.F. PER LOCAL CODE. O7 INSULATE HOT WATER PIPING PER SPECIFICATIONS. Og DO NOT INSTALL PLUMBING PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS OR EQUIPMENT. 1/2" CW TO HOSE BIBB ON ROOF. 10 EXISTING 3/4" COLD WATER PIPE SECTION TO BE REPLACED WITH A NEW 1" COLD WATER PIPE SECTION RUNNING OVERHEAD. RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR fLE: ?/44. may; 03 ° r \ a, 4k" SHEET NAME PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: P1.1 = s- 3 J Vta N W 2 cc a� z 0 U 1_- V 0 0 a N (n F z O W 0 0 a a a 3 0 rD O 0 REF R TO SHEET P1.1 FOR CONTIN ENLARGED BATHROOM DOMESTIC WATER FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" T ON - - (E)6 "S 1 -1/2 J "} • r - n ■c1I � �! I ENLARGED BATHROOM WASTE AND VENT FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" O ENLARGED WINE CLASSROOM DOMESTIC WATER FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" ENLARGED WINE CLASSROOM WASTE AND VENT FLOOR PLAN, SCALE: 1 /4 " =1' -0" 3 /4 "CW &HW 1 /2 "CW &HW 3 /4CW &HW 1 /2 "CW &HW 1 /2 "CW &HW PLUMBING ISOMETRICS DOMESTIC WATER PLUMBING ISOMETRICS DOMESTIC WASTE & VENT J PLAN NOTES: 0 MOYER DIEBAL 201 HT UNDERCOUNTER HIGH TEMPERATURE DISHWASHING MACHINE WITH 40' RISE BOOSTER. NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE IN EXISTING LOCATION, CONNECT NEW FIXTURES TO EXISTING UTILITIES ORUN WASTE PIPE FROM NEW FIXTURE IN WALL TO INTERCEPT PIPE DOWN TO BELOW GRADE FROM EXISTING FIXTURE. RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED • • i 0 0 In ,j0 zQ •X Co O�-. O Lu a'_ U) UO re ce N • m p U O . o+ U 2m • N lL .0 o = 'o w ▪ m c � O =aa a Q ui 0 0 N rh 5 t4J� Z 0M�N igeNNOW (nozW3oWZZ zt HORIZED AND MAY BE CONTRARY TO THE LAW. CC W cc 0 O d w W z O a w 0 w 0 Z w LJ tr O 0 aZ 5 O CC O 0 a 0 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: dl 1.442 P :- 12S � w�� 1 ' 4 SHEET NAME: ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS SHEET NUMBER: P2.1 Vodf SECTION 15B: PLUMBING: 15131 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 15B 1-1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION ONE AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE A PART OF THIS SECTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BECOME THOROUGHLY ACQUAINTED WITH ITS CONTENTS AS TO REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION OR SECTION. WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, TRANSPORTATION, SERVICES AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLE I E. THE ENTIRE PLUMBING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE DRAWINGS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND ANY PORTION OF WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF SAME PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED, IN ORDER THAT CORRECT PROGRESS OF THE WORK MAY BE PERFORMED. 15B 1-2 DEFINITIONS FURNISH: "TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." INSTALL: "TO PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE ACTUAL UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, TESTING, COMMISSIONING, STARTING UP AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." PROVIDE: "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." FURNISHED BY OWNER OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: "AN ITEM FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS, AND INSTALLED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE, INCLUDING ALL ITEMS AND SERVICES INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION UNDER THE WARRANTY REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION." ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE "ARCHITECT". AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. NRTL: NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY, AS DEFINED AND LISTED BY OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.7 (E.G., UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", "EQUIVALENT", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED". THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, OR BOTH, BY AN NRTL, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. 15B 1-3 PREBID SITE VISIT PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY INFORMED AS TO THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE. 15B 1-4 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP THE ENGINEER'S CHECKING AND SUBSEQUENT APPROVAL OF SUCH SHOP DRAWINGS WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, SIZE OF MEMBERS, QUANTITIES, OMISSIONS OF COMPONENTS OR FITTINGS; COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS; OR FOR COORDINATING ITEMS WITH ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS. PROCEED WITH THE PROCUREMENT AND INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT ONLY AFTER RECEIVING APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS RELATIVE TO EACH ITEM. CATALOG DATA SHALL BE PROPERLY BOUND, IDENTIFIED, INDEXED AND TABBED IN A 3—RING BINDER. EACH ITEM OR MODEL NUMBER SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED AND ACCESSORIES INDICATED. LABEL THE CATALOG DATA WITH THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ACRONYM OR NUMBER AS USED ON THE DRAWINGS AND INCLUDE PERFORMANCE CURVES, CAPACITIES, SIZES, MATERIALS, FINISHES, WIRING DIAGRAMS AND DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS. MARK OUT INAPPLICABLE ITEMS. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW IF THE ABOVE MENTIONED REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET. 15B 1-10 ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS IN PREPARATION OF SHOP OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE AND SEND THE FORM ATTACHED AT THE END OF THIS SECTION ALONG WITH A CHECK MADE PAYABLE TO HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDICATE THE DESIRED SHIPPING METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT ON THE ATTACHED FORM. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER'S RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. 15B 1-11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION, COLLECT AND COMPILE A COMPLETE BROCHURE OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT. INCLUDE OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG SHEETS, WIRING DIAGRAMS, PARTS LISTS, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, AND DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE AS FURNISHED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. INCLUDE AN INSIDE COVER SHEET THAT LISTS THE PROJECT NAME, DATE, OWNER, ARCHITECT, CONSULTING ENGINEER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUB—CONTRACTOR, AND AN INDEX OF CONTENTS. SUBMIT THREE COPIES OF LITERATURE BOUND IN APPROVED BINDERS TO THE ARCHITECT AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. PAPER CLIPS, STAPLES, RUBBER BANDS, AND MAILING ENVELOPES ARE NOT CONSIDERED APPROVED BINDERS. FINAL APPROVAL OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT WILL BE WITHHELD UNTIL THIS EQUIPMENT BROCHURE IS RECEIVED AND DEEMED COMPLE I E BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. INSTRUCT WORKMEN TO SAVE REQUIRED LITERATURE SHIPPED WITH THE EQUIPMENT ITSELF, FOR INCLUSION IN THIS BROCHURE. PROVIDE "AS—BUILT" DRAWINGS (SEE SPECIAL CONDITIONS). 15B 1-12 TRAINING AT A TIME MUTUALLY AGREED UPON BETWEEN THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF A FACTORY TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL ON THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE TRAINING TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO AN OVERVIEW OF THE SYSTEM AND/OR EQUIPMENT AS IT RELATES TO THE FACILITY AS A WHOLE; OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DO SO PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES RELATED TO STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN, TROUBLESHOOTING, SERVICING, PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE AND APPROPRIATE OPERATOR INTERVENTION; AND REVIEW OF DATA INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND APPARATUS PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED HEREIN, OF BEST QUALITY NORMALLY USED FOR THE PURPOSE IN GOOD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE, AND FREE FROM DEFECTS. MODEL NUMBERS LISTED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT NECESSARILY INTENDED TO DESIGNATE THE REQUIRED TRIM, WRITTEN DESCRIPTIONS OF THE TRIM GOVERN MODEL NUMBERS. PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, PPE SPECIALTIES AND VALVES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN PLANTS LOCATED IN THE UNITED STATES. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL PROVIDE A NEAT AND "WORKMANLIKE" APPEARANCE WHEN COMPLETED, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE THE FINEST POSSIBLE BY EXPERIENCED MECHANICS. INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN A MANNER THAT WILL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND LAWS. INSTALLATION SHALL FUNCTION AS DESIGNED AND INTENDED WITH RESPECT TO EFFICIENCY, CAPACITY, AND NOISE LEVEL, ETC. ABNORMAL NOISE CAUSED BY RATTLING EQUIPMENT OR PIPING AND SQUEAKS IN ROTATING COMPONENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OF COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE IN QUALITY. LIGHT DUTY AND RESIDENTIAL GRADE EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES WASTE MATERIAL PRESENT AS A RESULT OF HIS WORK, INCLUDING CARTONS, CRATING, PAPER, STICKERS, AND/OR EXCAVATION MATERIAL NOT USED IN BACKFILLING, ETC. CLEAN PIECES OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO PRESENT A NEAT AND CLEAN INSTALLATION AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. REPAIR OR REPLACE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO THE SATISFACTION OF AUTHORITIES AND REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION. 15B 1-5 COORDINATION COORDINATE WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES SO THAT THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEMS WILL BE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, AND WILL ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO THOSE ITEMS REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. COMPONENTS WHICH ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT REGARD TO THE ABOVE SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. UNLESS NOTED ELSEWHERE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE CHASES AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEMS SPECIFIED HEREIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH INFORMATION REGARDING CHASES AND OPENINGS WHEN REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP INFORMED AS TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, AND SHALL EXECUTE HIS WORK IN SUCH A MANNER AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH OR DELAY THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. FIGURED DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TAKEN IN PREFERENCE TO SCALED DIMENSIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE HIS OWN MEASUREMENTS AT THE BUILDING, AS VARIATIONS MAY OCCUR. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED BY PROPER CHECKING AND VERIFICATION. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH TRIM THAT WILL PROPERLY FIT THE TYPES OF CEILING, WALL, OR FLOOR FINISHES ACTUALLY INSTALLED. MODEL NUMBERS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO DESIGNATE THE REQUIRED TRIM. 15B 1-6 ORDINANCES AND CODES WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL, AT A MINIMUM, BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT APPLICABLE CODES ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL AHJ INCLUDING ANY AMENDMENTS AND STANDARDS AS SET FORTH BY THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NEPA), UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL), OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE), AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS (ASTM) AND OTHER NATIONAL STANDARDS AND CODES WHERE APPLICABLE. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, ETC., THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. PROCURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED FOR THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF THE WORK HEREIN DESCRIBED. WHERE REQUIRED, OBTAIN, PAY FOR AND FURNISH CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION TO OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY VIOLATION OF THE LAW. MAINTAIN NECESSARY SIGNAL LIGHTS AND GUARDS FOR THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC. 15B 1-7 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STORE AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL AFTER DELIVERY TO JOB SITE. COVER WITH WATERPROOF, TEAR—RESISTANT, HEAVY TARP OR POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT FROM PLASTER, DIRT, PAINT, WATER, OR PHYSICAL DAMAGE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL BE REJECTED, AND CONTRACTOR IS OBLIGATED TO FURNISH NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL OF A LIKE KIND AT HIS OWN EXPENSE. KEEP PREMISES BROOM CLEAN OF FOREIGN MATERIAL CREATED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL HAVE A NEAT AND CLEAN APPEARANCE AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. PLUG OR CAP OPEN ENDS OF PIPING SYSTEMS DURING CONSTRUCTION WHEN NOT IN USE, TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF DEBRIS INTO THE SYSTEMS. KEEP THE MANUFACTURER—PROVIDED PROTECTIVE COVERINGS ON FLOOR DRAINS, FLOOR SINKS AND TRENCH DRAINS DURING CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE COVERINGS AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK AND POLISH EXPOSED SURFACES. 15B 1-8 SUBSTITUTIONS THE BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE ONLY THE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. NO SUBSTITUTION WILL BE CONSIDERED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF BIDS UNLESS WRITTEN REQUEST FOR APPROVAL TO BID HAS BEEN RECEIVED BY THE ENGINEER AT LEAST TEN CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. EACH SUCH REQUEST SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE INCLUDING DRAWINGS, CUTS, PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION. A STATEMENT SETTING FORTH CHANGES IN OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER WORK THAT INCORPORATION OF THE SUBSTITUTE WOULD REQUIRE SHALL BE INCLUDED. THE BURDEN OF PROOF OF THE MERIT OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE IS UPON THE PROPOSER. THE ENGINEER'S DECISION OF APPROVAL OR DISAPPROVAL TO BID OF A PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE FINAL. THE TERMS "APPROVED", "APPROVED EQUAL", OR "EQUAL", REFER TO APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE BID. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED THAT ARE NOT BID AS AN ALTERNATE. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO AWARD OF CONTRACT. COORDINATE AND VERIFY WITH OTHER TRADES WHETHER OR NOT THE SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT CAN BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITHOUT MODIFICATION TO ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS OR ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING DESIGN. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DESIGN FEES IN BID IF DRAWING MODIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT. 15B '1-9 SHOP DRAWINGS UPON BEING AWARDED A CONTRACT, SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL, SIX (6) COPIES OF MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, ITEMS REQUIRING COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS AND SHEET METAL DUCTWORK FABRICATION DRAWINGS. BEFORE SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS AND MATERIAL LISTS, VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED IS MUTUALLY COMPATIBLE AND SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, AND WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE AND ALLOW AMPLE ROOM FOR MAINTENANCE. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, LIST OR INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN THE ENGINEER'S FIRM NAME OR LOGO, NOR SHALL IT CONTAIN THE ENGINEERS' SEAL AND SIGNATURE. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF THE ENGINEERS WORK PRODUCT. IF THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO USE ELEMENTS OF SUCH PRODUCT, REFER TO PARAGRAPH "ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES" FOR PROCEDURES TO BE USED. SUBMIT A CERTIFICATION LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT STATING THAT THE OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN TRAINED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. LETTER SHALL INCLUDE DATE, TIME, ATTENDEES AND SUBJECT OF TRAINING. THE CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL SIGN THE CERTIFICATION LETTER INDICATING AGREEMENT THAT THE TRAINING HAS BEEN PROVIDED. SCHEDULE TRAINING WITH OWNER WITH AT LEAST 7 DAYS' ADVANCE NOTICE. 15B 1-13 WARRANTIES COORDINATE WITH DIVISON - 1 AND GENERAL CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE WHAT THE ACTUAL REQUIREMENTS ARE, AND MODIFY THE FOLLOWING AS REQUIRED SO AS TO NOT CONTRADICT THEM. WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNER. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. 15B 1-14 SPARE PARTS FURNISH TO OWNER, WITH RECEIPT, THE SPARE PARTS TO INCLUDE FAUCET WASHERS AND 0— RINGS FOR THE FIXTURES FURNISHED FOR THIS PROJECT. 153 1-15 EXCAVATION AND BACKFI LLI NG PERFORM EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. TRENCHES SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT WIDTH. CRIB OR BRACE TRENCHES TO PREVENT CAVE—IN OR SETTLEMENT. DO NOT EXCAVATE TRENCHES CLOSE TO COLUMNS AND WALLS OF NEW BUILDING WITHOUT PRIOR CONSULTATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. USE PUMPING EQUIPMENT IF REQUIRED TO KEEP TRENCHES FREE OF WATER. BACKFILL TRENCHES IN MAXIMUM 6" LAYERS OF WELL—TAMPED DRY EARTH IN A MANNER TO PREVENT FUTURE SETTLEMENT. EXCAVATION AS HEREIN SPECIFIED SHALL BE CLASSIFIED AS COMMON EXCAVATION. COMMON EXCAVATION SHALL COMPRISE THE SATISFACTORY REMOVAL AND DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL OF WHATEVER SUBSTANCES AND OF EVERY DESCRIPTION ENCOUNTERED, INCLUDING ROCK, IF ANY, WITHIN THE LIMITS OF THE WORK AS SPECIFIED AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. EXCAVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE LINES AND GRADES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. EXCAVATED MATERIALS WHICH ARE CONSIDERED UNSUITABLE FOR BACKFILL, AND SURPLUS OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL WHICH IS NOT REQUIRED FOR BACKFILL, SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE AND RESPONSIBILITY, AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 158 1-16 COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR STREETS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVES, PAVING, WALLS AND FINISHES ETC. THAT HE DAMAGES IN THE COURSE OF THIS PROJECT. REPAIR MATERIALS SHALL MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR WORK SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND MEET THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 158 1-17 CUTTING AND PATCHING OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CUTTING WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY THE PROJECT. DO NOT DISTURB STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. CUT HOLES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. PATCHING SHALL MATCH ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR AND REFINISH AREAS DISTURBED BY WORK TO THE CONDITION OF ADJOINING SURFACES IN A MANNER SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT. 15B 1-18 ROUGH—IN BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS REGARDING ROUGH— IN WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. CONCEAL PIPING, CONDUIT AND ROUGH—IN EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE OTHERWISE SHOWN. 15B 1-20 STRUCTURAL STEEL STRUCTURAL STEEL USED FOR PIPE SUPPORTS, EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, ETC., SHALL BE NEW AND CLEAN, AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM DESIGNATION A-36. SUPPORT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND PIPING FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT SUPPORT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND PIPING FROM CEILINGS, OTHER MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, AND OTHER NON—STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. 15B 1-22 PENETRATIONS SEAL ELEVATED FLOOR, EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND WEATHERTIGHT WITH NON—SHRINK, NON—HARDENING COMMERCIAL SEALANT. PACK WITH MINERAL WOOL AND SEAL BOTH ENDS WITH MINIMUM OF 1/2" OF SEALANT. SEAL AROUND PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. COORDINATE FIRE RATINGS AND LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE STOPPINGS. PROVIDE A PRODUCT SCHEDULE FOR UL LISTING, LOCATION, WALL OR FLOOR RATING AND INSTALLATION DRAWING FOR EACH PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM. EXTEND PIPE INSULATION FOR INSULATED PIPE THROUGH FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS, INCLUDING FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS. THE VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE MAINTAINED. SIZE SLEEVE FOR A MINIMUM OF 1" ANNULAR CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN INSIDE OF SLEEVE AND OUTSIDE OF INSULATION. SEAL ELEVATED CONCRETE SLAB WITH WATER PROOF MEMBRANE PENETRATIONS WITH "WALL PIPES" AND WATER PROOF SEALANT. SECURE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE FLASHING BETWEEN "WALL PIPE" CLAMPING FLANGE AND CLAMPING RING. PROVIDE CAST IRON "WALL PIPES" WITH INTEGRAL WATERSTOP RING MANUFACTURED BY JOSAM, JAY R. SMITH, WADE, WATTS OR ZURN. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR HORIZONTAL PIPE PASSING THROUGH OR UNDER FOUNDATION. SLEEVES SHALL BE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE TWO NOMINAL PIPE SIZES LARGER THAN THE PIPE SERVED. PROVIDE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE SLEEVES FOR VERTICAL PRESSURE PIPE PASSING THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE. SLEEVES SHALL BE ONE NOMINAL PIPE SIZE LARGER THAN THE PIPE SERVED AND TWO PIPE SIZES LARGER THAN PIPE SERVED FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPES WITH RESTRAINING RODS. SEAL WATER—TIGHT WITH SILICONE CAULK. PROVIDE 1/2" THICK CELLULAR FOAM INSULATION AROUND PERIMETER OF NON—PRESSURE PIPE PASSING THRU CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE. INSULATION SHALL EXTEND TO 2" ABOVE AND BELOW THE CONCRETE SLAB. 15B 1-23 ELECTRICAL WIRING LINE VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16. LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR. FURNISH WIRING DIAGRAMS TO THE DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER EQUIPMENT HOOKUP. COORDINATE WITH THE DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR THE ACTUAL WIRE SIZING AMPS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT (FROM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE) TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION. 15B 1-24 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS FURNISH AND INSTALL ROUGHED—IN WASTES, VENTS AND WATER SERVICES. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT, FURNISHED BY OTHERS, IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ACCESSORY ITEMS THAT ARE REQUIRED BUT NOT FURNISHED WITH THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING TRAPS, STOP VALVES, PRV'S, INDIRECT DRAIN FROM EQUIPMENT TO FLOOR DRAINS, AND ACCESSORY ITEMS INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER OPERATION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT ROUGH—IN DIMENSIONS, AND SHALL VERIFY SAME WITH ARCHITECT AND/OR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO SERVICE INSTALLATIONS. 158 1-26 UTILITY CONNECTIONS PROVIDE UTILITY CONNECTIONS REQUIRED AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSTALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR CONNECTIONS TO "MAINS" AND EXISTING SERVICE LINES COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODES HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE SERVING UTILITY INVOLVED. VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF UTILITY MAINS, SERVICE LINES, AND CONNECTION POINTS REQUIRING CONNECTION IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. WORK IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE UTILITY INVOLVED IN THE INSTALLATION OF SERVICES. VERIFY THAT INSTALLATION WILL TIE INTO THE EXISTING UTILITY MAINS, SERVICE LINES, AND CONNECTION POINTS AT THE INDICATED INVERT ELEVATION POINT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. IF THE INSTALLATION WILL NOT TIE INTO THE INDICATED INVERT ELEVATION POINT WHILE MAINTAINING PROPER FALL, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE ENGINEER SO THAT AN ALTERNATIVE MAY BE DETERMINED. PROVIDE SERVICE PIPING AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE UTILITY CONNECTIoNS THAT ARE NOT FURNISHED BY THE SERVING UTILITY. COORDINATE WITH THE SERVING UTILITY COMPANY REGARDING ITEMS FURNISHED, WORK PERFORMED, AND PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. PAY ASSOCIATED FEES OR CHARGES. 15B 1-27 MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK PROVIDE ITEMS OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS MODIFICATION REQUIRED BECAUSE OF BUILDING REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION. MATCH EXISTING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES WHEN MODIFYING EXISTING SYSTEMS. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT. NEW FLOOR SINKS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE EXISTING SANITARY DRAiNAGE SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED. SAW—CUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW UNDERFLOOR LINES, AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING SUB—FLOOR. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FINISH FLOOR PATCHING REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS TO BE REUSED SHALL BE CLEANED, REPAIRED, PROVIDED WITH NEW WASHERS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO PUT THEM INTO GOOD OPERATING CONDITION. PATCH HOLES WEATHER—TIGHT IN EXISTING ROOFS CAUSED BY REMOVAL OF PLUMBING ITEMS SUCH AS PIPING. MAKE CONNECTION OF NEW PIPE TO SIMILAR EXISTING WASTE, WATER AND GAS PIPE USING STANDARD FITTINGS AND JOINING PRACTICES. 158 1-28 BUILDING OPERATION COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS AS OUTLINED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL PORTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. BUILDING WILL BE IN OPERATION DURING NORMAL WORK—DAY HOURS. ACCOMPLISH WORK REQUIRING INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION AT A TIME WHEN THE BUILDING IS NOT IN OPERATION, AND ONLY WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL OF BUILDING OWNER AND/OR TENANT. COORDINATE INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION WITH THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT A MINIMUM OF SEVEN DAYS IN ADVANCE OF WORK. 15B 1-29 SYSTEM TESTING AND ADJUSTING UPON COMPLETION OF EACH PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION, TEST EACH SYSTEM IN CONFORMANCE WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS AND AS NOTED BELOW. FURNISH LABOR AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO TEST PLUMBING WORK INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, AND ASSUME COSTS INVOLVED IN MAKING THE TESTS, AND REPAIRING AND/OR REPLACING DAMAGE RESULTING THEREFROM. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, THREE (3) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO MAKING PLUMBING SYSTEM TESTS. LEAVE CONCEALED WORK UNCOVERED UNTIL THE REQUIRED TESTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED, BUT IF NECESSARY DUE TO CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE, TESTS ON PORTIONS OF THE WORK MAY BE MADE, AND WHEN SATISFACTORY, THE WORK MAY BE CONCEALED. TEST PIPING BEFORE INSULATION IS INSTALLED, AND BEFORE BACKFILL. PIPES, JOINTS, FLANGES, VALVE STEMS, ETC., SHALL BE LEAK TIGHT. REPAIR OR REPLACE SYSTEM DEFECTS WITH NEW MATERIALS. CAULKING OF DEFECTIVE JOINTS, CRACKS OR HOLES WILL NO T BE PERMITTED. REPEAT TESTS AFTER DEFECTS HAVE BEEN ELIMINATED. MAKE TESTS IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY AND/OR THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. — UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEMS INSTALLATION, AND PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER, MAKE GENERAL OPERATING TESTS TO DEMONSTRATE THAT EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, AND ARE FUNCTIONING IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. AS A PART OF THESE TESTS, OPEN EVERY WATER OUTLET TO ENSURE COMPLETE SYSTEM FLUSHING, REMOVE AND CLEAN FAUCET AERATORS, CLEAN STRAINERS, LIGHT PILOT LIGHTS, AND OPERATE EVERY PIECE OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO DEMONSTRATE PROPER FUNCTIONING. TEST THE DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM BY PLUGGING OPENINGS WITH TEST PLUGS, EXCEPT THOSE AT THE TOP OF THE STACKS. FILL THE SYSTEM WITH WATER; TEST RESULTS WILL BE SATISFACTORY IF THE WATER LEVEL REMAINS STATIONARY FOR NOT LESS THAN ONE (1) HOUR. SUBJECT THE DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM TO A PRESSURE OF AT LEAST TEN (10) FEET OF WATER. IF LEAKS DEVELOP, REPAIR THEM AND REPEAT THE TEST. TEST THE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM BY FILLING IT WITH WATER AND THEN ISOLATING THE SYSTEM FROM ITS SOURCE. KEEP THE SYSTEM CLOSED FOR A PERIOD OF TWENTY—FOUR HOURS, WITH NO FIXTURE BEING USED. THE PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL FOR THIS TEST PERIOD SHALL NOT EXCEED 10 PSIG. TEST WATER PIPING TO A 125 PSI HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE. FOR LOW PRESSURE NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS, SUBJECT THE PIPE TO 10 PSIG AIR PRESSURE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HOUR. THE RESULTANT PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL FOR THIS PERIOD SHALL BE 0 PSIG. TEST PER GAS COMPANY REQUIREMENTS WHERE REQUIRED 15B 1-30 GUARANTEE THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, AND CONNECTION OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. BY SIGNING THE CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS ACQUAINTED HIMSELF WITH THE SITE AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED, AND THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS PERTAINING THERETO, AND HE INDICATES THAT HE WILL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS AND INTENT OF PERTINENT DOCUMENTS IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. GUARANTEE THAT THE PLUMBING INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT IS FREE OF DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF JOB ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. THIS SHALL INCLUDE A GUARANTEE OF FREE CIRCULATION OF LIQUIDS THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM AS INTENDED WITHOUT LEAKS, EXCESSIVE NOISE, OR WATER HAMMER. IF DEFECTS OCCUR DURING THE ONE YEAR GUARANTEE PERIOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE SUCH DEFECTS AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER, AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. 15B2 PLUMBING PIPING 15B 2-1 PIPING MATERIALS MATERIALS SPECIFIED OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES. VERIFY APPROVAL BEFORE INSTALLING ANY MATERIAL OR JOINING METHOD. DOMESTIC WATER (COLD AND HOT): DOMESTIC WATER PIPING INSTALLED ABOVE THE FLOOR SLAB INSIDE THE BUILDING SHALL BE TYPE "L" HARD TEMPER COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND SOLDERED CONNECTIONS MADE UP WITH 95/5 SOLDER. BRAZED MECHANICALLY FORMED TEE CONNECTIONS (T—DRILL) MAY BE USED IN COPPER LINES WHERE APPROVED BY CODE; CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE WITH BRAZED SILVER SOLDER (SILFOS) JOINTS IN CONFORMANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. UNDERGROUND DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE TYPE "K" SOFT TEMPER COPPER TUBING WITH FLARED COPPER ALLOY FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS, OR TYPE "K" HARD TEMPER COPPER TUBING WITH CONVENTIONAL WROUGHT COPPER FrTTINGS AND SILVER SOLDER (SILFOS) JOINTS. INSTALL AS FEW UNDERGROUND COPPER PIPING JOINTS AS POSSIBLE. AT BUILDING SERVICE ENTRANCE, NO JOINTS SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER OR WITHIN 5 FEET OF THE BUILDING. INSTALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING BELOW GRADE OUTSIDE BUILDING AT ADEQUATE DEPTH TO PREVENT FREEZING. INTERIOR WASTE AND VENT BELOW SLAB: WASTE AND VENT PIPE BELOW SLAB INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE WITH HUB AND SPIGOT FITTINGS WITH NEOPRENE GASKET JOINTS, MEETING ASTM A74, MANUFACTURED BY AB & I FOUNDRY, CHARLOTTE OR TYLER PIPE AND BEARING THE TRADEMARK OF THE CISPI AND NSF. HUBLESS WASTE AND VENT PIPE IS NOT PERMITTED BELOW BASE SLAB INTERIOR WASTE AND VENT ABOVE SLAB: WASTE AND VENT PIPE ABOVE SLAB INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE HUBLESS CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS, MEETING ASTM A888 AND CISPI 301, MANUFACTURED BY AB & I FOUNDRY, CHARLOTTE OR TYLER PIPE AND BEARING THE TRADEMARK OF THE CISPI AND NSF. (NOTE: PVC PIPING IS NOT ALLOWED IN CEILING RETURN AIR PLENUMS) CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: 1-1/4" AND LARGER WASTE CONNECTIONS FROM FIXTURE TRAPS TO CAST IRON PIPE SHALL BE "DWV" COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER DRAINAGE PATTERN FITTINGS WITH COPPER SWEAT OR COMPRESSION JOINTS AT FIXTURE TRAP CONNECTIONS AND THREADED JOINTS AT CONNECTIONS TO CAST IRON PIPE. INDIRECT AND CONDENSATE DRAIN INSIDE BUILDING: INDIRECT AND CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE INSTALLED INSIDE THE BUILDING SHALL BE TYPE "M" HARD COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS FOR 1" AND SMALLER AND "DVVV" COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER DRAINAGE PATTERN FITTINGS FOR 1-1/4" AND LARGER HARD TEMPER COPPER TUBE AND SOLDERED CONNECTIONS MADE WITH 95/5 SOLDER INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT ELBOWS GREATER THAN 45 DEGREES. INDIRECT AND CONDENSATE DRAIN OUTSIDE BUILDING: INDIRECT AND CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE INSTALLED OUTSIDE THE BUILDING ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE TYPE "M" FOR 1" AND SMALLER AND "DWV" FOR 1-1/4" AND LARGER HARD TEMPER COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER DRAINAGE PATTERN FITTINGS AND SOLDERED CONNECTIONS MADE WITH 95/5 SOLDER TERMINATE AT NEAREST ROOF DRAIN, GUTTER OR OTHER LOCATION AS SHOWN DRAWINGS. INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT ELBOWS GREATER THAN 45 DEGREES. 15B 2-2 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION DOMESTIC COLD WATER, HOT WATER, CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE (WITHIN BUILDING) 1" ONE—PIECE FIBERGLASS COVERING WITH FIRE—RESISTANT JACKET WITH SELF—SEALING LAP TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER BY CERTAINTEED, OWENS—CORNING OR ARMSTRONG. FOR HOT PIPING, PROVIDE PIPE HANGERS AND RISER CLAMPS SIZED FOR THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPING. BUTT INSULATION TO HANGER OR RISER CLAMP FOR VERTICAL PIPE. SEAL EXPOSED INSULATION WITH INSULATION SEALER. EXCEPTION FOR VERTICAL PIPING: PROVIDE CLAMPS SIZED FOR THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE VERTICAL PIPE AND EXTEND CLAMP THROUGH INSULATION. SEAL PENETRATIONS OF INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER WITH WET COAT OF VAPOR BARRIER LAP CEMENT. FOR COLD PIPING AT HANGERS PROVIDE 8" LONG SECTIONS OF HIGH DENSITY, HIGH TEMPERATURE CALCIUM SILICATE BY JOHNS—MANVILLE, FIBERGLASS BY KNAUF, OR 8" LONG STYROFOAM BILLETS BY DOW OR FLEXIBLE UNICELLULAR PIPING INSULATION MEETING ASTM C 534— 01A, TYPE I WITH INTEGRAL HIGH DENSITY PIPE SUPPORTS AND ENCASED IN STEEL INSULATION SHIELD BY COOPER B—LINE / ARMACELL OR APPROVED EQUAL. INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG THE PIPE SURFACE, EXCEPT AT VALVES, UNIONS, AND WHERE PIPING IS EXPOSED AT FIXTURES. PROVIDE 1" FIBERGLASS INSULATION ON VENT PIPING WITHIN SIX FEET OF VENT THROUGH THE OF ROOF. PROVIDE FIBERGLASS INSULATION ON DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPES INSTALLED IN WALLS AND CHASES. PROVIDE FIBERGLASS INSULATION ON DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPES INSTALLED IN WALLS AND CHASES. PROVIDE INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELD AT EACH HANGER FOR INSULATED PIPING. COVER FITTINGS WITH ZESTON, KNAUF, OR EQUAL ONE—PIECE PVC PREMOLDED INSULATING COVERS. FITTING COVERS, JACKETS AND ADHESIVES SHALL NOT EXCEED FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 50 PER ASTM E84. AT ALL ELBOWS AND TEES, FILL VOIDS BETWEEN COVERS AND PIPING WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION AND TAPE JOINTS. INSTALL PIPE INSULATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHERE PREMOLDED INSULATING FITTINGS ARE NOT APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES, MITER INSULATION AT FITTINGS. 158 2-3 PIPING JOINTS COPPER TUBING: JOINTS IN HARD TEMPER TUBING SHALL BE SOLDERED JOINTS USING LEAD—FREE 95/5 SOLDER EXCEPT WHERE TUBING IS INSTALLED BELOW GRADE OR BELOW THE BASE SLAB, IN WHICH CASE JOINTS SHALL BE SOLDERED WITH SILVER SOLDER (SILFOS). JOINTS IN SOFT TEMPER COPPER TUBING SHALL BE OF THE FLARED 'TYPE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FITTING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CAST IRON PIPE BELOW GRADE: JOINTS IN BELL AND SPIGOT CAST IRON WASTE AND VENT PIPE SHALL BE NEOPRENE COMPRESSION GASKETS, TYSEAL OR EQUAL. CAST IRON PIPE ABOVE GRADE: JOINTS IN HUBLESS PIPE SHALL BE STANDARD CISPI 310 DOMESTICALLY MANUFACTURED BY ANACO, A B & I FOUNDRY, CHARLOTTE, HUSKY, IDEAL, TYLER, MISSON OR FERNCO. JOINTS IN STORM PIPING, INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO ROOF DRAINS, SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY COUPLINGS MEETING ASTM C1540 AND FM 1680, ANACO HUSKY #SD-4000 OR CLAMP—ALL "HI TORQUE" 125 IN. LB. PIPE ADAPTERS: MAKE CONNECTION OF NEW WASTE PIPE TO NEW OR EXISTING DISSIMILAR WASTE PIPE USING ADAPTER COUPLINGS. PROVIDE FERNCO, PROFLEX 3000 SERIES OR MISSION FLEXSEAL MR56 SERIES WITH NEOPRENE ADAPTER GASKET WITH STAINLESS STEEL SHIELD AND HOSE CLAMPS FOR CONNECTING DISSIMILAR PIPES ABOVE GRADE. PROVIDE FERNCO, 1056 SERIES OR MISSION SEWER COUPLINGS WITH NEOPRENE ADAPTER GASKET AND HOSE CLAMPS FOR CONNECTING DISSIMILAR PIPES BELOW GRADE AND COAT STAINLESS STEEL BANDS WITH MASTIC. 15B 2-4 PIPING INSTALLATION GENERAL: CLEAN PIPE THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REAM ENDS OF PIPE TO REMOVE BURRS. CUT PIPE ACCURATELY TO MEASUREMENTS TAKEN ON THE JOB. INSTALL WITH ADEQUATE CLEARANCE FOR INSTALLATION OF COVERINGS WHERE REQUIRED. PIPE SHALL NOT BE SPRUNG OR BENT. NEATLY ALIGN PIPE, CONNECT IT SECURELY, AND SUPPORT IT FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH HANGERS AS SPECIFIED BELOW. PROVIDE CHROME—PLATED ESCUTCHEONS ON PIPES PASSING THROUGH CEILINGS, FLOORS OR WALLS OF FINISHED SPACES. RUN PIPES FREELY THROUGH FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS USING PIPE SLEEVES. DO NOT GROUT IN PLACE UNLESS REQUIRED FOR STRUCTURAL FIRE INTEGRITY. INSTALL PIPE CONCEALED IN FINISHED SPACES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. USE A DIELECTRIC UNION WHERE FERROUS AND COPPER PIPE CONNECT. DIELECTRIC UNION SHALL HAVE A ZINC—PLATED STEEL BODY, A THREADED NYLON INSERT, AND INSULATING PRESSURE GASKET. NO FERROUS METAL—TO—COPPER CONNECTION MADE WITHOUT INSULATING UNIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. HANGER & SUPPORTS: PIPE HANGERS SHALL BE AS DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS BY B— LINE OR EQUAL BY ANVIL, MICHIGAN, TRUSCON, OR UNISTRUT. CONNECT HANGERS TO THE STRUCTURE WITH SIDE BEAM CONNECTORS AND ALL THREAD HANGER RODS. PROVIDE ENGINEERED SUPPORT STRUTS BETWEEN JOISTS AND OTHER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A RIGID HANGING INSTALLATION. DO NOT HANG PIPES FROM OTHER PIPES, CONDUIT OR DUCTWORK. PROVIDE HANGER RODS AND SPACE HANGERS AT INTERVALS AS SPECIFIED IN "HANGER SPACING". PROVIDE SUPPORT WITHIN 1' OF EACH ELBOW AND TEE. PROVIDE SUPPORTS WITHIN 1' OF EACH EQUIPMENT CONNECTION. PROVIDE TWO NUTS ON THREADED SUPPORTS TO SECURELY FASTEN THE SUPPORT. INSTALL HANGER TYPES OR SUPPORTS FOR VARIOUS PIPING AS FOLLOWS: COPPER TUBE: ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS FOR BARE COPPER TUBE 3" AND SMALLER SHALL BE B—LINE #B3170 CT COPPER PLATED ADJUSTABLE BAND SWIVEL RING TYPE. ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS FOR INSULATED COPPER TUBE AND 3" SMALLER SHALL BE B—LINE #B3170 NF ADJUSTABLE BAND SWIVEL RING TYPE. SUPPORT EXPOSED COPPER TUBE 2" AND SMALLER TO WALLS OR IN CHASES WITH B—LINE #B3198RCT COPPER COATED EXTENSION SPLIT RING PIPE CLAMPS, 3/8" THREADED ROD AND B—LINE #B3199CT CEILING FLANGES. SUPPORT COPPER TUBE IN CHASES AND WALLS AT PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH PLASTIC OR COPPER BRACKETS SECURED TO STRUCTURE AND U —BOLTS SIZED TO BARE ON THE PIPE. RISER CLAMPS TO SUPPORT VERTICAL COPPER TUBE SHALL BE B—LINE #B3373CT COPPER COATED STEEL, CUT INSULATION, SEAL VAPOR BARRIER, AND ATTACH TO BARE TUBE. CAST IRON PIPE: ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS FOR 2" AND SMALLER. CLEVIS HANGERS FOR 3" AND LARGER SHALL BE B—LINE #B3100 GALVANIZED STEEL CLEVIS -TYPE. RISER CLAMPS TO SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPE SHALL BE B— LINE #B3373 GALVANIZED STEEL. INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELDS: B—LINE #B3151 OF 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. SHIELD SHALL COVER HALF OF THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF THE PIPE AND SHALL BE OF LENGTH INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER FOR PIPE SIZE AND THICKNESS OF INSULATION. HANGER SPACING, ROD SIZES & CONNECTORS: CONNECT RODS TO STEEL BEAMS OR JOISTS WITH B— UNE #B3031 OR #B3033BEAM CLAW'S AS REQUIRED. CONNECT RODS TO CONCRETE WITH 8—LINE #3014 MALLEABLE IRON SINGLE TYPE INSERTS WITH MALLEABLE IRON NUT. CONNECT RODS IN WOOD CONSTRUCTION WITH B—LINE #B3058 SIDE BEAM CONNECTORS. HANG AND SUPPORT PIPING WITH SPACING AND ROD SIZES AS FOLLOWS: COPPER TUBE: 1-1/2" AND SMALLER — EVERY 6' WITH 3/8"HANGER RODS; 2" EVERY 10' WITH 3/8"HANGER RODS; 2SUPPORT VERTICAL COPPER TUBE EVERY 10'. CAST IRON PIPE: EVERY 10' AND WITHIN 1' OF EACH JOINT. 2" AND SMALLER WITH 3/8" HANGER RODS; 3" WITH 1/2" HANGER RODS; 4" WITH 5/8" HANGER RODS; 6" WITH 3/4" HANGER RODS; 8" AND LARGER WITH 7/8" HANGER RODS. SUPPORT VERTICAL CAST IRON PIPE EVERY 15'. SUPPORTS ON ROOF: SUPPORT PIPING ON ROOF WITH PRE—ENGINEERED ROOF PIPE SUPPORTS MANUFACTURED BY B—LINE, ERICO, MIRO OR PORTABLE PIPE HANGERS: 4" X 4" X 12" LONG CLOSED CELL POLYETHYLENE BLOCKS WITH EMBEDDED PRE—ENGINEERED SUPPORT STRUT OR PRE— ENGINEERED SUPPORT STRUTS WITH FACTORY PLASTIC BASES. TWO PIECE STRAPS SHALL BE CAPTIVATED AT THE SHOULDER WHEN ATTACHMENT NUT IS TIGHTENED AND DESIGNED FOR USE WITH STRUT SYSTEM. ALL NUTS, BRACKETS AND CLAMPS SHALL HAVE THE SAME FINISH AS THE CHANNELS. SUPPORT PIPE WITH SPACING AS DESCRIBED ABOVE AT A MINIMUM 7" ABOVE THE ROOF. SET SUPPORTS ON 18" X 18" X 3/16" THICK ROOF WALKWAY MATERIAL COMPATIBLE WITH ACTUAL ROOF MATERIAL. INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE PIPING TO A UNIFORM SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/8" PER FOOT FOR PIPING 4" OR LARGER, AND NOT LESS THAN 1/4" PER FOOT FOR PIPING 3" OR SMALLER. LAY PIPE AT UNIFORM SLOPE, FREE FROM SAGS, WITH HUB END UPSTREAM. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FROM HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL AT FIXTURE BRANCHES AND OTHER BRANCH CONNECTIONS WITH SANITARY "TEES" OR SHORT SWEEP "ELLS". MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FROM VERTICAL TO HORIZONTAL OR HORIZONTAL TO HORIZONTAL WITH LONG RADIUS FITTINGS, LONG SWEEPING "ELLS", COMBINATION "Y AND 1/8 BEND" FITTINGS, OR 45 DEGREE "ELLS" (1/8 BEND FITTINGS), 1/6 BEND OR 1/16 BEND AND "Y" FITTINGS. INSTALL PIPE WITH THE BARREL OF THE PIPE ON FIRM, SOLID EARTH FOR ITS ENTIRE LENGTH, AND EXCAVATE HOLES FOR THE PIPE BELLS. LAY PIPE IN A STRAIGHT LINE AND INSTALL WITH UNIFORM GRADE TO LINE WITH BATTEN BOARDS SET NOT MORE THAN 24'—O" APART. CLOSE OPEN ENDS OF PIPE WITH A STOPPER WHEN PIPE LAYING IS NOT IN PROGRESS. CENTER SPIGOTS ACCURATELY IN BELLS FOR UNIFORM CAULKING. PROVIDE A SMOOTH AND UNIFORM INVERT IN THE SYSTEM. DRILLING OR TAPPING OF SOIL AND WASTE LINES, AND SADDLE HUBS AND BANDS ARE NOT PERMITTED. LOCATE AND INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE LINES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCE. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY BUILDING DRAIN PIPE, VERIFY ELEVATION OF CONNECTION POINT OF EXISTING SEWER, SERVICE LINE OR EXISTING TENANT CONNECTIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. IF THE INSTALLATION WILL NOT TIE INTO THE INDICATED INVERT ELEVATION POINT WHILE MAINTAINING PROPER FALL, NOTIFY ARCHITECT SO THAT AN ALTERNATIVE MAY BE DETERMINED. ABOVE GROUND INSTALLATION FOR SOIL AND WASTE: INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE PIPING TO A UNIFORM SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/8" PER FOOT FOR PIPING 4" OR LARGER, AND NOT LESS THAN 1/4" PER FOOT FOR PIPING 3" OR SMALLER. SUPPORT PIPE WITHIN 12" OF EACH JOINT. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FROM HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL AT FIXTURE BRANCHES AND OTHER BRANCH CONNECTIONS WITH SANITARY 'TEES" OR SHORT SWEEP "ELLS". MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FROM VERTICAL TO HORIZONTAL OR HORIZONTAL TO HORIZONTAL WITH LONG RADIUS FITTINGS, LONG SWEEPING "ELLS", COMBINATION "Y AND 1/8 BEND" FITTINGS, OR 45 DEGREE "ELLS" (1/8 BEND FITTINGS), 1/6 BEND OR 1/16 BEND AND "Y" FITTINGS. PROVIDE A SMOOTH AND UNIFORM INVERT IN THE SYSTEM. DRILLING OR TAPPING OF SOIL AND WASTE LINES, AND SADDLE HUBS AND BANDS ARE NOT PERMITTED. LOCATE AND INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE LINES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCE. PLUMBING VENT: CONNECT PLUMBING VENT PIPES TO FIXTURE DRAIN PIPES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY THE INSTALLATION PRACTICES ADOPTED AND ENFORCED BY LOCAL CODES OFFICIAL, AND EXTEND VENT PIPES FULL SIZE THROUGH THE ROOF LINE. GRADE PIPE TO A UNIFORM SLOPE SO AS TO DRAIN BACK BY GRAVITY TO THE DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEM. TURN FLASHING DOWN INTO STACKS AT LEAST 2", AND EXTEND FLASHING 24" IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM THE PIPE AT THE ROOF LINE. APPLY WHITE LEAD PIPE DOPE ON MALE STEEL PIPE THREADS. VENT LINES SHALL BE AIR AND WATER TIGHT. VENT FLOOR DRAINS INDIVIDUALLY OR CONNECT THEM TO A HORIZONTALLY VENTED LINE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. DOMESTIC WATER: ARRANGE COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING TO DRAIN AT THE LOWEST POINT IN EACH SYSTEM. INSTALL AT LEAST ONE PIPE UNION ADJACENT TO ALL SHUTOFF VALVES, AT CONNECTION POINTS OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, AND ELSEWHERE IN THE SYSTEM WHERE REQUIRED TO ALLOW PROPER MAINTENANCE. PROVIDE UNIONS OF THE GROUND JOINT TYPE. MAKE ALLOWANCE FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WHERE REQUIRED BY THE INSTALLATION. WHERE WATER PIPING OCCURS IN EXTERIOR WALLS, HOLD PIPE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE INTERIOR FACE OF WALL AND INSTALL INSULATION BATT OR OTHER INSULATION (MINIMUM R8) BETWEEN PIPING AND THE EXTERIOR WALL FACE. 15B 2-5 PIPING SANITIZATION SANITIZE THE ENTIRE DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM (COLD, HOT, AND HOT WATER RETURN) WITH A SOLUTION CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 50 PPM AVAILABLE CHLORINE. KEEP SOLUTION IN THE SYSTEM FOR A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS, WITH EACH VALVE BEING OPERATED SEVERAL TIMES DURING THE PERIOD. AFTER COMPLETION, FLUSH SYSTEM WITH CITY WATER UNTIL CHLORINE RESIDUAL IS LOWERED TO INCOMING CITY WATER LEVEL. 15B 2-6 PIPE AND VALVE MARKERS PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRE—PRINTED, SEMI—RIGID SNAP—ON OR PERMANENT ADHESIVE, PRESSURE—SENSITIVE VINYL PIPE MARKERS. PIPE MARKERS SHALL BE COLOR—CODED COMPLYING WITH ANSI A13.1. INSTALL PIPE MARKERS ON EACH PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM AND INCLUDE ARROWS TO SHOW NORMAL DIRECTION OF FLOW. LOCATE PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS WHEREVER PIPING IS EXPOSED TO VIEW IN OCCUPIED SPACES, MACHINE ROOMS, ACCESSIBLE MAINTENANCE SPACES (SHAFTS, TUNNELS, PLENUMS) AND EXTERIOR NON—CONCEALED LOCATIONS. PROVIDE PLASTIC LAMINATE OR BRASS VALVE TAG ON EVERY VALVE, COCK AND CONTROL DEVICE IN EACH PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM; EXCLUDE CHECK VALVES, VALVES WITHIN FACTORY— FABRICATED EQUIPMENT UNITS, PLUMBING FIXTURE FAUCETS, CONVENIENCE AND LAWN—WATERING HOSE BIBBS, AND SHUT—OFF VALVES AT PLUMBING FIXTURES AND SIMILAR ROUGH—IN CONNECTIONS OF END—USE FIXTURES AND UNITS. 15B3 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 15B 3-1 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS. AND TRAPS PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS AT VALVES OR BATTERIES OF FIXTURES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS TO PREVENT WATER HAMMER. ARRESTORS SHALL BE JOSAM, SMITH, PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, PROFLO, SIOUX CHIEF, WADE, WATTS, OR ZURN, STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS TYPE, OR 0—RING SEALED AND LUBRICATED ACETAL PISTON. INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PER THE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE PDI WH-201 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALLATION OF ARRESTORS AT BATTERIES OF FIXTURES PRECLUDES THE REQUIREMENT FOR INDIVIDUAL AIR CHAMBERS AT EACH BATTERY FIXTURE. SUBMIT CERTIFICATION THAT VALVES, FITTINGS AND SPECIALTIES COMPLY WITH CALIFORNIA AB 1953, AND NSF 61 ANNEX G. PROVIDE WATER—SEAL TRAPS ON FLOOR DRAINS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT WITH DRAIN CONNECTIONS, INCLUDING TRAPS NOT FURNISHED IN COMBINATION WITH FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. PLACE TRAP AS CLOSE TO THE FIXTURE OR DRAIN AS POSSIBLE. EXPOSED TRAPS IN FINISHED SPACES SHALL BE CHROME—PLATED BRASS. PROVIDE CONVENTIONAL "P" TYPE TRAP, WATER—SEALED SELF—CLEANING DESIGN. FULL "S" TRAPS OR TRAP STANDARDS SHALL BE USED ONLY WHERE SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR ELSEWHERE IN THIS SPECIFICATION. TRAP WATER SEALS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 2", AND DEEP SEAL TRAPS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED. EACH TRAP NOT INTEGRAL WITH THE FIXTURE OR FLOOR DRAIN OR INSTALLED BELOW THE BASE SLAB SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN ACCESSIBLE CLEANOUT OF ADEQUATE SIZE. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE AND WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 15B 3-2 CLEANOUTS AND FLOOR SINKS CLEANOUTS AND FLOOR SINKS SHALL BE BY ONE MANUFACTURER IF POSSIBLE. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE JOSAM, SMITH, WADE, WATTS, AND ZURN. PROVIDE LONG SWEEP FITTINGS FOR CLEANOUT EXTENSIONS; SHORT SWEEPS AT START OF RUNS OR CHANGE IN DIRECTION AND COMBINATION WYE AND EIGHT BEND FITTINGS IN HORIZONTAL RUNS. INSTALL CLEANOUTS WITH A MINIMUM OF 18" CLEAR ALL AROUND, CONSULT LOCAL CODES FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS, FOR EASY SYSTEM MAINTENANCE. INSTALL PLUG WITH TEFLON JOINT COMPOUND. FLOOR SINKS: SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. FLOOR CLEANOUTS: SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT POINTS AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, AT THE BUILDING EXIT; AT A MINIMUM OF EVERY 50 FEET IN HORIZONTAL SOIL AND WASTE LINES; AND AT TURNS OF PIPE GREATER THAN 45 DEGREES CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF THE PIPE UP TO 4", AND 4" SIZE FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 4". DETERMINE THE TYPE OF FLOOR COVERING TO BE USED AT EACH FLOOR CLEANOUT LOCATION AND PROVIDE TOP WITH VARIATIONS SUITABLE FOR FLOOR COVERING (CARPET MARKERS, RECESSED FOR TILE AND SCORIATED FOR UNFINISHED FLOOR). ROUGH—IN AND INSTALL EACH FLOOR CLEANOUT FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. WALL CLEANOUTS: SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSTALL WALL CLEANOUTS AT POINTS AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS; AT THE FOOT OF EACH SOIL, WASTE OR INTERIOR DOWNSPOUT STACK; AT HORIZONTAL SOIL AND WASTE BRANCHES LONGER THAN FIVE FEET NOT SERVED BY A FLOOR CLEANOUT; CONSULT LOCAL CODES FOR INSTALLATION AT SPECIFIC FIXTURE TYPES. INSTALL WALL CLEANOUTS ABOVE THE FLOOD RIM OF THE FIXTURE SERVED WITHIN FOUR FEET OF THE FLOOR AND INSTALL EXTENSIONS FROM THE CLEANOUT TEE TO THE WALL TO LOCATE THE PLUG WITHIN 2" OF THE WALL WHERE REQUIRED. INSTALL CLEANOUTS ON URINALS AND SINKS WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. 158 3-3 VALVES AND UNIONS PLUMBING SYSTEM VALVES SHALL BE CRANE COMPANY OR NIKO OF MODELS HEREIN SPECIFIED, OR APPROVED EQUAL BY HAMMOND, MILWAUKEE, STOCKHAM OR MUELLER VALVES. VALVES SHALL BE OF THE BEST QUALITY, DESIGNED FOR 125 PSI STEAM WORKING PRESSURE. INSTALL VALVES ON THE HOT AND COLD WATER LINES AT THE WATER HEATER CONNECTIONS AND OTHER ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT, AT BRANCHES FROM MAINS SERVING GROUPS OF FIXTURES, AND AT OTHER PLACES INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY THE INSTALLATION TO ALLOW EASE OF FUTURE MAINTENANCE. SUBMIT CERTIFICATION THAT VALVES, FITTINGS AND SPECIALTIES COMPLY WITH CALIFORNIA AB 1953 AND NSF 61 ANNEX G. GATE VALVES: CLASS 125, SIZE 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE NIBCO #S-113—LF NON —RISING STEM, SOLDERED LEAD FREE BRONZE BODY AND PARTS, WITH WEDGE DISC. GATE VALVES 2-1/2" AND LARGER SHALL BE CRANE #465-1/2 OR NIBCO #617-0, 0.5. 8c Y., IRON BODY FLANGED WEDGE GATE WITH BRASS SEATS AND STEM. BALL VALVES (MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF GATE VALVES UP TO 2"): 2" AND SMALLER, NIBCO #S-685— 80—LF; TWO PIECE LEAD FREE BRONZE BODY, WITH SOLDERED ENDS, CHROME PLATED BRONZE BALL WITH CONVENTIONAL PORT, 600 PSI, BLOW—OUT PROOF STEM. CHECK VALVES: CHECK VALVES SHALL BE CLASS 125. CHECK VALVES FOR INSTALLATION IN HORIZONTAL PIPE RUNS SHALL BE OF THE "SWING DISC" DESIGN. HORIZONTAL CHECK VALVES 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE MILWAUKEE #UP1509 OR NIBCO #S-413—Y—LF WITH SOLDERED LEAD FREE BRONZE BODY AND BRONZE DISC. CHECK VALVES FOR INSTALLATION IN VERTICAL PIPE RUNS SHALL BE OF THE "VERTICAL LIFT" SPRING LOADED DESIGN. VERTICAL CHECK VALVES 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE MILWAUKEE #UP1548T OR NIBCO #S-480—Y—LF WITH SOLDERED LEAD FREE BRONZE BODY AND BRONZE DISC. VERTICAL CHECK VALVES 3" AND LARGER SHALL BE CENTER GUIDED. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES: THERMOSTATIC MIXING -VALVES SHALL BE POWERS AS DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS OR EQUAL BRADLEY, LEONARD, LAWLER, SYM MONS OR WATTS MEETING ASSE 1070 WITH BRASS BODY, MN—CORROSIVE INTERNAL PARTS, TAMPER RESISTANT TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT, UNION INLETS AND CHECK STOPS WITH STRAINERS. SET TEMPERATURE AT 100T FOR HAND WASHING. UNIONS: FERROUS UNIONS SHALL BE CRANE OR EQUAL, COMBINATION IRON AND BRASS, GROUND JOINT WITH SCREWED ENDS. COPPER UNIONS SHALL BE STREAMLINE OR EQUAL, CAST BRONZE SWEAT TYPE WITH GROUND JOINT. FERROUS TO COPPER UNIONS SHALL BE UNIVERSAL CONTROLS OR EQUAL, DIELECTRIC TYPE WITH THREADED NYLON INSERT. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES: SELF CONTAINED TYPE SHALL BE OF THE TYPE AS SCHEDULED AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS BY WATTS OR EQUAL BY CASH—ACME OR WILKINS. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS: SHALL BE OF THE TYPE AS SCHEDULED AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS BY WATTS, CONBRACO, FEBCO OR WILKINS. 15B 3-6 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES THERMOMETERS SHALL BE AMERICAN 3" BI—METAL DIAL TYPE WITH SEPARABLE SOCKET, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED. PRESSURE GAUGES SHALL BE ASHCROFT 3" DIAL TYPE WITH SHUT—OFF COCK, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED. TRAP PRIMERS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS "PRIME RITE" OR EQUAL BY MIFAB OR SIOUX CHIEF WITH BRASS BODY AND INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER. PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION BOX WHERE MORE THAN ONE TRAP IS INDICATED TO BE PRIMED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL WHERE REQUIRED. 15B4 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 15B 4-1 PLUMBING FIXTURES FURNISH AND INSTALL COMMERCIAL GRADE PLUMBING FIXTURES, SEE THE DRAWINGS FOR QUANTITIES AND DESCRIPTIONS. PROVIDE CHINA FIXTURES AS SCHEDULED BY AMERICAN— STANDARD OR APPROVED EQUAL BY CRANE, ELJER, GERBER, KOHLER, TOTO—KIKI OR ZURN. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL SINKS AS SCHEDULED BY ELKAY OR EQUAL BY JUST. PROVIDE ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS AS SCHEDULED BY ELKAY OR APPROVED EQUAL BY ACORN / AQUA, HALSEY TAYLOR OR HAWS. PROVIDE MOP SINKS AS SCHEDULED BY STERN—WILLIAMS OR EQUAL BY ACORN ENGINEERING CO., FIAT OR FLORESTONE. PROVIDE FIXTURES OF SAME MANUFACTURER WHERE POSSIBLE. FIXTURES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED, SET FIRM AND TRUE, CONNECTED TO REQUIRED PIPING SERVICES, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, LEFT CLEAN AND READY FOR USE. EXPOSED FITTINGS AND PIPING AT THE FIXTURES SHALL BE CHROME—PLATED, AND WATER SUPPLY PIPING SHALL BE VALVED AT EACH FIXTURE. 15B 4-2 PLUMBING FIXTURE TRIM SUBMIT CERTIFICATION THAT FACUETS AND TRIM COMPLY WITH CALIFORNIA AB 1953 AND NSF 61 ANNEX G. FIXTURE TRIM SHALL HAVE THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME STAMPED CLEARLY AND VISIBLY ON EACH ITEM. PROVIDE FAUCETS AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS: BY CHICAGO, SPEAKMEN, ZURN, OR T&S BRASS. PROVIDE SINGLE LEVER HANDLE FAUCETS AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS: BY ELKAY, ELJER, KOHLER, SPEAKMEN, OR SYMMONS FIXTURE P—TRAPS SHALL BE 17 GAUGE BRASS BODY WITH CLEANOUT, 17 GAUGE SEAMLESS TUBULAR WALL BEND WITH CAST BRASS SLIP NUT, SHALLOW STEEL FLANGE, ALL CHROME PLATED: BY MCGUIRE, BRASS CRAFT, DEARBORN BRASS, EBC, PROFLO, WATTS BRASS AND TUBULAR OR ZURN. LAVATORY AND SINK SUPPLIES SHALL BE SOLID BRASS ANGLE OR STRAIGHT TYPE WITH FULL TURN BRASS STEM, WHEEL HANDLE OR LOOSE KEY TYPES AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS, SHALLOW STEEL FLANGE, 3/8" COPPER RISER FLANGE, ALL CHROME PLATED, FINAL CONNECTION AS REQUIRED: BY MCGUIRE, BRASS CRAFT, EBC, PROFLO OR ZURN. SINK DRAINS SHALL BE BASKET TYPE WITH CHROME PLATED FORGED BRASS BASKET STRAINER AND STRAINER BODY WITH 1-1/2" X 4" LONG SEAMLESS BRASS TAILPIECE AND CAST BRASS LOCK AND COUPLING NUTS BY MCGUIRE, BRASS CRAFT, DEARBORN BRASS, EBC, PROFLO OR ZURN.. PROVIDE HANDICAP INSULATION KITS FOR LAVATORIES AND SINKS ON EXPOSED WATER AND WASTE PIPES AND FITTINGS, INCLUDING OFFSET DRAIN AND CONTINUOUS WASTE COVERS WHERE REQUIRED: BY BROCAR, MCGUIRE, PLUMBEREX "PRO-2000", PROFLO, TRAP—WRAP OR TRU—BRO. 15B 4-3 WATER HEATER WATER HEATER SHALL BE BY A.O.SMITH, BRADFORD—WHITE, LOCHINVAR, STATE, RHEEM OR RUUD WITH CAPACITY AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. UNIT SHALL BE ELECTRIC GLASSLINED TANK TYPE COMPLETE WITH STEEL JACKET, FIBERGLASS INSULATION, MAGNESIUM ANODE, INTEGRAL THERMOSTATS AND CONTROLS, AND TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. WATER HEATER SHALL BE UL LISTED AND MEET ASHRAE 90.1B STANDARDS FOR THERMAL EFFICIENCY AND STANDBY HEAT LOSS. WATER HEATER SHALL BE CHRONOMITE, EEMAX, HOT AQUA OR PVI WITH CAPACITY AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. UNIT SHALL BE WALL—MOUNTED, TANKLESS, POINT—OF—USE TYPE WITH THERMOSTATIC CONTROL, FLOW SWITCH, COMPLETELY PRE—WIRED AND JACKET, UL APPROVED. RELIEF VALVE: WATER HEATER RELIEF VALVE SHALL BE OF THE TEST LEVER TYPE, WITH AUTOMATIC RESET, COMBINATION TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF, APPROVED AND STAMPED BY THE AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION. IT SHALL BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON THE HEATER TANK, OR IN THE HOT WATER OUTLET, NOT MORE THAN 3" FROM THE TANK. THE TEMPERATURE SHALL BE NORMALLY SET TO RELIEVE AT 210�F AND THE PRESSURE RELIEF SHALL BE AT 125 PSI. THE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE LINE SHALL BE PIPED DOWN AND TERMINATE 6" ABOVE A FLOOR DRAIN. VACUUM RELIEF VALVE: WATTS #N36 OR WILKINS #VR-10 WITH BRONZE BODY AND SILICON DISC. VALVE SHALL OPEN AT 0.5"HG VACUUM AND BE RATED FOR 200 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE AND 250T TEMPERATURE. INSTALL IN COLD WATER SUPPLY TO EACH WATER HEATER DOWNSTREAM OF THE SHUTOFF AND CHECK VALVES. EXPANSION TANK: EXPANSION TANK SHALL BE AMTROL "THERM— X—TROL" AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS OR EQUAL BY ARMSTRONG, BELL & GOSSETT, PROFLO, TACO, OR WATTS. UNIT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF WELDED CARBON STEEL LISTED FOR FOR 150 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE, WITH A FDA APPROVED BUTYL RUBBER DIAPHRAGM, TAPS FOR PRESSURE GAGE, AIR CHARGING FITTING, AND DRAIN FITTING. SUPPORT AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. CHARGE TANK WITH AIR PRESSURE EQUAL TO THE STATIC WATER PRESSURE. RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED uJ 7 0 114 2 0 0 41 a_ ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET ! : ! ! 1 ! ! i ! 1 uJ 7 0 114 2 0 0 41 a_ ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO/SJ DRAWN on RRR FILE: k04, vA 0 ,..., t, x:SO l'9 ss), c., 'e., • 14) . • . f° SHEET NAME: PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: P3.1 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. ABBREVIATIONS (ALL ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS.) LIGHTING WIRING DEVICES & OUTLETS ELECTRICAL ONE —UNE do RISER Ci A000 0A O >A DA Yg FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE: (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) a = SWITCHED BY SWITCH "a" A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" LIGHT FIXTURE WITH NIGHT LIGHT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERY PACK LIGHT FIXTURE WITH DUAL BALLASTS CIRCUITED SEPARATELY. (SHADING IMPLIES EMERGENCY BALLAST WITH BATTERY PACK) LIGHTING TRACK WITH LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES AS INDICATED MIRROR LIGHTS (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) LIGHT FIXTURE - CEILING / WALL MOUNTED. A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" WALL WASHER LIGHT FIXTURE - ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION. A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" SITE LIGHTING FIXTURE (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) A EXIT SIGN - CEILING / WALL MOUNTED, ARROWS AS INDICATED. A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) A EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LIGHT FIXTURE - CEILING /WALL MOUNTED. (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) AFEA (AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE) SIGN - CEILING /WALL ® pMOUNTED, ARROWS AS INDICATED, A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) SECURITY 8 CPU & MONITOR (ELEVATION) WITH PERIPHERAL DEVICES CPU & MONITOR (PLAN VIEW) WITH PERIPHERAL DEVICES CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CCTV (PAN TILT ZOOM) REQUEST TO EXIT BUTTON ELECTRIC DOOR LOCK PANIC BUTTON (D= DESK W= WALL F= FLOOR) CARD READER DOOR MONITOR GLASS BREAK KEY PAD MOTION DETECTOR WATCH TOUR SINGLE POLE WALL SWITCH (NO LETTER DESIGNATION) SWITCH LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: 2 = TWO POLE WALL SWITCH 3 = THREE -WAY WALL SWITCH 4 = FOUR -WAY WALL SWITCH D = DIMMER TYPE SWITCH OS = OCCUPANCY SENSOR P = SPST PILOT LIGHT SWITCH K = KEYED LIGHT SWITCH M = MOTOR RATED SWITCH WP = WEATHER PROOF CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH POWER SUPPLY AND LOAD RELAY AS REQUIRED OR SPECIFIED. SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5 -20R, UNO DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5 -20R, UNO 4 DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5 -20R, UNO SPECIAL RECEPTACLE - NEMA TYPE AS NOTED TWIST -LOCK TYPE RECEPTACLE GFCI 9 OR 0 GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE* ots C�7 ll I�JP ISOLATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE* EMERGENCY RECEPTACLE* RECEPTACLE INSTALLED 6" ABOVE COUNTER OR BACKSPLASH* RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN CEILING* RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN FLOOR* RECEPTACLE INSTALLED VIA DROP CORD* *DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHOWN, SIMILAR FOR OTHERS RECEPTACLE LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: C = CLOCK HANGER TYPE E = EMERGENCY POWER S = SWITCHED IG = ISOLATED GROUND TR = TAMPER RESISTANT WP = WEATHERPROOF MULTI - OUTLET SURFACE RACEWAY WITH NEMA 5 -20R RECEPTACLES 12" ON CENTER, UNO. TELEPHONE OUTLET - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL AT SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. DATA OUTLET - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL AT SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. MULTI - SERVICE OUTLET; TELEPHONE AND DATA - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL AT SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. MULTI - SERVICE POWER POLE WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER OUTLETS A = TYPE, REFER TO TWM OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS MULTI - SERVICE FLOOR BOX WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER OUTLETS A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS POKE THROUGH, A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS THERMOSTAT JUNCTION BOX /OUTLET BOX JUNCTION BOX /OUTLET BOX BLANK FACE GFCI FEED THROUGH DEVICE EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS POWER EQUIPMENT & DEVICES (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) ELECTRICAL AUDIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) ALARMS ANNUNCIATOR PANELS CLOCK OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) EXIT SIGNS (WALL MOUNTED, BOTTOM) FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (DISPLAY) FIRE ALARM BELL (EXTERIOR) FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL /UNIT (DISPLAY) INTERCOM (AFEA ONLY) INTERCOMS PANELS /PANELBOARDS (TOP) PULL STATIONS (HANDLE) PHOTOCELLS RECEPTACLES (CENTERLINE) RECEPTACLES (EXTERIOR) RECEPTACLES (GARAGES) RECEPTACLES IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (EQUIPMENT ROOMS) REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (FINISHED AREAS) SAFETY SWITCHES STARTERS SWITCHES (CENTERLINE) TELEPHONES (PUBLIC) TELEPHONE, DATA OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD (BOTTOM) TELEVISION OUTLETS VISIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) 1 84" 48" 48" 84" 48" 80" 60" 120" 60" 36" 48" 72" 48" 144" 18" 24" 26" 48" 48" CEILING 48" 48" 48" 48 ", 1 CO 36" 18" 6" 18" 84" ANNOTATION O O O O MECHANICAL OR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN CALLOUT PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTE CALLOUT TECHNOLOGY PLAN CALLOUT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER XIV SECTION CUT DESIGNATION = = FAWAIA 200/3/150 ELECTRICAL SERVICE PANELBOARD (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT) TERMINAL CABINET (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT), TYPE AS NOTED PLYWOOD TERMINAL BOARD FOR TELEPHONE SYSTEM, UNO. SIZE AS NOTED. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD SWITCHBOARD OR MOTOR CONTROL CENTER ON HOUSEKEEPING PAD TRANSFORMER MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH - "200/3/150" DENOTES AMPERES /POLE /FUSE NF= NON -FUSED CB= CIRCUIT BREAKER (200 /3 /CB) COMBINATION DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCH AND 30/3 15/1 MOTOR STARTER "30/3/15/1" DENOTES AMPERES /POLE /FUSE /NEMA STARTER SIZE NF= NON -FUSED CB= CIRCUIT BREAKER (30/3/CB/1) ®2 DID L m MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER, NEMA SIZE AS NOTED. 3 -POLE, UNO. MANUAL STARTER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE RELAY OR CONTACTOR (IN SCHEMATICS) MAGNETIC CONTACTOR, SIZE, COIL VOLTAGE AND NUMBER OF POLES AS INDICATED (L= LIGHTING CONTACTOR, P= POWER CONTACTOR) TIME SWITCH CURRENT LIMITER PHOTOCELL INDICATING LIGHT PUSH BUTTON STOP -START PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION HAND -OFF -AUTO PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION o❑"D MUSHROOM -TYPE PUSH BUTTON OVERHEAD PADDLE FAN 800A SWITCH 3P 200AS 3P 200AF FRS RATING AS SHOWN FUSED SWITCH RATING, POLES AND FUSE TYPE AS SHOWN I 225A CIRCUIT BREAKER ( 3P TX# 177 RATINGS AS SHOWN PANELBOARD (SEE SCHEDULES) TRANSFORMER TYPE AND RATINGS AS SHOWN ATS# AUTOMATIC TRANSFER -1200A SWITCH. RATINGS AS L_ j3P SHOWN KU'U• GFR UTILITY METER * 400A (1 3P 200AS 3P 200AF FRS NEMA 1 f 225 3P I } NEMA 1 DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER. RATINGS AS SHOWN COMBINATION FUSED SWITCH /STARTER AND STARTER SIZE COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKER /STARTER AND STARTER SIZE MULTI - SECTION PANELBOARD (SEE SCHEDULES) 1TX# SHIELDED 1 1 TRANSFORMER I 1 TYPE AND RATINGS L - - - -J AS SHOWN GENERATOR, SEPARATELY DERIVED SOURCE RATINGS AS SHOWN (W /BYPASS) AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH WITH BYPASS. RATINGS AS SHOWN 200A, 3P COMBINATION DIGITAL VOLT METER /AMMETER CIRCUIT GENERATOR, NON- SEPARATELY DERIVED SOURCE, RATINGS AS SHOWN IDENTIFICATION - SEE CIRCUIT SCHEDULE GROUND FAULT RELAY KIRK -KEY INTERLOCK SHUNT TRIP AMMETER, RANGE AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED VOLTMETER, RANGE AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED UTILITY METER (AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY) AMMETER SWITCH VOLTMETER SWITCH D WATT -HOUR_ METER, "D "_ DENOTES DEMAND REGISTER, WH 15 15 DENOTES MINUTES OF DEMAND INTERVAL 4 CURRENT TRANSFORMER RATING AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER RATING AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED TVSS S II TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR GROUND CONNECTION GROUND CONNECTION WITH TEST WELL GROUND ROD LIGHTNING ARRESTER CAPACITOR CONTACT (OPEN OR CLOSED) AM HEATER MOTOR BLOCK LOAD KW OR KVA CIRCUITING 8c WIRING OR P1 P1 -3,5,7 SWITCHED HOT CONDUCTORS (SHOWN TRAILING NEUTRAL) NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTORS (SHOWN LEADING NEUTRAL) HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD, ARROWS INDICATE NUMBER OF CIRCUITS, HASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS. INFORMATION AT ARROWS ARE CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND PANELBOARD. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT (GREEN INSULATION OR BARE) ' \ ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN CONDUIT (GREEN INSULATION WITH YELLOW TRACER) CONDUIT CONCEALED r _ CONDUIT IN /UNDER FLOOR /GROUND CONSTRUCTION - - EXPOSED CONDUIT N-__//-\\. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT - LOW VOLTAGE CABLE (NOT ROUTED IN CONDUIT) CONDUIT TURNING DOWN 0 CONDUIT TURNING UP CONNECTION POINT OR EQUIPMENT TERMINATION I EQUIPMENT TERMINATION A A AMPERES A AIR (COMPRESSED) A/C AIR CONDITIONING ACC AIR COOLED CHILLER ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AF AMPERE FUSE AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AFCI ARC FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER AFEA AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT Al ANALOG INPUT AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CURRENT AL ALUMINUM AO ANALOG OUTPUT AP AP ATL AV AWG ACCESS PANEL ACCESS POINT ACROSS -THE -LINE AUDIO VISUAL AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE B B BOILER BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BB BACKBONE BD BACKDRAFT DAMPER BD BLOWDOWN BD BUILDING DISTRIBUTOR BDF BUILDING DISTRIBUTION FRAME BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BFG BELOW FINISHED GRADE BFP BOILER FEED PUMP BI BINARY INPUT BKR BREAKER BO BINARY OUTPUT BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE BOS BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT C C CAT CATV CD CD CT CCTV CH CONDUIT CATEGORY CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM CANDELA CAMPUS DISTRIBUTOR CURRENT TRANSFORMER CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CHILLER CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CKT CIRCUIT CMP COMMUNICATIONS PLENUM CABLE CMR COMMUNICATIONS RISER CABLE CP CONDENSATE PUMP CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER CPVC CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CRAC COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT CRU COMPUTER ROOM UNIT CT COOLING TOWER CTP CU CU CVD CWP DB DDC DFU DI DI DN DPDT COOLING TOWER PUMP COPPER CONDENSING UNIT CUMULATIVE VOLTAGE DROP CHILLED WATER PUMP DECIBELS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT DIGITAL INPUT DUCTILE IRON DOWN DOUBLE -POLE, DOUBLE -THROW DPI DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATOR DPST DOUBLE -POLE, SINGLE -THROW DS DOWNSPOUT DS DUCT SILENCER DX DIRECT EXPANSION E (E) EXISTING EA EXHAUST AIR EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EDB ENTERING DRY BULB EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO EF EXHAUST FAN EIA ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES ASSOCATIONS EL ELECTRIFIED LOCK OR LATCH EM EMERGENCY EMI ELECTROMAGNETIC INTEFERENCE EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF ER EQUIPMENT ROOM ESFR EARLY SUPPRESSION FAST RESPONSE ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN EWB ENTERING WET BULB EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE F FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS /OWNER FCA FAULT CURRENT AMPS FCU FAN COIL UNIT FD FD FFA FFB FF FHC FLOOR DISTRIBUTOR FLOOR DRAIN FROM FLOOR ABOVE FROM FLOOR BELOW FINISHED FLOOR FIRE HOSE CABINET FL FLA FLR FLOW UNE FULL LOAD AMPS FLOOR FU FURNACE FVNR FULL- VOLTAGE, NON- REVERSING GC G GENERAL CONTRACTOR GE GROUNDING EQUALIZER GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GFR GROUND FAULT RELAY G GROUND GND GPM GRS GYP GROUND GALLONS PER MINUTE GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL GYPSUM BOARD H HC HORIZONTAL CROSS- CONNECT HD HEAD HD HUB DRAIN HOA HTG HTR HVU UNIT HWP HZ HAND - OFF - AUTOMATIC HEATING HEATER HEATING AND VENTILATING HEATING WATER PUMP HERTZ IC INTERMEDIATE CROSS - CONNECT IE IG IMC IN WC IP ISC ISDN ISP ISP INVERT ELEVATION ISOLATED GROUND INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT INCHES OF WATER COLUMN INTERNET PROTOCOL SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK INTERNET SERVICE PROVIDER INSIDE PLANT CABLE J JB JUNCTION BOX J -BOX JUNCTION BOX K kcmil 1000 CIRCULAR MILS KK KIRK KEY kV KILOVOLT kVA KILOVOLT -AMPS kVAR KILOVOLT -AMPS REACTIVE kW . KILOWATT kWH KILOWATT -HOUR L L LAN LAT LCC LDB LEC LED LF LP LRA LWB LWT LOUVER LOCAL AREA NETWORK LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LIMITED COMBUSTIBLE CABLE LEAVING DRY BULB LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIER LIGHT- EMITTING DIODE LINEAR FEET LOW PRESSURE LOCKED ROTOR AMPS LEAVING WET BULB LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE M -M MULTIMODE MAN METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORK MATV MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM MAU MAKE -UP AIR UNIT MAX MAXIMUM MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR MC MAIN CROSS- CONNECT MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MD MOTORIZED DAMPER MDF MAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAME MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MFR MANUFACTURER MG MOTOR GENERATOR MH MAINTENANCE HOLE MH MANHOLE MIN MINIMUM MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MPOE MAIN POINT OF ENTRANCE MPOP MAIN POINT OF PRESENCE MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD MSWB MAIN SWITCHBOARD MS/TP MASTER SLAVE/TOKEN PASSING - COMMUNICATION TRUNK MTD MOUNTED MU MAKE -UP N N/A N/C N/O NC NEC NF NFPA NIC NL NM 0 OA OC ORD OS OSHA OSP NOT APPLICABLE NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN NOISE CRITERIA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NON -FUSED NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, INC. NOT IN CONTRACT NIGHT LIGHT NANO METER OUTSIDE AIR ON CENTER OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION OUTSIDE PLANT P P POLE PBX PRIVATE BRANCH EXHANGE PCR PUMPED CONDENSATE RETURN PDI PLUMBING DRAINAGE INSTITUTE PDU POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT PH PHASE 0 PHASE PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE PNL PANEL PNLBD PANELBOARD POE POWER OVER ETHERNET POTS STANDARD ANALOG TELEPHONE UNE POTS PLAIN OLD TELEPHONE SERVICE PROVIDE FURNISH AND INSTALL PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PSTN PUBLIC SWITCHED TELELPHONE NETWORK PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER PTP POINT -TO -POINT PTZ PAN, TILT, ZOOM PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE 0 QTY QUANTITY R RA RC RCP RCPT RD RD REV RF RH RH RHG RLA RMC RPM RTU RU RETURN AIR ROOM CRITERIA REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE RECEPTACLE ROOF DRAIN RETURN DUCT REVISION RETURN FAN RELATIVE HUMIDITY ROOF HOOD REFRIGERANT HOT GAS RUNNING LOAD AMPS RIGID METAL CONDUIT REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE ROOFTOP UNIT RACK UNIT SA S SUPPLY AIR SATV SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL NETWORK SD SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR SD SUPPLY DUCT SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO SF SQUARE FEET SF SUPPLY FAN SPDT SINGLE -POLE, DOUBLE -THROW SPST SINGLE -POLE, SINGLE -THROW SP STATIC PRESSURE SP SUMP PUMP SS SS SS ST ST STC STM SWBD STAINLESS STEEL SANITARY SEWER SOIL STACK SHUNT TRIP STEAM TRAP SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STEAM SWITCHBOARD T TBB TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING BACKBONE TBD TO BE DETERMINED TC /C TEMPERATURE CONTROLS CONTRACTOR TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD TFA TO FLOOR ABOVE TFB TO FLOOR BELOW TGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BUS BAR TIA TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION TL TWISTLOCK TMGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUND BUS BAR TR TAMPER RESISTANT TR TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM TT TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER TWU THROUGH WALL AIR CONDITIONING UNIT TX TRANSFORMER TYP TYPICAL U U/F UNDERFLOOR U/G UNDERGROUND U/S UNDERSLAB UH UNIT HEATER UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY UTP UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR V V VAC VD VDC VAV VCP VFD VS VTR W W/ W/O WAN WAP WB WC WG WPD WP WS WSFU WT WT X VOLT(S) VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENT VOLTAGE DROP VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VENT STACK VENT THROUGH ROOF WIRE WITH WITHOUT WIDE AREA NETWORK WIRELESS ACCESS POINT WET BULB WATER COLUMN WATER GONG WATER PRESSURE DROP WEATHERPROOF WASTE STACK WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT WATERTIGHT WEIGHT XP EXPLOSION -PROOF bt>ivi RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER ALL CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION PROCESS SHALL VISIT PROPOSED WORK SITE AND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. ANY CONDITION THAT DIFFERS FROM THAT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT /ENGINEER SO THAT NEW AND REVISED BID DRAWINGS OR INFORMATION MAY BE ISSUED. MODIFICATIONS TO THE SCOPE OF WORK WHICH RESULTS FROM THE CONTRACTORS NEGLECT TO VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY. SEPARATE PERMITAND 4 APPROVAL w =RED oa • IL • IP Z v • 0 1 0 U, CJ Z Q E o H o°' U .cm wam o°i UDC < 2 x a .5 m ai m p Po - O a) 0 a' N LL i+0 o = 'o Ill woo =¢a I limnL.- CI) CD c c to, "ttO - tU 8 LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE ft 12 1.0 001.1 D Z ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: E01 SYMBOLS.DWG � ,# ■ -,2 stovII.II,,, C • .. ...1 - - : - • / • 4:. x...-:, ....,3-AP—tiq21 is "L,� . 1111 • . , = .. .. ' SHEET NAME: ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND LEGEND SHEET NUMBER: E0.1 t T ` • 0 SINK DISPOSAL l l fbm ■>��■�f tom■ -■ 11" I LW:: —1 LA 35...: LC LC 2 HA ! 7 LC 6" ABOVE CEILIING +48" +48" ■ ■�"T ■T ■T■"�'i' ' r''T■1aT ■Taiii1 w LC LC LC _ rg , rm Iv .r• .H1 + r -4 : ..." " , . i musiurinial i •■• ■ ill ,� � , rl iU 1)!!® 411 A9 A +18" 111 -i■ Q +18" 1..1 _':.... LB 9 } #10 MEMWmilmmummaMMIEMMM LC 13 POW R 6 PART 1/2 LC 14 LA 36 0 8 liryky t.... 11111 ..„:„ .. " iiiiiiik LC 16 HA __ ROUTE CONDUIT VIA TRENCH ,#j h �i WI A 12 LC PART 2/3 PART 2/2 • GAG -�� aP 10iMMMY 8 VAS /AV/ MrAfid rA rArl „gm Arr" vr-A or/ LF IMP reA v', 00,2 Air I • l L& 9 i i i i III 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 I I 01 LC 39 LA 39 22 U 1 2 3/3 LB LB 7 LB LC 1/3 19 ail El ( 7.8 m 01 LC 429 0 0 10 0 LA X41 9 Alf (E) CA 41 �11�11t.') 3 L 15 17 _ (E) T23 (E) SB {'f (E) LA (E) LB E) LP! V ((E) Hoti 14 (E) LE, 1012 p HA A II I 1 eA 111111 Art iii in 1 IN r4 Ito IN 2 TER WI OLER LE: CONCEAL CABINET PER NUFACTURER LB I 1=91 Ims 5 LC 17 01,10 C 42 C 33 41 now ► 6 • I. 23 ri- 1 17 = = =q LB 2 LCu 381 LB LB 44 GFCI LC 39 01 ICE MACHINES \ " F = = = =9 I - - - --4 6 = = = =d 6 6 =1 F = =qi - li • II G = =1 G LC 18 CP -1 �h1 . I' li 0 = = ==1 LB 12 LB .;j f 1111 / 0 LA 34 PART 1/2 0 LC 274. 10 m 0 = =� _ =� Fl 36 LC 34 LA PART 2/2 CP -2 LC 10 rah = = ==4 0 F=- - -= ====. =_=== = == =_ = HUMIDIFIER POWER, +96" AFF = = =� - 16 PUSHBUTTON 16 2, ELECTRICAL PO SCALE: 1 /8" =1' -0 ER PLAN 41 1\ 411111 MIL 1..1 1.•1 I' o —I- -4— GENERAL POWER NOTES: 1 PROVIDE ALL TERMINATIONS INCLUDING POWER AND CONTROL WIRING TO ALL WALK -IN BOXES AND TO THE REMOTE COMPRESSORS. COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. 2 PROVIDE SEAL -OFF'S FOR ALL CONDUITS ENTERING OR LEAVING WALK -IN BOXES PER NEC, ARTICLE 300 -7(a). 3 RIGID CONDUITS ENTERING THE WALK -INS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EXPANSION JOINTS PER NEC, ARTICLE 300 - 7(b). 4 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY MOCP REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL CHECKSTANDS WITH SUPPLIER PRIOR TO RELEASING PANELBOARD INFORMATION TO PANELBOARD MANUFACTURER. 5 SEE PANELBOARD SCHEDULES ON SHEET E4.2 FOR CONDUIT AND WIRE SIZE. 6 THE ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR OF EACH ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS (NO SPLICES) THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE CIRCUIT. 7 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CIRCUITRY SHALL BE #12 AWG IN 3/4" CONDUIT. PROVIDE CODE SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR WITHIN EACH LINE VOLTAGE CONDUIT. POWER PLAN KEY NOTES: El El 6 8 9 10 m POWER CONNECTION FOR UNDERCOUNTER DISHWASHER, MOYER DEIBEL 351 HT WITH 70 DEGREE RISE BOOSTER, HARD WIRED, 40A CIRCUIT. REFER TO PLUMBING SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE 60A /2P NEMA 1 LOCKABLE DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDE 40A SP TOGGLE SWITCH AND A DEDICATED 277V/10 CIRCUIT FOR INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER. FROM WATER HEATER, CONCEAL THE CONDUIT IN THE WALL TO A FLUSH J -BOX LOCATED NEAR THE WATER HEATER. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE J -BOX TO THE WATER HEATER. REFER TO PLUMBING SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. FROM THE WATER HEATER, CONCEAL THE CONDUIT IN THE WALL TO A FLUSH J -BOX ( +66" AFF) LOCATED NEAR THE WATER HEATER. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE J -BOX TO THE WATER HEATER. REFER TO PLUMBING SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE 30A /3P NEMA 1 LOCKABLE DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDE 2 "X2" DOUBLE COMPARTMENT POWER POLE FROM ROOF DECK TO COUNTERTOP WITH RECEPTACLE POWER, TELEPHONE, AND DATA NETWORK CONNECTION. WIREMOLD CAT # 25DTP -415 COLOR: IVORY PROVIDE (1) 4 "C.O. FOR TELE /DATA TO MPOE. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR CONDENSATE HEATER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH COOLER MANUFACTURER, OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. REFERENCE SHEET E2.2 FOR LIGHTING INFORMATION. PROVIDE POWER FOR DETEX LOCK. PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE AT JOIST HEIGHT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ON WALL ABOVE DOOR FOR AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR CONTROL. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED HARDWARE FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOX AND DEDICATED 120V/10 CIRCUIT WITH PAD-LOCKABLE-OFF DISCONNECT SWITCH MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING FOR FUTURE SIGNAGE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH CONTACTOR. REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES ON SHEET E4.2 FOR CONTACTOR DESIGNATIONS. POWER FOR DOOR LIGHT. PROVIDE 4'x8'x3/4"THK PLYWOOD BKBD. AND 3/4"C., 1#6 GRND. TO MAIN SERVICE GROUND. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS OF CUSTOMER SERVICE DESK MILLWORK PRIOR TO BID OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES FOR CUSTOMER SERVICE DESK. rig] PROVIDE 30A, 120V., NEMA 5-30R RECEPTACLE FOR SERVER. 16 18 19 20 DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM: PROVIDE AND INSTALL BUZZER SYSTEM AS DETAILED IN DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEMATIC 2, THIS SHEET. PROVIDE J-BOX FOR HARD WIRE CONNECTION TO 120V. 2.4KW HAND DRYER. MOUNT AT HEIGHT DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT/OR GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL CURRENT, NEC AND ADA APPLICABLE CODES REGULATIONS AND/OR AMENDED CITY CODES PROVIDE PROVIDE FLUSH CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE FOR SHOW WINDOW. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ALL EMPTY 3/4" CONDUITS INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA SHALL BE LEFT WITH A PULL STRING IN PLACE. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED IN WALK-IN AT CEILING. PROVIDE DOUBLE THROW SWITCH AND CONNECT EVAPORATOR, THERMOSTAT, SOLENOID, AND SWITCH PER MANUFACTURER WIRING DIAGRAM. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED IN WALK-IN AT CEILING. PROVIDE DOUBLE THROW SWITCH AND CONNECT EVAPORATOR, THERMOSTAT, SOLENOID, SWITCH, AND DEFROST CLOCK PER MANUFACTURER WIRING DIAGRAM. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE POWER FOR RPPA HEAT. COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS CONNECT TO RECEPTACLE SHOWN ON PLANS IPUSHBUTTON, SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION. EDWARDS #852 24V, SYSTEM DO NOT LOCATE ABOVE CEILING PER NEC. SALES BUZZER AT COUNT OFFICE, EDWARDS #340-4G5-24VAC 120V TO 24V SYSTEM TRANSFORMER IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. EDWARDS #592 DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEMATIC SCALE: NO SCALE RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED ee co re 0 0 0 CO Wm mm cn Lo o itt to 2 Li; a) co rt co LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE . gm E. :18-oljc91112:1 mg Is 0 5 .aeler 1.0! 1; §R BEIM ce se ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: El 1 POWER .DWG tot Ilmo4 D • • • -At • • • •.s.9,9• �.•i1 s �,,,�, Y ;Iii J • SHEET NAME ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SHEET NUMBER: E1.1 0 X1 8 0 MIA ' U ' U- L O CE ,I CE CE 111M !rift I, MI es CE CE \ �\ A fl- 3 is CE CE CE X1 X1 AA , A rJ AL 1.1 H. • A 0 • iii: •% Ar • A ri- rl- 3 IMMO A 7. 3 L II. AC•LL�.LLI 1 e 1 N. N. 4 ■K• AE 5 s. iV r .7 Flo rr AA F." pr Ala 'Alfa ill AE NL A 5 %r %i%//. rev %Aid rig A rag A 7411F i 'A Mg' r „l,oA •ACI ii /, A 1p. AA A 0,,'O %4 A „A aIrefr MIL VIM pre AI A It 40 4 r// roll 7 row 1I 17 19 4 0 —1 ► 4\144 • AE 5 A 19 17 19 1 19 17 19 I I I I i I I H 17 19 17 19 1 I I I I I I 23 25 25 23 25 25 I IV I I I I -1 I A 5 AE 7 4 1+1 p I I 23 25 23 25 23 25 I I I- I -/ 1 4\144 - 1 4\144 - _ -4 ► -4'144 - - -1 I A13 15 uAE13 15 A13 15 A13 15 /Jr/ AZ A AA: AlioA OS !`T HA -21 El _- 11 -' ,zA rrirj z AZ A ILL A 9 11 -1 4 23 25 23 25 23 25 — —Itl 23 25 4 RH J. A AE reP FAA rr� ric To Al 4 vore- r r. I /II I I n (E) T225 -1 (E) SB (E) LA (E) LB I I I I ) ) ;E) H (E) L C kmmilmnrAwrimirwli CE 23 25 23 25 23 25 p a ( °1 HA- - 1 441�F AE 31 33 CE I °1 °l X1 SE 39 MI 41 C' C 39 4 41 NL �.►,�SE AE 33 A13 AE15 111111 111111111111 4 -1 13 15 AO r47„0 IAF rgao AA %g'4 l - - 11111 _ HA- 35,37 Y4 A 35 37 35 37 35 37 I I I I I iV 1 35 37 1 I I i.- II 39 41 37 35 37 35 37 35 37 I 4 39 41 W, C' O _ 35 I H 351 371" 371.: I I A 13 15 AE13 A 15 35 37 3 D 3 39 I®I I I iv I 35 37 I I iV I 35IA 35I' � I 37r 371 I I Fl HA -13,15 4 3 HA-9,11 X. 39 S 41 S 39 S 41 AE 9 A 9 11 A 9 AE 11 4 Lam_ !!!aiam a • MON NM H __ IIw•• ME III, I NEM 8.2 CELN p 'YES TIBULE 4 AE 9 11 A 9 11 1 1 A 9 11 39 S 39 S 41 S 39 S 41 39 4 39 SE 41 NL 39 41 SE 39 • 41 39 SE 41 NL 39 4 -F 4 0 , CE 41 SE 39 NL 41 39 SE 41 NL 39 41 39 4 O 7.8 0 0 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1 /8 " =1' -0" .j i I.1 1.\ MM MA. MM ,.., „W,, •\ A, GENERAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECTURAL RACK PLAN. 2. REFER TO SHEET E6.1 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 3. OFFSET LIGHT FIXTURES AS NEEDED TO CLEAR STRUCTURE BRIDGING ACROSS THE BUILDING. 4. KEEP ALL CONDUIT AS CLOSE TO WALLS AND AS HIGH TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK AS POSSIBLE (NOT LESS THAN 38 MM (1-1/2" IN.) PER 2008 NEC 300.4(E)) FROM THE NEAREST SURFACE OF THE ROOF DECKING, WITHIN THE STEEL JOIST FRAMING. 5. COORDINATE ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL FIXTURES WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 6. CONTRACTOR TO CHALK OUT LOCATIONS OF SHELVING FIXTURES TO ENSURE PROPER ALIGNMENT WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES. REF. FIXTURE PLAN. 7. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING GLU -LAM BEAMS AND COORDINATE FIXTURE HEIGHTS WITH THEM. RUN ALL ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND CONDUITS AGAINST DEEPER GLU -LAMS WHERE POSSIBLE. LIGHTING PLAN KEY NOTES: 2 4 NOT USED. CONNECT EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES IN MOP 107 TO NEW CIRCUIT AS DESIGNATED. ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH CONTACTOR. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED 'HOT' FOR EMERGENCY, NIGHT LIGHT, AND LOCALLY CONTROLLED FIXTURES. REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES ON SHEET E4.2 FOR CONTACTOR DESIGNATIONS. COMBINED NIGHT LIGHT AND EMERGENCY FIXTURES: CONNECT THE UNSWITCH ED HOT TO BOTH THE NORMAL OPERATION BALLAST AND THE EMERGENCY BACKUP BALLAST. DO NOT SWITCH. PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. crry"MitA NAY 2 5 2012 PERMITOOKKE APPROVAL • • o o cc 6 in • E o CONSULTANT a) tin CO CC ce z LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE X0Edia5Ce °W OX=IAJW Mw STORE NUMBER: XXXX NUMBER: 62300049 3 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET A 05/23/12 RV-SUBMITTAL CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: E21 LIGHTING. DWG ,,,� j11111 /►I► /4 D ? •� /.� • . F •Wq... . c,• ; ti•, ,, ■ 7 Ilry • ft is. ./-- tit •� o • •', I�,�ss • >r # • �. se ,„ sa 1 SHEET NAME: ELECTRICAL GENERAL LIGHTING PLAN SHEET NUMBER: E2.1 0 P.` akinalik -- etivavarawrara GENERAL NOTES: COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECTURAL RACK PLAN. 2. REFER TO SHEET E4.1 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 3. OFFSET LIGHT FIXTURES AS NEEDED TO CLEAR STRUCTURE BRIDGING ACROSS THE BUILDING. 4. KEEP ALL CONDUIT AS CLOSE TO WALLS AND AS HIGH TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK AS POSSIBLE (NOT LESS THAN 38 MM (1 -1/2" IN.) PER 2008 NEC 300.4(E)) FROM THE NEAREST SURFACE OF THE ROOF DECKING, WITHIN THE STEEL JOIST FRAMING. 5. COORDINATE ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL FIXTURES WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LIGHTING PLAN KEY NOTES: PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTACTOR SWITCHES, S1 , S2, S3, AND S4. SWITCH 51 SHALL CONTROL CONTACTOR C1 FOR 50% OF SALES FLOOR LIGHTS, 50% OF STOCKROOM LIGHTS, WALK IN BEER COOLER, FINE WINE COOLER, HUMIDOR, AND CLASSROOM. SWITCH S2 SHALL CONTROL CONTACTOR C2 FOR 50% OF SALES FLOOR LIGHTS AND 50% OF STOCKROOM LIGHTS. SWITCH S3 SHALL CONTROL CONTACTOR C3 FOR SALES FLOOR TRACK DISPLAY LIGHTING AND CHECKOUT TRACK LIGHTING. SWITCH S4 SHALL CONTROL CONTACTOR C4 FOR GONDOLA DISPLAY- LIGHTING AND CLIMATE CONTROLLED BOX REACH -IN DOOR LIGHTS. SWITCHES SHALL BE LOCATED AT CUSTOMER SERVICE DESK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND OPERATION WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. pi PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED IN HUMIDOR ABOVE SHELVING 96" AFF FOR HUMIDOR LIGHTING. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS FROM MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH CONTACTOR. REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES ON SHEET E4.2 FOR CONTACTOR DESIGNATIONS. TYPE 'FL' LIGHTING FIXTURE 120V SINGLE TUBE ELECTRONIC FIXT FLUORESCURES. ENT CHANNEL MOUNTED ON FULL LENGTH OF STORE 4 MC CABLE, LENGTH AS REQUIRED, NOT LONGER THAN 10' -O" STEEL JOIST MOUNTING ROD, DIAMETER AS REQUIRED PER MFMA GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF METAL FRAMING. PAINT SAME AS CEILING. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND ARCHITECT'S PLANS FOR MOUNTING HIEGHT AND OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING TRACK LIGHTING FIXTURES. GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATIONS OF VARIOUS TRACK FIXTURES MOUNTED ON OR HUNG BELOW TRACK. REFERENCE LIGHTING PLAN FOR SPECIFIC FIXTURE TYPES. UNI -STRUT AS REQUIRED, PAINTED SAME AS CEILING, COORDINATE WITH TENANT REQUIREMENTS & ARCH PLANS HALO TRACK SYSTEM OPTIONS. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND ARCHITECT'S PLANS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND REQUIREMENTS. GENERIC TRACK LIGHTING MOUNTING DETAIL FOR "B" FIXTURES NO SCALE MC CABLE, LENGTH AS REQUIRED, NOT LONGER THAN 10' -0" BOTTOM OF TRELLIS AT 10' -0" AFF 2' -0" I 2' -O" BOTTOM OF FIXTURE 'P' AT 7' -0" AFF AT CHECK -OUT. G.C. & E.C. COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND CEILING TRELLIS AS REQUIRED. REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE PLAN /SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 111111111111111111111in ■u 11411111iii PA ��!� -, ,AIL••••• •,,�„ i�ti■•�,�I• /, I�.�'.r_.�., L. III IIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIII 11111 II 11111111 IMO 11E1 ■II��1 ■tl[ 1'11111 • ■R ■111.M iM I1L■ ►► "U!dJ■ II'\ WI�I1�1 Iiial!► iiI�I'►I\ WLII I�I��W!�1► 1111 0_ 11P_l HI __n11111411 111111111 II 111111111111 111111111 III1 III 11111 lull /111111111 1111111 II II 1 11111111 1111111 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ■III L O v ELECTRICAL DISPLAY LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1 /8 " =1 ' -0" .i ;. ••I ,.• ■•.1 1••■ M..1 1••1 ;. .' •• .. UNI -STRUT AS REQUIRED, PAINTED SAME AS CEILING, COORDINATE WITH TENANT REQUIREMENTS & ARCH PLANS ', JOIST I TRELLIS HUNG FROM STRUCT. BY G.C. MOUNTING ROD, DIAMETER AS REQUIRED PER MFMA GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF METAL FRAMING. PAINT SAME AS CEILING. UNI -STRUT AS REQUIRED HALO TRACK SYSTEM VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH APPROVED LIGHTING PLAN AND FIELD CONDITIONS MOUNTING DETAIL FOR 'P' FIXTURES COORDINATE WITH APPROVED LIGHTING PLAN POSITIONING DETAIL FOR 'P' FIXTURES OVER CHECKOUTS NO SCALE: COORDINATE WITH APPROVED LIGHTING PLAN MC CABLE, LENGTH AS REQUIRED, NOT LONGER THAN 10' -0" STEEL JOIST MOUNTING ROD, DIAMETER AS REQUIRED PER MFMA GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF METAL FRAMING. PAINT SAME AS CEILING. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND ARCHITECT'S PLANS FOR MOUNTING HIEGHT AND OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING TRACK LIGHTING FIXTURES. GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATIONS OF VARIOUS TRACK FIXTURES MOUNTED ON OR HUNG BELOW TRACK. REFERENCE LIGHTING PLAN FOR SPECIFIC FIXTURE TYPES. UNI -STRUT AS REQUIRED, PAINTED SAME AS CEILING, COORDINATE WITH TENANT REQUIREMENTS & ARCH PLANS HALO TRACK SYSTEM OPTIONS. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND ARCHITECT'S PLANS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND REQUIREMENTS. GENERIC TRACK LIGHTING MOUNTING DETAIL FOR FIXTURES NO SCALE bui 1V7 REZEI t . U CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 252012 PERMIT CB E j PERMIT oc O Uo z N Q U O • C C Ln wD_ I o °i. O N U Lc),0 Q;;x L cN m ai in i O cc OUin U Q) uh LLI • o N LL a_+ O Q ; LO w �z w E0 O= U Q cW Q 0 0 1 N CONSULTANT a) a) C a) co N 0) r, a 2 ri O °? 2 — 0 0 U U0N ui oin z h w z z �w N F O UI �h: re O) z a w N LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE z z w 5- m mP)4 v_�owoa�WOe• ce7 zp2a0w3N62NW 000W . 0=mwW NOZWOWZZ 0 —u, O -0_ Fa3D_aFF0301X STORE NUMBER: XXXX NUMBER: 62300049 a ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET A 05/23/12 RE SUBMITTAL. CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: sIIIIIIII 4 D 40 te co art 0 :tip 15,, : i1.;b I • : • .0 ,•. � , • .../.... Wirt, 1 ■ SHEET NAME: ELECTRICAL DISPLAY LIGHTING PLAN SHEET NUMBER: E2.2 0 Q -U 3.4. '3.8 C_FAI'i U }, _ .0 1 1.5 '2.0 2.5 '3.1 '3.4 '3.5 '3.4 '3.1 '2.8 1.5 '2.0 2.5 3.1 3.8 1.8 '2.3 '2.7 "3=..4.P._-=';13 '3.8 '3.6 +4.1 +4.0 I III 11 III I I I I I I I III I I III 11 III I I III I I 1111 3.3 '2.8 '2.5 '2.4 '2.7 '3.1 '3.4 3.4 3.0 '2.5 5.3 2.1 42.0 `2.0 2.1 2.3 '2.5 2.9 '3.3 '3.5 '3.4 `3.2 2.9 2.7 42.7 2.9 3.3 `3.6 3.8 '3.8 '3.6 3.2 X2.8 2.14j IIII 2.1 III 1 111 111 3.5 '3.2 '2.9 27 2.5 '2.4 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.7 3.0 3.�. 'L35.. =3.g 3.2 '2.9 '2.8 '2.7 '2.8 '3.4 '3.9 +F+ c, +4.0 '3.6 '3.2 '2.11 • II 3 5 I '2.9 '3.2 'Ft3- 3_1 -'.9 2.7 2.6 5.6F -5.9 =4.0 +4.3 4.4 4.3 '3.9 3.5 III '3. 5.9jj1 I 111 +4.6 +4.5 , +4.2 3.9 3. 11 3.4 j j1 I III 11 1111 I III 11 III 1 �11I 1 III 11 III I 1111 III I +... +. _ +.. '4.3 +. 9111 '2.9 3.2 3.8 4.3 4.2 '3.6 +4.3 3.7 3.2 4.1 +4.4 '4.1 3.6 3.2 3.4 3.2 • 3.3 3.3 • • • • Al II 3.4 13.2 '3.0 2.9 '2.8 5.8F 7- .& '2.5 o - '2.5 +4.1 • • • • V V V V 3.7 4.1 11 II v v v w �� I III 11 III I I III 11 III I IIII II 1111 I III I I III I '2.7 '3.6 2.8 3.7 2.8 '3.5 1 111 II HI IIII II III I I III 11 III 1 111 11 III 1 III III I III III +4. +4.4 IL 1--7 i--1 I ith 3X11 4.9 111 I I I I I I I I 2.7 '3.4 '3. I III 11 III I I III 11 III I I III 11 III I I III II III I 1 11 11 11 11 I III 11 III I IIII II III I 1 I I I I I I III I '2.7 '3.3 Fi m Ii m1 im n mi j Hi I III I I 1 2.8 '3.3 I III II 111 1 I III II III I I III I I III I y wl I IHI IHI I I IH I I III I III I I III 1 '30 '36 + o / II III IIII II III 114 1 e Fr III I I III II IIII + �Il l l I I I II I l I I ▪ 1IPj4 II HI 1111 II 1111 I I 111 1 1111 II 111 1 p IwI II IHI Iwl II IHI V 4 A I III I I III 1 1 III 11 111 I I III 1 III 1 IIII I I III I I III I IIII IIII III I I III I I IIII I III I I III I ; % /// Iwl II IHI Iwl II IHI IN I IIII 1E1 II III I 1111 II 1111 I III II III I ', 1111 II III 1111 II III I A a I III I IIII I III I I III I �. Iwl� -dI IHI IEI H IH1 il� 111111 1111 1 IIII IIII II IIII 1 111 j I III IIII I I III I jl/ Illltl I IIII IIII II IIII l ul l 1 IIII IIII I I III I 4 I wI I IHI Or I wI I I IH I J 11114 IIII I III II III I 5.9 '3.1 7, / 1 1114 I III 1 1 III 11 III I 1 1114 I III IIII II III I I mil I IIII 1 111 II III I HII H I II 2.8 3.0 4 „�� rm -�m-i I wl I I IH I 1111 1 1111 1111 II ll 1 ill I III II III I / / I I i ;rir/ I wl I I IHI 1 IH I I IH 1 I III 11 III 1 I III 11 III I I III 1 III IIII II III I 1 111 I III 1 III II III 1 1 111 11 IIII IIII I I III I HI II IHI Iwl IL 1111 % I L I II III I III I I III 1 I I I IIII 1 III I I III I 1 I II III 1 1 III I III I I I I IIII IIII I I III I '3.3 2.s p I l I IHI I wl I IH I i /�% I III I IIII I III II III I 31 28 ►��// // 1111 II III IIII IIII 1 111 II III 1 111 111 1 1 111 I I III 1 IIII I I III I 2.8 2.5 2.9 3.4 '3.1 '3.7 V V .1, To, V VIII 11 11 11 11 3.8 *47 '3.2 +4.0 '2.5 3.2 v v S yr Ij I I 1 j 1 i I I I +1.5 1.9 IF/ I/ 1% I IA 101 / ipip o 3J 3./ \/3.� .U�ge • . 1.9 1.9 +1.9 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.7 2.9 2.6 .4 42.3 I III 11 III I I III 11 III I I III 11 III I I III 11 III I II II II II IIII I III 11 III I I III 11 III I I I I I I I III I 1 111 11 1111 1 111 I I 1111 I III 11 III I 1111 II III I I III I I III I I III I I III I I III II III I I III I I III I L = = = =� 3.4 3.1 2.8 '3.4 '3.1 2.9 '3.1 '3.6 '3.0 '3.5 2.9 3.4 '2.9 '3.4 '2.9 3.4 '2.8 '3.5 '2.8 '3.5 2.9 3.4 +4.4 +4.6 +4.7 +4.7 +4.4 +4.7 +4.9 '3.0 4.2 '4.6 4 I I 3.9 +4.3 *4 4.9 '5.1 '5.2 3.4 '.7 +4.1 +4.4 +4.6 '4.8 '2.9 3.0 '3.3 '3.6 '3.8 +4.0 3.0 3.2 +4.8 '5.3 '5.4 $.5 '5.2 4.7 4.2 I I I I '5.3 '5.0 +4.7 U- 1 I +4.6 '2.7 '2.8 '1.7 '2.7 2.4 2.5 2.7 2.8 2.9 `:4,A1v 2.9 '2.7 P2 2.7 2.9 1 1 I i 3.5 '3.2 2.9 3.5 vi 1 11 $- 1 11111 1 11111 I M r____ r = = == tl 1 I I II I II -U r-n I 11 1 11 I 11 === ± = = = = :1 jj F 7.-" 1= .1' -7 'T.= T.- .7.= I I I I II I II LEE 1 I I I I - - -- I I I I 1 1 _ 1 ___ I ___ ____E_____ = =x--11 -n II I I 11 I I // INFO V 1Nf fit Fl i, P i 4 r5 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 IHHF- HI -HHHI 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II 111111 111111 I IIIIII IHHI- -1 F --1HHI 111111 11 111111 2.2 2.3 '2. 2.3 2.6 '2. 2.2 2.3 2.2 2.7 3 2.8 '3 2.7 '3. 111111 II IIIIII 2.1 2.4 2 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 - 11=1111 II IIIIH 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II IIIIII 111111 11 111111 111111 II IIIIII IH1-1I-- 11 -HPHI 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 1.2 1.2 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 HI-F iI -IPHI 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II IIIIII •.2 +1.2 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 IHHF -HF-HH HH 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 +1.5 1.7 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 1H1-1F-IF--11-1 F11 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 w1HF- 11--IHHI 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 EHHF- HF --IHHI 111111 II 111111 111111 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.0 '3.3 *3. 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII HHH-HF -HHHI 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 W L_JL_J W 6 =1=9= t.'2 3.3 3.5 +1.8 2.0 *1.5 141% A • 2.2 I■ "0% +1 -4 A 7/44 IAA ./gr .04)A hA +1.6 +1 1.3 1.4 1 1.1 1.2 +1:3 1.4 1.9 2.2 2.6 2.s 3.0 1 1 1 2.1 2. 2.5 '2. 2.s 3. 3.2 '3. 3.3 '3. .0 3.0 3.2 3. '3.2 '3. '3.1 '3.3 '3. 2.1 '3.0 3.5 '3.5 37 '3.6 2.5 3.1 3.6 3.8 3.7 2.5 '3.1 17161"3.8 rjr .3 3.0 2.7 2.4 6___ =� F = = = =911 fii4ilrlTfr@ IIIIII II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 111111 II IIIIII HF-F- HF -HPHH IIIIII II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 wllll II II+IH 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II III III w-1HF-HF --11 -1 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II 111111 HF-F-H -HHHI 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II IIIIII HFF- Hf -HHHH 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 EHHF- HF -HHHH 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 E�HF- HF -HHHH 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 11-114F-HF -H1-1 HI 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 IHHF- HI - -Ili HI 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII W LJLJ W 2.1 x12== .4 '3.0 2.7 2.4 '2.2 +1.9 +1.3 .5 '3.1 2.8 2.5 .5 2.3 2.1 1.8 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.9 2.8 27 2.4 '3.2 '3.2 3.1 2.8 '3.5 '3.6 3.5 3.3 '3.8 +4.0 +4.0 3.7 .6 4.0 4.2 +4.3 +4.0 3.1 /Jr/ !:124 ,, '2.1 3.7 4.2 3.8 +4.3 +4.6 4.7 4.3 3.9 +4.4 4.7 +4.7 +4.3 +4.0 +4.5 +47 *4.5 +4.1 +4.0 +4.4 +4.6 +4.4 '3.9 '3.9 +43 +4.4 +4.1 '3.6 4.0 4.1 3.8 '3.4 '3.3 '.6 '3.7 '3.5 3.0 2.9 '3.2 '3.2 3.0 2.6 T1 11 [1 6___ =.A 11 I I I I I I 3.5 .1 4.2 I I I I 11 11 I III 11 III I I III I I III I 1111 II III I I III 11 III I I I I 1 I I 11 11 11 11 11 1 III II III I I III 11 III I 1 111 11 III I 1111 II III I I III I I III I I III 11 III I I III I I III I I III I I III I III_ I I IHI IIII II III I I I I I I I III I I I I I I I III I I III 11 III I LLF = = = =1 it11"ff=ii�l'IIPA 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 111111 11 111111 EHHF- I --IHHI IIIIII II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 HHF- H --IHHI 111111 11 111111 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 EHII --IF IIIIH 111111 Il 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 HF- F- HF -HHHI 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 HFF-HF -HHH 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II 111111 IHHF- HF -HHHI IIIIII II 111111 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II 111111 111111 II 111111 HF- F- HF -HHHI 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 E-1HF- HF -HHHI IIIIII II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II IIIIII E-1HF- HF -HHFH IIIIII II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II 111111 EHHF-- 1F-HHH III HI II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 W�1 L_J_L_J LU 6 = = = =A F = = = =1 ir141=°71F4r11 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II IIIIII IIIIII II 111111 111111 II 111111 HHFHF -HHHI 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 111111 II IIIIII wiHF-- IF -HHHI 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 IIII II I+fIH 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 E-1H1- 71--IHHI 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 11-1H1--11--11-N1 111111 11 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 E- IHF- HF--1HHf IIIIII II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 11 I I 11 I 11 11 11 11 II II II II II II II II II II II II II II 11 I I I I 11 II II II II II II II II II II I I II I I I 1 I I 11 I 2.7 II III I II III I I I III I II IIII I III 11 III I I I I I I I III I I III I I III I I III 11 III 1 I III 11 III I I I I I I I III I I I I I I I III I I I I I I I III I I I I I 11 I I 2:8 IN I 3.6 I I I I I I III I I I I I I I III I I III 11 III I I III I I III I I I I I I I III I I I I I I I III I 1111 II III I I III I I III I 6 = = = =� 2.2 .3 2.5 .2 2.3 2.0 '2.2 2.4 2.1 'L.4 2.6 5.6 2.9 IIIIII II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 E-1141---11---11-1141 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIIIII 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 EdHF- -IF -HHHI IIIIII II IIIIII 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 11141 II II-HI IIIIII II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 111111 11 111111 111111 11 111111 It.9 '3.2 13.0 3.4 .0 '3.4 .0 '3.3 .0 '3.4 --H '3.2 11 1 11 1 II II II 11 1111 II 1111 1111 I II 1 II II II IIIIII II iiiiii 111111 111111 II IIII I III I II I EIHF HF HHHI N II H HH�HI HHHI �3 2.s % N+I+i II IHI lEl I IHI II 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 / 111111 II IIII I III I I I I III 111111 II 111111 II II II 111111 II 111111 2.3 2.5 / 111111 11 1111 IIII I 111111 II 111111 II II II 111111 II 111111 IIIIII II 1111 1111 I � Ib 111111 II 111111 111111 II 111111 / 111111 II 1111 II 1 I I II I II 2.4 2.6 1 11 IHHF HF -IHFH N II N 11-11-11--11--11-1H1 IFiI+I II IHI Iwl I HI 111111 11 111111 111111 11 111111 / 111111 II IIII IIII 1 11 IIII 111111 II 111111 II II II 111111 II 111111 2.5 2.8 c/ 111111 II 111 IIII I I 1 111 111111 II 111111 II II II 111111 II 111111 / 111111 II IIII I III I 111111 II 111111 II II II 111111 II 111111 111111 II 1111 1111 I II II II 12.7 3.0 c�.ri/ 1111 II 11-1H1----11--11-1H1 H II N HF -F-IF iHFH / Ir E+IH II IHI IHI I IHI 1111 II 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 /� 111111 II IIII I III II 11 I 111111 11 111111 II II II 111111 II 111111 .7 '3.0 � 111111 II 1111 1111 I III 1111 II 111111 11 111111 II II II 111111 II 111111 111111 II IIII 1111 1 II I 111111 II 111111 II 11 II 111111 11 111111 111111 11 1111 IIII 1 II I IH H I H I-I H H H II - - 11-1141--11--11-11-11 .5 2.9 � IFFI+1 I I IHI I NI I I IHI IIII I I 111111 11 111111 111111 II 111111 / 111111 II 1111 I III 1 II 1 I III II 111111 II 111111 II II II 111111 11 111111 .2 2.5 IIIIII 11 1111 IIII 1 III 1111 II 111111 II 111111 II II II 111111 11 111111 111111 II 1111 1111 1 II I 111111 11 111111 11 11 II 111111 II 111111 111111 11 1111 I III 1 1111 ILLJLJJ.IW II II WLJLJ W 3 2.4 I� _ -u__ 1 i �yi L_ __J Ir6 = = == I 41.9 2.0 5.0 6 = = = =T 1.6 '2.0 2.4 2.7 2.9 2.8 2.5 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.7 1.7 X1.6 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 +1.7 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.7 1.9 2.4 2.7 '2.9 '2.8 2.5 '2.2 2.0 1.7 2.2 2.6 3.0 '3.2 '3.1 2.8 2.4 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.4 +1.3 +1.3 1.3 +1.3 +1.4 +1.5 +1.6 1.8 2.1 '2.2 2.7 '3.0 '3.2 '3.1 2.7 '2.3 2.1 +1.8 2.3 2.7 .1.76.7."'"--3113 3.0 2.5 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.2 +1.1 +1.1 +1.1 +1.1 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.4 '2.8 .1 2.8 2.3 1.6 +1.9 2.3 2.8 '3.2 I II I II L = = = =� I I I III I I III +1.9 2.3 2.7 '3.0 '1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 +1.9 2.2 2.4 2.6 21 2.3 5.4 I r, 1 III 2.8 '3. I .8 '3.9 100 1 2.8 3.5 4.1 '4.6 +4.6 +4.0 3.4 2.8 2.2 +4.7 '5.1E kt-.01 . +4.7 +4.2 YIC.IL11L.- 4.3 44.8 =$:0 -- §.1 4.9 '3.6 7 +4./V 3.3 2.1 2.3 2. 2.3 2.4 2 25 2.6 2 2.4 2.7 2.9 '2 2.5 2.9 3.1 3. I 1 • t 2.5 '3.0 '3.2 3.3..2 2.5 3.bS2 2.4 2.8 '3.0 '3.0 '2.2 2.5 2.7 2.7 %r El 57 5.9 '3.1 TT _IL JL it \ ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY LIGHTING PLAN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE 04/05/12 PERMIT SET A05/23/12 RE SUBMITTAL Symbol ' Label Qty Catalog Number Description Lamp File Lumens LLF Watts Z C 8 2AC -232T8 -UNV- EB81 W/ 1300 LUMEN BAT PACK 2X4 AC 2 LIGHT32W T8 WITH COATED LAMP COVERS TWO - F32T8 - 3100 LUMENS - 32 WATTS 2AC- 232 -UNV- EB81.ies 650 1.00 56 1.9:1 Calc Zone #6 A 30 S4- WB-4T8 DL70 W/ REMOTE 3000 LUMEN BAT UNIT WITH WHITE INTERIOR, 30 CELL WHITE LOUVER AND SLOTTED TOP COVER FOUR PHILIPS 32 WATT T8 LAMPS S4- WB -4T8- DL70.ies 750 1.00 112 STATISTICS 04/05/12 PERMIT SET A05/23/12 RE SUBMITTAL Description Symbol Avg Max Min Max/Min Avg /Min Calc Zone #1 + 3.5 fc 5.0 fc 1.5 fc 3.3:1 2.3:1 Calc Zone #3 + 4.0 fc 5.1 fc 2.1 fc 2.4:1 1.9:1 Calc Zone #6 + 2.8 fc 5.3 fc 1.1 fc 4.8:1 2.5:1 ""7"7 CITY MAY 2 5 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND REQUIRED • • a. cc 0 CONSULTANT N A- Ce co o 03 Ca cK UJ Fs re vr. z LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE :„!ow .2 -w 1-!!: )-inceeet oce co iS STORE NUMBER: XXXX NUMBER: 62300049 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET A05/23/12 RE SUBMITTAL CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR Fl-FFJ3 FMFRGFNC:Y I IGHTING f)WG � D. Wyk i6;..(•(:,3 s }�y/, •s . = •P • • • . , r. x • . • , c SHEET NAME: ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY LIGHTING PLAN SHEET NUMBER: E2.3 (9) 0 ( 8 ) l7) 0 (-1 Y P2 -1 E E) L (E) HA� (E) L LD = =_ PROVIDE 60A /3P, NEMA 3R DISCONNECT SWITCH FUSED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS 7 E) ON ROOF LA ROOF (E) (E) CA- 26,28,30 ON ROOF r-- -Ir - -A (E CA ; 20,22,24: ( ) E I I PROVIDE 60A/3P, NEMA 3R = = = DISCONNECTS USED PER MANUFACTUIRER' RECOMMENDATIONS TU ON .ROOF \ LA -27 <P*RT8 /9 LC 19 ON ROOF LC 4 9F PROVIDE 30A /2P, NEMA 3R DISCONNECT SWITCH FUSED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS ON ROOF I LC 22 0 LA-27 PART,(9 ( ON ROOF (E) (E) CA- 13,15,17 r ON ROOF (E) CA -2,4,6 PROVIDE 30A /3P, NEMA 3R DISCONNECT SWITCH FUSED PER MANUFACTURER'S 31 LC RECOMMENDATIONS 37 LC _-1 ( (E) CA- 14,16,18 ON ROOF (E) (E) CA- 7,9,11 72; 8.2 7 o c 0 v __ = - -1 LC 11 m v = =. -� ON ROOF i- - =. = =1 PROVIDE 30A /1P NEMA 3R DISCO NECT SWITCH FUSED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECO, MENDATIONS pm 0 0 (7 2 HVAC PO ER PLAN SCALE: 1 /8"=r-0" II 1\ •.1 1.\ A..1 1.., I.., i.., ,W,. \\ I. t F ■ HVAC /PLUMBING EQUIPMENT GENERAL NOTES: 1. FUSE TYPES SHALL BE PROVIDED PER ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS AND REPAIRS SHALL BE DONE BY LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROOFING WARRANTIES. 3. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 4. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICE OUTSIDE OF BUILDING SHALL BE RATED NEMA 3R. 5. VERIFY ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL DESIGN. 6. PROVIDE G.F.I. RECEPTACLE AT EACH NEW ROOF TOP UNIT. HVAC PLAN KEY NOTES: 1-11 EXHAUST FAN TO BE CONTROLLED BY ROOM LIGHT SWITCH VIA 277/120 VOLT RELAY. Q ).R., I 'Y7 RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 4 as • IMP • t a. v w 0 Uo � Q Sao .0 VI wain, I- ▪ (O °' 0 Q y X c 5 GZ • U) m in 0 72 0 U o�In ▪ E N LL 0 0ko w woo I• U < LLi Q 0 0 N c c tad J cn 8 LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE Xa1:40 04.0 -Z B ON Z021140 62 V��ZW�WZZ 411) IC 2 011111 IC *oft INN 1MM (% 06 rn STORE NUMBER: "§ m m a ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: E31 HVAC POWER.DWG o O � • i • r. 4, .. ,V- h • !!! 0: gli 4,;i_ %Iii • SHEET NAME: HVAC POWER PLAN SHEET NUMBER: E3.1 TO EXISTING METERED SERVICE DISTRIBUTION ISC = 14.8K4 VD =0.5 %. PANEL CA (E) (E) 600 AMP TENANT SERVICE PANEL 480Y /211V 30 411J 22 KAIC ISC = i.BKA (E) 225KVA XFI'1R T225 -I 480V PRI 20SY /120V SEC (E) 8004MP DISTRIBUTION BOARD SB (NEMA 1) 205Y/120V 30 41U 10 KAIC (E) 8004 3P ONE -LINE GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HAS PERFORMED ALL REQUIRED SHORT CIRCUIT CALCULATIONS AND THE AIC RATING INDICATED FOR EACH DEVICE IS ADEQUATE TO PROTECT THE EQUIPMENT AND THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. 2. THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL HAS PERFORMED ALL REQUIRED VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS AND ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS COMPLY WITH NEC 210 -19(A) FPN NO. 4. 3. EACH SERVICE DISCONNECTING MEANS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY MARKED WITH A 1 FOOT SQUARE YELLOW SIGN WITH 1" HIGH X 1 /4" STROKE BLACK LETTERING OR NUMBERS AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS ASSUME UTILITY PROVIDED 750KVA UTILITY TRANSFORMER WITH 17021A OF AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 30 FEET FROM MAIN SWITCHBOARD. REFER TO POWER UTILITY DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. NOTIFY ENGINEER IN WRITING IF TRANSFORMER SIZE IS INCREASED OR DISTANCE IS DECREASED. ONE -LINE KEY NOTES: II PANEL SHALL BE ABANDONED IN PLACE FOR THIS SCOPE OF WORK. NO LOAD SHALL BE CONNECTED AT THIS TIME. ISC = 6.1KA -� VD =0.2% \ (E) I00A 3P PANEL LA . (E) LOAD CALCULATION - EXISTING PANEL 'CA' Cam= 6.1KA - Y 1� = 0.2% \- PANEL LB (E) ISC = 13KA _\ VC = 0.1% \ (E) 2504 13P PANEL LID II (E) DATE: 4/3/2012 SERVICE VOLTAGE: PROJECT: MN120321 PHASE & WIRE: SERVICE DESIGNATION: CP EXISTING SERVICE SIZE CALCULATION BY: JRF KVA AVAILASE: (AMPS): TOTAL LOAD (VA) 4SOY/211V 30,4W 600 499 LOAD DESCRIPTION PANEL NAME DEMAND FACTOR TOTAL DEMAND (VA) EXISTING MEG- 4ANICAL (E) RTU -1 21,300 100 21 ,300 EXISTING MECHANICAL (E) RTU -2 21,300 1.00 21,300 EXISTING MECHANICAL (E) RTU -3 21,300 1.00 21,300 EXISTING MECHANICAL (E) RTU -4 21,300 100 21,300 EXISTING MECHANICAL (E) RTU -5 21,300 1.00 21,300 EXISTING MECHANICAL (E) RTU -6 21,300 1.00 21,300 EXISTING MECHANICAL (E) RTU -1 12,180 140 12,180 EXISTING MECHANICAL (E) RTU -S 21,300 1.00 21,300 EXISTING PANEL PANEL "HA" 44,413 1.00 44,413 EXISTING DIST. DISTRIBUTION PANEL "55" 56,591 100 86,591 LARGEST MOTOR (E) RTU -1 21,300 025 5,325 UGHTING CONTACTOR GENERAL NOTES: TOTAL DEMAND LOAD 2983 KVA 3588 A REMAINING LOAD 200.6 KVA 2412 A NOTES: EXISTING SWITCHBOARD IS ADEQUATE (E) 100A 3P ISC = 6.1KA VD = 02% \ PANEL LE CE) PANEL LP El (E) ONE -LINE DIAGRAM NO SCALE A WARNING Arc Flash Hazard. Appropriate PPE Required. Failure To Comply Can Result in Death or Injury. Refer to NFPA 70 E. NOTES: A. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE A COMMERCIALLY PRODUCED PERMANENT LABEL APPLIED, SIMILAR TO THE ABOVE, TO WARN OF POTENTIAL ARC FLASH HAZARDS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.16 AND NFPA 70E. B. LABELING MAY BE COMPLETED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER, EQUIPMENT VENDOR /SUPPLIER, OR THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL NEW PANELBOARDS ARE PROPERLY LABELED IN THE FIELD. ARC FLASH DETAIL NO SCALE LIGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULE CONTACTOR NUMBER I PERMIT SET CONTACTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT NAMEPLATE DESCRIPTION I AMPS POLES _ VOLTS I CIRCUIT No. I VOLTS VIA I CONTROL CONTACTOR CABINET C1 30 8 277 REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 24 TS TIMED 7:30a - 10:OOp STOCKROOM LTG AND SALES FLOOR LTG "A" 50% C2 30 8 277 REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 24 TS TIMED 7:30a - 10:OOp STOCKROOM LTG AND SALES FLOOR LTG "B" 50% C3 30 8 120 REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 24 TS TIMED 7:30a - 10:OOp SALES FLOOR TRACK DISPLAY LTG C4 30 12 120 REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 24 TS TIMED 7:30a - 10 :OOp GONDOLA DISPLAY LTG, COOLER LTG C5 30 8 277 REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 24 TS TIMED 5:OOp - 11:OOp EXTERIOR BUILDING MOUNTED SIGN LTG UGHTING CONTACTOR GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL CONTACTORS SHALL BE LABELED INSIDE THE FRONT COVER INDICATING THE LOADS THAT ARE CONTROLLED AS WELL AS CONTROL CIRCUITS AS STATED ABOVE. 2. NUMBER ALL CONTACTOR WIRES AT CONTACTOR. 3. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CONTACTORS. 4. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING OF CONTACTORS SHALL MATCH THE RATING OF THE PANELBOARD FROM WHICH THE LOAD IS SERVED. 5. PROVIDE ENCLOSURE FOR ALL CONTACTORS AND CONTROL ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. 6. TIMED = TIMED CONTROL "ON" AND "OFF" WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE. 7. VERIFY ALL CONTROL SEQUENCING WITH OWNER. 8. CONTACTOR SHALL HAVE INDICATOR SIGNIFYING WHETHER THE LIGHTS CONTROLLED ARE ON OR OFF MOUNTED ON THE CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE. 9. CONTACTOR SHALL HAVE SWITCHES CONTROLLING MANUAL OVERRIDE OPERATION AT CUSTOMER SERVICE DESK. 10. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL WIRING FOR COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. RECEIVED APR 2 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER x- 137 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS- BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. as • I- • • • • 0 U Z N ▪ Q • E I_oI LU 0 O1 ▪ (no Qp;x u_ M ,2 O cU � O ▪ L � woE o o=D LA' mZ w o0 I ce Qw 0 0 rr N Elm cr),_ a) c to c Cle I co rn� o? Je0 • U U G 0 Z A w • Z o � Z N.- - o D: tu w N LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE vplia "ft .14 z m m X ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY:j/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: ,R FILE: ,,`sell /►►►►►fie,, ��0,, ,p .. ST•' •Si. • • t_. az ,!... grp,„,,, ...„: . .0 . . ii.,,i, E: o : ,s N - `-vim ! • 0 OA. . ,\,.. fe $ rse SHEET NAME: ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE AND SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER: E4.1 LO,HT,C1 LO,HT,C2 LO,HT,C1 LO,HT,C2 LO,HT,C1 LO, HT, C2 LO,HT,C1 LO,HT,C2 LO,HT,C1 LO,HT,C2 LO,HT,C1 LO,HT,C2 LO,HT,C1 LO, HT, C2 LO,HT,C1 LO,HT,C2 PANELBOARD HA SERVICE ENTRANCE PERMIT SET SLIP ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS VOLTS: 480Y/211V VOLTS: 208Y /120V METER SOCKET METER SOCKET X BOLT ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS MIN. BUS AMP RATING: 100 X NEMA 1 X NEMA 1 ALUMINUM BUS MN. AIC: 22,000 NEMA 3R MIN. AIC: 10,000 X COPPER BUS MAIN: MLO X SURFACE MOUNT COPPER BUS LOCATION: Electrical Room PHASE: 3 SURFACE MOUNT FLUSH MOUNT WIRE: 4 PHASE: 3 FREE STANDING FLUSH MOUNT CKT. CRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPACITY POLE LOAD LOADS (VA) LOAD AMPACITY AMPACITY POLE CRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT. A B C 1 SALES EAST LTS //I/ /!/I 1111 1111 //11 ///I I/II ///1 / /II ///l WH -1 2 20 1 L 1218 //// //// //// //// 1111 //// 3 SALES EAST LTS /II/ //// I/// 1150 1111 1111 R 20 20 3 15 I L //// 1218 //// //// //II //// //// X 4 5 SALES EAST LTS l //I //// //// //// 3000 //// R 20 - -- - -- 20 I L //// //// 951 //// 1/// //// //// X 6 1 SALES EAST LTS //// //// //// //// //// 1150 R 20 - -- - -- 20 1 L 951 //// //// //// / //I //// //// SPARE S 9 SALES NORTH LTS //// //// //// 1100 //// 1111 M 20 20 1 20 1 L //// 1218 //// //// /1// //// //// WH -3 10 I1 SALES NORTH LTS //// l //I //// /I // 2604 / //I R 20 25 3 20 1 L 1111 //// 1218 / /// 1/11 //// //// X 12 13 SALES MORN LTS ///I I/// //// /1/I / //I 4481 R 20 - -- - -- 20 I L 696 //// //// //// //// //// //// X 14 15 SALES NORTH LTS //// I/// I/// 2604 //II / //I R 20 - -- - -- 20 1 L //// 696 1111 1111 //// 1111 1111 11114-2 16 11 SALE CENTER LTS 1111 1111 /1// 1111 10000 //1/ R 20 50 1 20 1 L //// //// 1218 //// //// //// //// SPARE 18 19 SALE CENTER LTS ///I //// //// /7// //// 1100 11 20 20 1 20 1 L 1218 //// //// //// /iii //// //// SPAR 20 21 8014 NORTH LTS //// //// //// 4260 //// //// 11 20 20 1 20 I L //// 430 //// //// //// //// //// SPARE 22 23 SALE CENTER LTS //// //// //// //// 4260 //// M 20 20 1 20 I L //// //// 1480 //// //// //// //// SPARE 24 25 SALE CENTER LTS //// //// //// //// //// 4260 11 20 20 1 20 I L 1480 //// I //1 //// 1/I/ MI ///I SPARE 26 21 801-1 SOUTH. LTS 1111 /I// 1111 1100 I/11 I /// M 20 20 1 20 1 L /11/ 516 I/ /I I /1/ l //l MI 11/1 SPARE 28 29 WINE TRAINING LTS 1111 I //I //// // // 1100 /l // M 20 20 1 20 1 L I /1/ //// 1290 //// //// ///1 //// SPARE 30 31 SALE CENTER LTS / /// //// //// //// //// 1100 M 20 20 1 20 1 L 609 ///I //!I //l/ // // l //I l /lI SPARE 32 33 SALE CENTER LTS 1//1 //// //// 2918 1111 //// M 20 20 1 20 1 L //// 609 1/// //// //// //// //// SPARE 34 35 SALE CENTER LTS //// //// //// //// 2518 //// M 20 20 I 20 1 L //// //// 1218 //// /1 /I . //// //// SPARE 36 31 SALE CENTER LTS //// //// //// //// //// 1000 L 20 20 i 20 I 1.. 1218 //// //// //// l /l/ //// //// SPARE 38 39 RECEIVING LTS // /l //// / //l 1920 / /I/ I //I R 20 20 1 20 I L //// W4 1/// //// //// / /l/ / //l SPARE 40 41 RECEIVING LTS /iii I//I /iii I//I 1920 /iii R 20 20 1 20 1 L //// //// 132 //// //// //// //// SPARE 42 SPACE //// //// //// //// //// //// 1000 20 20 1 PHASE CONNECTED LOAD (VA) PHASE DEMAND LOAD (VA) TOTAL PANEL DEMAND (VA) MAX PHASE AMPS PANEL DEMAND AMPS 11150 21195 14350 15005 LOAD, //// PERCENT BALANCE 12253 11169 14450 16550 69% 98% 44413 48991 L =LIGHTING P =PANEL R =RECEPTACLE 64 53 LOAD ABBREVIATIONS: C= CONTINUOUS, K= KITCHEN EQUIPMENT LOAD, L =LIGHTING M =MOTOR LOAD, N= NON - CONTINUOUS LOAD, P =PANEL LOAD, R =RECEPTACLE LOAD SPE CIAL PRO VISIONS: - C* - ROUTE THROUGH CONTACTOR NUMBER AS SHOWN. HT - PROVIDE HANDLE -TIE BETWEEN BREAKERS PER WEC 2009. LO - BREAKER HANDLE LOCK "OFF" CLAMP PER NEC 42231(8). N,LO N,LO N,LO N ErR C5 C5 N PAtaBOARD CA SERVICE ENTRANCE PERMIT SET SLIP ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS VOLTS: 480Y/211V VOLTS: 208Y /120V METER SOCKET METER SOCKET X BOLT ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS MN. BUS AMP RATING: 600 X NEMA 1 X NEMA 1 ALUMINUM BUS MN. AIC: 22,000 NEMA 3R MIN. AIC: 10,000 X COPPER BUS MAIN: 600A MCB X SURFACE MOUNT COPPER BUS LOCATION: Electrical Room PHASE: 3 SURFACE MOUNT FLUSH MOUNT WIRE: 4 PHASE: 3 FREE STANDING FLUSH MOUNT CKT. CRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPACITY POLE LOAD LOADS (VA) LOAD AMPACITY AMPACITY POLE CRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT. A B C I (E) PANEL HA 11// I/1/ I /// 1111 !//1 I /// 1111 ///1 1111 Il/I (E) RTU -1 2 100 3 P 12253 I //I //// // // //// //// 1111 3 X //// / //I //// 1100 1/I1 /!/I M 20 40 3 - -- - -- P //// 11165 //// /1 /I //II ///1 ///1 X 4 5 X //// //// //// //// 1100 //// 11 20 - -- - -- - -- - -- P //// //// 14450 //// 1/// //// //// X 6 1 (E) RTU -2 //// //// I //1 //// //// 1100 11 20 - -- - -- 40 .3 M 1100 //// //// //// / //I 1111 //// (E) RTU -3 8 9 X //// //// //// 1100 1111 I /// M 20 40 3 - -- - -- M //// 1100 /1/I //// /1// //// //// X 10 11 X 1111 l /l/ 1/// l/// 1100 /1/1 M 20 - -- - -- - -- - -- M //// //// 1100 //// 1/11 //// //// X 12 13 (E) RTU -4 l /l/ I /I/ / //l 1/11 I /// 1100 M 20 - -- - -- 40 3 M 1100 //11 /1// /1/I //// I /// 11 /1 (E) RTU -5 14 15 X 1111 1111 III/ 1100 1111 I /// M 20 40 3 - -- - -- M //// 1100 //// //// //// //// I//I X 16 11 X //// I/11 I /11 1//1 1100 /1 /I M 20 - -- - -- - -- - -- M //// //// 1100 / //I //// ///I //// X 18 15 (E) RTU -6 //// //// //// //// //// 1100 11 20 - -- - -- 40 3 M 1100 //// //// //// /iii //// //// (E) RTU -1 20 21 X I /// //// //// 4260 /1// ///I 11 20 30 3 - -- - -- M //// 1100 //// //// //// //// //// X 22 23 X 1//I //// 1111 1/11 4260 1//1 M 20 - -- - -- - -- - -- M //// //// 1100 //// //// //// //// X 24 25 (E) T225 -1 //// //// //// //// //// 4260 11 20 - -- - -- 350 3 11 43508 //// //// //// 1/I/ //// //// (E) RTU-8 26 21 X /1// 1//1 l/// 1100 1/ 11 I //I M 20 40 3 - -- - -- M //// 45511 I //l HI/ l //l 1 /1/ /l /I X 25 25 X //// ///I 1//1 I/// 1100 /1// M 20 - -- - -- - -- - -- M //// //// 48515 //// //// //// //// X 30 31 SPACE //// //// //// //1/ //// 1100 M 20 - -- - -- 20 3 11 1440 //// / /// //// // // //// //// SPACE 32 33 SPACE //// //// //// 2918 //// //// M 20 - -- - -- - -- - -- 11 //// 1440 //// //// //// //// //// SPACE 34 35 SPACE //// //// //// //// 2518 //// M 20 - -- - -- - -- - -- 11 //1/ ///I 1440 //// /1 /I . //// / /l/ SPACE 36 31 SPACE //// //// //// //// //// 1000 L 20 20 1 20 1 M 460 //// //// //// l /l/ //// //// SPACE 38 35 SPACE / //I // /l //// 1920 //// 1/// R 20 20 I 20 I N // /l 500 1//l //// //// 1111 I /l/ SPACE 40 41 SPACE / /// / /// / /// / /// 1920 I /// R 20 20 1 20 1 N //// //// 1000 //// //// //// //// SPACE 42 SPACE //// 1//I !//I 1111 l //l 1/11 1000 20 20 I PHASE CONNECTED LOAD (VA) PHASE DEMAND LOAD (VA) TOTAL PANEL DEMAND (VA) MAX PHASE AMPS PANEL DEMAND AMPS 109121 111100 116525 15005 LOAD, //// PERCENT BALANCE 121221 129200 128425 16550 54% 98% 318850 48991 L =LIGHTING P =PANEL R =RECEPTACLE 466 456 LOAD ABBREVIATIONS: C =CONTINUOUS, K=KITCHEN EQUIPMENT LOAD, L =LIGHTING M =MOTOR LOAD, N= NON - CONTINUOUS LOAD, P =PANEL LOAD, R= RECEPTACLE LOAD SPECIAL - PROVISIONS: PANELBOARD LC SERVICE ENTRANCE PERMIT SET SLIP ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS VOLTS: 208Y/120V VOLTS: 208Y /120V METER SOCKET METER SOCKET X BOLT ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS MIN. BUS AMP RATING: 250 X NEMA I X NEMA 1 ALUMINUM BUS MN. AIC: 10,000 NEMA 3R MIN. AIC: 10,000 X COPPER BUS MAIN: MLO X SURFACE MOUNT COPPER BUS LOCATION: Electrical Room PHASE: 3 SURFACE MOUNT FLUSH MOUNT WIRE: 4 PHASE: 3 FREE STANDING FLUSH MOUNT CKT. CRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPACITY POLE LOAD LOADS (VA) LOAD AMPACITY AMPACITY POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT. A B C 1 CLASS p'1 RECEPT //// //// //// //// //// //// //// ///1 //// //// CLEAN -UP Rh/ 2 20 1 R 540 I/// I/// I /// //// I/11 1111 3 CLASS RM RECEPT I /// 111I I/// 360 IN 1//I R 20 20 I 15 1 R //// 1380 //// //// //II //// //// CLEAN -UP el 4 EAST WALL TRACK SHOW WINDOW I //I /1// /l // l//I 360 / //l R 20 20 1 20 1 L / /l/ //// 1000 //// 1/// // // ///l GARBAGE DISPOSER 6 1 CLASS RM RECEPT 1/// //// I/// //// //// 864 M 20 20 I 20 1 R 120 //// //// //// / //I //// //// WINE BAR RECEPT S 9 CLASS RNi RECEPT //// //// //// 540 //// //// R 20 20 1 20 1 R //// 540 1111 1111 /1// I //I 1111 COUNT 1'1 RECEPT 10 11 CU- 3/FCU -3 / /l/ I /// /l// 1111 120 1111 R 20 20 1 20 I M //// //// 1465 //// 1/11 //// //// SECURITY 12 13 CONDENS. HTR //// //// //// //// //// 540 R 20 20 1 20 1 M 1200 //// //// //// //// //// //// WINE COOLER RECEPT 14 15 HAND DRYER //// //// //// 180 //// //// R 20 20 1 20 1 M //// 1000 / //I 11/1 //// 1111 IN CONDENS. HTR 1b 11 HAND DRYER 1111 11/1 I/// 1//1 1200 ///I 11 20 20 I 20 I M ///l l //l 1000 1111 //// ///I NI WINE COOLER RECEPT 18 IS FCU -IA 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 ISO R 20 20 1 20 I M 1310 //// //// //// /iii //// //// CU- 4/FCU -4 20 21 EWC //// //// //// 1210 //// //// M 20 20 2 20 I R //// 180 //// //// //// //// //// X 22 23 BREAK ROOM RECEPT //// //// //// 111I 1210 //// M 20 - -- - -- 20 I R //// //// 360 / //I //// //// //// CU- IA 24 25 FCU -15 I /// 1111 I/// I /11 /III 2518 M 20 40 3 20 I M 1310 //// //// //// 1/I/ //// //// X 26 21 SIGNAGE //// //// //// 2518 //// //// M 20 - -- - -- 20 1 L //// 1200 1111 //// l //l //// //// X 28 25 SIGNAGE //// //// //// //// 2518 //// M 20 - -- - -- 20 1 L //// //// 1200 /1/1 //// 1111 1111 CU -15 30 31 CU -2 //// IN 1111 //// //// 2518 M 20 40 3 20 3 11 1440 //// //// //// // // //// //// X 32 33 X //// /I// //// 2918 ///I //// M 20 - -- - -- - -- - -- 11 //// 1440 //// //// //// //// //// X 34 35 X //// //// I/// //1/ 2518 //// M 20 - -- - -- - -- - -- 11 //// 1111 1440 I/ // /1 /I . IN 11/1 HUMIDOR LIGHTING CNXN . 36 31 FCU -3 I//I 11/1 1//I /11/ 1111 1000 L 20 20 1 20 1 M 460 //// //// /l// l /l/ I/// 1//1 ICE MACHINE '1 38 35 DETEX LOCK //// //// /1// 1920 //// //// R 20 20 I 20 I N //// 500 //// //// //// //// //// ICE MACHINE *2 40 41 BREAK RM. MICROWAVE //// //// //// //// 1920 //// R 20 20 1 20 1 N / //l l //l 1000 1111 //// 1111 1//I BREAK WI. FRIDGE 42 SPACE //// 1111 IN 1111 1111 1111 1000 20 20 I PHASE PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD (VA) DEMAND LOAD (VA) PANEL DEMAND (VA) MAX PHASE AMPS PANEL DEMAND AMPS C =CONTINUOUS, K=KITCHEN M =MOTOR LOAD, N =NON - CONTINUOUS 15406 15246 15005 LOAD, //// PERCENT BALANCE LOAD PERCENT BALANCE LOAD 16151 16291 16550 61% 98% EQUIPMENT 48991 L =LIGHTING P =PANEL R =RECEPTACLE 138 136 LOAD, LOAD, LOAD ABBREVIATIONS: SPECIAL PROVISIONS: C* - ROUTE THROOUH CONTACTOR NUMBER AS SHOWN. LO - BREAKER HANDLE LOCK "OFF" CLAMP PER NEC 42231(8). LO N N N C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 LO PANE BOARD LA SERVICE ENTRANCE PERMIT SET SLIP ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS VOLTS: 208Y7120V VOLTS: 208Y /120V METER SOCKET METER SOCKET X BOLT ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS MIN. BUS AMP RATING: 100 X NEMA 1 X NEMA 1 ALUMINUM BUS MIN. AIC: 10,000 NEMA 3R MIN. AIC: 10,000 X COPPER BUS MAIN: MLO X SURFACE MOUNT COPPER BUS LOCATION: Electrical Room PHASE: 3 SURFACE MOUNT FLUSH MOUNT WIRE: 4 PHASE: 3 FREE STANDING FLUSH MOUNT CKT. CRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPACITY POLE LOAD LOADS (VA) LOAD AMPACITY POLE CRCUIT DESCRIPTION CKT. A B C 1 AUTOMATIC DOORS / /l/ //// //l1 //// // // //// //// C ///1 //// DISPLAY LIGHTING A 2 20 1 R 150 //// //// 1111 1111 //// I/// 3 AUTOMATIC DOORS / /I/ 1111 7/11 480 11/1 1111 L 20 1 20 1 R //// 150 //l/ 1/11 //II I/11 DISPLAY LIGHTING B 4 5 EAST WALL TRACK I //1 //// / /l/ 1//1 612 //// L 20 1 20 1 L / //I 1 /l/ 462 1/// //// 1/// //I/ DISPLAY LIGHTING C 6 1 NORTH AISLE TRACK // /I 11/1 I/ /1 1/11 1//1 612 L 120 20 1 20 1 L W3 I//I / //l // /l I /11 / //I //// DISPLAY LIGHTING D 8 9 NORTH AISLE TRACK I //l ///I //// 612 /l// ///l L /11/ 20 1 20 1 L / //I 612 //// //// SERVER RECEPT /1// /1// DISPLAY LIGHTING E 10 11 HUMIDOR TRACK I/// ///I 1111 1/11 480 11/1 L 20 1 20 1 L 1/11 I //I 141 /1// 10 1/11 1111 SPARE 12 13 WORN WALL TRACK /III II/1 /I/1 /III Il /I 20 1 20 20 1 20 1 L 154 //// //// //// //// //// //// DISPLAY LIGHTING G 14 15 EAST WALL TRACK l /l/ / /l/ //// 1056 //// / //I L 20 20 I 20 1 L //// 348 //// //// //// 1111 DISPLAY LIGHTING 14 16 11 CENTER AISLE TRACK //// //// //// //// 1056 //// L R 20 1 20 I L //// //// 861 //// //// //// //// DISPLAY LIGHTING I 18 19 SOUTH AISLE TRACK //// //// //// ' 11 /l //// 1056 L 20 1 20 1 L 400 II/1 1111 nil //// /iii 1111 DISPLAY LIGHTING J 20 21 SOUTH WALL TRACK l /// //// //// 432 1/// //// L //// 20 1 20 1 L //// 290 //// //// //// //// DISPLAY LIGHTING K 22 23 WEST WALL TRACK //// //// / /l/ 1//l 612 1 /l/ L //// 20 I 20 I L 1111 //// 348 //// //// //// DISPLAY LIGHTING F 24 25 DUCT DETECTORS ///1 //// //// 1111 I//1 120 L SPACE 20 1 20 I R 200 IN //// 1111 1/I/ I /// TRAIN. RM. FRIDGE 26 21 RTU RECEPT 1//I 1111 /III 1000 1111 1111 N 24 20 1 20 1 R //// 120 // // 1/// l //l I//I TRAIN. R't FRIDGE 28 29 SPARE I/ /1 I/ /1 / //I 1111 1000 I//I N //// 20 1 20 1 //// l /// ///1 l /l/ //// I/// SPARE 30 31 SPARE I //l 1//1 1//1 1111 11 /I //// //// 20 1 20 1 25 SPACE //// // // 1//l //// // // l //l SPARE 32 33 DISHWASHER //// I/// I /// 1 //1 1 //1 20 1 40 2 R //// 3328 //// 1111 //// //// //// HUMIDOR PUMPS 34 35 X I /// I //1 I1 /I 11/1 660 1111 M //// 20 I - -- - -- R //// //// 3328 / //l SPACE /1 /I . //// BEER COOLER PUMPS 36 31 SPARE //// //// //// //// //// 360 M 20 I 20 I //// /l // //// //// 34 l /l/ //// SPARE 38 39 AUTOMATIC DOORS //// //// //// //// //// 20 1 20 1 R //// 150 //// //// I/// //// //// WINE COOLER PUMP 40 41 AUTOMATIC DOORS //// //// //// //// 180 //// M 20 1 20 1 R //// //// 150 //// //// //// SPARE 42 35 SPACE //// l //1 HI/ I//I III/ 1111 20 1 PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD (VA) PHASE DEMAND LOAD (VA) PANEL DEMAND (VA) MAX PHASE AMPS PANEL DEMAND AMPS C =CONTINUOUS, K=KITCHEN M =MOTOR LOAD, N =NON- CONTINUOUS 6223 9828 1954 LOAD, //// PERCENT BALANCE LOAD 1391 11041 W21 SPACE 61% EQUIPMENT 21458 L= LIGHTING P =PANEL R =RECEPTACLE 92 16 LOAD, LOAD, LOAD ABBREVIATIONS: CI- : SPECIAL PROVISIONS: C. - ROUTE THROUGH CONTACTOR NUMBER AS SHOWN. PANELBOARD LB SERVICE ENTRANCE PERMIT SET SLIP ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS VOLTS: 208Y /120V METER SOCKET X BOLT ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS MN. BUS AMP RATING: 100 X NEMA 1 ALUMINUM BUS MIN. AIC: 10,000 NEMA 3R X COPPER BUS MAIN: MLO X SURFACE MOUNT LOCATION: Electrical Room PHASE: 3 FLUSH MOUNT CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR WIRE: 4 oil I II Illpoo et . • ;0... .� :I tD i I lit) '.-7 z. s v.te-1 ' S ?sic) ts #4. osmosis° FREE STANDING ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER: CKT. CRCUIT DESCRIPTION AMPACITY POLE LOAD LOADS (VA) LOAD AMPACITY POLE CRCUIT DESCRIPTION OCT. A B C 1 GUST SERV RECEPT IG 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 CHECKSTAND POWER 2 20 1 R 360 //// I //l //// l /// 1111 3 OUST SERV RECEPT //// //// //// 120 //// //// R 20 I 20 I R //// 120 //// ///I //// //// ISOLATED GROUND CHECKSTAND RECEPT 4 5 GUST SERV RECEPT //// //// //// //// 120 //// R 20 1 20 1 R //// //// 120 //// //// //// CHECKSTAND POWER 6 1 GUST SERV RECEPT IG I/// I /11 ///I l //I //// 120 R 20 1 20 1 R 360 /11/ 1111 1111 //// //// SPARE S 9 SERVER RECEPT //// 1111 //// 120 //// //// 20 1 * 30 1 1111 1500 //// //// //// //// CHECKSTAND POWER 10 11 SERVER RM RECEPT //// //// //// //// 120 //// R 20 1 20 1 1111 //// 120 //// //// //// ISOLATED GROUND CHECKSTAND RECEPT 12 13 RPPA HEAT //// //// //// //// //// 120 R 20 1 20 1 1920 //// //// //// 1111 //// CHECKSTAND POWER 14 15 RPPA HEAT //// //// //// 120 //// //// R 20 1 20 I 1111 1920 //// //// //// //// ISOLATED GROUND CHECKSTAND RECEPT 16 11 RPPA HEAT //// //// //// //// 120 //// R 20 1 20 I //// //// 1920 //// //// //// SPARE 18 15 SPACE //// //// //// //// //// 20 I //// //// //// //// 1111 SPACE 20 21 SPACE 1111 //// //// //// /11/ //// //// //// //// //// SPACE 22 23 SPACE //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// SPACE 24 25 SPACE //// //// //// //// //// ///I //// //// //// //// SPACE 26 21 SPACE //// //// //// 111I //// //// //// //// //// //// SPACE 28 25 SPACE //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// SPACE 30 31 SPACE //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// SPACE 32 33 SPACE //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// SPACE 34 35 SPACE //// //// //// //// IN //// //// I /11 //// I/// SPACE 36 31 SPACE 1111 //// 1111 1111 1111 //// //// /1// //// //// SPACE 38 35 SPACE //// 1111 1111 1111 1111 //// //// //// //// //// SPACE 40 41 SPACE //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// //// 1111 SPACE 42 //// //// //// //// //// PHASE PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD (VA) DEMAND LOAD (VA) PANEL DEMAND (VA) MAX PHASE AMPS PANEL DEMAND AMPS C =CONTINUOUS, K=KITCHEN M =MOTOR LOAD, N= NON - CONTINUOUS 4800 6300 4800 LOAD, PERCENT BALANCE LOAD 4800 6300 4800 66% EQUIPMENT 15900 L =LIGHTING P =PANEL R =RECEPTACLE 44 28 LOAD, LOAD, LOAD ABBREVIATIONS: SPECIAL PROVISIONS: * - BREAKER HANDLE LOCK "OFF" CLAMP PER NEC 42231(8) PROVIDE PANEL WITH ISOLATED GROUND BUS b 137 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 oa CONSULTANT o rD CV e- a) sn C ei 0 U 0 cl) o tip z•w oaZ N w ceN w 1-o(9 LLJ wa LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE E cAppioni 1620 M63"12 m)-coeweterl. `o �S NOZWWZZ�� .�i gt O vo/Fia • 2 z m 2 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: E42 PANELBOARDS.DWG oil I II Illpoo et . • ;0... .� :I tD i I lit) '.-7 z. s v.te-1 ' S ?sic) ts #4. osmosis° SHEET NAME ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER: E4.2 SECTION 16A GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS — REV 121709: 16A 1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 16A 1 -1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ALL REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION 1 AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO THIS SECTION AND DIVISION. -WHERE THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND DIVISION EXCEED THOSE OF DIVISION 1, THIS SECTION AND DIVISION TAKE PRECEDENCE. BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL THEIR CONTENTS AS TO REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION, SECTION OR BOTH. WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS DIVISION INCLUDES ALL MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR REASONABLY INFERRED TO BE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE EACH SYSTEM'S FUNCTIONING AS IMPLIED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR THE PROJECT ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND PORTIONS OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED. DRAWINGS ARE GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS OF THE WORK UPON WHICH THE CONTRACT IS BASED. THEY SHOW THE MATERIALS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO ONE ANOTHER, INCLUDING SIZES, SHAPES, LOCATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS. THEY ALSO CONVEY THE SCOPE OF WORK, INDICATING THE INTENDED GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, OUTLETS AND CIRCUITS WITHOUT SHOWING ALL OF THE EXACT DETAILS AS TO ELEVATIONS, OFFSETS, CONTROL LINES, AND OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. USE THE DRAWINGS AS A GUIDE WHEN LAYING OUT THE WORK AND TO VERIFY THAT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WILL FIT INTO THE DESIGNATED SPACES, AND WHICH, WHEN INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS, WILL ENSURE A COMPLETE, COORDINATED, SATISFACTORY AND PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE, SHOW THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEMS APPROXIMATELY TO SCALE AND ATTEMPT TO INDICATE HOW THEY SHALL BE INTEGRATED WITH OTHER PARTS OF THE WORK. FIGURED DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE TO SCALED DIMENSIONS. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS BY JOB MEASUREMENTS, BY CHECKING THE REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER TRADES, AND BY REVIEWING ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CORRECT ERRORS THAT COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED BY PROPER CHECKING AND INSPECTION, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. SPECIFICATIONS DEFINE THE QUALITATIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP UPON WHICH THE CONTRACT IS BASED. 16A 1 -2 DEFINITIONS WHENEVER USED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS, THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE INDICATED MEANINGS: FURNISH: "TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, INSTALLING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." INSTALL: "TO PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, AND AS REQUIRED: UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, TESTING, COMMISSIONING, STARTING UP AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." PROVIDE: "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." FURNISHED BY OWNER (OR OWNER- FURNISHED) OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: "AN ITEM FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS, AND INSTALLED- UNDER - THE - -RE REQUIREMENTS UI OF THIS DIVISION Q RE ,COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE, INCLUDING ALL ITEMS AND SERVICES INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION UNDER THE WARRANTY REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND /OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE "ARCHITECT'. AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND /OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. NRTL: NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY, AS DEFINED AND LISTED BY OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.7 (E.G., UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. HOMERUN: THAT PORTION OF AN ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ORIGINATING AT A JUNCTION BOX, TERMINATION BOX, RECEPTACLE OR SWITCH WITH TERMINATION ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD. A N EL D. NOTE: WHERE MC CABLE IS UTILIZED FOR RECEPTACLE AND /OR LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITING LOADS, THE ORIGINATING POINT OF THE HOMERUN SHALL BE AT THE FIRST LOAD IN THE CIRCUIT OR AT A JUNCTION BOX IN AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE IMMEDIATELY ABOVE THE FIRST LOAD. THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", "EQUIVALENT ", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED ". THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, CERTIFIED, OR ALL THREE. BY AN NRTL, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. 16A 1 -3 PRE -BID SITE VISIT PERSONALLY INSPECT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY INFORMED OF CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE. 16A 1 -4 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP PROVIDE ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NEW AND IN FIRST CLASS CONDITION. PROVIDE MARKINGS OR A NAMEPLATE FOR ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFYING THE MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDING SUFFICIENT REFERENCE TO ESTABLISH QUALITY, SIZE AND CAPACITY. ALL WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE OF THE FINEST POSSIBLE BY EXPERIENCED MECHANICS OF THE PROPER TRADE. IN GENERAL, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING QUALITY GRADE(S) FOR ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE PROVIDE ALL HOISTS, SCAFFOLDS, STAGING, RUNWAYS, TOOLS, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. STORE AND MAINTAIN MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IN CLEAN CONDITION, AND PROTECTED FROM WEATHER, MOISTURE, AND PHYSICAL DAMAGE. FURNISH ONLY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT THAT ARE LISTED, LABELED, CERTIFIED, OR ALL THREE, BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (NRTL), WHENEVER ANY LISTING OR LABELING EXISTS FOR THE TYPES OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. AT A MINIMUM, GENERAL WORK PRACTICES FOR ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH: NECA 1 (LATEST EDITION), "STANDARD PRACTICES FOR GOOD WORKMANSHIP IN ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION ". 16A 1 -5 MANUFACTURERS IN OTHER ARTICLES WHERE LISTS OF MANUFACTURERS ARE INTRODUCED, SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED. WHERE A LIST IS PROVIDED, MANUFACTURERS ARE LISTED ALPHABETICALLY AND NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY RANKING OR PREFERENCE. WHERE MANUFACTURERS ARE NOT LISTED, PROVIDE PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FROM MANUFACTURERS THAT HAVE BEEN ACTIVELY INVOLVED IN MANUFACTURING THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT FOR NO LESS THAN 5 YEARS. 16A 1 -6 COORDINATION COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER DIVISIONS AND TRADES SO THAT VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, AND ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ALL DRAWINGS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CIVIL, ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING, AND TO RELEVANT EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF CLEAR SPACES. MAKE ALL OFFSETS REQUIRED TO CLEAR EQUIPMENT, BEAMS AND OTHER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, AND TO FACILITATE CONCEALING RACEWAYS IN THE MANNER ANTICIPATED IN THE DESIGN. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH TRIM THAT WILL FIT PROPERLY THE TYPES OF CEILING, WALL, OR FLOOR FINISHES ACTUALLY INSTALLED. 16A 1 -7 ORDINANCES. CODES. AND STANDARDS COMPLY, AT A MINIMUM, WITH NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) STANDARDS, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES FOR PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS. ADDITIONALLY, COMPLY WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC UTILITIES AND MUNICIPAL DEPARTMENTS AFFECTED BY CONNECTION OF SERVICES. WHERE CONFLICTS BETWEEN VARIOUS CODES, ORDINANCES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS EXIST, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. WHEREVER REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, OR BOTH, EXCEED THOSE OF THE ABOVE ITEMS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, OR BOTH, SHALL GOVERN. CODE COMPLIANCE, AT A MINIMUM, IS MANDATORY. CONSTRUE NOTHING IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AS PERMITTING WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE, AT A MINIMUM, WITH THESE CODES. PROMPTLY BRING ALL CONFLICTS OBSERVED BETWEEN CODES, ORDINANCES, RULES, REGULATIONS, REFERENCED STANDARDS, AND THESE DOCUMENTS TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION FOR FINAL RESOLUTION. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY VIOLATION OF THE LAW. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN ALL NECESSARY SIGNAL LIGHTS AND GUARDS FOR THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS FOR WORK IN THIS DIVISION. 16A 1 -8 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS STORE AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DELIVERED TO JOB SITE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS. FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUSCEPTIBLE TO CHANGING WEATHER CONDITIONS, DAMPNESS, OR TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS, STORE INSIDE IN CONDITION SPACES. FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SUSCEPTIBLE TO THESE CONDITIONS, COVER WITH WATERPROOF, TEAR- RESISTANT, HEAVY TARP OR POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT FROM PLASTER, DIRT, PAINT, WATER, OR PHYSICAL DAMAGE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL BE REJECTED, AND CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL OF A LIKE KIND. PLUG OR CAP OPEN ENDS OF CONDUITS WHILE STORED AND INSTALLED DURING CONSTRUCTION WHEN NOT IN USE TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF DEBRIS INTO THE SYSTEMS. 16A 1 -9 SUBSTITUTIONS INCLUDE IN THE BASE BID THE PRODUCTS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR ON THE DRAWINGS. SUBMIT, IN THE FORM OF ALTERNATES, WITH BID, PRODUCTS OF ANY OTHER MANUFACTURERS FOR SIMILAR USE, PROVIDED THE DIFFERENCES IN COST, IF ANY, ARE INCLUDED FOR EACH PROPOSED ALTERNATE. PRIOR TO THE BID DATE, SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS SUBMITTED TO THE . ARCHITECT, FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW, AT LEAST TEN CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE INCLUDING CUTSHEETS, PHOTOMETRIC DATA, AND ALL OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION FOR EACH SUCH REQUEST. PROVIDE FACTORY GENERATED POINT - BY -POINT CALCULATIONS FOR ALL EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES (PHOTOMETRIC FILES SUPPLIED SO THE ENGINEER CAN GENERATE A POINT -BY -POINT DO NOT SUFFICE FOR THE POINT -BY -POINT CALCULATIONS). PROVIDE INTERIOR POINT -BY- POINT CALCULATIONS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE ENGINEER. SUBMIT A $100.00 REVIEW FEE TO THE ENGINEER WITH EACH SUCH POINT -BY -POINT CALCULATION FOR USE OF ELECTRONIC BASE FILES. AFTER THE BID DATE, PROPOSALS TO SUBSTITUTE LIGHT FIXTURES FOR THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN, WILL ONLY BE CONSIDERED AS A DEDUCT. SUBMIT PROPOSED TI SUBS TUTIONS SEPARATELY, IN SUBMITTAL FORM, WITH A LIST OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS TOGETHER WITH A DEDUCT PRICE FOR EACH SUBSTITUTION. THE ARCHITECTWILL THEN REVIEW PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. THE ENGINEER WILL HAVE THE FINAL AUTHORITY AS TO WHETHER THE LIGHT FIXTURE IS AN ACCEPTABLE REPLACEMENT TO THE SPECIFIED ITEM. THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION MAY ALSO BE REJECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FOR AESTHETIC REASONS IF FELT NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE. IN THE EVENT THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS HEREIN DESCRIBED ARE REJECTED, FURNISH THE SPECIFIED ITEM. 16A 1 -10 SUBMITTALS 1. ?ASSEMBLE AND SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT, FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW, MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED, INSTALLED, OR BOTH, UNDER THIS DIVISION, INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT DATA AND PERFORMANCE SHEETS, SAMPLES, AND OTHER SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, LIST OR INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED. PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY DIVISION 1; HOWEVER, AT A MINIMUM, SUBMIT SEVEN (7) SETS. BEFORE SUBMITTING, VERIFY THAT ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED ARE MUTUALLY COMPATIBLE AND SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACES, AND ALLOW AMPLE AND CODE- REQUIRED ROOM FOR ACCESS AND MAINTENANCE. SUBMITTALS SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. SUBMITTALS NOT SO IDENTIFIED WILL BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ACTION: THE PROJECT NAME. THE APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND PARAGRAPH. THE SUBMITTAL DATE. THE CONTRACTOR'S STAMP, WHICH SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE STAMPED DRAWINGS HAVE - BEEN - CHECKED BY THE CONTRACTOR, COMPLY - WITH - -THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND HAVE BEEN COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN THE ENGINEERS' FIRM NAME OR LOGO, NOR SHALL IT CONTAIN THE ENGINEERS' SEAL AND SIGNATURE. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF THE ENGINEERS' WORK PRODUCT. TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS AS EARLY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS ENGINEER REVIEW TIME, PLUS MAILING TIME, PLUS A DUPLICATION OF THIS TIME FOR RESUBMITTALS, IF REQUIRED. TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER NOTICE TO PROCEED AND BEFORE CONSTRUCTION STARTS. THE ENGINEER'S SUBMITTAL REVIEWS WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, SIZE OF MEMBERS, OR QUANTITIES; OR FOR OMITTING COMPONENTS OR FITTINGS; OR FOR NOT COORDINATING ITEMS WITH ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS. REFER TO DIVISION 1 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS FOR THIS PROJECT. FOR ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT THE SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN POSTED. IF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARE NOT DEFINED IN DIVISION 1, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE WEBSITE, USER NAME AND PASSWORD INFORMATION NEEDED TO ACCESS THE SUBMITTALS. FOR SUBMITTALS SENT BY E -MAIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL COPY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW THE ENGINEER REVIEW TIME AS SPECIFIED ABOVE IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE MATERIALS AND /OR EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL AND SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES BEING PROPOSED. GENERAL PRODUCT CATALOG DATA NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE PART OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 16A 1 -11 ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AS AN OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION; AND, CONTACT THE ENGINEER TO OBTAIN THE NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO INDICATE THE DESIRED SHIPPING METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER'S RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. 16A 1 -12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT, FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW, COPIES EACH OF OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUALS, APPROPRIATELY BOUND INTO MANUAL FORM INCLUDING APPROVED COPIES OF THE FOLLOWING, REVISED IF NECESSARY TO SHOW SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY DIVISION 1; HOWEVER, AT A MINIMUM, SUBMIT THREE (3) SETS, AND INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: MANUFACTURERS' CATALOGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHEETS WIRING DIAGRAMS MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS PARTS LISTS TEST REPORTS AS DEFINED IN NETA ATS FOR THE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED OR FURNISHED OR INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NAMES, ADDRESSES, TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AND E -MAIL ADDRESSES OF LOCAL CONTACTS FOR WARRANTEE SERVICES AND SPARE PARTS. SUBMIT MANUALS PRIOR TO REQUESTING THE FINAL PUNCH LIST AND BEFORE ANY REQUESTS FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ALSO PROVIDE ADEQUATE VERBAL INSTRUCTIONS OF SYSTEM OPERATIONS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT THE COMPLETION OF, AND BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF, THE WORK. 16A 1 -13 TRAINING AT A TIME MUTUALLY AGREED UPON BETWEEN THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF A FACTORY TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL ON THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE TRAINING TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO AN OVERVIEW OF THE SYSTEM AND /OR EQUIPMENT AS IT RELATES TO THE FACILITY AS A WHOLE; OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES RELATED TO STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN, TROUBLESHOOTING, SERVICING, PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE AND APPROPRIATE OPERATOR INTERVENTION; AND REVIEW OF DATA INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. SUBMIT A CERTIFICATION LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT STATING THAT THE OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN TRAINED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. LETTER SHALL INCLUDE DATE, TIME, ATTENDEES AND SUBJECT OF TRAINING. THE CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL SIGN THE CERTIFICATION LETTER INDICATING AGREEMENT THAT THE TRAINING HAS BEEN PROVIDED. SCHEDULE TRAINING WITH OWNER WITH AT LEAST 7 DAYS' ADVANCE NOTICE. 16A 1 -14 WARRANTIES WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. ALSO WARRANT THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL ITEMS: ALL RACEWAYS ARE FREE FROM OBSTRUCTIONS, HOLES, CRUSHING, OR BREAKS OF ANY NATURE. ALL RACEWAY SEALS ARE EFFECTIVE. THE ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IS FREE FROM ALL SHORT CIRCUITS AND UNWANTED OPEN CIRCUITS AND GROUNDS. THE ABOVE WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNER. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. 16A 1 -15 MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK PROVIDE ALL DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND NEW ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF BUILDING REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CABLES AND WIRING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND VENTILATION SHAFTS. 16A 2 ELECTRICAL WORK 16A 2 -1 BUILDING OPERATION COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS AS OUTLINED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL PORTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. BUILDING SHALL BE IN CONTINUOUS OPERATION. ACCOMPLISH WORK THAT REQUIRES INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION AT A TIME WHEN THE BUILDING IS NOT IN OPERATION, AND ONLY WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL OF BUILDING OWNER AND /OR TENANT. COORDINATE INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION WITH THE OWNER AND /OR TENANT A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF WORK. 16A 2 -2 COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE REPAIR ALL STREETS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVES, PAVING, WALLS, FINISHES, AND OTHER FACILITIES DAMAGED IN THE COURSE OF THIS WORK. REPAIR MATERIALS SHALL MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. ALL BACKFILLING AND REPAIRING SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER, CITY AND OTHERS HAVING JURISDICTION. REPAIR WORK SHALL BE THOROUGHLY FIRST CLASS. CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 2 OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 16A 2 -3 CUTTING AND PATCHING FOLLOWING THE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 1, CUT WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. OBTAIN PERMISSION OF THE ENGINEER, OWNER, OR BOTH, BEFORE DOING ANY CUTTING. CUT ALL HOLES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE THOROUGHLY FIRST CLASS AND SHALL MATCH THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS IF APPLICABLE. 16A 2 -4 ROUGH -IN COORDINATE WITHOUT DELAY ALL ROUGHING -IN WITH OTHER DIVISIONS. CONCEAL ALL RACEWAYS EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16A 2 -5 SUPPORT SYSTEMS 1. STEEL SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS (SLOTTED CHANNEL): COMPLY WITH MFMA -3, FACTORY- FABRICATED COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY; 12- GAUGE, 1 -5/8 -INCH BY 1 -5/8 -INCH; COOPER B -LINE, ERICO INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, HILTI, INC., POWER- STRUT, THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION, UNISTRUT. FINISHES: A. METALLIC COATINGS: HOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION AND APPLIED ACCORDING TO MFMA -3. 2. ALUMINUM - SLOTTED - SUPPORT SYSTEMS (SLOTTED CHANNEL): COMPLY WITH MFMA -3, TYPE 6063 -T6, PER ASTM 8221; FACTORY- FABRICATED COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY; 12- GAUGE, 1 -5/8 -INCH BY 1 -5/8 -INCH; COOPER B -LINE, ERICO INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, HILTI, INC., POWER- STRUT, THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION, UNISTRUT. FIELD FABRICATION: WHERE FIELD CUTTING OF STANDARD LENGTHS OF CHANNEL ARE REQUIRED, MAKE CUTS STRAIGHT AND PERPENDICULAR TO MANUFACTURED SURFACES. FOR FIELD -CUT OR DAMAGED SURFACES OF COATED CHANNELS, DRESS CUT ENDS, DAMAGED SURFACES, OR BOTH, WITH AN ABRASIVE MATERIAL (E.G., FILE, GRINDING STONE, OR SIMILAR) AND CLEANSER TO REMOVE OILS, RUST, SHARP EDGES AND SHARDS. FOR CHANNEL WITH A FACTORY- APPLIED COATING, RE- FINISH CUT EDGES WITH A COATING COMPATIBLE WITH THE FACTORY FINISH AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER (E.G., MANUFACTURER'S TOUCH -UP PAINT OR ZINC -RICH COLD- GALVANIZING COMPOUND, AS APPLICABLE). 16A 2 -6 PENETRATIONS COORDINATE SLEEVE SELECTION AND APPLICATION WITH SELECTION AND APPLICATION OF FIRE - STOPPING SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS." ROOFS: COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH ENGINEER, OWNER, AND AS APPLICABLE, THE ROOFING CONTRACTOR PROVIDING A ROOF WARRANTY. KEEP ALL RACEWAY PENETRATIONS WITHIN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CURBS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15 WORK. FLASH AND COUNTERFLASH ALL OPENINGS THROUGH ROOF, AND /OR PROVIDE PRE-FABRICATED E FABRICATED MOLDED SEALS COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOF CONSTRUCTION INSTALLED, OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER, OWNER, OR ROOFING CONTRACTOR. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE LEAKTIGHT AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK AND SHALL NOT VOID ANY NEW OR EXISTING ROOF WARRANTIES. WALLS AND FLOORS: SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES 1. STEEL PIPE SLEEVES: ASTM A 53/A 53M, TYPE E, GRADE B, SCHEDULE 40, GALVANIZED STEEL, PLAIN ENDS AND DRIP RINGS. 2. CAST -IRON PIPE SLEEVES: CAST OR FABRICATED "WALL PIPE," EQUIVALENT TO DUCTILE -IRON PRESSURE PIPE, WITH PLAIN ENDS AND INTEGRAL WATERSTOP, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SLEEVES FOR RECTANGULAR OPENINGS: GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH MINIMUM 0.138 INCH THICKNESS AND OF WIDTH AND LENGTH TO SUIT APPLICATION. 16A 2 -7 FIRE- STOPPING THROUGH PENETRATIONS FIRE - RESISTANT THROUGH PENETRATION SEALANTS: TWO -PART, FOAMED -IN- PLACE, SILICONE SEALANT FORMULATED FOR USE IN THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRE - STOPPING AROUND CABLES, RACEWAYS, AND CABLE TRAY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE -RATED WALLS AND FLOORS. SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL HAVE FIRE - RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED, AS ESTABLISHED BY TESTING IDENTICAL ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 814, BY UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC., OR OTHER NRTL ACCEPTABLE TO AHJ. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: HILTI, INC. 3M CORP. RECTORSEAL. SPECIFY TECHNOLOGY INC. UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY. SUBMITTALS SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA, MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND TECHNICAL DATA FOR EACH MATERIAL INCLUDING THE COMPOSITION AND LIMITATIONS, DOCUMENTATION OF UL FIRESTOP SYSTEMS TO BE USED AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TO COMPLY WITH DIVISION 1. MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGMENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND DRAWING DETAILS WHEN NO UL SYSTEM IS AVAILABLE FOR AN APPLICATION. ENGINEERING JUDGMENT SHALL INCLUDE BOTH PROJECT NAME AND CONTRACTOR'S NAME WHO WILL INSTALL FIRESTOP SYSTEM DESCRIBED IN DRAWINGS. SUBMIT MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS PROVIDED WITH PRODUCT DELIVERED TO JOB -SITE. 16A 2 -8 CONCRETE BASES PROVIDE CONCRETE BASES (E.G., HOUSEKEEPING PADS) FOR EQUIPMENT WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. CONCRETE BASES SHALL HAVE CHAMFERED EDGES. SIZE OF BASE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES GREATER THAN THE FOOTPRINT OF THE EQUIPMENT THAT IT IS SUPPORTING. CONSTRUCT EQUIPMENT BASES OF A MINIMUM 28 -DAY, 4000 -PSI CONCRETE CONFORMING TO AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE STANDARD BUILDING CODE FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE (ACI 318 -99) AND THE LATEST APPLICABLE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE ACI STANDARD PRACTICE MANUAL CONCRETE SHALL BE COMPOSED OF CEMENT CONFORMING TO ASTM C 150 TYPE I, AGGREGATE CONFORMING TO ASTM C33, AND POTABLE WATER. EXPOSED EXTERIOR CONCRETE SHALL CONTAIN 5 TO 7 PERCENT AIR ENTRAINMENT. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, REINFORCE EQUIPMENT BASES WITH NO. 4 REINFORCING BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A 615 OR 6X6 - W2.9 X W2.9 WELDED WIRE MESH CONFORMING TO ASTM A185. PLACE REINFORCING BARS 24 INCHES ON CENTER WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO BARS EACH DIRECTION. PROVIDE GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLTS FOR EQUIPMENT PLACED ON CONCRETE BASES OR ON CONCRETE SLABS. ANCHOR BOLTS SIZE, NUMBER AND PLACEMENT SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT. CONCRETE EQUIPMENT BASES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 4 INCHES AND SHALL BE POURED -IN- PLACE. 16A 2 -9 ACCESS DOORS PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN CEILINGS AND WALLS, WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR ACCESS OR MAINTENANCE TO CONCEALED EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. PROVIDE CONCEALED HINGES, SCREWDRIVER- TYPE LOCK, AND ANCHOR STRAPS. MANUFACTURED BY MILCOR, ZURN, TITUS, OR EQUAL OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION AND COLOR BEFORE ORDERING. 16A 2 -10 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS PROVIDE NECESSARY EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER OR OWNER TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFIED HEREIN, OR BOTH. EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER MAY INCLUDE SUCH ITEMS AS FLEXIBLE CORDS AND PLUGS, AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT ROUGH -IN DIMENSIONS, AND VERIFY THEM WITH ENGINEER, OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER, OR ALL THREE, PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND SERVICE INSTALLATIONS. 16A 2 -11 CLEANING IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 1, REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK, AS REQUIRED, TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION. COOPERATE IN MAINTAINING REASONABLY CLEAN PREMISES AT ALL TIMES. IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION, MAKE A FINAL CLEANUP OF DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FROM THE WORK. CLEAN ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS DIVISION. REMOVE DIRT, DUST, PLASTER, STAINS AND FOREIGN MATTER FROM ALL SURFACES. TOUCH UP AND RESTORE ALL DAMAGED FINISHES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. 16A 2 -12 ADJUSTING. ALIGNING AND TESTING ADJUST, ALIGN, AND TEST ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ON THIS PROJECT PROVIDED UNDER THIS DIVISION AND ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS FOR INSTALLATION OR WIRING UNDER THIS DIVISION, FOR PROPER OPERATION. TEST ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS IN NETA ATS (LATEST EDITION) AND ALL ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN FOLLOWING SECTIONS. MAINTAIN THE FOLLOWING ON THE PROJECT PREMISES AT ALL TIMES: A TRUE RMS READING VOLTMETER, A TRUE RMS READING AMMETER, AND A MEGOHMMETER INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTER. PROVIDE TEST DATA READINGS AS REQUESTED OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER. 16A 2 -13 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PROVIDE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES: ON ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHES, STARTERS, DIMMERS, SWITCHES IN DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS. NAMEPLATES: ENGRAVED, CONTRASTING COLOR, THREE - LAYER, LAMINATED PLASTIC INDICATING THE NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT, LOAD, OR CIRCUIT AS DESIGNATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS: FIELD - APPLIED PERMANENT EPDXY ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH THE EQUIPMENT FINISH. ATTACHMENT METHOD SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE MANUFACTURERS OF THE EQUIPMENT TO WHICH THE NAMEPLATES ARE BEING APPLIED. COLOR: BLACK BACKGROUND WITH WHITE LETTERS FOR NORMAL POWER; RED BACKGROUND WITH WHITE LETTERS FOR EMERGENCY POWER. LETTER HEIGHT: 1/2 -INCH MINIMUM 16A 2 -14 SYSTEM START UP PRIOR TO - STARTING UP THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: 1. CHECK ALL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES. 2. LUBRICATE ITEMS ACCORDINGLY. 3. TIGHTEN SCREWS AND BOLTS FOR CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE- TIGHTENING VALUES. IF - MANUFACTURER'S TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A AND UL 486B. 4. ADJUST TAPS ON EACH TRANSFORMER FOR RATED SECONDARY VOLTAGE WHEN THE TRANSFORMER IS AT MINIMUM LOAD. 5. CHECK AND RECORD BUILDING'S SERVICE ENTRANCE VOLTAGE, GROUNDING CONDITIONS, GROUNDING RESISTANCE, AND PROPER PHASING. 6. REPLACE ALL BURNED -OUT LAMPS AND LAMPS USED FOR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING IN PERMANENT LIGHT FIXTURES. 7. AFTER ALL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSPECTED AND ADJUSTED, CONFIRM ALL OPERATING FEATURES REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND MAKE FINAL ADJUSTMENTS AS NECESSARY. 16A 3 EXISTING EQUIPMENT REUSE AND REMOVAL REMOVE ALL EXISTING WIRING, LIGHT FIXTURES, EXPOSED CONDUITS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS NOT REUSED PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. EXISTING RACEWAYS MAY BE REUSED IF THEIR POINTS OF TERMINATIONS ARE SUITABLE; IF THEY ARE CLEAN INSIDE WITH NO EVIDENCE OF RUST OR BURRS; IF FREE FROM CRACKS, FLATTENED SECTIONS OR SHARP BENDS; AND, IF SUITABLY LOCATED TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES OR INSTALLATIONS. CAREFULLY "FISH" ALL EXISTING CONDUITS REUSED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND OBSTRUCTIONS, AND SWAB UNTIL ALL MOISTURE IS REMOVED. CUT, PATCH, AND REPAIR WHERE REQUIRED FOR NEW ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, AND PATCH AND REPAIR ALL SURFACE DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THIS WORK. CUT FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR AND PLUG AT BOTH ENDS, RACEWAYS STUBBED ABOVE THE FLOOR AND NOT USED AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS REQUIRED TO BE IN OPERATION AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT, IF REQUIRED, AS A RESULT OF WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 16A 4 ALTERNATES INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR AND INCIDENTAL TO THE COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER EACH PARTICULAR ALTERNATE. FURNISH SEPARATE BIDS FOR EACH APPLICABLE ALTERNATE, STATING THE AMOUNT TO BE ADDED TO OR DEDUCTED FROM THE BASE BID FOR EACH ALTERNATE ACCEPTED. APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE BASE SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO ALL WORK REQUIRED BY THE ALTERNATES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE LIST OF ALTERNATES. 137 RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED as up 0 U m z wa' 'c o morn LU In 0 M U m 0 ¢ x cz • N� m N m E % 0 o O Vin U Qm w °' o LL �0 om�o ▪ m w w o0 =aa aW 0 0 N N Ems c to LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE • Clig0 �i aD Cts. IsA m 14.6 STORE NUMBER: ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE: E51 SPECS.DWG of Illnensos ��,, e •.� s �' '0. ■ • I, • a. •� 1 p • - Z, • ; .,,s, ,, •� �Or� .11 • • SHEET NAME: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (SHEET NUMBER: E5.1 SECTION 16B BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND 06081Q 16B 1 METHODS 16B 1 -1 RACEWAYS METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING: METHODS — REV : ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING, COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS (EMT): ANSI C80.3, UL 797. ONLY STEEL PRODUCTS ALLOWED. REDUCED WALL EMT IS NOT ALLOWED. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC): ZINC - COATED STEEL OR ALUMINUM, UL 1. REDUCED -WALL FMC IS NOT ALLOWED. INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC): HOT -DIP GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT: ANSI C80.6, UL 1242. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC): FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH PVC JACKET: UL 360 RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC): HOT -DIP GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (GRS): ANSI C80.1, UL 6. PLASTIC- COATED IMC, RMC, AND FITTINGS: NEMA RN 1, UL LISTED. IMC AND RMC FITTINGS: NEMA FB 1;. COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUIT TYPE AND MATERIAL, UL LISTED NON- METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING: RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (RNC): SCHEDULE 40 PVC, 90 DEG C RATED, NEMA TC -2, UL 651; FITTINGS: NEMA TC 3, TC 6; UL 514, COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUIT TUBING TYPE AND MATERIAL, / R AL, UL LISTED. 16B 1 -2 RACEWAY INSTALLATION ABOVE GROUND USE INSTALL ALL CIRCULAR RACEWAYS CONCEALED ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR CONCEALED IN WALLS OR FLOORS WHEREVER POSSIBLE EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED. PROVIDE GRS FOR ALL CONDUITS RUN EXPOSED TO WEATHER, OR EXPOSED TO OTHER HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS. ALL OTHER RACEWAY MAY BE EMT WHERE APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE. USE COMPRESSION TYPE FITTINGS FOR EMT, WITH ALL FITTINGS UL LISTED FOR THE ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH THEY ARE USED. UNDERGROUND USE PROVIDE GRS INSTALLED BELOW GRADE WITH A CORROSION RESISTANT BONDED- PLASTIC OR APPROVED MASTIC COATING. THIS SHALL INCLUDE THE 90- DEGREE ELBOW BELOW GRADE AND THE ENTIRE VERTICAL TRANSITION TO ABOVE GRADE. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS USE FMC FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO EACH MOTOR AND TRANSFORMER, AND TO ANY DEVICE THAT WOULD OTHERWISE TRANSMIT MOTION, VIBRATION, OR NOISE. USE LFMC WHERE EXPOSED TO LIQUIDS, VAPORS OR SUNLIGHT, AND TO CONNECT TO N KITCHEN AND FOOD ERVI EQUIPMENT. CE UIPM NT. Q E PROVIDE ALL FMC AND LFMC WITH AN INSULATED BONDING CONDUCTOR. USE ONLY METAL RACEWAYS FOR ALL POWER WIRING FROM THE OUTPUT OF VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES TO THEIR RESPECTIVE MOTORS. GENERAL RACEWAY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS INSTALL RACEWAYS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES. INSTALL RACEWAYS TO REQUIREMENTS OF STRUCTURE AND TO REQUIREMENTS OF ALL OTHER WORK ON THE PROJECT; TO CLEAR ALL OPENINGS, DEPRESSIONS, PIPES, DUCTS, REINFORCING STEEL, AND OTHER IMMOVABLE OBSTACLES. INSTALL RACEWAYS SET IN FORMS FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A MANNER THAT INSTALLATION WILL NOT AFFECT THE STRENGTH OF THE STRUCTURE. EXCEPT WHERE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER, INSTALL NO RACEWAY IN A SLAB -ON- GRADE. LOCATE RACEWAY BELOW GRANULAR FILL BELOW SLABS -ON- GRADE. INSTALL RACEWAYS CONTINUOUS BETWEEN CONNECTIONS TO OUTLETS, BOXES AND CABINETS WITH A MINIMUM POSSIBLE NUMBER OF BENDS AND NOT MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF FOUR 90- DEGREE BENDS BETWEEN CONNECTIONS. USE MANUFACTURED ELBOWS FOR ALL 45- AND 90- DEGREE BENDS, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER IN ADVANCE. MAKE OTHER BENDS SMOOTH AND EVEN AND WITHOUT FLATTENING RACEWAY OR FLAKING GALVANIZING OR ENAMEL. RADII OF BENDS SHALL BE AS LONG AS POSSIBLE AND NEVER SHORTER THAN THE CORRESPONDING TRADE ELBOW. USE LONG RADIUS ELBOWS FOR ALL UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS, WHERE NECESSARY OR INDICATED. SECURELY FASTEN RACEWAYS IN PLACE WITH APPROVED STRAPS, HANGERS AND STEEL SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. ATTACH RACEWAY SUPPORTS TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. HANG SINGLE RACEWAYS FOR FEEDERS WITH MALLEABLE SPLIT RING HANGERS WITH ROD AND TURNBUCKLE SUSPENSION FROM INSERTS SPACED NOT OVER 10 FEET APART IN CONSTRUCTION ABOVE. CLAMP GROUPS OF HORIZONTAL FEEDER RACEWAYS TO STEEL CHANNELS THAT ARE SUSPENDED FROM INSERTS SPACED NOT OVER 10 FEET APART IN CONSTRUCTION ABOVE. SECURELY CLAMP VERTICAL FEEDER RACEWAYS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE. INSTALL CABLE CLAMPS FOR SUPPORT OF VERTICAL FEEDERS WHERE REQUIRED. ADD RACEWAY SUPPORTS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF ALL BENDS, ON BOTH SIDES OF THE NOT BENDS." DO SUPPORT RACEWAYS N ORT RA EWAYS FROM SUSPENDED CEILING COMPONENTS. REAM RACEWAY ENDS, THOROUGHLY CLEAN RACEWAYS BEFORE INSTALLATION, AND KEEP CLEAN AFTER INSTALLATION. PLUG OR COVER OPENINGS AND BOXES AS REQUIRED TO KEEP RACEWAYS CLEAN DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FISH ALL RACEWAYS CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PULLING CONDUCTORS WIRES. PROVIDE RACEWAYS OF AMPLE SIZE FOR PULLING OF WIRE AND NOT SMALLER THAN CODE REQUIREMENTS AND NOT LESS THAN 1/2 -INCH IN SIZE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. HOMERUNS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4- INCH IN SIZE. PROTECT ALL RACEWAY INSTALLATIONS AGAINST DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR ALL RACEWAYS DAMAGED OR MOVED OUT OF LINE AFTER ROUGHING -IN TO MEET ENGINEER'S APPROVAL WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALIGN AND INSTALL TRUE AND PLUMB ALL RACEWAY TERMINATIONS AT PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND JUNCTION BOXES. INSTALL APPROVED EXPANSION /DEFLECTION FITTINGS WHERE RACEWAYS PASS THROUGH (IF EMBEDDED) OR ACROSS (IF EXPOSED) EXPANSION EXP NSION JOINTS. ALSO WHEN USING RNC OR RAC IN EXPOSED ENVIRONMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND EXPANSION /CONTRACTION PROPERTIES OF RNC OR RAC. INSTALL A PULL WIRE IN EACH EMPTY RACEWAY THAT IS LEFT FOR INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS OR CABLES UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS. USE POLYPROPYLENE OR MONOFILAMENT PLASTIC LINE WITH NOT LESS THAN 200 -LB TENSILE STRENGTH. LEAVE AT LEAST 24 INCHES OF SLACK AT EACH END OF PULL WIRE. MAKE ALL JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS IN A MANNER THAT WILL ENSURE MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY. RACEWAYS PENETRATING FREEZER AND COOLER WALLS: EFFECTIVELY SEAL RACEWAYS, BY INSTALLING A CONDUIT FITTING AT THE BOUNDARY OF THE TWO SPACES, AND FILLING IT WITH AN APPROVED PLIABLE MATERIAL, AFTER CONDUCTORS OR CABLES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND TESTED, WHEN EVER: RACEWAYS PASS FROM NON- COOLED TO COOLED SPACES. RACEWAYS TRANSITION FROM OUTSIDE A FACILITY OR ENCLOSURE TO INSIDE, WHETHER BURIED OR EXPOSED. 16B 1 -3 BUSHINGS AND LOCKNUTS RIGIDLY TERMINATE CONDUITS ENTERING SHEET METAL ENCLOSURES TO THE ENCLOSURE WITH A BUSHING AND LOCKNUT ON THE INSIDE AND A LOCKNUT OR AN APPROVED HUB ON THE OUTSIDE. CONDUIT SHALL ENTER THE ENCLOSURE SQUARELY. PROVIDE BUSHINGS AND LOCKNUTS MADE OF GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON WITH SHARP, CLEAN -CUT THREADS. WHERE EMT ENTERS A BOX, PROVIDE APPROVED EMT COMPRESSION CONNECTORS. USE INSULATED, GROUNDING, OR COMBINATION, BUSHINGS WHEREVER CONNECTION IS SUBJECT TO VIBRATION OR MOISTURE, WHEN REQUIRED BY NFPA' 70, OR BOTH. 16B 1 -4 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: ANNEALED (SOFT) COPPER COMPLYING WITH ICEA 5 -95- 658 /NEMA WC70; CONDUCTOR INSULATION TYPES: 90- DEGREE C- RATED, TYPE THHN /THWN -2 OR XHHW -2 COMPLYING WITH ICEA S -95- 658 /NEMA WC70. SIZES OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES INDICATED OR SPECIFIED ARE IN AMERICAN WIRE GAGE AWG - ( BROWN AND SHARPE). ALL FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS NO. 8 AWG AND LARGER: STRANDED. ALL CONDUCTORS, NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER: SOLID COPPER ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING: NOT SMALLER THAN NO. 12 AWG. IF NO CONDUCTOR SIZE IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR A BRANCH CIRCUIT, PROVIDE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT SIZED PER NFPA 70 AND BASED ON THE INDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE (OCPD) RATING AND NUMBER OF POLES. WHERE NO CIRCUIT SIZE (I.E., CONDUCTORS AND OCPD) IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR A BRANCH CIRCUIT, PROVIDE THREE NO. 12 AWG CONDUCTORS, IN 3/4 -INCH RACEWAY, AND A 20A CIRCUIT BREAKER. CONTROL WIRING: STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS, 600V INSULATION, OF THE PROPER TYPE, SIZE AND NUMBER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH SPECIFIED FUNCTION. MINIMUM SIZE: NO. 14 AWG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. STRANDED FOR ALL FLEXIBLE CORDS AND CABLES, OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, SPECIAL PURPOSE CONDUCTORS C ORS AND CABLES, SUCH AS LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL AND SHIELDED INSTRUMENT WIRING, SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. TYPE MC CABLE: 600V, UNJACKETED; ANSI E119 AND E814, UL STANDARDS 44 OR 83 (AS APPLICABLE), AND 1569, NFPA 70 ARTICLE 330; ALUMINUM OR GALVANIZED STEEL INTERLOCKED ARMOR; THHN- OR XHHW - INSULATED CONDUCTORS; COLOR CODE: ICEA METHOD 1, WITH GREEN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 16B 1 -5 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES INSTALL ALL WIRING IN APPROVED RACEWAY AND ENCLOSURES. SUPPORT ALL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES IN VERTICAL INSTALLATIONS, AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, BY INSTALLING CABLE SUPPORTS OR PLUG -TYPE CONDUIT RISER SUPPORTS, OR WIRE -MESH SAFETY GRIPS. INSTALL ALL CONDUCTORS AND CABLE IN RACEWAYS CONTINUOUS WITHOUT TAPS OR SPLICES. SPLICE OR TAP ONLY IN APPROVED BOXES AND ENCLOSURES WITH APPROVED SOLDERLESS CONNECTORS, OR CRIMP CONNECTORS AND TERMINAL BLOCKS FOR CONTROL WIRING, AND KEEP TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED. INSULATE ALL SPLICES, TAPS, AND JOINTS AS REQUIRED BY CODES. ALL MATERIALS USED TO TERMINATE, SPLICE OR TAP CONDUCTORS: DESIGNED FOR, PROPERLY SIZED FOR, AND UL LISTED FOR THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION AND CONDUCTORS INVOLVED, AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, USING THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED TOOLS. WHERE WIRING IS INDICATED AS INSTALLED, BUT THE CONNECTION IS INDICATED "FUTURE" OR "BY OTHER DIVISION, TRADES, OR CONTRACTS ", LEAVE A MINIMUM 3 -FOOT "PIGTAIL" AT THE BOX, TAPE THE ENDS OF THE CONDUCTORS, AND COVER THE BOX. THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN A SPECIFIC RACEWAY "HOME RUN" IS INDICATED WITH CROSS LINES (TICK MARKS) ON EACH "CIRCUIT RUN" ON THE DRAWINGS. IN GENERAL THE DIRECTION OF BRANCH CIRCUIT "HOME RUN" ROUTING IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, COMPLETE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND PANELBOARD DESIGNATION. CONTINUE ALL SUCH "HOME RUN" WIRING TO THE DESIGNATED PANELBOARD, AS THOUGH "CIRCUIT RUNS" WERE INDICATED IN THEIR ENTIRETY. MULTI -WIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS (I.E., SHARED NEUTRAL) SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A MEANS THAT WILL SIMULTANEOUSLY DISCONNECT ALL UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS AT THE POINT THE BRANCH CIRCUIT ORIGINATES. MULTI -POLE BREAKERS OR 3 SINGLE POLE BREAKERS WITH A HANDLE TIE ARE TWO EXAMPLES. WHEN MULTIPLE HOME RUNS ARE COMBINED INTO A SINGLE RACEWAY SUCH THAT THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS EXCEEDS FOUR (CONDUCTOR COUNT IS MADE UP OF ANY COMBINATION OF PHASE AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS), THE FOLLOWING RESTRICTIONS APPLY, WHICH ARE IN ADDITION TO THOSE IN NFPA 70: ONE NORMAL OR NON- ESSENTIAL CIRCUITS. MAXIMUM OF 16 CONDUCTORS IN A SINGLE RACEWAY. FOR UP TO EIGHT CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY, MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 3/4 -INCH. FOR GREATER THAN EIGHT CONDUCTORS MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 1 -INCH. DO NOT INSTALL ANY OTHER TYPE OF CIRCUIT IN THIS RACEWAY. THE MINIMUM WIRE SIZE FOR ALL CONDUCTORS IN THIS RACEWAY: NO. 10 AWG. ONLY 15A AND 20A BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS MAY BE COMBINED INTO RACEWAY. GFCI CIRCUITS. DO NOT USE MULTI - CONDUCTOR CIRCUITS, WITH A SHARED NEUTRAL, FOR ANY GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKER OR RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. EMERGENCY POWER CIRCUITS - INCLUDES ALL CIRCUITS COVERED UNDER ARTICLES 700, 701 AND 702. MAXIMUM OF EIGHT CONDUCTORS IN A SINGLE RACEWAY. MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 3/4 -INCH. DO NOT INSTALL ANY OTHER TYPE OF CIRCUIT IN THIS RACEWAY. ONLY 15A AND 20A BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS MAY BE COMBINED INTO ONE RACEWAY. FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS FED FROM GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKERS, LIMIT THE ONE - WAY CONDUCTOR LENGTH TO 100 FEET BETWEEN THE PANELBOARD AND THE MOST REMOTE RECEPTACLE OR LOAD ON THE GFCI CIRCUIT. PROPERLY IDENTIFY ALL TERMINAL BLOCKS AND WIRE TERMINALS FOR CONTROL WIRING WITH VINYL STICK -ON MARKERS OR EQUIVALENT. PROVIDE ENGINEER WITH A LIST OF PROPOSED IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLING MARKERS. PROVIDE AN EQUIPMENT - GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, OR BONDING JUMPER, AS APPLICABLE, IN ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS, SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70 TABLES 250.66 OR S APPLICABLE, 122, A BLE, UNLESS INDICATED AS LARGER ON THE DRAWINGS. WIRING SHALL HAVE INSULATION OF THE PROPER COLOR TO MATCH COLOR CODE SYSTEM IN THE TABLE BELOW UNLESS THERE IS A COLOR SYSTEM CURRENTLY IN USE BY THE FACILITY, IN WHICH CASE THE COLORS ARE TO MATCH THE EXISTING SYSTEM. IN LARGER SIZES, WHERE PROPERLY COLORED INSULATION IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE VINYL PLASTIC ELECTRICAL TAPE OF THE APPROPRIATE COLOR AROUND EACH CONDUCTOR AT ALL TERMINATION POINTS, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES. SYSTEM VOLTAGE 240V AND UNDER - 208Y/120, 120/240, 120/208, 240D/120 PHASE A - BLACK, PHASE B - RED, PHASE C - BLUE, NEUTRAL - WHITE, EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN, ISOLATED GROUND - GREEN W /YELLOW STRIPE. 480V AND 480Y/277V PHASE A - BROWN, PHASE B - ORANGE, PHASE C - YELLOW, NEUTRAL - GRAY, EQUIPMENT GROUND - GREEN. USE OF MC CABLE MAY ONLY BE USED: IN LIEU OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND WIRING FROM LIGHT FIXTURES IN ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS TO JUNCTION BOXES (ATTACHED TO BUILDING STRUCTURE) ABOVE THE CEILING. PROVIDE CABLE WHIPS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTHS TO ALLOW FOR RELOCATING EACH LIGHT FIXTURE WITHIN A 5 -FOOT RADIUS OF ITS INSTALLED LOCATION, BUT NOT EXCEEDING 6 FEET IN UNSUPPORTED LENGTHS. FOR VERTICAL DROPS IN STUD WALLS. IN LIEU OF EMT, ONLY FOR 15A AND 20A BRANCH CIRCUITS (WITH UP TO FOUR (4) CONDUCTORS, NOT INCLUDING GROUND CONDUCTOR), AND ONLY IN DRY CONCEALED LOCATIONS ABOVE GRADE, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOT PERMITTED BY NFPA 70. DO NOT USE FOR THE FOLLOWING: HOMERUNS TO PANELBOARDS. WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. WHERE EXPOSED TO DAMAGE. HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS. WET LOCATIONS. WHEN RESTRICTED OTHERWISE ABOVE, AND WHEN SPECIFICALLY DISALLOWED BY THE LOCAL AHJ, LANDLORD, OR BOTH. CIRCUITS THAT CAN BE SUPPLIED BY AN EMERGENCY OR STANDBY POWER SOURCE. 16B 1 -6 JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES. CABINETS AND WIREWAYS PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, CABINETS AND WIREWAYS WHEREVER NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ACCORDING TO NFPA 70 AND WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR THE SPECIFIC FUNCTION OR AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, WHICHEVER IS LARGER. CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE OF A NEMA DESIGN SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT INSTALLED. JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLED BEHIND WALL CASES, AND IN OR ON OTHER STORE FIXTURES, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, SHALL BE 4 -INCH SQUARE OR LARGER, WITH GALVANIZED COVERS. HORIZONTALLY MOUNT JUNCTION BOXES UNDER CENTER FIXTURES (AND CASES), HANDY BOXES OR 4 -INCH SQUARE BOXES WITH TOPS OF BOXES NOT MORE THAN 3 -1/2 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. SIZE JUNCTION BOXES TO ADEQUATELY CONTAIN ALL REQUIRED CONDUCTORS AND SPLICES. 16B 1 -7 OUTLET BOXES ALL OUTLETS INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURE, SWITCH, RECEPTACLE, AND SIMILAR OUTLETS: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL, APPLETON, STEEL CITY, RACO, OR APPROVED EQUAL, GALVANIZED STEEL KNOCKOUT BOXES, SUITABLE IN DESIGN TO THE PURPOSE THEY SERVE AND THE SPACE THEY OCCUPY. SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR THE SPECIFIC FUNCTION OR AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, WHICHEVER IS LARGER. SET ALL OUTLET BOXES IN WALLS, COLUMNS, FLOORS, OR CEILINGS SO THEY ARE FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED SURFACE, ACCURATELY SET, AND RIGIDLY SECURED IN POSITION. PROVIDE PLASTER RINGS, EXTENSION RINGS AND /OR MASONRY RINGS AS REQUIRED FOR FLUSH MOUNTING. PROVIDE APPROVED CAST OUTLET BOXES, WITH HUBS, AND WEATHERPROOF COVERS, IN ALL AREAS SUBJECT TO DAMP, WET, OR HARSH CONDITIONS. 16B 1 -8 OUTLET LOCATIONS COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF OUTLET BOXES. OUTLETS ARE ONLY APPROXIMATELY LOCATED ON THE SMALL SCALE DRAWINGS. USE GREAT CARE IN THE ACTUAL LOCATION BY CONSULTING THE VARIOUS LARGE SCALE DETAILED DRAWINGS USED BY OTHER DIVISION TRADES, AND BY SECURING DEFINITE LOCATIONS FROM THE ARCHITECT. 16B 1 -9 MOUNTING HEIGHTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, INSTALL WIRING DEVICES AS INDICATED BELOW (NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE): RECEPTACLES: VERTICALLY ALIGNED WITH THE GROUND SLOT MOUNTED AT THE TOP: 16 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. HORIZONTALLY ALIGNED, WITH NEUTRAL SLOT MOUNTED AT THE TOP: 16 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. FOR 36 -INCH HIGH COUNTER TOPS: 44 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. FOR 34 -INCH HIGH COUNTER TOPS: 40 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND JANITORS CLOSETS: 44 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. GARAGES: 24 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. WEATHERPROOF EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES: 24 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED GRADE, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. GFCI RECEPTACLES: SAME AS GENERAL RECEPTACLES. ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES: SAME AS GENERAL RECEPTACLES. SPD RECEPTACLES: SAME AS GENERAL RECEPTACLES. CLOCK RECEPTACLES: 84 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS: DIMENSIONS ABOVE MAY BE ADJUSTED SLIGHTLY, AS REQUIRED TO COMPENSATE FOR VARIABLE JOINT DIMENSIONS, SUCH THAT BOTTOM OR TOP OF BOXES, AS APPLICABLE, ARE AT BLOCK JOINTS. SWITCHES: GENERAL: 46 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ABOVE COUNTERS: SAME AS FOR RECEPTACLES. CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS: 40 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (DIMENSION MAY BE ADJUSTED SLIGHTLY, L GHTLY AS REQUIRED UIRED TO COMPENSATE . Q SA E FOR VARIABLE JOINT DIMENSIONS, SUCH THAT BOTTOM OF BOXES ARE AT BLOCK JOINTS). WALLS WITH WAINSCOTING: 6 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE WAINSCOTING, BUT NOT EXCEEDING 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. TELEPHONE /DATA OUTLET BOXES: GENERAL: MATCH MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ADJACENT WIRING DEVICE LISTED ABOVE. WALL - MOUNTED TELEPHONE: 40 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. FOR OTHER THAN WIRING DEVICES, REFER TO PARAGRAPHS, ARTICLES, SECTIONS, DIVISIONS, OR DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT - Q OR SYSTEMS. 16B 1 -10 WIRING DEVICES THE CATALOG NUMBERS LISTED FOR WIRING DEVICES ARE GENERALLY FOR 20A RATED DEVICES. WHERE 15A RATED DEVICES ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED FOR CIRCUIT RATING LIMITATIONS, PROVIDE WIRING DEVICES EQUIVALENT TO THOSE SPECIFIED FOR 20A, BUT RATED FOR 15A. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING WIRING DEVICES WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED. MINOR CHANGES RELATIVE TO THE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAY BE MADE TO COMPLY WITH STRUCTURAL AND BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AS DETERMINED IN THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE ALL WIRING DEVICES OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND NOT MIXED ON THE PROJECT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. PROVIDE COLOR OF TOGGLES AND RECEPTACLES AS REQUESTED BY THE ENGINEER: REFER TO DETAIL SHOWING RECEPTACLES TABLE. TAMP of Drviicf Hubbell Pons t Sfyna•• L1Niton CoopIrr Vrr've 61MCfs Duplex Receptacle CR5352 53629 5352 5352B GFCI Receptacle 0F5352 2095 7899 VFG2OB Isolated Ground (IG) Receptacle 1G5362 1G6300 8300 —OIG 1G5362RN Quad /4 —Plex HBL 420 42011 21254 N/A Single Pole Switch CS1221 PS 20AC1 1221 -2 22218 Double Pole Switch CS1222 PS 20AC2 1222 -2 92728 Three —way Switch CS1223 PS 20AC3 1223 -2 22238 Pilot Light Switch HBL1221PL PS2OAC1 —RPL 1221 —PLR 2221PL 1221 -7PR Key Switch HBL1221L PS2OACI —L 1221 -2L 22211 Momentary SPDT, Center —Off Switch HBL 1557 1251 1257 1995 Recessed Concealed Floor Box — (1) Duplex, (1) Tele /Data, Slab On Grade 3SFBC Wiremold RFB2 —OG Steel City 664 —C1 N/A 3SFBCBKA 3SFBRP S38CCTCBK 664 — CST —SW —BI K IMO RFB2DP .RFB22A5 664 —RP 664—BP Recessed Floor Box — Furniture Feed Power and Communication, Slab On Grade B423341 Wiremold 880CS2 -1 Steel City 14.2.1. N/A S2425 SB3084 829CK -1 P 64 4/4 2 8278 P 64 2G CP Power Pole HBLPPOAI . EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY: UL LISTED TO STANDARD 924 AS EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER EQUIPMENT. CONNECT EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY IN PARALLEL WITH A WALL SWITCH. LOSS OF NORMAL POWER SHALL CAUSE RELAY TO AUTOMATICALLY SHUNT EMERGENCY POWER TO LIGHTING CIRCUIT REGARDLESS OF WALL SWITCH POSITION. EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE AT FULL POWER UNTIL NORMAL POWER HAS BEEN RESTORED. PROVIDE A TWO -GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH SEPARATION BARRIER AND PLASTER RING FOR THE EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY, AND INSTALL IT ADJACENT TO ITS ASSOCIATED LIGHT SWITCH. PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTROLS AND DESIGN MODEL GR2001 E /S, EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY, OR EQUIVALENT BY BODINE . 16B 1 -11 SWITCH AND OUTLET COVER PLATES SWITCH AND OUTLET PLATES:PER THE ARCHITECT; BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICES, WHEREVER POSSIBLE. VERIFY DESIRED MATERIALS AND COLORS WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLATION. SWITCH PLATES IN UNFINISHED ROOMS AND SPACES: STAMPED STEEL, CADMIUM PLATED. INSTALL GROUPS OF SWITCHES UNDER ONE GANGED - PLATE, USUALLY HORIZONTALLY; OR, WHERE REQUIRED BY DETAILS, VERTICALLY. SET ALL COVER PLATES PLUMB, PARALLEL AND FINISHED FLUSH WITH THE WALL 16B 1 -12 WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES PROVIDE GFCI RECEPTACLES FOR DESIGNATED WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLES, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. FOR EXTERIOR UNATTENDED, WET LOCATIONS OR OTHER LOCATIONS AS INDICATED: IN -USE NEMA 3R RECESSED OR FLUSH MOUNT, UL- LABELED PLATES MOLDED FROM A CLEAR HIGH IMPACT ULTRAVIOLET STABILIZED POLYCARBONATE MATERIAL FOR EASY VERIFICATION THAT CORDS ARE PLUGGED IN AND THAT THE GFCI IS FUNCTIONING. BACK BOX MUST BE SUITABLE FOR CONDUIT CONNECTING. COORDINATE BACK BOX WITH WALL DEPTH. INTERMATIC WP1000RC /HRC OR EQUAL. FOR ATTENDED WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS: WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES, UL- LISTED FOR WET LOCATIONS WITH COVER(S) CLOSED; DIE -CAST ALUMINUM OR TYPE 302 STAINLESS STEEL; SINGLE -COVER FOR SWITCHES AND VERTICALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES; DOUBLE -COVER FOR HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES; SELF - CLOSING COVERS. COVER PLATES: BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICES; COMPLYING WITH NFPA 70 406.8 (A) OR (B) REQUIREMENTS FOR ATTENDED OR UNATTENDED USE AS APPLICABLE. 16B 2 ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND GROUNDING 16B 2 -1 ELECTRICAL SERVICE SEE DRAWINGS FOR TYPE, SIZE, VOLTAGE, PHASE, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE, OR ARRANGE WITH THE SERVING UTILITY FOR INSTALLATION TO PROVIDE, A RECORDING VOLTMETER AT THE SERVICE POINT, ON THE FIRST DAY THE FACILITY IS OPEN FOR BUSINESS, FOR A 24 -HOUR VOLTAGE TEST. IF VOLTAGE AND REGULATION ARE NOT WITHIN ACCEPTABLE LIMITS, ARRANGE WITH THE UTILITY FOR PROPER VOLTAGE. SUBMIT TO THE OWNER A REPORT OF MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM VOLTAGE AND A COPY OF THE RECORDING VOLTMETER CHART. 16B 2 -2 CONNECTION TO SERVING UTILITIES PROVIDE RACEWAYS, TERMINATIONS, METERING PROVISIONS, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED, FOR ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE SERVICES FOR CONNECTION BY THE SERVING UTILITY, IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND OF THE SERVING UTILITY INVOLVED. VERIFY ALL SERVICE TERMINATIONS AND CONNECTION POINTS IN THE FIELD AND WORK IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE UTILITY INVOLVED IN THE INSTALLATION OF ALL SERVICES. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE UTILITY CONNECTION BUT NOT FURNISHED BY THE SERVING UTILITY. NOTIFY THE UTILITY COMPANIES INVOLVED WITHIN TWO WEEKS AFTER NOTICE TO PROCEED, OF ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR THE UTILITY TO SUPPLY THE PROJECT WITHOUT DELAY. PAY ALL CHARGES OF THE SERVING UTILITY FOR THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE(S). 16B 2 -3 GROUNDING PERMANENTLY AND EFFECTIVELY GROUND AND BOND THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION IN A THOROUGH AND EFFICIENT MANNER, AND IN CONFORMANCE, AT A MINIMUM, WITH NFPA 70, OR THESE DOCUMENTS, WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS. USE BARE OR INSULATED CONDUCTORS, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND OTHER MATERIALS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B 3 DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16B 3 -1 SERVICE ENTRANCE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS - 1600A AND LARGER SERVICE ENTRANCE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS: 1. CONFORM WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL CODES AND SERVING UTILITY; MANUFACTURED ACCORDING TO CURRENT REQUIREMENTS OF UL 891, "DEADFRONT SWITCHBOARDS "; UL- LISTED AND PERMANENTLY LABELED FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE USE WHEN APPLICABLE; SHORT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING AND BRACING RATING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER AND FEEDER CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT RELAYS AND OPERATORS, SELF - POWERED, WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY NFPA 70. 4. CONTAINED IN A SINGLE FACTORY- ASSEMBLED DEAD -FRONT ENCLOSURE WITH FRONT ACCESSIBLE CONNECTIONS TO INCOMING MAINS AND OUTGOING FEEDER CIRCUIT BREAKERS. 5. MANUFACTURER: SQUARE D QED TYPE OR APPROVED EQUAL BY GENERAL ELECTRIC, SIEMENS OR CUTLER- HAMMER. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: BOLT -ON, THERMAL MAGNETIC, "QUICK MAKE -QUICK BREAK" TYPE; TOGGLE SWITCHING MECHANISM TO PROVIDE MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION; AND AUTOMATIC TRIPPING CLEARLY INDICATED BY A NEUTRAL HANDLE POSITION IN- BETWEEN THE "ON" AND "OFF" POSITIONS. FUSED SWITCHES: QUICK -MAKE, QUICK - BREAK, AND FUSIBLE; FUSE CLIPS OR PROVISIONS FOR BOLT -IN FUSES AS APPROPRIATE FOR THE FUSES SPECIFIED; INTERLOCKED COVERS AND A CARD HOLDER FOR CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 16B 3 -2 SERVICE ENTRANCE SWITCH - FUSIBLE. 400A - 4000A FUSIBLE SWITCH: SQUARE D TYPE BP BOLT -LOC OR EQUIVALENT BY SIEMENS, CUTLER- HAMMER, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC; NUMBER OF PHASES AND RATINGS OF SWITCH AND FUSES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS; PERMANENTLY LABELED AS SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT; INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT RELAY AND OPERATOR WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY NFPA 70; PROVISIONS FOR BOLT -IN FUSES AS APPROPRIATE FOR THE FUSES SPECIFIED; INTERLOCKED COVER AND AN ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL AND SEPARATE NEUTRAL AND GROUND ASSEMBLIES, SUITABLE FOR THE SIZES OF CONDUCTORS INDICATED. DO NOT DOUBLE -LUG ANY TERMINATIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED AS SUITABLE FOR MORE THAN ONE CONDUCTOR. ENCLOSURE: FREE - STANDING SWITCHBOARD SECTION OF NEMA DESIGN SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH INSTALLED OR AS INDICATED. 16B 3 -3 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS - FUSIBLE. 1600A BUS OR SMALLER PANELBOARDS: SQUARE D TYPE MB Q OR EQUAL BY SIEMENS, CUTLER- HAMMER, CUT R Q Q LE HAMMER, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC; FUSIBLE TYPE DEAD FRONT DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS WITH NUMBER AND SIZES OF SWITCHES AND FUSES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS; WHERE INSTALLED AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT, PERMANENTLY LABEL AS SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT; BRACED FOR AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT (MINIMUM 75,000A). FUSED SWITCHES: QUICK -MAKE, QUICK - BREAK, WITH FUSE CLIPS OR PROVISIONS FOR BOLT -IN FUSES AS APPROPRIATE FOR THE FUSES SPECIFIED; INTERLOCKED COVERS AND ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES FOR CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION OF EACH SWITCH. 16B 3 -4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS PANELBOARDS: SQUARE D TYPE NQOD OR NF, AS APPLICABLE, BASED ON VOLTAGE AND AMPERE RATINGS AND REQUIRED SHORT- CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING RATINGS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR APPROVED EQUAL UAL BY- SIEMENS - CUTLER HAMMER, _ -- - Q OR GENERAL ELECTRIC; COMPLETE WITH BOLT -ON THERMAL MAGNETIC, MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSEMBLED IN A DEAD -FRONT FINISHED CABINET CONTAINING A TYPEWRITTEN CARD DIRECTORY INDICATING EXACTLY WHAT EACH CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS; FULLYRATED AND WITH THE INTEGRATED E TED SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PLUG -IN TYPE BREAKERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. ALL TWO AND THREE POLE BREAKERS: COMMON TRIP TYPE. BREAKERS USED AS SWITCHES FOR 120V OR 277V LIGHTING CIRCUITS: APPROVED FOR THE PURPOSE AND MARKED "SWD ". BREAKERS USED FOR THE PROTECTION OF HVAC AND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT: HACR TYPE. 16B 3 -5 CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS, FOR INSTALLATION IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS , OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER, TYPE AND SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT INTERRUPTING RATINGS AS THE EXISTING PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKERS. WHEN THERE IS NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN THE EQUIPMENT TO SHOW ALL THE LEGITIMATE SERIES RATED COMBINATIONS, REFERENCE A BULLETIN SUPPLIED WITH THE PANELBOARD, PER UL 67. SERIES RATINGS SHALL COVER ALL TRIP RATINGS OF INSTALLED FRAMES. 16B 3 -6 DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES: SQUARE D, SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC FUSED OR NON -FUSED (AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED) NEMA KS1, HEAVY DUTY, EXTERNALLY OPERATED, VISIBLE -BLADE SAFETY SWITCHES; NEMA ENCLOSURE TYPE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH INSTALLED. BASED ON FUSIBLE SWITCH AND FUSE SIZES INDICATED, INCLUDE CLASS R, J, OR L FUSE PROVISIONS AS APPLICABLE. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE FUSIBLE SWITCHES PERMANENTLY LABELED AS SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT, WITH INTEGRAL AND SEPARATE NEUTRAL AND GROUND ASSEMBLIES, SUITABLE FOR THE SIZES OF CONDUCTORS INDICATED. DO NOT DOUBLE -LUG ANY TERMINATIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED AS SUITABLE FOR MORE THAN ONE CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE SWITCHES WHERE NOT FURNISHED WITH THE STARTING EQUIPMENT, AT ALL OTHER POINTS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, AND WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B 3 -7 FUSES PROVIDE EACH CIRCUIT AND SET OF FUSE CLIPS THROUGHOUT THE WORK WITH BUSSMANN, FERRAZ SHAWMUT, OR LITTLEFUSE FUSES, SIZES AND TYPES AS REQUIRED OR INDICATED. ALL FUSES LARGER THAN 600A: UL CLASS L, SIMILAR TO TYPE KRP -C BUSSMANN LOW PEAK OR EQUAL FUSES USED TO PROTECT MOTORS: UL CLASS RK5, BUSSMANN FUSETRON OR EQUAL. FUSES USED TO PROTECT ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: UL CLASS RK1, DUAL ELEMENT, BUSSMANN LPS /LPN OR EQUAL. ALL FUSED DEVICES SHALL BE LABELED AS TO TYPE AND SIZE OF FUSE REQUIRED. FURNISH THREE SPARE FUSES OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE USED ON THE PROJECT (EXCEPT FOR MAIN SWITCH FUSES, FURNISH ONE SPARE), NEATLY CONTAINED IN A PROPERLY LABELED CABINET. 16B 3 -8 DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMERS TRANSFORMERS: GENERAL PURPOSE, UL- LISTED /LABELED. COMPLY WITH NEMA ST -020 STANDARDS. INSULATION CLASS: FOR THREE PHASE TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 15 KVA AND ALL SINGLE PHASE - 185 DEGREES C, UL- COMPONENT - RECOGNIZED INSULATION SYSTEM WITH A MAXIMUM OF 115 DEGREE C RISE ABOVE A 40 DEGREE C AMBIENT TEMPERATURE; FOR THREE PHASE TRANSFORMERS 15 KVA AND LARGER - 220 DEGREES C, UL- COMPONENT - RECOGNIZED INSULATION SYSTEM WITH A MAXIMUM OF 150 DEGREE C RISE ABOVE A 40 DEGREE C AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. UL- COMPONENT - RECOGNIZED INSULATION SYSTEM REPLACES THE UL1446 INSULATION RATING SYSTEM THAT USED LETTERS. PHASES, VOLTAGES, AND SIZES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SOUND LEVEL: NOT EXCEEDING NEMA STANDARDS FOR THE SIZES INDICATED. FULL - CAPACITY PRIMARY TAPS: BELOW 25 KVA -ONE 5 PERCENT TAP ABOVE AND ONE 5 PERCENT TAP BELOW; 25 KVA TO 500 KVA - SIX 2.5 PERCENT TAPS (2 ABOVE, 4 BELOW); ABOVE 500 KVA FOUR 2.5 PERCENT (2 ABOVE, 2 BELOW). TRANSFORMER CORE AND COIL ASSEMBLIES: MOUNTED ON INTEGRAL VIBRATION- ABSORBING PADS. TRANSFORMERS 75 KVA AND LARGER SHALL BE FLOOR MOUNTED UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. TRANSFORMERS 45 KVA AND SMALLER MAY BE WALL MOUNTED WHERE WALL CONSTRUCTION IS SUITABLE FOR THE LOAD. FLOOR MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE SECURELY BOLTED TO A 4 INCH HOUSE KEEPING PAD WITH VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS. WALL MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE A MEANS OF ISOLATING VIBRATION FROM THE SUPPORT. TRANSFORMERS UP THROUGH 1000 KVA SHALL BE MOUNTED ON ELASTOMERIC VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS. PAD SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NEOPRENE, RUBBER, GLASS FIBER, OR A COMBINATION THEREOF. PADS SHALL BE "RIBBED" OR "WAFFLED" IN TEXTURE. PADS SHALL BE SELECTED FOR SMALLEST DUROMETER (HARDNESS), PREFERABLY LESS THAN 50. DEFLECTION OF PAD SHALL BE .25" STATIC MINIMUM. STACK PADS UNTIL THE DESIRED DEFLECTION IS ACHIEVED. MAKE FINAL CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMERS WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, WITH AT LEAST 6 INCHES OF SLACK IN ALL DIRECTIONS. TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURES: FULLY ENCLOSED (EXCEPT FOR VENTILATION OPENINGS), NEMA 2, DRIP - PROOF, FABRICATED OF HEAVY GAUGE SHEET STEEL CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE ENERGY- EFFICIENT TRANSFORMERS COMPLYING WITH NEMA TP -1, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA TP -2. K -RATED TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND BE LISTED FOR 115 DEGREE C RISE. MANUFACTURERS: SQUARE D, CUTLER HAMMER, GENERAL ELECTRIC, HAMMOND, ACME OR SIEMENS 16B 4 LIGHT FIXTURES. LAMPS AND BALLASTS 16B 4 -1 LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REPRESENT GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE EXACT LOCATIONS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ALL OTHER TRADES BEFORE INSTALLATION TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WITH FINAL INSTALLED PIPING AND DUCTWORK LAYOUTS. 16B 4 -2 LIGHT FIXTURES PROVIDE LIGHT FIXTURES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, INCLUDING ALL LAMPS, ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES, MATERIAL AND LABOR TO SECURELY HANG, CLEAN, AND MAKE LIGHT FIXTURES COMPLETELY READY FOR USE. LIGHT FIXTURE MODEL NUMBERS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS SHOW ONLY THE MANUFACTURER, GRADE AND STYLE OF LIGHT FIXTURES REQUIRED. PROVIDE: ALL HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES; PROPER TRIM TO FIT EACH CEILING CONDITION ACTUALLY ENCOUNTERED; ADDITIONAL TIE WIRES CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE TO CONFORM TO SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS WHERE REQUIRED BY THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE. PACKAGING OF LIGHT FIXTURES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. ONLY THOSE LUMINARES LISTED IN THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE, OR APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSTITUTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, WILL BE ACCEPTED. WHERE THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE INDICATES AN ALLOWANCE FOR A SPECIFIC LIGHT FIXTURE, THE PRICE IS A CONTRACTOR PRICE. INCLUDE ALL ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR FREIGHT, LAMPS, AND INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND LAMPS. SURFACE -MOUNT ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED IN AREAS WITHOUT SUSPENDED CEILINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE RIGID METAL SPACERS FINISHED IN WHITE ENAMEL BETWEEN THE TOP OF EACH LIGHT FIXTURE AND THE CEILING ABOVE TO MAINTAIN A 1 -1/2 -INCH SPACE. SPACERS SHALL BE APPROVED BEFORE INSTALLATION. INSTALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES HUNG IN CONTINUOUS ROWS ON CHANNEL STRUTS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THIS PURPOSE. INSTALL ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE ROOF- FRAMING MEMBERS, OR SUSPENDED FROM CHAIN HANGERS SUITABLE IN LENGTH TO PROVIDE THE INDICATED MOUNTING HEIGHT. HANGERS: "HYDEE" HANGER TYPE FOR OUTLET BOX MOUNTING, COMPLETE WITH GROUNDING RECEPTACLE, PLUG, 3 -WIRE CORD AND NECESSARY CHAIN. THROUGH WIRING OF RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS, IS NOT PERMITTED. CONNECT EACH LIGHT FIXTURE BY A WHIP TO A JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE CABLE WHIPS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTHS TO ALLOW FOR RELOCATING EACH LIGHT FIXTURE WITHIN A 5 -FOOT RADIUS OF ITS INSTALLED LOCATION, BUT NOT EXCEEDING 6 FEET IN UNSUPPORTED LENGTHS. 16B 4 -3 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS AND EXIT SIGNS DESCRIPTION: SELF - CONTAINED UNITS COMPLYING WITH UL 924. BATTERY: SEALED, MAINTENANCE -FREE, LEAD -ACID TYPE. THE BATTERIES SHALL BE OF SUITABLE RATING AND CAPACITY TO SUPPLY AND MAINTAIN AT NOT LESS THAN 87 1/ 2 PERCENT OF THE NOMINAL BATTERY VOLTAGE FOR THE TOTAL LAMP LOAD ASSOCIATED WITH THE UNIT FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST 1 1/ 2 HOURS, OR THE UNIT EQUIPMENT SHALL SUPPLY AND MAINTAIN NOT LESS THAN 60 PERCENT OF THE INITIAL EMERGENCY ILLUMINATION FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST 1 1/ 2 HOURS. CHARGER: FULLY AUTOMATIC, SOLID -STATE TYPE WITH SEALED TRANSFER RELAY. OPERATION: RELAY AUTOMATICALLY TURNS LAMP ON WHEN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROPS TO 80 PERCENT OF NOMINAL VOLTAGE OR BELOW. LAMP AUTOMATICALLY DISCONNECTS FROM BATTERY WHEN VOLTAGE APPROACHES DEEP - DISCHARGE LEVEL WHEN NORMAL VOLTAGE IS RESTORED, RELAY DISCONNECTS LAMPS FROM BATTERY, AND BATTERY IS AUTOMATICALLY RECHARGED AND FLOATED ON CHARGER. TEST PUSH BUTTON: PUSH -TO -TEST TYPE, IN UNIT HOUSING, SIMULATES LOSS OF NORMAL POWER AND DEMONSTRATES UNIT OPERABILITY. LED INDICATOR LIGHT: INDICATES NORMAL POWER ON. NORMAL GLOW INDICATES TRICKLE CHARGE; BRIGHT GLOW INDICATES CHARGING AT END OF DISCHARGE CYCLE. INTEGRAL TIME -DELAY RELAY: HOLDS UNIT ON FOR FIXED INTERVAL OF 15MINUTES WHEN POWER IS RESTORED AFTER AN OUTAGE. equipment power REMOTE TEST: SWITCH IN HAND -HELD REMOTE DEVICE AIMED IN DIRECTION OF TESTED UNIT INITIATES CODED INFRARED SIGNAL. SIGNAL RECEPTION BY FACTORY - INSTALLED INFRARED RECEIVER IN TESTED UNIT TRIGGERS SIMULATION OF LOSS OF ITS NORMAL POWER SUPPLY, PROVIDING VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF EITHER PROPER OR FAILED EMERGENCY RESPONSE. required INTEGRAL SELF -TEST: FACTORY- INSTALLED ELECTRONIC DEVICE AUTOMATICALLY INITIATES CODE- REQUIRED TEST OF UNIT EMERGENCY OPERATION AT REQUIRED INTERVALS. TEST FAILURE IS ANNUNCIATED BY AN INTEGRAL AUDIBLE ALARM AND FLASHING RED LED. 16B 4 -4 LAMPS PROVIDE LAMPS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES; OR, IF NOT INDICATED, AS RECOMMENDED BY THE LIGHT FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. IN ALL CASES, LAMPS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE SPECIFIED LIGHT FIXTURE. ACCEPTABLE LAMP MANUFACTURERS: GENERAL ELECTRIC, OSRAM /SYLVANIA, PHILIPS, OR VENTURE. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE MINIMUM OF 3500 DEGREES K, WITH A MINIMUM COLOR- RENDERING INDEX OF 70, UNLESS NOTED OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS IN SALES AREAS SHALL BE 3000 DEGREES K WITH A COLOR- RENDERING INDEX OF 80. ALL METAL HALIDE LAMPS IN SALES AREAS SHALL BE COATED, 3000 DEGREES K WITH A COLOR - RENDERING INDEX OF 70. INCANDESCENT LAMPS: TYPE AND WATTAGE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS; RATED 130V UNLESS OTHERWISE SCHEDULED OR SPECIFIED. 16B 4 -5 BALLASTS FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: LOW HEAT TYPE; THERMALLY PROTECTED AGAINST OVERHEATING; ETL -CBM, CLASS P TO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 410 -73 (E) OF THE NFPA 70 AS A MINIMUM; COMPLY WITH THE NATIONAL BALLAST ENERGY LAW; 90- PERCENT POWER FACTOR OR GREATER; SOUND LEVELS NOT EXCEEDING CLASS A AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS. BALLASTS IN INDOOR LOCATIONS SHALL HAVE DISCONNECTING MEANS EITHER INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL TO THE LUMINAIRE. INDOOR FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: ELECTRONIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION OF T8 LAMPS; TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION LESS THAN 20 PERCENT; FREQUENCY OF OPERATION OF 20 KHZ OR GREATER WITH NO VISIBLE FLICKER; LINE TRANSIENT WITHSTAND RATINGS AS DEFINED IN ANSI /IEEE C62.41, CATEGORY A; MANUFACTURERS: ADVANCE REL /VEL SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL BY MAGNETEK, MOTOROLA, OR OSRAM. EXTERIOR AND LOW TEMPERATURE FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE ELECTRONIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION OF F72T12/HO AND F96T12/HO LAMPS; SHALL HAVE A TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION LESS THAN 20 PERCENT; SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY OF OPERATION OF 20 KHZ OR GREATER AND OPERATE WITH NO VISIBLE FLICKER; SHALL WITHSTAND LINE TRANSIENTS AS DEFINED IN ANSI /IEEE C62.41, CATEGORY A; SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF -20 DEGREES F; AND SHALL BE ADVANCE REL/VEL SERIES OR EQUAL OF MAGNETEK OR MOTOROLA. EXTERIOR AND LOW TEMPERATURE FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE MAGNETIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION OF T12 LAMPS; SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF 0 DEGREES F FOR RAPID START LAMPS AND A MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF -20 DEGREES F FOR 800MA AND 1500MA LAMPS; AND SHALL BE ADVANCE REL SERIES OR EQUAL OF MAGNETEK. COMPACT FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE THERMALLY PROTECTED AGAINST OVERHEATING; SHALL BE CLASS P; SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 90 PERCENT POWER FACTOR; SOUND LEVELS SHALL NOT EXCEED CLASS A AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS; AND SHALL BE LOW HEAT TYPE. ALL BALLASTS SHALL BE BY ADVANCE. BALLASTS FOR 36W THRU 55W LAMPS SHALL BE MARK V ELECTRONIC TYPE. HIGH - INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS (INCLUDES HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS) AND METAL HALIDE (MH)): SHALL HAVE A POWER FACTOR GREATER THAN 90 PERCENT; COMPLY WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY (UL) 1029; PROVIDE NORMAL OPERATION AND LIGHT OUTPUT WITH THE INPUT VOLTAGE IS WITHIN ±10 PERCENT OF NOMINAL BALLAST RATING (EXCEPT HPS LAMPS SMALLER THAN 250W WHICH MUST HAVE THE INPUT VOLTAGE WITHIN +5 PERCENT); SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF -20 DEGREES F. PROVIDE ENCAPSULATED AND REMOTE TYPES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE BODINE B50 OR IOTA 1 -232 FOR FOUR -FOOT FLUORESCENT LAMPS; SHALL BE BODINE B30 OR IOTA 1 -160 FOR EIGHT -FOOT FLUORESCENT LAMPS; OR AS NOTED ON THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE OR ELSEWHERE ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B 5 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL 16B 5 -1 WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PROVIDE ALL RACEWAYS AND POWER WIRING FOR ALL DIVISION 15 EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PUMPS, WATER HEATERS, AND HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND ALL LINE - VOLTAGE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING NOT PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 15. CONNECT PER MANUFACTURERS' WIRING DIAGRAMS. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15 FOR DISCONNECTS FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT, AND PROVIDE ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES AS REQUIRED. AFTER INSTALLING WIRING, VERIFY THAT EACH MOTOR LOAD HAS THE CORRECT PHASE ROTATION. VERIFY THE ACTUAL "MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION" (MOCP) DEVICE RATINGS AND "MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY" (MCA) CONDUCTOR SIZING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FROM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE. BASE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS ON ACTUAL REQUIRED AMPERAGES, WHICH MAY VARY SOMEWHAT FROM THE CONDUCTOR AND EQUIPMENT SIZES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS; HOWEVER, IN NO CASE, REDUCE THE SIZE OF CONDUCTORS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION FROM THE ENGINEER. PROVIDE PROPERLY SIZED ELECTRICAL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ALL CHANGES REQUIRED IN THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION DUE TO EQUIPMENT VARIANCES SO THAT THE EFFECTS ON FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, PANELBOARDS, FUSES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS CAN BE CHECKED PRIOR TO PURCHASING AND INSTALLATION. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WITH DIVISION 15 TO VERIFY THE ACTUAL AMPACITIES AND CORRECT SIZES OF ALL CONDUCTORS AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, AND CORRECT OVERLOAD HEATERS FOR ALL MOTORS, WHEN STARTERS ARE - PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 16. D17..-131 16B 5 -2 WIRING OF THERMOSTATS. TIME AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLS PROVIDE ALL RACEWAYS, POWER WIRING, AND LINE - VOLTAGE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING NOT PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 15, FOR ALL THERMOSTATS, TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICES, AND CONTROLS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, NIGHT - STATS, WATER HEATER INTERLOCKS, TIME SWITCHES AND OVERRIDE TIMERS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAGRAMS. LOW- VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS FOR THERMOSTATS AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM MAY BE RUN EXPOSED ABOVE FINISHED ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, IF APPROVED AND LISTED FOR THIS PURPOSE, BUT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT WITHIN WALLS AND WHERE EXPOSED IN THE WORK AREAS. 16B 5 -3 TELEPHONE SYSTEM PROVISIONS PROVIDE INCOMING TELEPHONE SERVICE RACEWAYS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY THE SERVING TELEPHONE COMPANY. PROVIDE 3/4 -INCH THICK PLYWOOD BOARD, FIRE - RETARDANT - TREATED AND STAMPED FRT, SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE WALL, AT THE LOCATION AND OF THE SIZE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET BOXES WITH 3/4 -INCH EMT STUB -UP CONCEALED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AT LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B 5 -4 DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED DATA OUTLET BOXES WITH 3/4 -INCH CONDUIT STUB - UP CONCEALED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AT LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B 5 -5 TIME SWITCHES TIME SWITCHES: ELECTRONIC DIGITAL TYPE AS INDICATED, WITH MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH, NEMA ENCLOSURE SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT INSTALLED; NUMBER AND TYPES OF CONTACTS, SEQUENCE, AND VOLTAGE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED, BASED ON THE TIME SWITCH FUNCTION AND THE NUMBER OF BRANCH CIRCUITS OR ON C TACTORS CONTROLLED. PROVIDE WIRING TO PHOTOCELLS, CONTACTORS, RELAYS OR OTHER CONTROL POINTS AS REQUIRED. MANUFACTURERS: INTERMATIC, PARAGON OR TORK. 16B 5 -6 PHOTO CONTROL THE PHOTO CONTROL SHALL: PROVIDE AUTOMATIC SWITCHING FOR LIGHTING LOADS USING A THERMAL DESIGN WITH BUILT -IN DELAY TO ENSURE THAT THE CONTROLLED LIGHTING DOES NOT SWITCH OFF DUE TO AMBIENT LIGHT OR LIGHTNING STRIKING THE PHOTOCELL HAVE A RATING BASED ON UL TESTING AT 50% POWER FACTOR FOR BALLAST LOADS, BE UL LISTED, AND MEET ALL APPLICABLE BLE AGENCY REQUIREMENTS BE STEM - MOUNTING TYPE WITH ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE AND INSTRUCTIONS; HAVE A HOUSING CONSTRUCTED OF HIGH IMPACT POLY - CARBONATE; PHOTO CONTROL COMPONENTS CONSISTING OF A METAL FILM RESISTOR, DUAL TEMPERATURE COMPENSATING BI -METAL BLADES, SNAP ACTION CONTACT BLADES, CHEMICALLY TREATED /POLYMER ENCAPSULATED CADMIUM SULFIDE PHOTOCELL AND SILVER ALLOY CONTACTS TO ENSURE RELIABLE 5 YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTED OPERATION. PHOTO CONTROL SHALL BE 100% FACTORY TESTED FOR FUNCTION WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED LIGHT LEVELS. BE FROM THE SAME MANUFACTURER OF AND TOTALLY COMPATIBLE WITH THE TIME SWITCHES SPECIFIED ABOVE. 16B 5 -7 LIGHTING CONTACTORS INDUSTRIAL DUTY TYPE; SILVER ALLOY, DOUBLE BREAK CONTACTS, CONVERTIBLE WITH NO AND NC INDICATORS; CAPABLE OF ADDING POLES IN THE FIELD; NUMBER AND RATING OF POLES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY THE LOAD CONTROLLED; TYPED DIRECTORY AFFIXED TO THE INSIDE OF THE ENCLOSURE DOOR LISTING ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SWITCHED AND THE CONTROL POWER BRANCH CIRCUIT. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING: 277V 22,000A AT 240V MAXIMUM ENCLOSURES: NEMA 1 COIL VOLTAGEAS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS MECHANICALLY -HELD TYPE, CONTROL INTERFACE SHALL BE 2 -WIRE INPUT MODULE WITH 3 -WIRE OUTPUT;SQUARE D CLASS 8903 LX OR EQUIVALENT OF GENERAL ELECTRIC, SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER OR ASCO. ELECTRICALLY -HELD TYPE, CONTROL INTERFACE SHALL BE 2 -WIRE; SQUARE D CLASS 8903 L, OR EQUIVALENT OF GENERAL ELECTRIC, CUTLER HAMMER, SIEMENS OR ASCO. ACCESSORIES: ON -OFF -AUTO (OOA) SELECTOR SWITCH 16B 5 -8 SIGNALING SYSTEM PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING 24V SIGNALING SYSTEM FOR LOADING DOOR SIGNALS, AND OTHERS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. LOW- VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS FOR SIGNALING SYSTEM MAY BE RUN EXPOSED ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS, BUT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT WITHIN WALLS AND WHERE EXPOSED IN THE WORK AREAS. SIGNAL BELL UNITS SHALL BE 4 -INCH, SINGLE - STROKE TYPE, EDWARDS SIGNALING & SECURITY SYSTEMS (EDWARDS) NO. 332 -4G5, OR EQUAL, FOR 24V AC OPERATION, INSTALLED ON A STANDARD SINGLE -GANG BOX. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE EDWARDS 590 SERIES, OR EQUAL„ HAVING ADEQUATE CAPACITY FOR THE CONNECTED LOAD, PLUS 10- PERCENT AT 24V AC, AND MOUNTED IN A STANDARD TWO -GANG BOX. EXTERIOR PUSH BUTTON SHALL BE EDWARDS NO. 1786 -C WITH SOLID BRASS CAP. CUSTOMER SIGNAL UNITS SHALL CONSIST OF AN EDWARDS NO. 620 -B PUSHBUTTON IN A 5/8 -INCH ID CHROME PLATED PIPE OR CONDUIT WITH AN EDWARDS NO. C -75 "CADET" TWO -NOTE CHIME AND TRANSFORMER CONTAINED IN A WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE AS REQUIRED, AS LOCATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B 5 -9 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS PROVIDE WIRING OF FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM FOR EXHAUST HOODS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ELECTRICAL INTERLOCK OF AUTOMATIC FUEL SHUT -OFF VALVES AND /OR PROVISION OF SHUNT TRIP BREAKERS FOR SHUT- OFF OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT UNDER HOODS. ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS FOR REFRIGERATED CASES AND BOXES, INCLUDING LIGHTING, SUPERSTRUCTURE LIGHTING, AND CONTROL CABLE AND WIRING AS REQUIRED BY REFRIGERATION WIRING DIAGRAMS. ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO ILLUMINATED CASES. ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BAKERY EQUIPMENT, DELI EQUIPMENT, MEAT ROOM EQUIPMENT, KITCHEN EQUIPMENT, CHECKSTAND AND SCANNERS, EXHAUST HOOD FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM, ETC. INSTALL SCAN SYSTEM ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION CABLE IN UNDERFLOOR DUCT (CABLE PROVIDED BY OTHERS). ALL RACEWAYS, AND ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS OF DEVICES TO ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THAT ARE NOT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF DIVISION 15. ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS OF EXIT DOOR ALARMS. 16B 5 -10 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAKE CONNECTION FROM JUNCTION BOXES TO THE ENTRY DOOR OPERATORS LOCATED IN THE TRANSOM ABOVE SLIDING DOORS, FROM DOOR OPERATORS TO ACTUATION DEVICES AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE KEY - OPERATED SWITCHES AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AND PROVIDE ALL OTHER REQUIRED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR DOOR SYSTEMS. 16B 5 -11 EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING NEW EQUIPMENT, COMPATIBLE WITH, OR OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS, THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AND SYSTEM, AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES, THE LANDLORD, OR ALL THREE, AND CONNECT TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL: 1. ADDITIONAL INITIATING DEVICES, INDICATING APPLIANCES, AND INTERCONNECTING CIRCUITS. 2. ADDITIONAL ZONE MODULES REQUIRED BY NEW ZONING. 3. NEW AMPLIFIERS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO INCORPORATE THE NEW INITIATING DEVICES AND INDICATING APPLIANCES INTO THE EXISTING SYSTEM. 4. A NEW ZONE MAP, INCLUDING ALL EXISTING ZONES AND ALL NEW ZONES, FRAMED, MOUNTED UNDER GLASS, AND INSTALLED ADJACENT TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL HORN /STROBES SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. 5. PROVIDE ALL PROGRAMMING OF EXISTING SYSTEMS TO INCLUDE NEW AND /OR RELOCATED DEVICES. 6. PROVIDE ALL TESTING OF NEWLY INSTALLED DEVICES AND SYSTEM PROGRAMMING. INSTALL ALL WIRING IN RACEWAY. 16B 5 -12 AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE S STANCE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM GENERAL; PROVIDE ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED, AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR BOTH, AND CONFORMING TO APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT, AND NFPA 70. DESCRIPTION; PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AS OUTLINED IN THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT GUIDELINES, INCLUDING A MASTER CALL STATION, REMOTE CALL STATIONS, ALL WIRING, CONNECTIONS TO DEVICES, OUTLET BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, RACEWAYS, AND ALL OTHER NECESSARY MATERIALS. OPERATION; THE SYSTEM SHALL ALLOW TWO -WAY COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE REMOTE CALL STATIONS AND THE MASTER CALL STATION VIA BOTH VOICE AND VISUAL INDICATING LIGHTS. LABEL EACH "AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE" WITH A LIGHTED SIGN, AND INCLUDE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, ADJACENT TO IT, ON USE OF THE CALL STATION. CALL STATIONS; MASTER CALL STATION: CORNELL A4204, REMOTE CALL STATIONS: CORNELL 4201. TESTING; FULLY TEST THE COMPLETE AREA OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE SYSTEM IN THE PRESENTS OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. CERTIFY IN WRITING TO THE OWNER AND ENGINEER THAT THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN SUCCESSFULLY TESTED. RECEIVED APR 26 2012 PERMIT CENTER APPROVAL PERWAND SEPARATE REQUIRED z oa • a. •+ a. • Z 0 v7 ao Z N ¢ E o U r LO w a in -' o rNi rn m o a 3x 5< m ai in ch 2, O V M E ▪ N u_ o m w o0 2Qa. w 0 0 N N CONSULTANT H 2 LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE UM ots ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR FILE E52 SPECS.DWG 01111111/04. ,Q D . ., 4 .•��L W4,9;;.. ,\-#1. ' • ° . •1– • . 0. • Z• i Sp ...% / .... lie I•,, �i;'•� -,ice". 1111 SHEET NAME: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: E5.2 2009 Washin ton State Ener Code Co • fiance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamil Residential Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2009 Washington State Energy Coate Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2070 Project Info Project Address TOTAL NI!(E STORE Date 5/23/2012 300 ANDOVER PARK 'ass, For Building Department Use TUKWILA, EA; Applicant Name:: TOTAL WINE STORE Applicant Address: TuxalLA,; vn. 25.0 Applicant Phone: NA. Project Description 8- 18W .LED -:. TRACK., (300VA CL) :. a Plans Included; requirements. D New Building • Addition si Alteration Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning Compliance Option. 0 Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power Allowance OSystems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plan: Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 600.:{}- not changed • No changes are being, made to the lighting and space use • Less than 60% of the fixtures new installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Maxi um Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor planhoom #) Occupancy Description 100 - .103,111,112, 114 RETAIL Allowed Watts per fe " 1.33' [ar4SS interior Area in ft' 21896 Alloyed x Area 29122 108411; 12 LASSEMBLY BEAN DIMES RSx BREIaE RS).::. 0.95 1757 1669 104 OFFICES (COUNT RE). 0.91 76 69 105 -107 08:,121 ELECT RES4 STORAGE, WAREHOUSE, TOILETS 0.50 3675. 1838 DISPLAYS. MERCHANDISE DISPLAY SALES.:: ARE A (E'L LISILTING) 0.60 5871;. 3523 *' From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG - Proposed Lighting Wattage PA, Total Allowed Wafts 36220 Location (floor plankoorn #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Wattsl Fixture Watts Proposed SALES loi >rL - RACE 'RISP 332 25.0 8300. SALES 101 8- 18W .LED -:. TRACK., (300VA CL) :. l: 300.0 : 300 SALES 107.. '$.,P- 1aW.LED TRACK (6o0VA.:CL) -.. -. -.. -. :1.: 600.:{}- 600. WINE ED 11S': 8- <18W LED TRACK (120VA CX.) 1,2,3 120 .0:'. 120 SALES. 101 B- 1811 LED TRACK (480VA CL) 1 480.0 480 BUMID 103 H - LED TRACK (240VA CL). 1 240.0 240 aHCEIVE 109 S- (1) ITT FLUORESCENT T8 INSTANT START 34. 25.0 85.0. SALES 101 WW -(2) 40W CFL THIN 4 PIN (48(IN CL) 3 480.0 1440 SALES 101,103 WW- (2) 401r CTL TWIN 4 PIN (720W CET LIOrITER) 1 720.0 720 SALES: 101 P' 23.E CFL PENDAKT: (600W CURRENT LIMITER) 1; 600 600 SALES. 101 A,AE 8' -0 "`- 4 IMP -. LINEAR -Pro. 99 174'. 17226. SALES 1.01 B, F- leW LED TRACK (900VA CL) 1 900 900 SAL$$ ;101 B-1a! -LEO TRACK (960W CL): 1: 960 -960 100,164- 108. 110.121 C -2x4 2 LAMP PL 41 44 1'B04 8 GE F28T8XLPX35ECO 277 174 174 +4 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Altawed Watts for I nterior Total Proposed Watts 34540 Notes: 1.: For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in adcition;to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's fisted maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530_ For line voltage track lighting. list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of tr multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer_ For tow voltage track lighting list the transformer, rated wattage_. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER /MODEL # LAMPS INPUT WATTS INPUT VA DESCRIPTION MOUNTING HEIGHT NOTES NO. TYPE VOLT A CORELITE / SB- WB- 4T8- 2- C- UNV- A- C- AC120 -ST -8 8 GE F28T8XLSPX35ECO 277 174 174 8'x 1'x3" DIRECT /INDIRECT LINEAR FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SUSPENDED WITH 120" 14' -0" AFF 1,2,3 24,000 HRS AIRCRAFT CABLE FOR USE WITH HIGH CEILINGS WITH (8) T8 LAMPS. STANDARD WHITE 4,5,7 CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR • FILE: E61 LIGHTING CALCS.DWG PERFORATED BAFFLE WITH ELECTROSTATICALLY APPLIED POLYESTER POWDER COAT SHEET NAME ELECTRICAL LIGHTING CALCULATIONS SHEET NUMBER: E6.1 STANDARD WHITE FINISH PAINT. UL LISTED. STRAIGHT CORD POWER FEED WITH TWO GE ULTRAMAX LOW .77 BALLAST FACTOR BALLASTS FOR TWO CIRCUITS FOR USE WITH BI -LEVEL SWITCHING. EACH BALLAST CONTROLS FOUR LAMPS. AE CORELITE / S4- WB- 4T8 -2 -C- UNV- A- C- AC120 -ST -8 8 GE F28T8XLPX35ECO 277 174 174 +4 SAME TYPE AND OPERATION AS FIXTURE TYPE A. CONNECT AS DESCRIBED IN FIXTURE 14' -0" AFF 1,2,3 W/ IOTA ISD -80 EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK 85 CRI, 3500K TYPE A FOR SWITCHED BALLASTS. INCLUDE EMERGENCY BALLAST IOTA ISD -80 OR 4,5,7 OR EQUIVALENT 2750 LUMENS EQUIVALENT, PRODUCING 1175 LUMENS PER TWO LAMPS FOR 90 MINUTES. CONNECT 24,000 HRS THE TWO INSIDE LAMPS ON ONE SIDE OF THE FIXTURE TO EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP BALLAST. B COOPER / L3705P 1 LSGC- DFN38WW -V2- 120 21 21 4" LED FLOOD LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTED ON TRACKWITH LOCKABLE AIMING AND QUICK- AT 1,2,3 FL -120 LOCK ADAPTER WITH 6" MOUNTING ARM. DIE CAST AND EXTRUDED ALUMINUM STRUCTURE 4,5,7 HOUSING. EQUIPPED WITH (7) 3 WATT WHITE LEDS CONTROLLED BY LED LIGHT ENGINE. UL LISTED FOR USE WITH HALO POWER TRACK 11' -0" AFF, 3' -0" BACK FOR END CAPS C METALUX / 2AC- 232T8- UNV -EB81 2 E F28T8XLSPX35ECO 277 43 44 4'x2'x3.25" RECESSED LINEAR FLUORESCENT TROFFER WITH (2) T8 BULBS FOR USE 10' -0" AFF 1,2,3 85 CRI, 3500K IN GRID OR HARD CEILINGS. FROSTED ACRYLIC LENS WITH 3.25" DEEP HOUSING CONSTRUCTED 4,5,7 2750 LUMENS FROM CODE GAUGE COLD ROLLED STEEL AND END PLATES WITH WHITE ENAMEL FINISH. • . - - 24,000 HRS (1) T8 ELEC INSTANT START ULTRAMAX NORMAL BF BALLAST. UL LISTED FOR DAMP. LOCATIONS. • . CE METALUX / 2AC - 232T8- UNV -EB81 2 GE Fl 7T8SLSPX35ECO 277 43 46 +4 SAME AS FIXTURE TYPE C. INCLUDE EMERGENCY BALLAST IOTA ISD -80 OR EQUIVALENT, 10' -0" AFF 1,2,3 W/ IOTA ISD -80 EMERGENCY BATTERY' PACK PRODUCING 1175 LUMENS PER TWO LAMPS FOR 90 MINUTES. CONNECT THE TWO LAMPS 4,5,7 OR EQUIVALENT TO EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP BALLAST. C2 METALUX / 2AC- 217T8- UNV -EB81 2 GE Fl 7T8XLSPX35ECO 277 43 46 +4 2 i x2 ' x3.25 " RECESSED LINEAR FLUORESCENT TROFFER WITH (2) T8 BULBS FOR USE 10'-0" AFF 1,2,3 W/ IOTA ISD -80 EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK IN GRID OR HARD CEILINGS. FROSTED ACRYLIC LENS WITH 3.25" DEEP HOUSING CONSTRUCTED 4,5,7 OR EQUIVALENT FROM CODE GAUGE COLD ROLLED STEEL AND END PLATES WITH WHITE ENAMEL FINISH. (1) T8 ELEC INSTANT START ULTRAMAX NORMAL BF BALLAST. UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATIONS. D METALUX / VT232 -DR 2 GE F28T8XLSPX35ECO 277 43 44 4'x7 "x6" LINEAR FLUORESCENT WITH (2) T8 BULBS FOR USE WITH 16' -O" AFF 1,2,3 85 CRI, 3500K SURFACE OR CHAIN MOUNTING. FULL METAL FIXTURE LINER INSIDE FIBERGLASS 4,5,7 2750 LUMENS HOUSING WITH INTERNAL PRISMATIC LENS WITH 15% DR HIGH IMPACT ADDITIVE. 24,000 HRS (1) T8 ELEC INSTANT START ULTRAMAX NORMAL BF BALLAST. UL LISTED FOR WET LOCATIONS. DE METALUX / VT- 232 -DR- UNV -EB81 2 GE F28T8/SP35 277 43 44 +4 SAME AS FIXTURE TYPE D. INCLUDE EMERGENCY BALLAST IOTA ISD -80 OR EQUIVALENT, 16' -0" AFF 1,2,3 W/ IOTA ISD -80 EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK 85 CRI, 3500K PRODUCING 1175 LUMENS PER TWO LAMPS FOR 90 MINUTES. CONNECT THE TWO LAMPS 4,5,7 OR EQUIVALENT 2750 LUMENS TO EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP BALLAST. 24,000 HRS DL LUMARK / INDD60 -30R- 200- WLG- 120V -LA 1 MSI iPAR38 -22.5 LED 120 16 16 60" ARM LENGTH ADJUSTABLE, LOCKABLE DOCK LIGHT DOUBLE WALL MOUNTED 5' -0" AFF 1,3 83CR1, 3000K WITH 22.5 DEGREE LED FLOOD AND WIRE LAMP GUARD. 1.5" CROSS SECTION 4,5,7 800 LUMENS 12 GAUGE STEEL TUBING ARMS AND POLYCARBONATE LAMP HEADS WITH 50,000 HRS SAFETY YELLOW POLYESTER POWDER COAT. FIXTURE AND LED UL LISTED. 22.5 DEG FLOOD 5000 CBCP FL LAMP ONLY. 28W T8 LAMP FOR GONDOLA ONLY: 1 GE F28T8/SP35 120 24 25 120V SINGLE TUBE ELECTRONIC FLUORESCENT CHANNEL MOUNTED ON FULL LENGTH ON 1 3 > DISPLAY LIGHTING 85 CRI, 3500K OF STORE FIXTURES. DISPLAYS 4,5,7 2750 LUMENS 24,000 HRS H COOPER L3703M13 1 LSGC- DFN- 30 -WW- 120 21 21 4" LED SPOT LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTED ON TRACKWITH ADJUSTABLE ARM AND HEAD. 10' -0" AFF 1,2,3 TRACK: HALO POWER TRACK V2 -FL -120 POLYCARBONATE CASING BODY. UL LISTED FOR USE WITH HALO POWER TRACK 4,5,7 HALO L652 CURRENT LIMITER LC901CB120 0 METALUX / 2GR8- 232 - UNV -EB81 2 GE F28T8XLSPX35ECO 277 43 44 4'x2'x3.25" RECESSED LINEAR FLUORESCENT TROFFER WITH (2) T8 BULBS FOR USE 10' -0" AFF 1,2,3 85 CRI, 3500K IN GRID OR HARD CEILINGS. #12 PATTERN ACRYLIC WITH 3.75" DEEP HOUSING 4,5,7 2750 LUMENS CONTRUCTED FROM CODE GAUGE COLD ROLLED STEEL AND END PLATES WITH WHITE 24,000 HRS ENAMEL FINISH AND PREMIUM REFLECTANCE. (1) T8 ELEC INSTANT START ULTRAMAX NORMAL BF BALLAST. UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATIONS. OE METALUX / 2GR8- 232 - UNV -EB81 2 GE F28T8XLSP35ECO 277 43 44 +4 SAME AS FIXTURE TYPE 0. INCLUDE EMERGENCY BALLAST IOTA ISD -80 OR EQUIVALENT, 10' -0" AFF 1,2,3 W/ IOTA ISD -80 EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK 85 CRI, 3500K PRODUCING 1175 LUMENS PER TWO LAMPS FOR 90 MINUTES. CONNECT THE TWO LAMPS 4,5,7 OR EQUIVALENT 2750 LUMENS TO EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP BALLAST. 24,000 HRS P FORECAST LIGHTING / L957P/F5100- 70NV/F5177NV 1 GE F18TBX /835/ECO 120 21 20 PENDANT MOUNTED DOMPACT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SUSPENDED FROM TRACK WITH 7' -0" AFF 1,2,3 TRACK: HALO POWER TRACK 18W CFL ADAPTER AND 10 FOOT CORD. EQUIPPED WITH APAPTER FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT 4,5,6,7 HALO L652, HALO 653 82CR1, 3500K USAGE. GLASS SHADE FINISH TO BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR CURRENT LIMITER LC901 CB300 1200 LUMENS TO PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING INSTALLATION. ADAPTER L957 12,000 HRS ADAPTER UL LISTED FOR USE WITH HALO POWER TRACK S METALUX / MB- 132 -TB- UNV -EB81 1 GE F28T8XLSPX35ECO 277 24 25 4'x8.25 "x5.5" LINEAR FLUORESCENT WITH (1) T8 BULB FOR USE WITH 16' -0" AFF 1,2,3 W/ IOTA ISD -80 EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK 85 CRI, 3500K CHAIN MOUNTING. DIE FORMED CHANNEL FROM 20 GAUGE PRIME COLD ROLLED STEEL 4,5,7 OR EQUIVALENT 2750 LUMENS AND TASK BEAM REFLECTOR. (1) T8 ELEC INSTANT START ULTRAMAX NORMAL BF 24,000 HRS BALLAST. UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATIONS. SE METALUX / MB- 132 -TB- UNV -EB81 1 GE F28XLSP35ECO 277 25 26 +4 SAME AS FIXTURE TYPE S. INCLUDE EMERGENCY BALLAST IOTA ISD -80 OR EQUIVALENT, 16' -0" AFF 1,2,3 PRODUCING 1215 LUMENS FOR ONE LAMP FOR 90 MINUTES. 4,5,7 SS METALUX / SSF- 232 - UNV- EB81 -U 2 GE F28T8XLPX35ECO 277 43 44 4', 2 -LAMP STRIP 16' -0" AFF 1,2,3 4,5,7 WW METALUX / L3240EP- LV3240SC 2 GE F40 /25BXWM 120 58 61 2'x6 "X8" COMPACT FLUORESCENT LINEAR WALL WASHER MOUNTED ON HALO AT 1,2,3 82 CRI, 3500K 3500 LUMENS POWER TRACK FOR USE WITH (2) 40W TWIN -TUBE 4 -PIN COMPACT FLUORESCENT. SOLID ALUMINUM EXTRUSION WITH DIE -CAST ALUMNIUM END CAPS WITH SPECULAR STRUCTURE, 5' -0" OFF WALL 4,5,7 10,000 HRS REFLECTOR. UL LISTED FOR USE WITH HALO POWER TRACK. STANDARD ELECTRONIC BALLAST WS METALUX / WS- 3- 32- A- UNV- EB -8 -1 3 GE F32T8/SP35 120 86 87 4'x15.5 "x2.5" LINEAR FLUORESCENT WRAPAROUND FIXTURE. DIE FORMED CODE SURFACE 1,2,3 78 CRI, 3500K GAUGE PRIME COLD ROLLED STEEL AND 100% CLEAR FULL THICKNESS VIRGIN MOUNTED 4,5,7 2800 LUMENS ACRYLIC PRISMATIC REFRACTOR /LENS. ELECTRICAL INSTANT START BALLAST. ON CEILING 30,000 HRS UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATIONS. X1 COOPER / LPX- 7- 0- R -WH -DH 2 6 Vdc, 5.4W 120/277 8 8 RECESSSED WALL MOUNT LED EXIT SIGN AND HEADS WITH BATTERY BACKUP. INJECTION AT 1,2,3 INCANDESCENT MOLDED, HIGH IMPACT CLEAR ACRYLIC PLAQUE. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HOUSING AND STRUCTURE 4,5,7 WEDGE BASE TRIM. WHITE HOUSING FINISH. RED LEDS. INTEGRAL NICKEL - CADMIUM BATTERY CAPABLE LAMPS OF 90 MINUTES OF EMERGENCY OPERATION. SOLID STATE CHARGER WITH LOW VOLTAGE DISCONNECT. INTEGRAL LED INDICATING LIGHT AND TEST SWITCH. SELF DIAGNOSTIC. 1 RED LED UNIVERSAL VOLTAGE 120/277 VAC OPERATION. SINGLE FACE ON CLEAR BACKGROUND. INCLUDED FACTORY- SCREENED DIRECTIONAL CHEVRON ARROWS. UL 924 COMPLIANT. UL LISTED FOR DAMP LOCATIONS. REFER TO PLANS FOR CHEVRON ARROWS AND NUMBER OF FACES REQUIRED. X2 MCPHILBEN / PDN 2 6 Vdc, 6W 120/277 13 13 WALL - MOUNTED EXTERIOR TWIN LAMP EMERGENCY FIXTURE WITH BATTERY BACKUP. 8' -0" AFF 1,2,3 HALOGEN MARINE -GRADE DIE -CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING WITH MICRO REFLECTOR AND UV STABLE 4,5,7 BI -PIN POLYCARBONATE LENS AND NEOPRENE GASKET. POLYESTER POWDER COAT FINISH. 113 LUMEN COORDINATE FINISH COLOR WITH ARCHITECT. BATTERY IS 6V, MAINTENANCE FREE SEALED NICKEL CADMIUM WITH 7 -9 YEAR SERVICE LIFE. UL LISTED FOR WET / DAMP LOCATIONS UL924, NFPA 70, NFPA 101, ADA COMPLIANT. EM ATLAS LIGHTING ERD12WT 2 XENON 120/277 4.8 4.8 SURFACE WEATHERPROOF WALL MOUNTED EMERGECNY BATTERY UNIT WITH 90 MINUTE BACK -UP. 6V DC SL . MAXILUME . 1 . . 42W CFL 120/277 48 48 RECESSED CFL DOWNLIGHT DAMP LOCATION LABEL AND. 1300 LUMEN EMERGENCY 90 MINUTE . . HV6PL- 142 -E- MVOLT -INTG 1300 - 6104 -CL -WH BATTERY BACK -UP. .. . 1. PROVIDE UNIT - PRICING ALONG WITH MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. NO PACKAGING OR LUMP SUM PRICING OF LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE ALLOWED. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, ALTERNATE LIGHT FIXTURES MAY BE SUBMITTED. HOWEVER, ALTERNATE FIXTURES MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AT BID OPENING, MUST INCLUDE UNIT - PRICING AND INCLUDE ALL APPLICABLE INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR REVIEW AND EVALUATION; REFER TO SPECIFICATION 16500. 2. VERIFY CEILING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HARDWARE NEEDED TO SUIT CEILING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING. 3. VERIFY MODEL NUMBERS AND DESCRIPTIONS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER. 4. VERIFY FINISH AND COLOR WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER. 5. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH DESIGN INTENT. 7. FIXTURE AND LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES FOR FIXTURE SHALL BE CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 CERTIFIED. b1)137 SEPARATE LMND1 O � L REQUIRED as 0 Ln (J00 Z Q • � I- w o ood CD 92 • % o U Qa• �,X cc 5 LQL ce m ai L � cc 0 , o Win W pal N u_ 0 omko W w o0 =Q0. et aw N CONSULTANT LAS VEGAS :: IRVINE :: PHOENIX :: SALT LAKE ERWPIOWE lEimani2 225w2i6w2wEl STORE NUMBER: 6 2 U 3 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET A 05/23/12 RE SUBMITTA CHECKED BY: TA/RO /SJ DRAWN BY: RRR • FILE: E61 LIGHTING CALCS.DWG �0 . iii s,41•?:. F••: " • . p. P ••" . "!! co . r. • �V •• NOl.•' •• SHEET NAME ELECTRICAL LIGHTING CALCULATIONS SHEET NUMBER: E6.1 PROJECT DATA: DESCRIPTION: TENANT IMPROVEMENTS OF AN EXISTING SPACE FOR RETAIL USE. SHELL IS DESIGNED AND BUILT BY. OTHERS AND IS NOT PART OF THESE TENANT FINISH DOCUMENTS. SOME DEMOLITION WILL BE REQUIRED. BUILDING CLASSIFICATIONS AND DATA APPLICABLE CODES: BUILDING CODE: 2009 IBC CODE ELECTRICAL CODE: 2009 NEC MECHANICAL CODE: 2009 IMC PLUMBING CODE: 2009 UPC FIRE CODE: 2009 WC OCCUPANCY GROUP CLASSIFICATION: USE GROUPS M - MERCANTILE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION: TYPE 11 -B, SPRINKLERED SITE ADDRESS: 300 ANDOVER PARK WEST TUKWILA, WA 98188 G.L.A.: 27,375 SF PROJECT CONTACTS: TENANT /CLIENT: ARCHITECT: TOTAL WINE AND MORE 11325 SEVEN LOCKS RD STE. 214 POTOMAC, MD 20854 TEL. (301) 795 -1080 FAX. (301) 795 -1081 KEN CHANCE ACS 300 GALLERIA PARKWAY, STE 690 ATLANTA, GA 30339 TEL. (678) 279 -2070 www.4acsi.com PROJECT OWNER/ CLIENT /CONTRACTOR SEGALE PROPERTIES LLC 5811 SEGALE PARK DRIVE C TUKWILA, WA 98188 BRR ARCHITECTURE 6700 ANTIOCH PLAZA, STE 300 MERRIAM, KS 66204 TEL. (913) 262 -9095 www.brrarch.com M.E.P ENGINEER /STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: WRIGHT ENGINEERS 3115 S. PRICE ROAD CHANDLER, AZ 85248 TEL. (480) 483 -6111 www.wrightengineers.com VICINITY MAP: ABBREVIATIONS: ALUM. A.C. ACOUS. ADJ. A.P. A.F.F. A.H.J. APPD. APPROX. ARCH. AVE. A.S. ABV. BLDG. BLKG. BD. BETW. B EV. B.F. BSMT. B.S. BLK. B.M. B.B. BTM. B.O.S. BM. CAB. CALC. CAP. CAT. C.BD. C.B. C.toC, CEM. CER. C HAM. CHAN. C.L. CHG. C.I. CIR. C.J. C.L. CLG. C1KG. CLR. CLO. CO. CO. COL. C.O. COMPO. CONC. CONC.BLK. COND. CONN. CONST. CONT. CONTR. CORR. CSK. CTR. C.J. C.R. DIM. DO. DIA. D.F. Aluminum Asphaltic Concrete Acoustic Adjustable Access Panel Above Fin. Flr. Authority Having Jurisdiction Approved Approximate Architecture or Architectural Avenue Anchor Bolt Above Building Blocking Board Between Bevel Both Faces Basement Both Sides Block Bench Mark Bottom of Beam Bottom Bottom of Steel Beam Cabinet Calculation Capacity Catalogue Chalk Board Catch Basin Center to Center Cement Ceramic Chamfer Channel Chain Link Change Cast Iron Circle Construction Joint Center Line Ceiling Caulking Clear Closet Cleanout Company Column Concrete Opening Composition Concrete Concrete Block Condition Connect Construction Continuation or Continuous Contractor Corrugated Countersink 'Center Ceiling Joint Crushed Rock Dimension Ditto Diameter Drinking Fountain DR. DWG. D.S. DW. DWR. E.W.C. E.G. EA. E.D.F. ELEC. ELEV. ENGR. ENGRG. ENTR. EQ. EQUIP. EQUIV. EST. E.P. EX. P L. EXC. EXP. EXT. EXTR. F.O.S. F.D. FDN. F.DR. F.E. F.B. F.G. FIN. FLR. FLRG. FLUOR. FRPF. F.L. FLSHG. FT. FT. FTG. FURN. F.J. F.O.M. F.O.W. F.F. F.S. F.G. GA. GALV. GENL, G.I. GLS. GYP. BD GOVT. GRD. GR. GRND. GYP. G.L.B. H.B. HDW. HGT. M.M. HORIZ. H.P. HTG. HDWD. Door Drawing Downspout Dumbwaiter Drawer Electric Water Cooler Existing Grade Each Electrical Drinking Fountain Electric Elevation Engineer Engineering Entrance Equal Equipment Equivalent Estimate Electrical Panel Exterior Plaster Excavate Expansion Exterior Exterior Face of Stud Floor Drain Foundation Fire Door Fire Extinguisher Fiber Board Finish Grade Finish Floor Flooring Fluorescent Fireproof Flow Line Flashing Feet Foot Footing Furnish Floor Joist Face of Masonry Face of Wall Finish Floor Finish Surface Finish Grade Gage or Gauge Galvanize General Galvanized Iron Glass Gypsum Board Government Grade Grille Ground Gypsum Glu Lam Beam Hose Bibb Hardware Height Hollow Metal Horizontal High Point Heating Hard Wood GENERAL NOTES: HR. HDCP. 1.D. IN. INCL. INFO, INS. INSTL. INT. INV. INL. JST. J NT. LAM. LAV. LBR. LNDG. L.P. LNG. L.H. LINO. LINTL. LGT. LGTG. L.W.C. LGT. Fl XT. MAS. MACH. MAINT. MATL. MAX. M.C. MECH. MTL. MEZZ. MFR. MIN. MISC. MIR. MTD. M.O. M.B. MED. N.G. N. No. NOM. N.T.S. NTD N.I.C. OBS. 0.0. OFF. OPNG. OPP. ORIG. O.H. 0/ P.A. PART: PERM. PL PLAS. PLMBG. PORT. PR. PREFAB. PRELIM. PROJ. PLYWD. Hour Handicapped Inside Diameter Inch Include or Inclusive Information Insulate Install Interior Invert Inlet Joist Joint Laminate Lavatory Lumber Landing Low Point Long Left Hand Linolium Lintel Light Lighting Light Weight Concrete Light Fixture Masonry Machine Maintenance Material Maximum Medicine Cabinet Mechanical Metal Mezzanine Manufacture Minimum Miscellaneous Mirror Mounted Masonry Opening Machine Bolt Medium Natural Grade North Number Nominal Not to Scale Note to Designer Not in Contract Obscure On center Office Opening Opposite Original Over Head Over Public Address Partition Permanent Plate Plaster Plumbing Portable__ Pair Prefabricated Preliminary Project Plywood O PLAS.LAM. PT. P.P. P.O.C. P.T.D.F. QUAL. R.W. RAD. R. RD. R.D. RND. REF. REM. REQD. REV. R F. R FG. RGH. RM. REF. R.J. RTD. SIM. SCAQM D SCHED. SFL.BLK. SCHEM. SECT. SERV. SHT. SHTG. SNK. SPEC. SQ. S.S. SCRN. ST. STD. STL. STRUC. SUSP. SYM. SW. S.C. T.O.F. T. T.O.C. TELE. TEMP. T.O.G. T &G THRU. T. 0.M. T.O.S. TYP, T.Q.B. T.O.L. T.O.STL T.O.W. T&B U.N.O. VERT. VEST. W/ WC. WD. W.H. W/O • 300 ANDOVER PARK WEST SUITE 500 TUKWILA, WA 98188 Plastic Laminate Point Power Pole Point of Connection Pressure Treated Douglass Fir Quality Redwood Radius Riser Road Roof Drain Round Refrigerator Remove Required Revise Roof Roofing Rough Room Reference Roof Joist Rated Similar South Coast Air Quality Schedule Splash Block Schematic Section Service Sheet Sheathing Sink Specification Square Stainless Steel Screen Street Standard Steel Structural Suspend Symetrical Switch Saw Cut Top of Footing Tread Top of Concrete Telephone Tempered Top of Grate Tongue and Groove Through Top of Masonry Top of Sheathing Typical Top of Beam Top of Ledger Top of Steel Top of Wall Top and Bottom Unless Noted Otherwise Vertical Vestibule With Watercloset Wood Water Heater Without RE VENDORS . (NO ALTERNATES EXCEPT AS NOTED * REQUIRED SERVICE VENDORS . ** NOTE: ALTERNATE FOR HEALTH CODE REQUIREMENTS OR SHORTER LEAD TIME IF • NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IF HEALTH DEPARTMENT WILL REQUIRE USAGE. No RESPONSIBILITY 3 ARCHITECTURAL CEILING GRID TRELLIS, PITCHED ROOF TRELLIS * DOOR SUPPLIER (EXTERIOR AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE DOORS ONLY) * FLOORING INSTALLER VENDOR STYLMARK INC 6536 MAIN ST. NE MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55432 PHONE: (763) 586 -4880; FAX: (763) 574 -1415 CONTACT: MARK BRAUER PHONE: 612 -220 -5828 EMAIL: mbrauer @stylmark.com STANLEY DOORS PHONE: (410) 552 -4770 FAX: (410) 552 -4778 MOBILE: (703) 869 -1533 CONTACT: STEVEN DALE sdale @staleyworks.com RICHARDSON FLOOR COVERING CO. (OPTION 1) 2573 MASTIC DRIVE CARROLLTON, GA 30116 PHONE: (770) 832 -2986 FAX (770) 832 -2945 CONTACT: JACK RICHARDSON Jack @rfc1204.com SHEET INDEX: icon ' p A PREOPERATIONAL INSPECTION BY THE KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO OPERATION. APPLICANT PLAN SET IS REQUIRED TO BE AVAILABLE ON SITE DURING THAT INSPECTION. A Cop), APPROVE» SUBJECT TO ORDINANCE MAY 22 2Q1Z . Public - - Seattle & 'ng+r.,, By "6101" Sn►zztS 0 Li Go • X l • c p G7 U • tt) U ,a < X .U) W W;t rn o n 1 �o w L u_• o o =o b- I = < G. <LL1 ARC.HI.TECTURAL CS1 COVER SHEET FCS1 FIXTURE CUT SHEETS SP1 SITE PLAN FCS2 FIXTURE CUT SHEETS EP1 EGRESS PLAN FCS3 FIXTURE CUT SHEETS FX1 FIXTURE PLAN SPEC1 SPECIFICATION SHEET D1 DEMOLITION PLAN SPEC2 SPECIFICATION SHEET Al FLOOR PLAN SPEC3 SPECIFICATION SHEET A1.2 FLOOR FINISH PLAN SPEC4 SPECIFICATION SHEET A1.3 ROOM FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE SPECS SPECIFICATION. SHEET A1.4 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SPEC6 SPECIFICATION SHEET 4 I FLOORING INSTALLER 5 I FLOORING INSTALLER INTERFACE SERVICES (OPTION 2) 322 NORTHPOINT PARKWAY, SUITE G ACWORTH, GA 30102 PHONE: (770) 975 -4805 _ FAX: (770) 974 -0689 MOBILE: (678) 602 -3473 CONTACT: TERRY MCCREARY terry .mccreary@interfaceglobal.com CTS FLOORING (OPTION 3) 319 W. RIDGE PIKE LIMERICK, PA 19468 PHONE- (610) -831 -5129; (610) 213 -5125 FAX- (610) 489 -3221 CONTACT: FRAN GUINAN frang @ctsflooring.com 6 VINYL TILE SUPPLIER /SPECIFICATIONS * 7 SHELVING FIXTURES CART CORRAL 8 LIGHTING, LAMPS BALLAST SUPPLIER CENTIVA 1701 MARS HILL ROAD FLORENCE, AL 35630 PHONE: (256) 767 -4990 X201 FAX: (256) 760 -1763 CONTACT: ANOINETTE FLOYD afloyd @centiva.com MODERN EQUIPMENT COMPANY SPRING AND ANN STREETS BORDENTOWN, NJ 08505 -1801 PHONE: (609) 298 -2100 X302 FAX: (609) 472 -4311 CONTACT: DAVID DUNIGAN daviddunigan @verizon.net VILLA LIGHTING SUPPLY, INC. 2929 CHOUTEAU ST. LOUIS, MO 63103 PHONE- 1 -800- 325 -0963, EXT 422 FAX (314) 663 -0423 CONTACT: DAN ZIPF dan.zipf @villalighting.com A3 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS SPEC? SPECIFICATION SHEET z A4 ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS AS RESTROOM PLAN, SECTIONS, ELEVATIONS A5.1 WINE EDUCATION ROOM PLAN A5.2 WINE EDUCATION DETAILS A5.3 BREAK ROOM PLAN A5.4 ENTRY VESTIBULE PLAN A6 BEER /FINE WINE COOLER PLANS A6.1 HUMIDOR PLAN Li 0 0 7_ C- 0 a 0 O U, A6.2 WINE DEMONSTRATION A7 DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS STRUCTURAL S0.1 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES SO.2 TYPICAL DETAILS S2.1 TRELLIS FRAMING PLAN S2.2 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S1.1 FOUNDATION PLAN S3.1 TRELLIS FRAMING PLAN 0 U Z C) 0 a ce vi a 2 z 0 z E L E C T R I C A L E0.1 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND LEGEND E1.1 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E4.1 ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE AND SCHEDULES E2.1 ELECTRICAL GENERAL LIGHTING PLAN E2.2 ELECTRICAL DISPLAY LIGHTING PLAN E3.1 HVAC POWER PLAN E4.2 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E5.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E5.2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E6.1 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING CALCULATIONS co 9 I LOW VOLTAGE WIRING * ALL PARTIES INVOLVED WITH THIS PROJECT SHALL BECOME FAMILIAR WITH AND ARE REQUIRED TO UTILIZE TOTAL WINE'S WEBSITE (www.totalwine.com) FOR ALL INFORMATION, CORRESPONDENCE AND COORDINATION THRU -OUT THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. ALL WEBSITE ACCESS /CONTROL WILL • BE COORDINATED WITH TOTAL WINE. BLACK BOX NETWORK SERVICES 2707 MAIN ST. DULUTH, GA 30096 PHONE: (404) 456 -6480; (678) 549 -2984 CONTACT: ROSS HALLO ross.hallo @bbgns.com www.blackbox.com e M E C H A N I C A L / P L U M B I N G MECHANICAL SYMBOLS MPE 0.3 MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN 10 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE * ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE THE BEST OF THE RESPECTIVE KINDS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. SHOULD ANY WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS BE REQUIRED WHICH ARE NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY CALLED FOR IN THE PROJECT MANUAL AND /OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT WHICH ARE NECESSARY FOR PROPER FULFILLMENT OF THE INTENT THEREFORE, SAID WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS SHALL BE THE SAME AS SIMILAR PARTS THAT ARE DETAILED, INDICATED OR SPECIFIED, AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND HIS SUB - CONTRACTORS SHALL UNDERSTAND THE SAME TO BE IMPLIED AND PROVIDE FOR IT IN HIS PROPOSAL AS FULLY AS IF IT WERE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED OR DELINEATED. IMAGEWORKS 11046 LEADBETTER RD. ASHLAND, VA 23005 PHONE: (804) 798 -5533 X224 FAX: (804) 798 -5582 CONTACT: DEBBIE JONES DebbieJ©imageworks4signs.com MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL SHEDULES AND DETAILS MPE 0.4 MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN P0.1 PLUMBING SCHEDULES, DETAILS, LEGEND, AND RISERS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS P1.1 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN THIS DESIGN CRITERIA IS PROVIDED FOR BUILDING OFFICIAL REVIEW CONVENIENCE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE BY COMPONENT DESIGNERS OR MANUFACTURERS AS THEIR SOLE DESIGN CRITERIA WITHOUT VERIFICATION. EACH DESIGNER AND /OR MANUFACTURER MUST INDEPENDENTLY CONFIRM ALL CODE CRITERIA WITH WHICH RESPECTIVE ELEMENTS OR COMPONENTS MUST COMPLY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOADING, APPLICATION, FUNCTIONALITY, ETC. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA PROVIDED SHOULD BE REGARDED AS THE MINIMUM STANDARDS ACCEPTABLE TO THE CLIENT. EACH SUPPLIER MUST EVALUATE THESE MINIMUMS AGAINST SPECIFIC INDUSTRY STANDARDS AS WELL AS ALL APPLICABLE CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES, AND UNDERWRITER REQUIREMENTS GOVERNING THE PRODUCT AS WELL AS OWNER INSURER REQUIREMENTS, AS APPLICABLE. THE MOST STRINGENT OF THESE CRITERIA SHALL GOVERN. SYMBOLS: ITEM TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO REMAIN EQUIPMENT EXISTING TO REMAIN GRID COLUMN LINE DETAIL SECTION ELEVATION KEYNOTE DOOR TAG ROOM TAG # NOTES TO CONTRACTORS REGARDING MOLD AND MILDEW 1 THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY TO ALL NEW AND REMODEL CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS. 11 I INTERIOR SECURITY SITE (TENANT SUPPLIED) 12 I CLASSROOM DISHWASHER 2. IN THE EVENT THE CONTRACTOR DISCOVERS, AT ANY TIME DURING DEMOLITION, CONSTRUCTION, AND /OR REMODELING OPERATIONS, EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT COULD INCLUDE THE PRESENCE OF MOLD AND /OR MILDEW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD, IN WRITING, OF THE CONCERNS AND /OR SUSPICIONS. 13 J RESTROOM WALL PANEL/ PARTITION LAMINATE SCARSDALE SECURITY SYSTEMS 132 MONTGOMERY AVE. SCARDALE, NY 10585 PHONE: (914) 722 -2379 CONTACT: MIKE HAMBRICK mikeh©ScarsdaleSecurity.com ENERGY COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS P2.1 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN MPE 0.2 MEP VENDOR COORDINATION PLAN HUBERT CO. PHONE: (800) 543 -7374 CONTACT: TAMI KENNEDY tkennedy @hubert.com MARLITE 202 HARGER ST. DOVER, OH 44622 PHONE: (330) 343 -6621 MOBILE: (330) 260 -7628 CONTACT: TODD HILLPOT thillpot@marlite.com P3.1 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS * ** THREE SETS OF DRAWINGS WILL BE SUBMITTED TO KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT 3. CONCURRENTLY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO RETAIN A MOLD AND MILDEW CERTIFIED TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM AN INVESTIGATION AND TESTING AS REQUIRED TO EVALUATE THE NATURE -AND EXTENT OF THE PROBLEM. IF THE TESTING AGENCY CONFIRMS HAZARDS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) BIDS FROM COMPANIES QUALIFIED AND LICENSED TO PERFORM ALL NECESSARY REMEDIATION WORK, COMPLYING WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS, CODES, AND STATUTES. 4. ONCE DISCOVERY OR SUSPICION OF MOLD AND /OR - .MILDEW IS MADE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL REASONABLE AND PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS TO PROTECT ALL CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL AND THE PUBLIC FROM EXPOSURE TO MOLD AND /OR MILDEW, AND SUCH PRECAUTIONS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE OWNER OR HEALTH AUTHORITY DIRECTS OTHERWISE. CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS SHALL NOT BE STOPPED OR CURTAILED, EXCEPT IN THE AREA OF MOLD /MILDEW CONCERN, DUE TO THESE REQUIRED PRECAUTIONS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL REASONABLE EFFORTS TO AVOID CONDITIONS FAVORABLE TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF MOLD AND MILDEW, ESPECIALLY IN VOIDS WHICH WILL BE CONCEALED AND NOT VENTILATED. IN ALL CASES, INTERIOR SPACES AND INTERIOR FINISHED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN DRY AND WELL - VENTILATED CONDITIONS. DEFERRED SUBMITTAL: Drawing submittals: 1 set for KCHD 2 sets for applicant Public Health -King County inspection required on completion of work prior to opening. NO CHANGES WILL BE MADE WITHOUT HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPROVAL. 1 AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 2 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 3 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH FEDERAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND OSHA REGULATIONS AND ALL LOCAL AND STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING MOLD AND MILDEW. 7. ALL PENETRATIONS. SHALL BE SEALED WATER -TIGHT TO PREVENT MOISTURE MIGRATION FROM ENTERING THE BUILDING OR WALL CAVITIES. . 8. ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PANS SHALL BE CLEANED AND KEPT FREE FROM DEBRIS UNTIL AND WHEN THE FACILITY IS TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER OR TENANT. INSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AT ALL DRAIN PANS. INSURE THAT ALL "COLD" SURFACES ARE INSULATED AND COVERED WITH A FULLY SEALED AND CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER. ( "COLD" SURFACES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING, CHILLED WATER PIPING, INTERIOR RAIN LEADERS, OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES, AND DUCTWORK CARRYING AIR CONDITIONED SUPPLY AIR.) 9. INSURE THAT THERE ARE NO WATER LEAKS IN CONCEALED PLUMBING CHASES. RETURN AIR PATHS AND PLENUMS SHALL BE KEPT DRY. ALL EXISTING SUPPLY AIR PATHS AND ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE RE -USED SHALL BE CLEANED AND TREATED AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE THE POTENTIAL FOR MOLD AND MILDEW. ALL DAMP AREAS SHALL BE DRIED THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO ENCLOSURE. Min- n&A MAY 2.3 2012 PER fT CENTER 0 u.LI 0 a- ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET r CHECKED BY: 4 r5 DRAWN BY: __ FILE: CS 1 9921 ,A,M STATE REGISTERED RCHITEC ALLD '•Ii, OF WA1HI VG1 ON SHEET NAME: COVER SHEET SHEET NUMBER: cs1 0 U lJ w C- 4 Li 0 a 0 0 LU 2 0 U, P Li 5 PROJECT SITE OR AT A z Li 0 0 0 w 0 W J CO 0 C) Li U, U, r D O 0 EXISTING RETAIL SPACE OCCUPANCY GROUP: M FULLY SPRINKLERED I DRAINBOARDS, UTENSIL RACKS, QS TABLES ENOUGH To RACKS, r3�I14� A GC TEA 8E)I LL LED AI1. C, ITEMS SHALL,: BE PROVIDED FCIk. NEC ES . RY B, A UTENtSIL H9ALNDI HOLDING ...I ANI IG'AND SIFTER SANITIZINi EFOR REWASHIN€ /DISHWASHING SINK IPA � Ti NT'S HALL: BE LARGE CCOMMODATE ?LI „,I# TL1 A O LARGEST IIPII "E D UTENSILS. 0 i' / • C) GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO WELD DOOR CLOSED. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLAT STEEL PLATE OVER HOLE IN DOOR CAUSED BY REMOVAL OF HARDWARE. PAINT EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT. WINE CLEAN –UP RM 120 7w, - - r- WINE EDUCATION RM 115 7' -4" 1 -7" • 10.5 1b 12 A SERVER RM 121 10.5 i\ A 1 • fS' WINE-- DEMONSTRATION EXTEND PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL TO DECK TO FIRE CORRIDOR CART GUARD RAIL, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, REF CUT SHEETS 3' -5 114 CART BUMPERS. SEE 1,2,3,4/FCS3 14' -6” 4, -6 QT WATER GENE RATI ©N D ' .. .. All€ IST'RlB tJ!'�1�,71�Y;S�`II�'� ��11.�. t1F FIB �' . IEN ©NI _ . EET TII :�' E EA .. H K OT AT R,0 E .. ENIAAILIS < THROUGHOUT TH = C3(1I3 ESTABLISHMENT. :tII1�CBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNE! )N TR CTED AND INSTALLED C R I L� N TO LA W (APPLICABLE Li"iCA! A ? ND . FEDERALSTATUES, :GLI T L.A I(.tNS AN D WASH SINKS SHALL BE TOI?afkWDE N!ATEI2.1 'T A TEMPERATURE ST DEGREES FAHRENHEIT THROUGH A CO BINA TION FAUCET SELF RING FAUCETS SHALL: P'ROVIDEA }It:ATLEAST15 SECONDS ti • V'f 0 1 ! -� yy ,l 31 0 j1 co ended that h o and wash sinks, be pie tied hot mater heater ...instead of. at heater unit 1IS1n atl.:in tant tinder each sink, GENERAL NOTES: 1. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND AHJ, FIRE MARSHAL AS PART OF TENANT IMPROVEMENT. 2. FLOOR AND LANDING AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT BE MADE MORE THAN 1/4" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD 3. ALL GLASS AND GLAZING SHALL COMPLY WITH AHJ BUILDING CODES AND APPLICABLE SAFETY REGULATIONS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY NEW CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ALL FINISHES AND MATERIALS DAMAGED OR EXPOSED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY AND ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT INTENDED FOR REUSE IF DAMAGED OR DESTROYED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 7. SEE MEP DRAWINGS FOR AREAS OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AND FINISH ALL SUCH AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING AFTER COMPLETION OF REQUIRED CITY INSPECTION OF SUCH INSTALLATIONS 8. NOT USED 9. REF DETAIL 6 –A3 FOR DIAGONAL PARTITION BRACING INFORMATION. 10. NOT USED. 11. NOT USED. 12. REF DETAIL 4/5 –A3 FOR CONTROL JOINT AT WALL AND DOOR JAMB 13. VERIFY ALL SEALANT AT ALL EXISTING DOORS, WINDOWS, AND FIXTURES IS PROPERLY INSTALLED PER THE AHJ REQUIREMENTS. ALL DAMAGES AREAS TO BE IDENTIFIED AND SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER OF THE SHELL BUILDING. 14. PROVIDE LOW VOC SEALANT AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION FOR THE NEW FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, WINDOWS DOORS AND WALL PANELS 15 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE ROOF AND RECOMMEND ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS TO TOTAL WINE TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR FROM WATER DAMAGE AND TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE ROOF WARRANTY. 16. INSTALL WALL BLOCKING. SEE DETAIL 2 /FX 1. GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING: 6" SHEET METAL 12 GAUGE TOP AT 84' AFF CONTINUOUS BENEATH GYP BOARD TYPICAL AT PERIMETER WALLS IN SALES AREA. 17. THE AHJ REQUIRES SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF ALL LIFE SAFTEY INSPECTIONS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF RACKS SHELVING AND STOCKING OF THE STORE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE AJH AND TOTAL WINE TO COMPLETE ALL LIFE SAFETY INSPECTIONS IN A TIMELY MANNER PRIOR TO RACKING AND SHELVING INSTALLATION. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL EXTERIOR HAND AND GUARD RAILS ARE BETWEEN 34 " -38" IN HEIGHT AND EXTEND BEYOND THE ENDS OF STAIRS OR RAMPS AT LEAST 12." VERIFY RAIL GRIPS ARE NOT LESS THAN 1 1/4" AND NOT MORE THAN 1 1/2" THICK. 19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE BUILDING AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. BREAK ROOM 14' -34" CONTINUE WALLS TO DECK TO COVER INSULATION 2' -6" 2' -6" SALES FLOOR 101 15' -92" INSULATION AT DOOR MIN. R -19 3' -102 , 6' -72„ 1► CUSTOMER SERVICE 112 "s-I' r T 0 ENTRY VESTIBULE 0 1 N u) 3 –24 ,, 5– , 4 :" 0 100 100B 100A I108I 1 C108-AD f i09E'I REPAIR INSULATION 1 ABOVE EXISTING WALL RECEIVING I1091 H LLWAY WOMEN ',WALK–IN `BEER COOLER 102 102A - —1 StlBJEC 0 ORDINANCE NAY 22 2012 ppm Ith- Seattle .13 un ..b'1 p i S(IL2ISAo APREOPP" THE KPH DEPART TO OPEI ST IS ItEQUii ;D AV Mi SITE DURING THAT IN rA • sPERATT ^ ''' THE SIG ," _,TH ARTM:N .. . r,= ED PRIOR 110 OPERATI `i' . _ _ i :ANT PLAN 0 ...SON $Y' y PRI OR i .:,4T PLAN. i IS REQUIRED TO BE AVARARLB DURING THAT INSPEtTi GROWLER STATION SSED THAT THE 'EW STATE FOOD CODE PEQuIR� COMMERCIAL RE Hi FOOD A '4I EGREEST *AHREIIIHEI i BEL0i #f(DOWNFRE?l !t5'DE REE FOOD SERVICE a ! L € OR Ct 1 ERlh(i WALL CGS SHALL BE' ' TRUCTED AND INS TA Qac!,equrpmentiliaciscertiii d far riitator r rneirican: iatrorial Land rd s Institute { 1 + }Gredlteci c rtifi tion program Y, i#i.Gnz ntlr` c I eq i en trt nsil material, itn and design `r quirements. EXISTING RETAIL SPACE OCCUPANCY GROUP: M FULLY SPRINKLERED - OCKER5 ©I? OTHER S:I"TABLE =AG/LITnES SHALL BEPROW DEL) FO rHE OROERLYSTORAGE OF EMPLOYEES` CLOTHING AND OTHEI OSSESSIONS. \N-,� GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO WELD DOOR CLOSED. PAINT EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT. BLACK OUT FILM APPLIED TO WINDOW ON INSIDE. 2/A3 HUMIDOR 1b INSULATION AT DOOR MIN. R -19 N \ COUNT RM 2/A3 FLOOR PLAN ■ SCALE: 118 "=1' -0" NORTH NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: ALL CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION SHALL VISIT PROPOSED WORK SITE AND FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. ANY CONDITION THAT DIFFERS FROM THAT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT AND ARCHITECT OF RECORD SO THAT NEW AND REVISED BID DOCUMENTS MAY BE ISSUED. MODIFICATIONS TO THE SCOPE OF WORK, WHICH RESULTS FROM THE CONTRACTORS NEGLECT TO VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY. LEGEND: EXISTING TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION FILL OPENINGS AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES AND WIDTHS REF STRUCTURAL SEE REFERENCE FOR CUT SHEETS FCS1 , FCS2, FCS3 PARTITION TYPES: S 2 S 3 S 4 S 5 S 6 5/8" GYP. BD. -1 LAYER ON EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 1 6"0.0 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE EA. SIDE MTL. STUDS @ 1 6"O.0 5/8" PLYWOOD 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.0 5/8" GYP. BD. 3/4" PLYWOOD MTL. STUDS @ 1 6"0.0 RESISTANT GYP. BD. RESISTANT GYP. BD. 5/8" TYPE "X" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. MTL. STUDS @ 16 "0.0 NOTE: SEE STRUCTURAL FOR TYPICAL METAL STUD FRAMING. X PARTITION SYMBOL: 10 NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT. NO NUMBER INDICATES STUD HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TYP PARTITION TYPE LETTER PARTITION MARK NUMBER STUD,FURRING SIZE 1 HRS ----" –FIRE RATING, IF REQUIRED tt = 6" IviTL STUD b = 3 5/8" MTL STUD BATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILI Ter tibVtivmu CITY OF TUNA MM. 232012 IT Z z 0 L U 0 4... .0 U L CD CONSULTANT STORE NUMBER: XXXX PROJECT NUMBER: 62300055 ISSUE BLOCK 04/05/12 PERMIT SET CHECKED BY: 4175 DRAWN BY: __ FILE: Al 9921 REGISTERED ARCHITE •'MI s ALL ;I H ^1 Y "TATEOFW•SHIN TON SHEET NAME: FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: Al 0 AND MAY BE CUNT